Gate 2023 Physics Solved Papers 2000 2022 9789356810044 - Compress
Uploaded by
mkchakradhari2000Gate 2023 Physics Solved Papers 2000 2022 9789356810044 - Compress
Uploaded by
mkchakradhari2000Title : GATE : Physics - Solved Papers (2000-2022)
Language : English
Editor’s Name : Vinit Garg
Copyright © : 2022 CLIP
No part of this book may be reproduced in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any
form or by any means, electronics, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning
and or without the written permission of the Author/Publisher.
Typeset & Published by :
Career Launcher Infrastructure (P) Ltd.
A-45, Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area, Near Mohan Estate Metro Station, New
Delhi - 110044
Marketed by :
G.K. Publications (P) Ltd.
Plot No. 9A, Sector-27A, Mathura Road, Faridabad, Haryana-121003
ISBN : 978-93-56810-04-4
For product information :
Visit www.gkpublications.com or email to [email protected]
Preface (v)
About GATE (vii)
GATE Syllabus (xvii)
PREVIOUS YEARS SOLVED PAPERS
2022 .......... 1-38
2021 .......... 1-29
2020 .......... 1-14
2019 .......... 1-19
2018 .......... 1-16
2017 .......... 1-16
2016 .......... 1-16
2015 .......... 1-14
2014 .......... 1-19
2013 .......... 1-8
2012 .......... 1-16
2011 .......... 1-20
2010 .......... 1-13
2009 .......... 1-16
2008 .......... 1-22
2007 .......... 1-21
2006 .......... 1-18
2005 .......... 1-17
2004 .......... 1-22
2003 .......... 1-14
2002 .......... 1-10
2001 .......... 1-10
2000 .......... 1-10
(iii)
IIT Institutes
(iv)
Preface
The Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE) is an online exam conducted
by the IITs for admissions to PG courses in IITs, IISc Bangalore, NITs and many
state run universities as well as private universities. Also there are more than
37 PSUs that use GATE score for recruitments. A large number of corporates
are also using GATE score as a tool to screen students for placements.
GK Publications is well known as the ‘‘publisher of choice’’ to students preparing
for GATE and other technical examinations in the country. We published the
first set of books in 1994 when GATE exam, both objective and conventional,
was conducted in the paper and pencil environment, and used as a check point
for entry to post graduate courses in IITs and IISCs. At that time, students had
little access to technology and relied mainly on instructor led learning followed
by practice with books available for these examinations.
A lot has changed since then!
Today, GATE is conducted in an online only mode with multiple choice and
numerical based questions. The score is valid for three years and is used not
only for post graduate courses but is also used by major PSUs for recruitment.
Today’s students have easy access to technology and the concept of a monologue
within the classroom has changed to dialogue where students come prepared
with concepts and then discuss topics. They learn a lot of things on the go with
their mobile devices and practice for mock tests online.
We, as a leading publisher of GATE books, have also embraced change. Today,
our books are no more guides and papers only but come with a fully supported
mobile app and a web portal. The mobile app provides access to video lectures,
short tests and regular updates about the exam. The web portal in additional to
what is available on the app provides full length mock tests to mimic the actual
exam and help you gauge your level of preparedness. The combination of practice
content in print, video lectures, and short and full length tests on mobile and
web makes this product a complete courseware for GATE preparation.
This book includes previous years GATE questions along with detailed solution
of each question for better understanding. It will help the GATE aspirants to
know an idea about the pattern of questions asked in GATE examination.
We also know that improvement is a never ending process and hence we welcome
your suggestions and feedback or spelling and technical errors if any. Please
write to us at [email protected]
We hope that our small effort will help you prepare well for the examination.
We wish you all the best!
GK Publications Pvt. Ltd.
(v)
About GATE
The Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE) conducted by IISc and IITs has
emerged as one of the bench mark tests for engineering and science aptitude in
facilitating admissions for higher education (M.Tech./Ph.D.) in IITs, IISc and various
other Institutes/Universities/Laboratories in India. With the standard and high quality
of the GATE examination in 29 disciplines of engineering and science, Humanities and
Social Sciences subjects, it identifies the candidate's understanding of a subject and
aptitude and eligibility for higher studies. During the last few years, GATE score is
also being used as one of the criteria for recruitment in Government Organizations
such as Cabinet Secretariat, and National/State Public Sector Undertakings in India.
Because of the importance of the GATE examination, the number of candidates taking
up GATE exams has increased tremendously. GATE exams are conducted by the IITs
and IISc as a computer based test having multiple choice questions and numerical
answer type questions. The questions are mostly fundamental, concept based and
thought provoking. From 2017 onwards GATE Exam is being held in Bangladesh,
Ethiopia, Nepal, Singapore, Sri Lanka and United Arab Emirates. An Institute with
various nationalities in its campus widens the horizons of an academic environment. A
foreign student brings with him/her a great diversity, culture and wisdom to share.
Many GATE qualified candidates are paid scholarships/assistantship, especially funded
by Ministry of Human Resources Development, Government of India and by other
Ministries. IIT, Kanpur is the Organizing Institute for GATE 2023.
Why GATE?
Admission to Post Graduate and Doctoral Programmes
Admission to postgraduate programmes with MHRD and some other government
scholarships/assistantships in engineering colleges/institutes is open to those who
qualify through GATE. GATE qualified candidates with Bachelor’s degree in Engineering/
Technology/Architecture or Master’s degree in any branch of Science/Mathematics/
Statistics/Computer Applications are eligible for admission to Master/Doctoral
programmes in Engineering/Technology/Architecture as well as for Doctoral
programmes in relevant branches of Science with MHRD or other government
scholarships/assistantships. Candidates with Master’s degree in Engineering/Technology/
Architecture may seek admission to relevant Ph.D programmes with scholarship/
assistantship without appearing in the GATE examination.
Financial Assistance
A valid GATE score is essential for obtaining financial assistance during Master’s
programs and direct Doctoral programs in Engineering/Technology/Architecture, and
Doctoral programs in relevant branches of Science in Institutes supported by the
MHRD or other Government agencies. As per the directives of the MHRD, the following
procedure is to be adopted for admission to the post-graduate programs (Master’s and
Doctoral) with MHRD scholarship/assistantship. Depending upon the norms adopted
by a specific institute or department of the Institute, a candidate may be admitted
(vii)
directly into a course based on his/her performance in GATE only or based on his/her
performance in GATE and an admission test/interview conducted by the department
to which he/she has applied and/or the candidate’s academic record. If the candidate
is to be selected through test/interview for post-graduate programs, a minimum of
70% weightage will be given to the performance in GATE and the remaining 30%
weightage will be given to the candidate’s performance in test/interview and/or
academic record, as per MHRD guidelines. The admitting institutes could however
prescribe a minimum passing percentage of marks in the test/interview. Some colleges/
institutes specify GATE qualification as the mandatory requirement even for admission
without MHRD scholarship/assistantship.
To avail of the financial assistance (scholarship), the candidate must first secure
admission to a program in these Institutes, by a procedure that could vary from institute
to institute. Qualification in GATE is also a minimum requirement to apply for various
fellowships awarded by many Government organizations. Candidates are advised to
seek complete details of admission procedures and availability of MHRD scholarship/
assistantship from the concerned admitting institution. The criteria for postgraduate
admission with scholarship/assistantship could be different for different institutions.
The management of the post-graduate scholarship/assistantship is also the
responsibility of the admitting institution. Similarly, reservation of seats under
different categories is as per the policies and norms prevailing at the admitting
institution and Government of India rules. GATE offices will usually not entertain any
enquiry about admission, reservation of seats and/or award of scholarship/
assistantship.
PSU Recruitments
As many as 37 PSUs are using GATE score for recruitment. It is likely that more
number of PSUs may start doing so by next year. Below is the list of PSUs:
MDL, BPCL, GAIL, NLC LTD, CEL, Indian Oil, HPCL, NBPC, NECC, BHEL,
WBSEDCL, NTPC, ONGC, Oil India, Power Grid, Cabinet Secretariat, Govt. of India,
BAARC, NFL, IPR, PSPCL, PSTCL, DRDO, OPGC Ltd., THDC India Ltd., BBNL,
RITES, IRCON, GHECL, NHAI, KRIBHCO, Mumbai Railway Vikas Corporation Ltd.
(MRVC Ltd.), National Textile Corporation, Coal India Ltd., BNPM, AAI, NALCO,
EdCIL India.
Important :
1. Admissions in IITs/IISc or other Institutes for M.Tech./Ph.D. through GATE scores
shall be advertised separately by the Institutes and GATE does not take the
responsibility of admissions.
2. Cabinet Secretariat has decided to recruit officers for the post of Senior Field
Officer (Tele) (From GATE papers of EC, CS, PH), Senior Research Officer (Crypto)
(From GATE papers of EC, CS, MA), Senior Research Officer (S&T) (From GATE
papers EC, CS, CY, PH, AE, BT) in the Telecommunication Cadre, Cryptographic
Cadre and Science & Technology Unit respectively of Cabinet Secretariat. The
details of the scheme of recruitment shall be published in National Newspaper/
Employment News by the concerned authority.
3. Some PSUs in India have expressed their interest to utilize GATE scores for their
recruitment purpose. The Organizations who intend to utilize GATE scores shall
make separate advertisement for this purpose in Newspapers etc.
(viii)
Who Can Appear for GATE?
Eligibility for GATE
Before starting the application process, the candidate must ensure that he/she meets
the eligibility criteria of GATE given in Table.
Eligibility Criteria for GATE 2023
Expected
Description
Year of
of Eligible
Degree/Program Qualifying Degree/Examination Completi
Candidates
on
Bachelor’s degree in Engineering / Currently in the
B.E. / B.Tech. / Technology (4 years after 10+2 or 3 3rd year or higher 2023
B.Pharm. years after B.Sc. / Diploma in grade or already
Engineering / Technology) completed
2024 (for
Bachelor’s degree of Architecture (5- 5-year
Currently in the
year course) / Naval Architecture (4- program),
B. Arch. 3rd year or higher 2023 (for
year course) /
Planning (4- year course) grade or already 4-year
completed program)
Currently in the
B.Sc. (Research) / Bachelor’s degree in Science 3rd year or higher 2023
B.S. (Post-Diploma/4 years after 10+2) grade or already
completed
Currently in the
6 years degree program, consisting
Pharm. D. (after
of internship or residency training, 3rd/4th/5th/6th 2025
10+2) year or already
during third year onwards
completed
Degree holders of M.B.B.S. and 5th, 6th, 7th or higher
those who are in the 5th/6th/7th
M.B.B.S. semester or higher semester of such semester or already 2023
programme. completed
Currently in the
Master’s degree in any branch of
M. Sc. / M.A. / MCA or first year or higher
Arts/Science/Mathematics/Statistics/ 2023
equivalent or already
Computer Applications or equivalent
Completed
Post-B.Sc Integrated Master’s degree Currently in the 1st /
Int. M.E./ M.Tech.
programs in Engineering/ 2nd/3rd/4th year or 2025
(Post-B.Sc.)
Technology (4-year program) already completed
Int. M.E./ M.Tech. Integrated Master’s degree program Currently in the
or Dual Degree or Dual Degree program in
(after Diploma or Engineering/Technology (5-year 3rd 2024
10+2) program) /4th/5th year or
alreadycompleted
Bachelor degree in any branch of Currently in the
B.Sc. / B.A. /
B.Com. Science / Arts / 3rd year or already 2022
Commerce (3 years program) completed
Currently in the
Int. M.Sc. / Int. B.S. / Integrated M.Sc. or 5-year 3rd year or higher 2023
M.S. integrated B.S.-M.S. program or already
completed
B.E./B.Tech./B.Arch. equivalent
Professional examinations of Professional
Society Societies, recognized by Completed Section
Examinations MoE/UPSC/AICTE A or equivalent of
(equivalent to NA
(e.g. AMIE by Institution of such professional
B.E. / B.Tech. / Engineers- India, AMICE by the courses
B.Arch.) Institute of Civil
Engineers-India and so on)
(ix)
In case a candidate has passed one of the qualifying examinations as mentioned above
in 2020 or earlier, the candidate has to submit the degree certificate / provisional
certificate / course completion certificate / professional certificate / membership
certificate issued by the society or institute. In case, the candidate is expected to
complete one of the qualifying criteria in 2023 or later as mentioned above, he/she
has to submit a certificate from Principal or a copy of marks card for section A of
AMIE.
Certificate From Principal
Candidates who have to submit a certificate from their college Principal have to obtain
one from his/her institution beforehand and upload the same during the online
submission of the application form.
Candidates With Backlogs
Candidates, who have appeared in the final semester/year exam in 2022, but with a
backlog (arrears/failed subjects) in any of the papers in their qualifying degree should
upload a copy of any one of the mark sheets of the final year,
OR
obtain a declaration from their Principal along with the signature and seal beforehand
and upload the same during the online submission of the application form.
GATE Structure
Structure of GATE
GATE 2023 will be conducted on 29 subjects (papers). Table below shows the list of
papers and paper codes for GATE 2023. A candidate is allowed to appear in ANY ONE
or UP TO TWO papers of the GATE examination. However, note that the combination
of TWO papers in which a candidate can appear MUST be from the pre-defined list as
given in Table. Also note that for a paper running in multiple sessions, a candidate
will be mapped to appear for the examination in one of the sessions ONLY.
List of GATE Papers and Corresponding Codes
GATE Paper Code GATE Paper Code
Aerospace Engineering AE Instrumentation Engineering IN
Agricultural Engineering AG Mathematics MA
Architecture and Planning (New Pattern) AR Mechanical Engineering ME
Biomedical Engineering BM Mining Engineering MN
Biotechnology BT Metallurgical Engineering MT
Civil Engineering CE Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering NM
Chemical Engineering CH Petroleum Engineering PE
Computer Science and Information Technology CS Physics PH
Chemistry CY Production and Industrial Engineering PI
Electronics and Communication Engineering EC Statistics ST
Electrical Engineering EE Textile Engineering and Fibre Science TF
Environmental Science & Engineering ES Engineering Sciences XE
Ecology and Evolution EY Humanities & Social Sciences XH
Geomatics Engineering GE Life Sciences XL
Geology and Geophysics GG
(x)
*XE Paper Sections Cod **XH Paper Code ***XL Paper Code
e Sections Sections
Engineering
A Reasoning and B1 Chemistry P
Mathematics Comprehension (Compulsory)
(Compulsory) (Compulsory)
(15 marks) (25 marks)
(25 marks)
Any TWO optional Any ONE optional Any TWO optional
Sections Section Sections
(2x35 = 70 marks) (60 marks) (2x30 = 60 marks)
Fluid Mechanics B Economics C1 Biochemistry Q
Materials Science C English C2 Botany R
Solid Mechanics D Linguistics C3 Microbiology S
Thermodynamics E Philosophy C4 Zoology T
Polymer Science and F Psychology C5 Food U
Engineering Technology
Food Technology G Sociology C6
Atmospheric and H
Oceanic Sciences
*XE (Engineering Sciences), **XH (Humanities & Social Sciences), ***XL (Life
Sciences), papers are of general nature and will be comprised of Sections listed in the
above table
Note: Each subject/paper is of total 100 marks. General Aptitude (GA) section of 15
marks is common for all papers. Hence remaining 85 marks are for the respective
subject/paper code.
Combination of Two Papers Allowed to Appear in GATE 2023
(subject to availability of infrastructure and schedule)
Code of The First Codes of Papers Allowed as The Second
(Primary) Paper Paper
AE XE
AG ES
AR CE
BM BT / XL
BT BM / XL
CE AR / ES
CH CY / PE / XE
CS MA
CY CH / XL
EC IN / PH
EE IN
ES AG / CE
EY XL
GG MN / PE / PH
IN EC / EE / PH
MA CS / PH / ST
ME XE
MN GG / XE
MT PH / XE
PE CH / GG / XE
PH EC / GG / IN / MA / MT / ST
PI XE
ST MA / PH
TF XE
XE AE / CH / ME / MN / MT / PE / PI / TF
XH ----
XL BM / BT / CY / EY
(xi)
General Aptitude Questions
All the papers will have a few questions that test the General Aptitude (Language and
Analytical Skills), apart from the core subject of the paper.
Duration and Examination Type
All the papers of the GATE 2023 examination will be for 3 hours duration and they
consist of 65 questions for a total of 100 marks. Since the examination is an ONLINE
computer based test (CBT), at the end of the stipulated time (3-hours), the computer
screen will automatically close the examination inhibiting any further action.
Candidates will be permitted to occupy their allotted seats 40 minutes before the
scheduled start of the examination. Candidates can login and start reading the
instructions 20 minutes before the start of examination. The late login time (if any)
recorded by the computer system MUST NOT be beyond 30 minutes from the actual
starting time of the examination. Under NO circumstances, will a candidate be
permitted to login after 30 minutes from the actual examination starting time.
Candidates will NOT be permitted to leave the examination hall before the end of the
examination.
Pattern of Question Papers
GATE 2022 may contain questions of THREE different types in all the papers:
(i) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each, in all the
papers and sections. These questions are objective in nature, and each will
have choice of four answers, out of which ONLY ONE choice is correct.
Negative Marking for Wrong Answers: For a wrong answer chosen in a
MCQ, there will be negative marking. For 1-mark MCQ, 1/3 mark will be
deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for 2-mark MCQ, 2/3 mark will be
deducted for a wrong answer.
(ii) Multiple Select Questions (MSQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all the
papers and sections. These questions are objective in nature, and each will
have choice of four answers, out of which ONE or MORE than ONE choice(s) is
/ are correct.
Note: There is NO negative marking for a wrong answer in MSQ questions.
However, there is NO partial credit for choosing partially correct combinations
of choices or any single wrong choice.
(iii) Numerical Answer Type (NAT) Questions carrying 1 or 2 marks each in
most of the papers and sections. For these questions, the answer is a signed
real number, which needs to be entered by the candidate using the virtual
numeric keypad on the monitor (keyboard of the computer will be disabled).
No choices will be shown for these types of questions. The answer can be a
number such as 10 or –10 (an integer only). The answer may be in decimals as
well, for example, 10.1 (one decimal) or 10.01 (two decimals) or –10.001 (three
decimals). These questions will be mentioned with, up to which decimal places,
the candidates need to present the answer. Also, for some NAT type problems
an appropriate range will be considered while evaluating these questions so
(xii)
that the candidate is not unduly penalized due to the usual round-off errors.
Candidates are advised to do the rounding off at the end of the calculation (not
in between steps). Wherever required and possible, it is better to give NAT
answer up to a maximum of three decimal places.
Note: There is NO negative marking for a wrong answer in NAT questions.
Also, there is NO partial credit in NAT questions.
Marking Scheme – Distribution of Marks and Questions
General Aptitude (GA) Questions
In all papers, GA questions carry a total of 15 marks. The GA section includes 5
questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 5 marks) and 5 questions carrying 2-marks
each (sub-total 10 marks).
Question Papers other than GG, XE, XH and XL
These papers would contain 25 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 25 marks)
and 30 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 60 marks) consisting of some MCQ
type questions, while the remaining may be MSQ and / or NAT questions.
GG (Geology and Geophysics) Paper
Apart from the General Aptitude (GA) section, the GG question paper consists of two
parts: Part A and Part B. Part A is compulsory for all the candidates. Part B contains
two sections: Section 1 (Geology) and Section 2 (Geophysics). Candidates will have to
attempt questions in Part A and questions in either Section 1 or Section 2 of Part B.
The choice of Section 1 OR Section 2 of Part B has to be made at the time of online
registration in GOAPS. At the examination hall, candidate cannot request for change
of section.
Part A consists of 25 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 25 marks and some of
these will be MSQ and/or numerical answer type questions while remaining questions
will be MCQ type). Either section of Part B (Section 1 and Section 2) consists of 30
questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 60 marks and some of these will be MSQ
and/or numerical answer type questions while remaining questions will be MCQ type).
XE Paper (Engineering Sciences)
A candidate appearing in the XE paper has to answer the following:
• GA – General Aptitude carrying a total of 15 marks.
• Section A – Engineering Mathematics (Compulsory): This section contains 11
questions carrying a total of 15 marks: 7 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total
7 marks), and 4 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 8 marks). Some questions
will be of numerical answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
• Any two of XE Sections B to H: The choice of two sections from B to H can be made
during the examination after viewing the questions. Only TWO optional sections
(xiii)
can be answered at a time. A candidate wishing to change midway of the examination
to another optional section must first choose to deselect one of the previously
chosen optional sections (B to H). Each of the optional sections of the XE paper
(Sections B through H) contains 22 questions carrying a total of 35 marks:
9 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 9 marks) and 13 questions carrying
2-marks each (sub-total 26 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or numerical
answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
XH Paper (Humanities and Social Sciences)
A candidate appearing in the XH paper has to answer the following:
• GA – General Aptitude carrying a total of 15 marks.
• Section B1 – Reasoning and Comprehension (Compulsory): This section
contains 15 questions carrying a total of 25 marks: 5 questions carrying 1-mark
each (sub-total 5 marks) and 10 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 20
marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or numerical answer type while
remaining questions will be MCQ type.
• Any ONE of XH Sections C1 to C6: The ONE choice of section from C1 to C6 has
to be made at the time of online registration in GOAPS. At the examination hall,
candidate cannot request for change of section. Each of the optional sections of the
XH paper (Sections C1 through C6) contains 40 questions carrying a total of 60
marks: 20 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 20 marks) and 20 questions
carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 40 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or
numerical answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
XL Paper (Life Sciences)
A candidate appearing in the XL paper has to answer the following:
• GA – General Aptitude carrying a total of 15 marks.
• Section P–Chemistry (Compulsory): This section contains 15 questions carrying
a total of 25 marks: 5 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 5 marks) and 10
questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 20 marks). Some questions will be of
MSQ and/or numerical answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
• Any two of XL Sections Q to U: The choice of two sections from Q to U can be
made during the examination after viewing the questions. Only TWO optional
sections can be answered at a time. A candidate wishing to change midway of the
examination to another optional section must first choose to deselect one of the
previously chosen optional sections (Q to U). Each of the optional sections of the
XL paper (Sections Q through U) contains 20 questions carrying a total of
30 marks: 10 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 10 marks) and 10 questions
carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 20 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or
numerical answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
GATE Score
After the evaluation of the answers, the actual (raw) marks obtained by a candidate
will be considered for computing the GATE Score. For multi-session papers (subjects),
(xiv)
raw marks obtained by the candidates in different sessions will be converted to
Normalized marks for that particular subject. Thus, raw marks (for single session
papers) or normalized marks (for multi-session papers) will be used for computing the
GATE Score, based on the qualifying marks.
Calculation of Normalized Marks for Multi-Session Papers
In GATE 2022 examination, some papers may be conducted in multi-sessions. Hence,
for these papers, a suitable normalization is applied to take into account any variation
in the difficulty levels of the question papers across different sessions. The
normalization is done based on the fundamental assumption that "in all multi-session
GATE papers, the distribution of abilities of candidates is the same across all the
sessions". This assumption is justified since the number of candidates appearing in
multi-session papers in GATE 2023 is large and the procedure for allocation of session
to candidates is random. Further, it is also ensured that for the same multi-session
paper, the number of candidates allotted in each session is of the same order of
magnitude.
Based on the above, and considering various normalization methods, the committee
arrived at the following formula for calculating the normalized marks for the multi-
session papers.
Normalization mark of j th candidate in the i th session
Mij is given by
Mtg – Mqg
Mij ( Mij – Miq ) Mqg
M ti – Miq
where
Mij : is the actual marks obtained by the j th candidate in ith session
Mtg : is the average marks of the top 0.1% of the candidates considering
all sessions
g
M q : is the sum of mean and standard deviation marks of the candidates
in the paper considering all sessions
Mti : is the average marks of the top 0.1% of the candidates in the ith
session
Miq : is the sum of the mean marks and standard deviation of the ith
session
Calculation of GATE Score for All Papers
For all papers for which there is only one session, actual marks obtained by the
candidates will be used for calculating the GATE 2023 Score. For papers in multi-
sessions, normalized marks will be calculated corresponding to the raw marks obtained
by a candidate and the GATE 2023 Score will be calculated based on the normalized
marks.
(xv)
The GATE 2023 score will be computed using the formula given below.
( M – Mq )
GATE Score = Sq (St – Sq )
( Mt – Mq )
where
M : marks obtained by the candidate (actual marks for single session
papers and normalized marks for multi-session papers)
Mq : is the qualifying marks for general category candidate in the paper
Mt : is the mean of marks of top 0.1% or top 10 (whichever is larger) of
the candidates who appeared in the paper (in case of multi-session
papers including all sessions)
Sq : 350, is the score assigned to Mq
S t : 900, is the score assigned to Mt
In the GATE 2023 the qualifying marks (Mq) for general category student in each
subject will be 25 marks (out of 100) or , whichever is larger. Here is the
mean and is the standard deviation of marks of all the candidates who appeared in
the paper.
After the declaration of results, GATE Scorecards can be downloaded by the GATE
qualified candidates ONLY.
The GATE 2023 Committee has the authority to decide the qualifying mark/score for
each GATE paper. In case of any claim or dispute with respect to GATE 2023
examination or score, the Courts and Tribunals in Mumbai alone will have the
exclusive jurisdiction to entertain and settle them.
(xvi)
GATE Syllabus
GENERAL APTITUDE
Verbal Aptitude
Basic English Grammar: tenses, articles, adjectives, prepositions, conjunctions, verb-noun
agreement, and other parts of speech.
Basic Vocabulary: words, idioms, and phrases in context, Reading and comprehension,
Narrative sequencing.
Quantitative Aptitude
Data Interpretation: data graphs (bar graphs, pie charts, and other graphs representing data),
2-and 3-dimensional plots, maps, and tables.
Numerical Computation and Estimation: ratios, percentages, powers, exponents and
logarithms, permutations and combinations, and series, Mensuration and geometry, Elementary
statistics and probability.
Analytical Aptitude
Logic: Deduction and induction, Analogy, Numerical relations and reasoning.
Spatial Aptitude
Transformation of Shapes: translation, rotation, scaling, mirroring, assembling, and grouping
Paper folding, cutting, and patterns in 2 and 3 dimensions.
Section 1: Mathematical Physics
Vector calculus: linear vector space: basis, orthogonality and completeness; matrices; similarity
transformations, diagonalization, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; linear differential equations:
second order linear differential equations and solutions involving special functions; complex
analysis: Cauchy-Riemann conditions, Cauchy's theorem, singularities, residue theorem and
applications; Laplace transform, Fourier analysis; elementary ideas about tensors: covariant
and contravariant tensors.
Section 2: Classical Mechanics
Lagrangian formulation: D'Alembert's principle, Euler-Lagrange equation, Hamilton's principle,
calculus of variations; symmetry and conservation laws; central force motion: Kepler problem
and Rutherford scattering; small oscillations: coupled oscillations and normal modes; rigid body
dynamics: interia tensor, orthogonal transformations, Euler angles, Torque free motion of a
symmetric top; Hamiltonian and Hamilton's equations of motion; Liouville's theorem; canonical
transformations: action-angle variables, Poisson brackets, Hamilton-Jacobi equation.
Special theory of relativity: Lorentz transformations, relativistic kinematics, mass-energy
equivalence.
(xvii)
Section 3: Electromagnetic Theory
Solutions of electrostatic and magnetostatic problems including boundary value problems; method
of images; separation of variables; dielectrics and conductors; magnetic materials; multipole
expansion; Maxwell's equations; scalar and vector potentials; Coulomb and Lorentz gauges;
electromagnetic waves in free space, non-conducting and conducting media; reflection and
transmission at normal and oblique incidences; polarization of electromagnetic waves; Poynting
vector, Poynting theorem, energy and momentum of electromagnetic waves; radiation from a
moving charge.
Section 4: Quantum Mechanics
Postulates of quantum mechanics; uncertainty principle; Schrodinger equation; Dirac Bra-Ket
notation, linear vectors and operators in Hilbert space; one dimensional potentials: step potential,
finite rectangular well, tunneling from a potential barrier, particle in a box, harmonic oscillator;
two and three dimensional systems: concept of degeneracy; hydrogen atom; angular momentum
and spin; addition of angular momenta; variational method and WKB approximation, time
independent perturbation theory; elementary scattering theory, Born approximation; symmetries
in quantum mechanical systems.
Section 5: Thermodynamics and Statistical Physics
Laws of thermodynamics; macrostates and microstates; phase space; ensembles; partition
function, free energy, calculation of thermodynamic quantities; classical and quantum statistics;
degenerate Fermi gas; black body radiation and Planck's distribution law; Bose-Einstein
condensation; first and second order phase transitions, phase equilibria, critical point.
Section 6: Atomic and Molecular Physics
Spectra of one-and many-electron atoms; spin-orbit interaction: LS and jj couplings; fine and
hyperfine structures; Zeeman and Stark effects; electric dipole transitions and selection rules;
rotational and vibrational spectra of diatomic molecules; electronic transitions in diatomic
molecules, Franck-Condon principle; Raman effect; EPR, NMR, ESR, X-ray spectra; lasers:
Einstein coefficients, population inversion, two and three level systems.
Section 7: Solid State Physics
Elements of crystallography; diffraction methods for structure determination; bonding in solids;
lattice vibrations and thermal properties of solids; free electron theory; band theory of solids:
nearly free electron and tight binding models; metals, semiconductors and insulators; conductivity,
mobility and effective mass; Optical properties of solids; Kramer's-Kronig relation, intra- and
inter-band transitions; dielectric properties of solid; dielectric function, polarizability,
ferroelectricity; magnetic properties of solids; dia, para, ferro, antiferro and ferri-magnetism,
domains and magnetic anisotropy; superconductivity: Type-I and Type II superconductors,
Meissner effect, London equation, BCS Theory, flux quantization.
(xviii)
Section 8: Electronics
Semiconductors in equilibrium: electron and hole statistics in intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors; metal-semiconductor junctions; Ohmic and rectifying contacts; PN diodes, bipolar
junction transistors, field effect transistors; negative and positive feedback circuits; oscillators,
operational amplifiers, active filters; basics of digital logic circuits, combinational and sequential
circuits, flip-flops, timers, counters, registers, A/D and D/A conversion.
Section 9: Nuclear and Particle Physics
Nuclear radii and charge distributions, nuclear binding energy, electric and magnetic moments;
semi-empirical mass formula; nuclear models; liquid drop model, nuclear shell model; nuclear
force and two nucleon problem; alpha decay, beta-decay, electromagnetic transitions in nuclei;
Rutherford scattering, nuclear reactions, conservation laws; fission and fusion; particle
accelerators and detectors; elementary particles; photons, baryons, mesons and leptons; quark
model; conservation laws, isospin symmetry, charge conjugation, parity and time-reversal
invariance.
(xix)
GATE – 2 0 2 2
PH : PHYSICS
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q. 1 to Q. 5 : Carry One Mark Each.
1. You shou ld ________ when to say
________.
(a) no/no (b) no/know
(c) know/know (d) know/no
2. Two straight lines pass through the origin
(x o, y o) = (0, 0). One of them passes
through the point (x1, y1) = (1, 3) and the
other passes through the point (x2, y2) =
(1, 2).
What is the area enclosed between the (a) Area of SPQT = Area of RUVZ
straight lines in the interval [0, 1] on the = Area of PXWR
x-axis?
(b) Area of SPQT = Area of PXWR
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.0
– Area of RUVZ
(c) 1.5 (d) 2.0
(c) Area of PXWR = Area of SPQT
3. If p : q = 1 : 2
– Area of RUVZ
q:r=4:3
(d) Area of PXWR = Area of RUVZ
r:s=4:5
– Area of SPQT
and u is 50% more than s, what is the ratio
p : u? Q. 6 to Q. 10 : Carry Two Marks Each.
(a) 2 : 15 (b) 16 : 15 6. Healthy eating is a critical component of
healthy aging. When should one start
(c) 1 : 5 (d) 16 : 45
eating healthy? It turns out that it is
4. Given the statements : never too early. For example, babies who
P is the sister of Q. start eating healthy in the first year are
Q is the husband of R. more likely to have better overall health
as they get older.
R is the mother of S.
Which one of the following is the
T is the husband of P. CORRECT logical inference based on the
Based on the above information, T is ____ information in the above passage?
of S. (a) Healthy eating is important for those
(a) the grandfather with good health conditions, but not
(b) an uncle for others.
(c) the father (b) Eating healthy can be started at any
(d) a brother age, earlier the better
(c) Eating healthy and better overall
5. In the following diagram, the point R is
health are more correlated at a young
the center of the circle. The lines PQ and
age, but not older age
ZV are tangential to the circle. The
relation among the areas of the squares, (d) Healthy eating is more important for
PXWR, RUVZ and SPQT is adults than kids
2 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
7. P invested ` 5000 per month for 6 For example, a person at a given position
Y can move only to the positions marked
months of a year and Q invested ` x per
X on the right. Without occupying any of
month for 8 months of the year in a
the shaded squares at the end of each step,
partnership business. The profit is
shared in pr oportion to th e total the minimum number of steps required
investment made in that year. to go from P2 to P5 is
If at the end of that investment year, Q
4
receives of the total profit, what is the
9
value of x (in ` )?
(a) 2500 (b) 3000
(c) 4687 (d) 8437
8.
The above frequency chart shows the
frequency distribution of marks obtained
by a set of students in an exam.
From the data presented above, which
one of the following is CORRECT ? Example : Allowed steps for a person at
Y
(a) mean > mode > median
(a) 4 (b) 5
(b) mode > median > mean
(c) 6 (d) 7
(c) mode > mean > median
(d) median > mode > mean 10.
9. In the square grid shown on the left, a
person standing at P2 position is required
to move to P5 position.
The only movement allowed for a step
involves, ‘‘two moves along one direction
followed by one move in a perpendicular Consider a cube made by folding a single
direction’’. The permissible directions for sheet of paper of appropriate shape.
movement are shown as dotted arrows The interior faces of the cube are all
in the right. blank. However, the exterior faces that
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 3
are not visible in the above view may not (c)
be blank.
Which one of the following represents a
possible unfolding of the cube?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
(d)
PHYSICS
Q. 11 to Q. 35 : Carry One Mark Each.
11. For the Op-Amp circuit shown below,
choose the correct output waveform
corresponding to the input Vin = 1.5 sin
20t (in Volts). The saturation voltage for
this circuit is Vsat = ±10 V.
12. Match the order of - decays given in
the left column to appropriate clause in
the right column. Here X(I) and Y(I) are
nuclei with intrinsic spin I and parity .
1
1. X 1 Y (i) First
2 2
forbidden
-decay
(a)
2. X 1 Y 5 (ii) Second
2 2
forbidden
-decay
3. X 3 Y 0 (iii) Third
forbidden
(b) -decay
4. X 4 Y 0 (iv) Allowed
-decay
(a) 1- i, 2 - ii, 3 - iii, 4 - iv
(b) 1- iv, 2 - i, 3 - ii, 4 - iii
(c) 1- i, 2 - iii, 3 - ii, 4 - iv
(d) 1- iv, 2 - ii, 3 - iii, 4 - i
4 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
13. What is the maximum number of free
independent real parameters specifying
F
T
an n-dimensional orthogonal matrix?
(a) n(n – 2) (b) (n – 1)2 (b) U = +T2 T
n n 1 n n 1 V
(c) (d)
2 2 F
14. An excited state of Ca atom is (c) U = +T
T V
[Mg]3p54s23d1. The spectroscopic terms
corresponding to the total orbital angular F
momentum are (d) U = –T
T V
(a) S, P, and D (b) P, D, and F
18. If nucleons in a nucleus are considered
(c) P and D (d) S and P
to be confined in a three-dimensional
15. On the surface of a spherical shell cubical box, then the first four magic
enclosing a charge free region, the numbers are
electrostatic potential values are as
(a) 2, 8, 20, 28 (b) 2, 8, 16, 24
follows: One quarter of the area has
potential 20, another quarter has (c) 2, 8, 14, 20 (d) 2, 10, 16, 28
potential 2o and the rest has potential 19. Consider the ordinary differential
40. The potential at the centre of the equation
shell is y" – 2xy' + 4y = 0
(You can use a property of the solution and its solution y(x) = a + bx + cx2. Then
of Laplace's equation.) (a) a = 0, c = –2b 0
11 11 (b) c = –2a 0, b = 0
(a) (b)
4 0 2 0 (c) b = –2a 0, c = 0
7 7 (d) c = 2a 0, b = 0
(c) (d)
3 0 4 0 20. For an Op-Amp based negative feedback,
16. A point charge q is performing simple non-inverting amplifier, which of the
harmonic oscillations of amplitude A at following statements are true?
angular frequency . Using Larmor's (a) Closed loop gain < Open loop gain
formula, the power radiated by the (b) Closed loop bandwidth < Open loop
charge is proportional to bandwidth
(a) q 2A2 (b) q 4A2 (c) Closed loop input impedance > Open
2 2
(c) q A2 (d) q24A2 loop input impedance
17. Which of the following relationship (d) Closed loop output impedance < Open
between the internal energy U and the loop output impedance
Helmholtz's free energy F is true? 21. From the pairs of operators given below,
identify the ones which commute. Here
l and j correspond to the orbital angular
F
T momentum and the total angu lar
momentum, respectively.
(a) U = –T2 T (a) l2, j2 (b) j2, jz
V (c) j2, lz (d) lz, jz
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 5
22. For normal Zeeman lines observed 27. The ordinary differential equation
|| and to the magnetic field applied to (1 – x2)y" – xy' + 9y = 0
an atom, whic h of the follow ing has a regular singularity at
statements are true?
(a) –1
(a) Only -lines are observed || to the
(b) 0
field
(c) +1
(b) -lines to the field are plane
polarized (d) no finite value of x
(c) -lines to the field are plane 28. For a bipolar junction transistor, which
of the following statements are true?
polarized
(a) Doping concentration of emitter
(d) Only -lines are observed || to the
region is more than that in collector
field
and base region
23. Pauli spin matrices satisfy
(b) Only electrons participate in current
(a) – = i conduction
(b) – = 2i (c) The curr ent gain Bepends on
(c) + = temperature
(d) + = 2 (d) Collector current is less than the
emitter current
24. For the refractive index n = nr() + inim()
29. Potassium metal has electron
of a material, which of the following
concentration of 1.4 × 1028m-3 and the
statements are correct?
corresponding density of states at Fermi
(a) nr can be obtained from nim and vice level is 6.2 × 1046 Joule-1 m-3. If the Pauli
versa paramagnetic susceptibility of Potassium
(b) nim could be zero is n × 10–k in standard scientific form,
(c) n is an analytic function in the upper then the value of k (an integer) is
half of the complex plane __________ (Magnetic moment of electron
(d) n is independent of for some is 9.3 × 10–24 Joule T–1; permeability of free
materials space is 4 × 10–7 T m A–1)
25. Complex function f(z) = z + |z – a|2 (a is 30. A power supply has internal resistance
a real number) is Rs and open load voltage VS = 5 V. When
a load resistance RL is connected to the
(a) continuous at (a, a) power supply, a voltage drop of VL = 4 V
(b) complex-differentiable at (a, a) is measured across the load. The value
(c) complex-differentiable at (a, 0)
RL
(d) analytic at (a, 0) of is __________ (Round off to the
RS
26. If g(k) is the Fourier transform of f(x),
then which of the following are true? nearest integer)
(a) g(–k) = +g*(k) implies f(x) is real 31. Electric field is measured along the axis
of a uniformly charged disc of radius 25
(b) g(–k) = -g*(k) implies f(x) is purely
cm. At a distance d from the centre, the
imaginary
field differs by 10% from that of an infinite
(c) g(–k) = +g*(k) implies f(x) is purely plane having the same charge density.
imaginary The value of d is ___________ cm. (Round
(d) g(–k) = –g*(k) implies f(x) is real off to one decimal place)
6 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
32. In a solid, a Raman line observed at 300
2 B B
cm–1 has intensity of Stokes line four (a) (b)
times that of the anti-Stokes line. The 3 k B T 2 k B T
temperature of the sample is
____________ K. (Round off to the B 3 B
(c) (d)
nearest integer) (1 cm–1 = 1.44 K) 3 k B T 4 k B T
33. An electromagnetic pulse has a pulse 37. Water at 300 K can be brought to 320 K
width of 10–3 s. The uncertainty in the using one of the following processes.
momentum of the corresponding photon Process 1: Water is br ought in
is of the order of 10–N kg m s–1, where N equilibrium with a reservoir at 320 K
is an integer. The value of N is __________ directly.
(speed of light = 3 × 108 m s–1, h = 6.6 ×
Process 2: Water is first brought in
10–34 J s)
equilibrium with a reservoir at 310 K and
34. The wavefunction of a particle in a one- then with the reservoir at 320 K.
dimensional infinite well of size 2a at a Process 3: Water is first brought in
certain time is equilibrium with a reservoir at 350 K and
then with the reservoir at 320 K.
x
The corresponding changes in the
2sin a
1 . entropy of the un iver se for th ese
x
6a x 3x processes ar e S 1 , S 2 an d S 3 ,
3cos cos respectively. Then
2a 2a
(a) S2 > S1 > S3
Probability of finding the particle in
n = 2 state at that time is __________ % (b) S3 > S1 > S2
(Round off to the nearest integer) (c) S3 > S2 > S1
35. A spectrometer is used to detect plasma (d) S1 > S2 > S3
osc illations in a sample. The 38. A student sets up Young's double slit
spectrometer can work in the range of 3 experiment with electrons of momentum
× 1012 rad s–1 to 30 × 1012 rad s–1. The p incident normally on the slits of width
minimum carrier concentration that can w separated by distance d. In order to
be detected by using this spectrometer observe interference fringes on a screen
is n × 10 21 m –3 . The value of n is at a distance D from the slits, which of
__________ (Round off to two decimal the following conditions should be
places) satisfied?
(Charge of an electron = –1.6 × 10–1 C, h Dw h dw
mass of an electron = 9.1 × 10–31 kg and (a) (b)
p d p D
0 = 8.85 × 10–12 C2 N–1 m–2)
h d2 h d2
36 - Q.65 Carry Two Marks Each (c) (d)
p D p Dw
36. Consider a non-interacting gas of spin 1
particles, each with magnetic moment , 39. Consider a particle in three different
placed in a weak magnetic field B, such boxes of width L. The potential inside the
boxes vary as shown in figures (i), (ii) and
B
that
k B T << 1. The average magnetic h2 2
(iii) w ith V0 << . The
2mL2
moment of a particle is
corresponding ground-state energies of
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 7
the par ticle are E 1 , E 2 and E 3 , 43. In a two-dimensional square lattice,
respectively. Then frequency of phonons in the long
wavelength limit changes linearly with
the wave vector k. Then the density of
states of phonons is proportional to
(a) (b)
1
(c) (d)
(a) E2 > E1 > E3 (b) E3 > E1 > E2 44. At T = 0 K, which of the following
(c) E2 > E3 > E1 (d) E3 > E2 > E1 diagram represents the occupation
40. In cylindrical coordinates (s, , z), which probability P(E) of energy states of
of the following is a Hermitian operator? electrons in a BCS type superconductor?
1 1 1
(a) (b)
i s i s s (a)
1 1 1
(c) (d)
i s 2s s s
41. A particle of mass 1 kg is released from a (b)
height of 1 m above the ground. When it
reaches the ground, what is the value of
Hamilton's action for this motion in J s?
(g is the acceleration due to gravity; take (c)
gravitation potential to be zero on the
ground)
2 5
(a) 2g (b) 2g
3 3 (d)
1
(c) 3 2g (d) 2g 45. For a on e-dimensional harmonic
3
xy is a constant of motion of
42. If xy
oscillator, the creation operator a
†
a two-dimensional isotropic harmonic acting on the n th state | n ), where
oscillator with Lagrangian n = 0, 1, 2, ..., gives a + | n ) =
m x 2 y 2 k x2 y2 n 1| n 1 . The matrix
L= representation of the position operator
2 2
then is h
x =
2m
a a† for the first three
k k
(a) + (b) – rows and columns is
m m
1 0 0
2k h
(c) (d) 0 0 2 0
m (a) 2m
0 0 3
8 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
0 1 0 M
h
1 0 1 T H
(b) 2m
(c) T = H
0 1 0 S
T H
0 1 0 (d) T = 0
h
1 0 2 48. A particle of mass m is moving inside a
(c) 2 m hollow spherical shell of radius a so that
0 2 0
the potential is
1 0 3 0forra
h V(r) = forra
0 0 0
(d) 2m
3 0 1 The grou nd state en ergy and
wavefunction of the particle are E0 and
46. A piston of mass m is fitted to an airtight
R(r), respectively. Then which of the
horizontal cylindrical jar. The cylinder
following options are correct?
and piston have identical unit area of
cross-section. The gas inside the jar has h2 2
volume V and is held at pressure (a) E0 =
2ma2
P = Patmosphere. The piston is pushed inside
the jar very slowly over a small distance. h2 1 d 2 dR
On releasing, the piston performs an (b) r = E0R (r < a)
undamped simple harmonic motion of low
2m r 2 dr dr
frequency. Assuming that the gas is ideal
h2 1 d2R 2 dR
and no heat is exchanged with the (c) r = E0R (r < a)
atmosphere, the frequency of the small 2m r 2 dr2 dr
oscillations is proportional to
1 r
P (d) R(r) = sin (r < a)
P r a
(a) (b)
mV Vm 49. A particle of unit mass moves in a
2
P P potential V(r) = V0 e r . If the angular
(c) (d)
mV 1 mV 1 momentum of th e par ticle is
47. A paramagnetic salt of mass m is held at
temperature T in a magnetic field H. If L = 0.5 V0 , then which of the following
S is the entropy of the salt and M is its statements are true?
magnetization, then dG = –SdT – MdH, (a) There are two equilibrium points
where G is the Gibbs free energy. If the along the radial coordinate
magnetic field is changed adiabatically by
(b) There is one stable equilibrium point
H 0 and the cor responding
infinitesimal changes in entropy and at r1 and one unstable equilibrium
temperature are S and T, then which point at r2 > r1
of the following statements are correct (c) There are two stable equilibrium
points along the radial coordinate
1 G (d) There is only one equilibrium point
(a) S = T
T T H along the radial coordinate
(b) S = 0
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 9
50. In a diatomic molecule of mass M, (a) The force between the plates at
electronic, rotational and vibrational 1 0 AV 2
energy scales are of magnitude Ee, ER and spacing 2d is
EV, respectively. The spring constant for 8 d2
the vibrational energy is determined by (b) The work done in moving the plates
Ee. If the electron mass is m then 1 0 AV 2
is
m m 8 d
(a) ER ~ E (b) ER ~ E (c) The energy transferred to the voltage
M e M e
1 0 AV 2
1/4 source is
m m 2 d
(c) EV ~ E (d) EV ~ Ee
M e M (d) The energy of the capacitor reduces
2
51. Electronic specific heat of a solid at 1 0 AV
by 4 d
temperature T is C = T, where is a
constant related to the thermal effective 54. A system with time independent
mass (meff) of the electrons. Then which Hamiltonian H(q, p) has two constants
of the following statements are correct? of motion f(q, p) and g(q, p). Then which
(a) meff of the following Poisson brackets are
(b) meff is greater than free electron mass always zero?
for all solids (a) {H, f + g} (b) {H, {f, g}}
(c) Temperature dependence of C (c) {H + f, g} (d) {H, H + fg}
depends on the dimensionality of the 55. In the action-angle variables {I1, 12, 1,
solid 2), consider the Hamiltonian H = 4I1I2
(d) The linear temperature dependence
of C is observed at T << Debye l1 1
and 0 1, 2 < 2. Let . Which of
temperature l2 2
52. In a Hall effect experiment on an intrinsic the following are possible plots of the
semiconductor, which of the following trajectories with different initial
statements are correct? conditions in 1 – 2 plane?
(a) Hall voltage is always zero
(a)
(b) Hall voltage is negativ e if the
effective mass of holes is larger than
those of electrons
(c) Hall c oefficient can be used to
estimate the carrier concentration in
the semiconductor
(d) Hall voltage depends on the mobility
(b)
of the carriers
53. A parallel plate capacitor with spacing d
and area of cross-section A is connected
to a source of voltage V. If the plates are
pulled apart quasistatically to a spacing
of 2d, then which of the following
statements are correct?
10 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
(c) for the bands and the I-V characteristics
of the junction?
(a)
(d)
(b)
56. A particle of mass m in the x-y plane is
confined in an infinite two-dimensional (c)
well with vertices at (0, 0), (0, L), (L, L),
(L, 0). The eigenfunctions of this particle
are
2 n x n y y
n sin x sin
.
x ,n y
L L L
If perturbation of the form V = Cxy,
(d)
where C is a real constant, is applied,
then which of the following statements
are correct for the first excited state?
3 2 h 2
(a) The unperturbed energy is 58. A plane polarized electromagnetic wave
2 m L2 propagating in y-z plane is incident at the
(b) The unperturbed energy is interface of two media at Brewster's
(c) First order energy shift due to the angle. Taking z = 0 as the boundary
applied perturbation is zero between the two media, the electric field
(d) The shift () in energy due to the of the reflected wave is given by
applied perturbation is determined by 3
1
a b ER A R cos k0 y z t xˆ
an equation of the form = 2 2
b a then which among the follow ing
0, where a and b are real, non-zero statements are correct?
constants
57. A junction is formed between a metal on (a) The angle of refraction is
6
the left and an n-type semiconductor on
the right. Before forming the junction, (b) Ratio of permittivity of the medium
the Fermi level EF of the metal lies below of refraction (2) with respect to the
that of the semiconductor. Then which z
of the following schematics are correct medium on incidence (1), =3
1
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 11
(c) The incident wave can h ave (I) The gas is held at 1 atm and is
components of its electric field in cooled from 300 K to 77 K.
y-z plane
(II) The gas is liquified at 77 K.
(d) The angle of reflection is (Take Cp = 7.0 cal mol –1 K –1, Latent
6
heat L = 1293.6 cal mol–1)
59. The minimum number of two-input
NAND gates required to implement 64. Frequency bandwidth v of a gas laser
the following Boolean expression is of frequency v Hz is
____________
2v
v =
Y = AB C BD AB C c A
where = 3.44 × 10 6 m 2 s –2 at room
60. In a nucleus, the interaction Vso l s
temperature and A is the atomic mass
is responsible for creating spin-orbit
of the lasing atom. For 4He – 20 Ne
do u b le ts . Th e en e r g y di ff er en c e laser (wavelength = 633 nm), v = n ×
between p1/2 and p3/2 states in units of 10 9 Hz. The value of n is _________
h2 (Round off to one decimal place)
Vso is _________ (Round off to the
2 65. A current of 1 A is flowing through 3000
nearest integer) turns/m. As shown in the figure, a
parallel plate capacitor, with plates
61. Two identical particles of rest mass m0 oriented parallel to the solenoid axis and
approach each other with equal and
opposite velocity v = 0.5c, where c is carrying surface charge density 6 0 Cm–2,
the speed of light. The total energy of is placed at the middle of the solenoid.
one particle as measured in the rest The momentum density of the
frame of the other is E = am 0c 2. The electromagnetic field at the midpoint X of
value of a is __________ (Round off to the capacitor is n × 10–13 N sm–3. The
value of n is ______________ (Round off
two decimal places)
to the nearest integer)
62. In an X-Ray diffraction experiment on (Speed of light c = 3 × 108 m s–1)
a solid w ith FCC str u c tu r e, fiv e
diffraction peaks corresponding to
(111), (200), (220), (311) and (222) planes
are observed using 1.54 A X-rays. On
using 3 & X-rays on the same solid,
the number of observed peaks will be
___________
63. For 1 mole of Nitrogen gas, the ratio
SI
S of entropy change of the gas in
II
processes (I) and (II) mentioned below
is _________ (Round off to one decimal
place)
12 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (b)
8. (b) 9. (b) 10. MTA 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b)
15. (a) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a,c,d)
21. (a,b,d) 22. (b,c,d) 23. (b,d) 24. (a,c) 25. (a,c) 26. (a, b)
27. (a,c) 28. (a,c,d) 29. 6 to 6 30. 4 to 4 31. 2.4 to 2.6 32. 311 to 312
33. 39 to 40 34. 33 to 34 35. 2.70 to 2.96 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (b)
39. (a) 40. (c) 41. (d) 42. (a) 43. (a) 44. (a) 45. (c)
46. (b) 47. (b,c) 48. (a,b,d) 49. (a,b) 50. (a,c) 51. (a,d) 52. (d)
53. (a,c,d) 54. (a,b,d) 55. (b,c) 56. (b,d) 57. (a,c) 58. (a,b,c) 59. 3 to 3
60. 3 to 3 61. 1.65 to 1.70 62. 1 to 1 63. 0.5 to 0.7 64. 1.2 to 1.4 65. 2 to 2
EXPLANATIONS
1. Know means to have understanding of. 3. As given that,
No means used to express negation, P:Q = 1 : 2 ....(i) × 8
denial, or refusal you should become Q:R = 4 : 3 ....(ii) × 4
aware when to deny.
R:S = 4 : 5 ....(iii) × 3
2. According to the question;
y y = 3x = 22.5
B (1, 3) P : Q : R : S = 8 : 16 : 12 : 15
y = 2x U = 50% more than (s)
(1, 2) So, U = 15 × 1.5 = 22.5
C
P : U 8 : 22.5
P : U = 80 : 225
x P : U = 16 : 45
A D
x=1 4.
Husband + Sister – Husband +
R Q P
Area ABC = area of (ABD) T
– Area of (ACD)
Mother
1
cle
= 3x 2x dx Un
0
S
1 1 1
= 1 3 1 2 0.5 unit2 So, T is uncle in-law of S.
2 2 2
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 13
5. As given figure: 8. As we know that
Mode = Frequently occured observation,
with highest frequency’s corresponding
= H.F (14) corresponding as (7)
Mode = 7
f x 292
a Mean = 5.84
f 50
n th n th
1
Median = 2 2
2
Let, PR = a & RZ = r 50 th th
50
So, Radius of circle; 1
2 2
=
r = a cos 2
ARUVZ = r2
= a2 cos2 66
25th 26 th
Area of PXWR = Area of SPQT + RZUV = = =6
2 2
= a2 sin2 + a2 cos2 = a2
So, Mode > Median > Mean
Now, Based on options:
Area of SPQT = Area of (PXWR – RUVZ) 9.
ASPQT = APXWR – ARUVZ
= a2 – a2 cos2
= a2 (1 – cos2 ) = a2 sin2
6. The last sentence gives the best inference
i.e. babies who start eating healthy in the
first year are more likely to have better
over hall heal as they get older.
Hence, option (b) is correct answer.
7. As we know that Profits Ratio
P I A TA So minimum number of steps required
Q = I T are:
B B
5000 6month
P2 Q4 S3 T5 R4 R5
= I 8month 10. Black edge is perpendicular to given line
B and while shaded edge is parallel to given
But already ratio given P : Q = (5 : 4) line so only possibility is option (d).
4
Q’s share = (given)
9 PHYSICS
So, Q = 4, then P = 5
11. As given that
5000(6) 5 Vx = 1.5 sin (20 t)
=
I B (8) 4
Vsat = 10V
Hence, IB 3000
14 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
Now,
Vin
From given circuit
1.5
–
Vout +0.99
Vin ~
+
Vx –0.99
I2 20k
–1.5
2.2k Vout
I1 +10
Due to no current pass through Op-Amp.
–10
So, l1 = l2
0 Vx V V0 Hence, option (a) is the correct answer,
x
2.2k 20k 12. Transtion Parity()
–20Vx = 2.2(Vx – V0) (J) in Column(1)
20 (i) Allowed 0 1, for Does not change
V
1 0 -decay point (1)
2.2 Vx
J = 0, 1
V0 20 (ii) First 0, 1, 2, 3 Changes
1
Vx 2.2 for-bidden for
-decay points (2);
V0 J = 3, 2
Vx = 1 20 (iii) Second 1, 2, 3 Does not change
2.2
for-bidden for
V0 10VX
-decay points (3);
If Vnon-inverting > Vinverting, then Vupper threshold
(J = 3)
Vsat 10 (iv) Third 2, 3, 4
= 1 20 20 = 0.99 for-bidden for Changes
1
2.2 2.2
-decay points (4);
If Vinverting > Vnon-inverting, then Vlower threshold
(J = 4)
Vsat 10 Hence, the option (b) is the correct
answer.
= 1 20 20 = –0.99
1
2.2 2.2 13. Let us consider a matrix of 2 × 2
So the correct output waveform is; a b
A = c d
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 15
If b = 1 (independent real parameter), Now, Consider l1 and l2 be the orbital
a 1 ang ular momentum of p an d d
then A = c d respectively, then
Using property of orthogonal matrix, l1 = 1, l2 = 2
a2 + b2 = 1 Total orbital angular momentum, l
a2 + 12 = 1 a = 0 = |l1 + l2| to |l1 – l2|
and a2 + c2 =1 = |1 + 2| to |1 – 2|
02 + c2 =1c=1 = 3 to 1
Also, c2 + d2 =1 l = f, d, p
12 + d2 =1d=0 Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
n 15. As we know that
k1 aki akj sij The property of the solution of Laplace’s
(orthogonal)
Ci i
For, n = 2
equation, potential, =
ai2 aij + a2i + a2j Ci
= Sij
A A A
ad + c × 1 = sij 0 20 40
= 4 4 2
0 + 1 × 1 = sij A
Sij = 1
For n = 2; 0 20 40
=
There are three constraint 4 4 2
i=j=1
110
i=j=2
4
i = 1, j = 2
So, the maximum number of dependent Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
n n 1 16. As we know that,
real parameter = The Larmor’s formula,
2
So, the independent real parameter
P q2 a2 ....(i)
n n 1
= n2 – where, q is charge
2
a is acceleration.
2n2 n2 n n n 1 Now, According to the question;
=
2 2
The point charge is performing simple
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
harmonic oscillations.
14. As given excited state configuration is So, we can write from displacement time
[Mg]3p5 4s2 3d1 equation;
p1 p5 x = A sin(t + )
p2 p4 x = A cos(t + )
So, the Orbital angular momentum will x or a = –A2 sin(t + )
be only due to p1d1.
or a (–2 A)
16 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
or a2 w4 A2 18. As we know that
Now by putting the value of a2 in eq (i) Energy for three-dimensional potential,
Then, we get P q2 w4 A2
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. E
=
n2x n2y n2z 2 h2
nx n y nz
17. As we know that 2mL2
F = U – TS ....(i)
Now,
By differentiating, we get
For the ground excited state:
F = –SdT – pdV + dm
(nx, ny, nz) (1, 1, 1)
Since, number of molecules are constant,
so dm = 0
n2 = n2x n2y n2z
F = –SdT – pdV
= 12 + 12 + 12 = 1
F
S = ....(ii) So, g 1
T V . N
V = F + T(S) For first excited state:
F (nx, ny, nz) (1, 2, 1) or (2, 1, 1) or (1, 1, 2)
From Eq. (ii), we get U = F – T
T V . N n2 = 12 + 22 + 12 = 6
....(iii)
Now, taking option (a); So, g 3
By using division rule, For second excited state: (nx, ny, nz)
F T (2, 2, 1) or (1, 2, 2) or (2, 1, 2)
F T F
T2 = T 2 T T n2 = 22 + 22 + 1 = 9
T T 2
T So,
F F
T2 = T F g3
T T T
From Eq. (iii), we get Now,
Number of nucleons in ground state
– T 2 F U
T T V n1 = 2 × degeneracy;
=2×1=2
2 F Number of nucleons in ground state
So, U = T
T T V n2 = 2 × 3 = 6
Number of nucleons in second excited
F state
T
U = T 2 n3 = 2 × 3 = 6
T
Number of nucleons in third excited state
V
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. n4 = 2 × 3 = 6
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 17
So, the magic number are; As we know that,
n1, n1 + n2, n1 + n2 + n3, n1 + n2 + n3 + n4
RF
2, 2 + 6, 2 + 6 + 6, 2 + 6 + 6 + 6 Open loop voltage gain, Gv = 1 +
R2
2, 8, 14, 22
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer. Closed loop voltage gain, GC
19. As Given, ordinary differential equation, RF
1
y” – 2xy’ + 4y = 0 R2
Also given its solution; = R
1 1 F
R2
y(x) = a + bx + cx2.
Now, By differentiating above equation. GC < GV
y´(x) = b + 2cx We also know that
Again differentiating above equation; For, Op Amp;
gain × bandwidth = constant
and y´´(x) = 2c
Now putting the values of y(x), y´(x) y´´(x) 1
in the given differential equation. or bandwidth
gain
we get, 2c – 2x(b + 2cx) + 4(a + bx + cx2)
=0 So, Closed loop bandwidth > Open loop
bandwidth
2c – 2bx – 4cx2 + 4a + 4bx + 4cx2 = 0
When negative feedback is added to input
2c+ 4a + 2bx = 0 ter minal, then in put impedance
(2c + 4a) + (2b)x = 0 increases.
This above relation is true, So, closed loop input impedance > Open
if 2c + 4a = 0 and 2b = 0 loop input
or c = –2a and b = 0 Output impedance decreases when
feedback is added.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
Hence, options (a), (c) and (d) are the
20. As we know that correct answer.
The typical circuit diagram of non- 21. As we know that
inverting amplifier has been shown in the
figure below, From standard commutation notation,
[I2, ji] = 0, where i = x, y, z
RF
[I, s2] = 0
R2 [j2, ji] = 0, where i = x, y, z
– and j=l+s
Iout
Vout As we know that, [Ix, Iy] = ih|z, [Iy, Iz]
~ + = ih|x
Vin and [Iz, Ix] = ih|y
Bode plot of a non inverting amp: [j2, Iz] 0
18 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
Now, from option (c) For normal Zeeman lines observed II and
[Iz, jz] = [Iz, Iz + Sz] = [Iz, Iz] + [Iz + Sz] to the fields applied to an atom are
longitudinal and transverse, respectively.
[Iz, jz] = 0 + 0 = 0
In these lines, only -lines and -lines
Hence, option (a), (b) and (d) are the to the field are plane polarised.
correct answer.
Hence, option (b), (c) and (d) are the
22. When the source of light S is placed in correct answer.
the magnetic field, the spectral line 23. As we know that,
undergoes th e follow ing striking
= – ....(i)
modifications (Fig. below).
and = i ....(ii)
When the spectral line of frequency is
examined parallel to the field (longitudinal Now, taking option (b)
view), each line appears to split into two,
– = 2i
on the opposite side of and equidistant
from the original line. The light having From (i) & (ii)
frequencies v v is circularly polarized + = 2
in opposite sense, the higher frequency
+ = 2i
line is along the direction of the
magnetizing current. So, option (b) is correct.
Now, taking option (d)
Let us consider
= , then 2 2 = 2
=2×1
1
22 = 2
When observed perpendicular to the field
(transverse view), each spectral line split 2(1)2 = 2 2 2 1
into three lines or triplet, the central line
appearing in the same position as the 2 = 2 LHS = RHS
original line of frequency v. It is plane Hence, option (b & d) are the correct
polarized with vibrations parallel to the answer.
mag netic field and is called the 24. As given that,
-component. The two outer components,
The refractive index, n = n, () + inm()
called -components, are symmetrical
....(i)
about the central line an d plane
polarized with vibrations perpendicular Here, nr() represents relative velocity
(Real part) and n im () repr esen ts
to the field. Their frequencies have the
absorption (maginary part).
same values as in longitudinal view:
v v.
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 19
v v
v = y; = 1, = 0,
y x
When x = a and y = 0, then f(z) = z
Then function f(z) is analytical continuous
and differentiable at (a, 0).
same as , f(z) is continuous at (a, a).
In this function, the modulus, term
cannot be neglected at (a, a), so it is not
differen tiable at (a, a), but it is
continuous at (a, 0).
Hence, option (a & c) are the correct
Now, by taking each option answer.
(a) k = + i
26. If g(k) is the Fourier transform of f(x),
then we can write
1
Phase relation () = tan
1 ikx
From below relation, we can obtain g(k) =
2
f xe dx ....(i)
nf from nim and vice-versa.
(b) If medium is not absorbing, then
imaginary part, i.e., nim will be zero. 1 ikx
and g(–k) =
2
f x e dx ....(ii)
(c) Since, refractive index is complex
function in which both real and
imaginary part can be obtained from
1 ikx
each other, therefore n is an analytic g(–k) =
2
f x e dx ....(iii)
function.
(d) The value of refractive index of From above, we get, g*(–k) = g(–k)
medium changes if is changed. Let us consider, f(x) = u(x) + iv(x)
Hence, option (a), (b) and (c) are the If f(x) is purely imaginary, then f(x) = iv(x)
correct.
( u(x) = 0)
25. As given that, f(z) = z + |z – a|2
or f*(x) = –iv(x)
This function f(z) is not be analytical. To
From Eq. (iii), we get g(–k)
make it analytical, we shall remove the
term |z – a|2
x ikx
Let us consider z = x + iy, = f x e dx
f(z) = (x + iy) + (x – a)2 + (y)2
Now, [from Eq. (ii)]
f(z) = (x + (x – a)2 + y2) + iy
g*(–k) = –g(–k)
u = x + (x – a)2 + y2
or g(–k) = –g*(–k) or g(–k) = –g*(k) if f(x)
u u is purely imaginary.
=1 + 2(x – a); = 2y
x y
20 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
If f(x) is purely real, then f(x) = u(x) 28. A bipolar junction transistor is a three-
( v(x) = 0) terminal semiconductor device that
consists of two p-n junctions which are
ikx able to amplify or magnify a signal. It is
g(–k) = f x e dx
a current controlled device. The three
terminals of the BJT are the base, the
g*(–k) = g(–k) or g(–k) = g*(k) collector, and the emitter.
Hence, option (a, b) are the correct Emitter is heavily doped. Its job is to
answer. emit or inject electrons into the base.
27. As given that differential equation, Bases are lightly doped and very thin,
it passes most of the emitter-injected
(1 – x2)y´´ – xy´ + 9y = 0
electrons on to the collector.
x 9 The doping level of collector is
y y´ y0
intermediate between the heavy
1 x 2 1 x 2 doping of emitter and the light doping
of the base.
x 9
P(x) = and Q(x) = The doping level and width of base
2
1x 1 x2 are kept light so that most of the
If 1 – x2 = 0 x = 1, then P(x) and Q(x) charge carriers are transferred from
becomes discontinuous. emitter to collector without much
recombination.
x So that doping concentration of the
lim (x – 1) P(x) = (x – 1)
x 1 1 x 2 Emitter(E), Base (B), Collector(C)
region of a typical bipolar junction
transistor varies as E > C > B.
x 1 1
= 1 x 1 1 2 finite value. The current gain β = IC/IB
If the temperature increases, then ICBO
and IC both increase so, the value of
Similarly, xlim
1
(x + 1) P(x)
current gain β increases. Thus β depends
on temperature.
x x From IE = IC +IB
= (x + 1)
2 1 x
1 x IC < IE
As the direction of current is opposite to
1
1
= 1 1 2 finite value. the flow of electrons we can understand
that cu rrent from th e emitter is
So, at x = 1 and x = –1 are regular conducted to the base and the collector.
singularities. Hence, the collector current will always
be slightly less than the emitter current.
Hence, options (a) and (c) are correct
answer. Hence, options (a, c & d) are the correct
answer.
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 21
29. As given that Now, according to the question;
The electron concentration (ne) RS
=1.4 × 1028 m–3
Density of states at fermi level, D(F)
= 6.2 × 1046 J–1m–3
+ R
Magnetic moment of electron (B) Vin
–
= 9.3 × 10–24 JT–1
Permeability to free space (0)
= 4 × 10–7 Tm A–1 R2 R
As we know that
&
4 m
The density of states, D() = 2mE R1 RS
h3
R
D2 h6 Vs Vin
or E = 2 3
....(i) R RS
32 m
So,
At fermi level, Vin Vin
VS Vin
2 6 RS R
D h 1 1 S
Ef = ....(ii) R
2 3
32 m
We also know that,
So, VS Vin
Pauli paramagnetic susceptibility is
If Load Resistance is connected to the
3 B0 n e power supply then:
....(iii)
2 E f RS
Now, by substituing all value in eq (ii)
then putting the value of Ef in eq (iii), VRS = IRS
then we get.
+ RL 4V
n 10 6 Vs = Vin
–
Hence, the value of k = 6 5V
30. As we know that
Voltage division rule: The voltage across(RS): VRS = 5 – 4 = 1V
The voltage across (RL): VRL = 4V
R2
VS Vin
R1 R 2 VRS IRS
VRL IRL
22 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
1 RS 1 R2
So, 4 1
RL 0.01 d 2
RL R2
4 100 = 1
RS d2
31. As we know that R2
= 99
The electric field density due to a d2
uniformly charged disc of radius R at a
point distance d from its centre. R2
or d2 =
99
d
Edisc = 1
20 R d2
2 R
or d =
Let us consider the surface charge 99
density be . R = 25 cm Given
Similarly, electric field due to a infinite
plane of same charge density at a point 25
d=
is; 99
So,
Eplane = d = 2.512 cm
20
Now from the question; Hence the value of d is 2.512 cm.
Eplane – Edisc = 0.1 × Eplane 32. As Given that,
we = 300 cm–1 or 300 × 102 m–1
d
1 = 0.1 × As we know that
20 20 R d2
2 20
hcwe
d I
T
1 – 1 = 0.1 AS e kB
R d2
2 I
S
d
= 0.1 IAS
R2 d2 Also given that, =4
IS
2
d 2
0.1
R 2
d 2
hcw e
So, 1 k T
B
e
4
1
R2 = 0.01 hcwe
1 k T
2
d or 4= e B
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 23
Now, by taking log both side. 34. As given that,
hcwe x x
ln e e
ln(4) = k T 2 sin a 3cos 2a
B 1
x
6a 3x
cos
hcwe 2a
or ln 4 = k T
B
1 x 3 x
sin cos
hcwe 1 a a a 2a
T= 2k ln2
2
B = 6 1 3x
cos
Now by substituting all given values in a 2a
above expression
1 1 1
= 1 2 3
T=
6.6 10 34 8
3 10 300 10 2
3 2 6
23 So, the normalisation constant, (A)
2 1.35 10 ln2
= C12 C22 C32
T 311.9K
33. As Given that 2 2 2
1 1 1
The pulse width (t) = 10–3 sec A=
3 2 6
Speed of light (c) = 3 × 108 m/s
Planck constant (h) = 6.6 × 10–34 J-s 1 1 1
=
As we know that 3 2 6
h 2 31
E × t = A= =1
2 6
E = p × C When wave function is normalised, then
probability can be written as
h
= 2 2
C21 1
P= = 2
h A2 3 1
or (p × c) × t =
4
1
h 6.6 10 34 P= = 0.333
3
or p = =
4ct 2 3 108 103
So, the probability (in %) = 33.3%
p = 1.75 × 10–40 kg-m/s
35. As given that, p1 = 3×1012 rad/s
By comparing with given value, i.e.
p = 10–N
p2 = 30 × 1012 rad/s
Hence, the value of N = 40.
24 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
As we know that, the plasma frequency, So, ms = 1, 0
ne2
We also know that,
p = Energy, F = –zB = –msB
m0
So, corresponding to three values of ms,
2 there are three energies, i.e E = –zB =
2p mne –msB, 0
0
So, the partition function,
2p m0
n= z = e0 e e
2
e
Her e, for min imum concentration 1
detection p should be minimum.
k B T
So, pmin = (3) × 1012 rad/s
Z 1 2cosh B
2
p min m0
nmin = We also know that
2
e Now,
=
Let us consider single particle, then the
12 2
3 10 9.1 10 31
8.85 10 12
average magnetic moment, <> = –
F
2 B
1.6 1019 or
19
3 3 9.1 8.85 10
= <> = k B T ln 1 2 cosh B
1.6 1.6 10 38
nmin = 2.84 × 10 m 21 –3
= kBT ln 1 2cosh B
By comparing with given value
Then, n 2.84 k T 1
B
36. As we know that
For spinup particle; 1
= k B T 1 2 cosh B 2sinh B B
B
B E
z1 e =
k T
= eB/ k BT
e B 2sinh B
For spin down particles,
1 2cosh B
z1' () = e–BE
B B
k T As Given that, << 1, then sin h(B)
kB T
z1' () = e B
And, Z component of magnatic moment B
z = ms And cos h(B) = 1
where, ms is the z-component of spin 2 B
quantum number. <> =
1 21
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 25
Now, by comparing then, we get;
2 B
S3 > S1 > S2
3 kT
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. 39. According to the question;
37. According to the question;
When Temperature is increased from
300 k to 320 K,
For, Process 1;
L/3 L/3 L/3 L/3
Stotal = S1 = Sw + Sres Vo
2L/3
Q 0
S T
The given potential wells has anti-
320 20 symmetric wells.
S1 = ln
300 320 As we know that;
When Temperature is increased from Ground state wave function,
300 K to 310 K and 310 K to 320 K,
2 x
For, process 2; 0 x sin
L L
S2 = Sw + Sres
For E1;
310 10 L L
S2 = ln 3 3
2 x
300 310 2 2
E1 = V0 0 x dx = V0 L sin
L
dx
0 0
320 10
+ ln
310 320 L
2x
3 1 cos
2V0 L dx
320 10 10 E1 =
S2 = ln 310 320 L 2
300 0
If temperature is increased from 300 K
to 350 K and decreased to 350 K to sin2x 1 cos3x
320 K,
For, Process 3; L
2x 3
S3 = Sw + Sres V0 sin
L
E1 = L x 2
350 50
S3 = ln L 0
300 350
320 30 L
+ ln L 2
V L 3 2 0
350 320 E1 = 0 0 sin sin
L 3 2 L L
320 50 30
S3 = ln
300 350 320
26 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
V0 3V0 L
E1 6 0
3 4
V0 L
E3 = 2
2L L L 6 2 0
3 2V
sin sin
x 2 L L
E2 = 0 sin 2 dx
L L
L
3
5L
2L L
6
V0 L 2x 3 V0
= L x 2
sin
L L
2
5L
3 + L L sin 2xL sin 6
2 L L
2L L
3 3
V0 L 3 V0 L L 3
V0
=
2
2L L
2
E3 = L 6 4 L L 6 2 0 2
L L 3 sin 3
sin
2 L L
1 3
E3 V0
3 2
V0 L L 3 3
= L 3 2 2 2 From above;
1 1
E2 E1 E3
1
1 3
E2 V0
3 2 1 1 1
E0 E2 0 E1 0 E3
So it is clear that, E2 > E1 > E3
For E3;
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
L 40. As we know that
6 2V0 x
sin 2 dx D 1
0
L L For radial part (pr) = i
E3 = r 2r
L
2V0 x
sin 2 dx We also know that,
5L
L L
6 For cylindrical coordinate system (D) = 2
So,
L
E3 = V0 L 2x 6 2 1
pr = i
L x 2 sin L
0 r 2r
L
V L 2x 1
0 x sin pr = i
L 2 L 5L r 2r
6
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 27
1 1
or pr = L= mg 2 t 2 mg [ h = 1m (given)]
i r 2r 2
1 1 We also know that
pr =
i r 2r
t2
Similarly for (s):
s= Ldt ....(i)
t
1 1 1
ps =
i s 2s
1
By putting the value of t1 & t2 in eq(i).
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
2
41. According to the question
g
s= 1 2 2
mg t mg dt
u=0 0 2
1 kg
2
1 2 3 g
1m 2 mg t
= mgt
3
0
Let us consider time (t2) taken by ball 2 2
when it reaches at the ground, = 1 mg 2 t3 g mg t g
6 0 0
1 2
s = ut + gt
2 3
1 2 2 3 2
= mg 0 mg 0
6
g
1 2
gt 2 g
10 = × t +
2
3
2
or t2 = g2 2 2 2
g = 6 g g g ( m = 1 kg)
As we know that
L = kinetic energy – potential energy
1 2 2 2 2 2
1 2 = 6 g g g g g 3 g
= mv mgh
2
v = 0 + gt = gt 1
or s = 2g
3
1 2
L= m gt mgh
2 Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
28 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
42. As given that,
m
= xy,p 2x xy,p 2y
2 2m
L=
m x 2 y 2 k x2 y 2
2 2 k k
px py ,x 2 p x p y ,y 2
2 2
So, H =
m x y 2 k x2 y 2 m m
2 2 =
2
y 2px
2
x 2p y
And
k k
2xpy 2yp x
xy is a constant of motion,
A = xy 2 2
Let, px = mx [A, H] = m pxy + m xpy – kxpy – kypx
Now,
px
x = By putting [A, H] equal to zero,
m
So, m pxy + m xpy – kxpy – kypx = 0
py = my
(m – k)xpy + (m – k)ypx = 0
py So, m – k = 0
y =
m k
So,
m
A = px py + × y (m = 1)
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
And,
43. As given that, k
p2 p2 1 = Ck, ....(i)
x y k x2 y 2
So, H = 2m 2m 2 where, C is constant
By multiplying both side by in eq (i)
p2 p2y = Ck
p x p y xy, x
2m 2m
[A, H] = 1 So, E = Ck ( E = )
2
2
k x y
2
E= ....(ii)
( from (i)
p2 p2 As we know that
p x py xy, x y
= 2m 2m
d
The density of states, g(E) 1
E s
1 ....(iii)
p x py xy, k x 2 y 2
2
And in general, E = aps
....(iv)
m xy,p2x p2y k 2 2 By comparing from Eq. (iv) we get
= 2 p x py ,x y
2
s 1
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 29
2
Now by using Eq. (iii), we get g(E) 1 1
E
1
a a 2
( d = 2) = 2m
g E E or g(E) 1
( from (ii)) 0 1 0
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. 1 0 2
2m 0 2
0
44. As we know that
For a BCS type superconductor; the graph Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
represents occupation probability P(E) of 46. According to the questions:
energy states of electrons with energy
band gap (Eg) is plotted as; p0
P(E)
1
dX X
EF Eg E V, p0 + p
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
45. As given expression
Net force on piston, Fnet = (p)A
Change in volume, dV = A dx
x=
2m
aˆ aˆ As we know that
Now by making matrix of 3 × 3 harmonic For adiabatic process, PV = constant
oscillator starts at x = 0 Now, by taking log on both sides, so we
get
ln p + ln V = log C
2m
By differentiating, we have
0| x |0 0| x|1 0| x|2 dp dV
1| x |0 0
1| x |1
1| x |2
p V
2| x |0
2| x|1 2| x|2 33
dp dv
As we know that =
p V
â|n n |n 1
p
dp = dV
â |n n 1|n 1 V
Now by using this property, we can write p0
dF
this matrix as = (Adx)
A V0
a11 = < 0 |x| 0 > = 0
a23 = < 1 |x| 2 > df
dp A
30 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
At equilibrium process df = 0
p0 A 2
dF = dx And,
V0 The Gibbs free energy is used for systems
with constant pressure and is a function
p0 A 2 of T, H and pressure p.
Fnet = dx
V0 G = U – TS + pV – 0 MH
For SHM, Fnet = –kx So, the total differential of U, F and G
are respectively:
So,
p0 A 2 dU TdS pdV 0 HdM
k=
V0
dF = –SdT – pdV – 0HdM
We also know that
dG = Vdp – SdT – 0MdH
k Using TDS equation;
Angular frequency, =
m –SdT – MdH = 0
–SdT = MdH
p0 A 2
= S M
V0 m Therefore, =
H T
We also know that when, the magnetic
p0
moment M is chosen in G as an external
mV0 variable instead of the magnetic field H.
Then,
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
47. As given that,
G
The Tds equation; H
m T.p
G SdT MdH
Now, according to the second law of from above equations we can get the
thermal dynamics, the entropy variation; derived expression;
Q
´S = ( Reversible process) M
T
T H
For adiabatic process T = T
S
Q = 0
T H
S = 0
As we know that when the free energy of Hence, option (b) and (c) are the correct
Helmholtz is a function of V, H and the answer.
absolute temperatuer T, is used for 48. As given that,
systems with constant volume and has
the form 0forr a
V(r) = forra
F U TS
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 31
As we know that, Its already known for rigid, spherical box,
for l = 0
d2u r 2mE
u r 0 n
dr 2
2 u r Qsinkr Qsin r
So, f(r) = = = a
r r r
2
d u r By calculating second order derivation,
So, k2u r = 0
dr 2 condition given in option (a), (b) and (d)
are satisfies.
2mE 49. As given that,
Let,k 2
2
2
The potential V(r) = V e r ....(i)
By solving 0
we get;
and Angular momentum, L = 0.5 V0
(D2 + k2) = 0 or D2 = –k2
....(ii)
D ik
As we know that;
So, the solution of the above differential The effective potential (Veff)
equation
u(r) = Aeikr + Be–ikT L2
= V(r) +
[ eikr = cos kr + i sin kr] 2mr 2
u(r) = A[cos kr + i sin kr] + B[cos kr – 2
i sin kr] 0.5 V
0
r2
or u(r) = A(A + B)cos kr + i(A – B)sin kr = V e
0
2
2mr
Now, consider
(from (i) & (ii))
P = A + B and Q = A – B ....(ii)
By Applying boundaries condition, at V0
r2
r = 0, u(r) = 0 8mr 2
Veff V0 e
From Eq(ii), we get u(0) = Pcos(k × 0)
+ iQsin(k × 0) So, the graph between Veff and r is;
p=0
Veff
Now by using second boundary condition
at r = a, u(r) = 0
from eq(ii), we get;
r1
u(r) = 0 Pcos k × a + iQ sin k × a r (radial line)
r2
0 = Q sin ka
n From the graph;
or ka = n or k
a The slope of graph is zero so, there are
2mE 2
2mE two equilibrium points along the radial
n
k2 = 2 = coordinates r = r1, r2
a 2
[ from (i)] Case I;
At r = r 1 then V eff is minimum, so
n 2 2 2 potential energy will minimum.
E
2ma 2
32 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
So, r = r1 is stable equilibrium. So, For free electron
At r = r2, then Veff is maximum nearby
its surrounding, so potential energy will K2
E=
be maximum. So, r = r 2 is point of 2m
unstable equilibrium. Now by calculating effective mass meff it
Hence, option (a), (b) are the correct comes equal to mass of free electron for
answer. all solids.
50. According to the, question ; We also know that
Let r be the internuclear separation of Electronic specific heat,
the diatomic molecule, we estimate the
typical electronic energy, rotational 1 2
Cd = Nk B T / TF
energy and Vibrational energy. 2
Here, the temperature much belows
Now, r (Both the Debye temperature and the
From uncertainty principle, p x ~ h fermi temperature TF).
h And, the heat capacity of metals can be
or p ~
r written as the sum of electron and
So, phonon contributions.
p 2 So, C = T + AT3,
2
Electronic energy, (Ee) = Where and A are constant
2m 2mr 2
2 m Therefore, TF EF
Energy, ER = ~ Ee
2 M
mr 1
and EF
1 2 1 m
Vibrational energy, kr M2 r 2 is
2 2 So, m eff or m eff
the energy needed to remove the two
nuclei from the equilibrium distance to Hence, option (a) & (d) are the correct
answer.
r 52. When a magnetic field is applied to a
current carrying conductor in a direction
2
Ee perpendicular to that of the flow of
2mr 2
cur rent, a potential difference or
m 2 m 2 transverse electric field is created across
2 2 2 = Ee a conductor. This phenomenon is known
2
Mm r 2 M
as Hall Effect.
m As we know that,
EV Ee
M Hall Voltage is
BI
Hence, option (a) & (c) are the correct VH = Ed =
answer. W
51. As we know that The hall coefficient is given as:
Effective mass is always equal to mass of 1 1
RH =
free electron. ne
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 33
Where, V
0 V
F = 2d A 4d
= charge density =
n = charge concentration 0 AV 2
= conductivity F=
8d 2
= mobility constant
Now by using energy equation;
So, Hall coefficient becomes
U 1 + Wext + Wbalt = Ut + Loss
1 1 1
RH = CV2 + Wext + V(q´ – q) = C´V2
ne 2 2
The magnitude of the Hall voltage AV AV
1 0 A
depends on the strength of the magnetic V 2 Wext V 0 0
2 d 2d d
field, the current, and the carrier
den sity . The car rier mobility is
1 0 A
determined from the Hall voltage and the = V2
2 2d
resistivity.
53. According to the question; 0 A 2
By solving, we get, Wext = V
4d
We also know that
Energy transferred to the voltage source
= – Work done by battery
= –V(q´ – q)
If plates of capacitor is pulled apart
quasistatically to a spacing by 2d, then AV AV
0 0
new capacitance is = V 2d d
0 A 0 AV 2
C´ = =
2d 2d
Here, when capacitor is connected to a And, Decrease in energy stored by
battery, then potential difference across capacitor, –U = Ui – Ut
capacitor will remain same.
And, the electric field in the region 1 0 A
2 1 0 A
2
between the plates, –U = 2 d V 2 2d V
V V
E = d´ 2d
0 1 0 A 2
U V
As we know that 4 d
Force between plate, F = (charge on one Hence, options (a), (c) and (d) are the
plate) × (electric field due to other plate) correct answer.
= q × E´
54. As given that, the hamiltonian H(q, p)
E has two constants of motion f(q, p) and
= C´V × ( q = C´V)
2 g(q, p) {f, H} = 0 and {g, H} = 0
34 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
Now by Hamiltonian with Jacobian
1
identity. By integrating, we get 2 C
2
{f, {g, H}} + {g, {H, f}} + {H, {f, g}} = 0
Now, by taking each options:
0 + 0 + {H, {f, g}} = 0
option(a);
{f, g} are also constant of motion.
Let us consider
By taking each options;
(a): {H, f + g} = {H, f} + {H, g} A; C = 0 2 = 1 , If 1 = 2 then 2 =
2
=0+0=0 but in given figure corresponding to this
value, it is .
fg 2
(b): {H, {f, g}} = H1 , So, option (a) is not correct.
Option (b);
1
=i
H, f g Let us consider
C = , 1 = 2,
1 1 2
= H, f g = 0
i i 2 3
=
2 =
(c): {H + f, g} = {H, g} + {f, g} 2 2 2
= 0 + [f, g] not necessarily be zero. So, option (b) is correct.
Option (c);
(d): {H, H + fg} = {H, H} + {H, f g}
Let us consider C = 0 (as passing through
= 0 + (H, f)g + f(H g) origin), 1 = 2
=0+0=0
2
Hence, option (a), (b) and (d) are the 2 = =
2
correct ansewer.
So, option (c) is correct.
{H, (f + g)} = (H, g) + (H, g) = 0 + 0 = 0
Option (d):
55. As we know that
Let us consider, C = , 1 = , then
Action variable J = Pdq and angle 2
variable , is given by ; /2
2 =
2
H
Since, = = ( J = I) 5
J 2
4
H = 4I1, I2
So, option (d) is not correct.
H H Hence, only option (b), (c) are the correct
1 = = 4I2, 2 = = 4I1
answer.
I1 I2
56. According to the question;
1 I2 For first excited state, nx = 1 and ny = 2
=2 or nx = 2 and ny = 1
2 I1
As we know that
I 1
1 n 2x 2 2 n 2y 2 2
I2 2 unperturbed energy =
2mL2 2mL2
or 2 = 1 52 2
2 = [let nx = 1 and ny = 2]
2mL2
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 35
By, the degenerate perturbation theory, 58. As given expression;
matrix is formed.
Hence, options (b) & (d) are the correct 3 1
answer. ER = AR cos k 0 2 y 2 z t xˆ
57. For an n-type semiconductor, there are
more electrons in the conduction band Now consider, the angle of reflection be
than there are holes in the valence band. r.
This is due to the doping of donor impurity
to form n-type semiconductor. This leads
to formation of donor energy level below
conduction band in forbidden energy gap,
which implies that the probability of finding
an electron near the conduction band edge
is larger than the probability of finding a
hole at the valence band edge. Therefore,
the Fermi level is closer to the conduction
band in an n-type semiconductor and it
lies in the forbidden energy gap nearer to
the conduction band.
When a junction is formed between a
metal on the left and an n-type 3
semiconductor on right, then Fermi level
PQ 2
of the metal is slig htly near by In OPQ tan r = 1 3
conduction band as shown in figure of OP
option (a); 2
or, r = 60° or
3
Conduction band
So, the angle of refraction [1] = 90° – r
EF
Metal n-type semiconductor
= 90° – 60° = 30° or
6
Valence band
2 =
3
Characteristics of junction shows by
Now by using law of refraction;
option (c);
l
–V0
V
Hence, options (a) & (c) are the correct
answer.
36 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
tan1 1 B
So,
tan2
2
....(i) B BC (BC)
Y
Now, by putting values of 1 and 2 in C
eq. (i)
Hence, the minimum total number of two
input NAND gate required is 3.
tan
6 1 60. As given that
=
tan 2
3 H = VSOI s
1 1 As we know that
2 3
Vso
Energy (E) = [J(J + 1)
2 2
So, 3 – I(I + 1) – s(s + 1)] 2
1
....(i)
The incident wave can have components To calculate energy difference E for p1/2
of its electric field in y-z plane because
Vso 2
reflected wave is in x̂ -direction which is and p3/2 in unit of .
2
perpendicular to ŷ and ẑ . Here, I and s are same for states p1/2 and
Hence, options (a), (b) and (c) are correct. p3 ,
59. As given that 2
The Boolean expression So, energy difference
3 1
Y = AB C BD AB C E = E J E J
2 2
= ABC ABBD AB C Now from (i) equation
Vso 3 3 11 2
Y = ABC 0 ABC BB 0 So, E = 1 1
2 2
2 2 2
Y = A A BC Vso 15 3 2
=
2 4 4
Y = BC AA 1
Now, By drawing logic circuit. Vso
E = 3 2
2
B B
Vso 2
Y BC E 3
2
C C
On compairing it by the given expression
Again converting above circuit by using Hence, the correct answer is 3.
NAND gate,
GATE 2022 (PHYSICS) 37
61. According to the question; 62. As we know that;
By equation, 2d sin = n
1 0.5c 1 or 2d sin = [ n = 1]
m0 0.5cm0
or sin
As we know that 2d
h 2 k 2 l2
v v =
v´x x 2a
v v
1 x
c 2 a
d=
h k 2 l2
2
0.5c 0.5c
=
The value of sin lies between 0 to 1.
0.5c 0.5c For given planes, sin is maximum for
1
c2 plane (2, 2, 2). If h2 k 2 l 2 is
c maximum.
=
1 0.25
22 22 22
sin = 1 =
2a
4
v´x c
5 1= 12
2a
We also know that
or a = 12
2
m 0 c2
1.54
Energy (E) = v2 For given = 1.54 A , a = 12
1 2
c2
= 2.66 A
m 0 c2
m0 c 2 And, for = 3 A , sin = h2 k 2 l 2
E= = 2a
2 16
4 1 3
c 25 sin = h2 k 2 l2
1 5 2 2.66
c Now,
For plane (1, 1, 1),
3
5 sin = 12 12 12
E m0 c 2 2 2.66
3
0.97 < 1 [ It is possible.]
Now by comparing with given expresstion For given other plane (2, 0, 0), (2, 2, 0),
then, we get (3, 1, 1) the value of sin is exceeding
from 1 which is not possible. Hence,
5
= = 1.67 number of observed peaks will be one.
3
38 GATE 2022 (PHYSICS)
63. As we know that = 3.44 × 106m2s–2
dQ wavelength, = 633 nm or 633 × 10–9 m.
S =
T For 4He – e0Ne,A = 6 to 20
Entropy change in process (I), 2 3.44 106
v =
dQ 633 109 A
T
S1= If A = 6;
At given range (300 to 77k) 2 3.44 106
V =
633 109 6
77 nCp dT
So, S1 = = 1.2 × 109 Hz
T If A = 20;
300
[ heat is given at constant pressure] 2 3.44 106
V =
77 633 109 20
S1 = 1 × Cp lnT = Cp[ln 77 – ln 300]
300 = 1.4 × 109 Hz
[ n = 1] = (1.2 to 1.4) × 109 Hz
77 Hence, the value of n = 1.2 to 1.4
S1 = 7.0 × ln
300 65. As given that,
The current, (l) = 1A
S1 9.519
Winding density, (n) = 3000 turns/m
Now, entropy change in process (II), Surface charge density, () = 60 Cm–2
Q Speed of light (c) = 3 × 108 m/s
SII =
T As we know that
nL 1
= Momentum density, p = 2 s, ....(i)
T
c
As given; n = 1, L = 1293.6 cal/mol,
where poynting vector (s);
T = 77
1 1293.6 EB 0 nl
s=
SII = 0 0 0
77
nl
SII 16.8 s
0
S By putting the value of (s) in eq. (i);
So, the ratio
I
= 9.519 = –0.566
SII 16.8
1 nl
–0.57 So, p =
c 2 0
SI Now, putting all values.
0.57
SII 1 6
0 3000 1
p= 2
64. As given that,
3 108 0
The frequency bandwidth,
p=2× 10–13
Nsm–3
2v Now comparing with given p = n × 10–13
v =
c A Nsm–3
2 Hence, we get n = 2.
v = [ c = v × ]
A
GATE – 2 0 2 1
PH : PHYSICS
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) 4. and are two operators on numbers
p and q such that p q = p – q, and p q
Q.1 - Q.5 Multiple Choice Question
(MCQ), carry ONE mark each (for each =p×q
wrong answer: –1/3). Then, 9 6 7 7 6 5
1. (i) Arun and Aparna are here.
(a) 40 (b) × 26
(ii) Arun and Aparna is here.
(c) – 33 (d) – 40
(iii)Arun's families is here.
5. Four persons P, Q, R and S are to be
(iv) Arun's family is here. seated in a row. R should not be seated
Which of the above sentences are at the second position from the left end
grammatically CORRECT? of the row. The number of distinct
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iv) seating arrangements possible is:
(c) (ii) and (iv) (d) (iii) and (iv) (a) 6 (b) 9
2. (c) 18 (d) 24
Q. 6 – Q. 10 Multiple Choice Question
(MCQ), carry TWO marks each (for
each wrong answer: – 2/3).
6. On a planar field, you travelled 3 units
East from a point O. Next you travelled
4 units South to arrive at point P. Then
you travelled from P in the North-East
direction such that you arrive at a point
The mirror image of the above text about that is 6 units East of point O. Next, you
the x-axis is travelled in the North-West direction, so
that you arrive at point Q that is 8 units
(a)
North of point P.
(b) The distance of point Q to point O, in the
same units, should be _______
(c) (a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 5 (d) 6
(d)
7. The author said, “Musicians rehearse
3. Two identical cube shaped dice each with before their concerts. Actors rehearse
fac es n umber ed 1 to 6 are rolled their roles before the opening of a new
simultaneously. The probability that an paly. On the other hand, I find it strange
even number is rolled out on each dice that many public speakers think they can
is: just walk on to the stage and start
speaking. In my opinion, it is no less
1 1
(a) (b) important for public speakers to rehearse
36 12 their talks.”
1 1 Based on the above passage, which one
(c) (d)
8 4 of the following is TRUE?
2 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
(a) The author is of the opinion that 1
rehearsing is important for musicians, (a) 4 (b)
2 2
actors and public speakers.
(b) The author is of the opinion that
(c) 1 (d)
rehearsal is less important for public 2 4
speakers than for musicians and 10. In an equilateral triangle PQR, side PQ
actors. is divided into four equal parts, side QR
is divided into six equal parts and side
(c) The author is of the opinion that PR is divided into eight equal parts. The
rehearsing is more important only for length of each subdivided part in cm is
musicians than public speakers. an integer.
(d) The author is of the opinion that The minimum area of the triangle PQR
rehearsal is more important for possible, in cm2, is
(a) 18 (b) 24
actors than musicians.
8. 1. Some football players play cricket. (c) 48 3 (d) 144 3
2. All cricket players play hockey.
Among the options given below, the PHYSICS (PH)
statement that logically follows from the Q.1- Q.9 Multiple Choice Question
two statements 1 and 2 above, is:
(MCQ), carry ONE mark each (for each
(a) No football player plays hockey.
wrong answer: –1/3).
(b) Some football players play hockey.
1. Choose the graph that best describes the
(c) All football players play hockey.
variation of dielectric constant (r) with
(d) All hockey players play football.
temperatu re (T) in a ferr oelectric
9. material.
(Tc is the curie temperature)
(a)
(b)
In the figure shown above, PQRS is a
square. The shaded portion is formed by
the intersection of sectors of circles with
radius equal to the side of the square and
centers at S and Q.
The probability that any point picked
randomly within the square falls in the
shaded area is _______
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 3
(c)
(a) lower for even values of n, when
compared to odd values of n
(d)
(b) lower for odd values of n, when
compared to even values of n
(c) zero for odd values of n
(d) zero for even values of n
4. As shown in the figure, two metal-
semiconductor junctions are formed
between an n-type semiconductor S and
2. A matter wave is represented by the wave metal M. The work functions of S and M
function are S and M, respectively with M and
(x, y, z, t) = Aei(4x+3y+5z–10t) S.
where A is a constant. The unit vector
representing the direction of propagation
of this matter wave is
4 3 1
(a) xˆ yˆ zˆ
5 2 5 2 2
The I–V characteristics (on linear scale)
3 4 1 of the junctions is best represented by
(b) xˆ yˆ zˆ (a)
5 2 5 2 5 2
1 3 1
(c) xˆ yˆ zˆ
5 2 5 2 2
1 4 3
(d) xˆ yˆ zˆ
5 2 5 2 5 2
3. As shown in the figure, X-ray diffraction
pattern is obtained from a diatomic chain
of atoms P and Q. The diffraction (b)
condition is given by a cos n , where
n is the order of the diffraction peak.
Here, a is the lattice constant and is
the wavelength of the X-rays. Assume
that atomic form factors and resolution
of the instrument do not depend on .
Then, the intensity of the diffraction
peaks is
4 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
(c) distance (r) in cylindrical coordinates.
Useful information: The curl of a vector
F , in cylindrical coordinates is
1 Fz F Fr Fz
F r, , z rˆ ˆ
r z z r
1 rF Fr
Zˆ
(d) r r
(a)
5. Consider a tiny current loop driven by a
sinusoidal alternating current. If the
surface integral of its time-averaged
Poynting vector is constant, then the (b)
mag nitude of the time-averaged
magnetic field intensity, at any arbitrary
position, r , is proportional to
1 1
(a) (b)
r3 r2
1
(c) (d) r
r
6. Consider a solenoid of length L and radius (c)
R, where R << L. A steady-current flows
through the solenoid. The magnetic field
is uniform inside the solenoid and zero
outside.
(d)
Among the given options, choose the one
that best represents the variation in the
magnitude of the vector potential, (0, A,
0) at z = L/2, as a function of the radial
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 5
7. Assume that 13N (Z = 7) undergoes first intensity I R and transmitted with
forbidden + decay from its ground state intensity I T . Permeability of each
with spin-parity Ji , to a final state Jf . medium is the same. (Reflection
The possible values for J i and J f , coefficient R = IR/II and Transmission
respectively, are coefficient T = IT/II).
1 5 1 5
(a) , (b) ,
2 2 2 2
1 1 – 1 1 –
(c) , (d) ,
2 2 2 2
8. In an experiment, it is seen that an
electric-dipole (E1) transition can connect
an initial nuclear state of spin-parity Ji
= 2+ to a final state Jf. All possible values
of Jf are
(a) 1+, 2+ (b) 1+, 2+, 3+
(c) I–, 2– (d) 1–, 2–, 3– Choose the correct statement(s).
9. Choose the correct statement from the (a) R = 0 if I = 0° and polarization of
following. incident light is parallel to the plane
of incidence.
(a) Silicon is a dir ect band gap
semiconductor. ' (b) T = 1 if I = 60° and polarization of
incident light is parallel to the plane
(b) Conductivity of metals decreases with of incidence.
increase in temperature.
(c) R = 0 if I = 60° and polarization of
(c) Conductivity of semiconductors incident light is perpendicular to the
dec reases with inc rease in plane of incidence.
temperature.
(d) T = 1 if I = 60° and polarization of
(d) Gallium Arsenide is an indirect band incident light is perpendicular to the
gap semiconductor. plane of incidence.
Q.10 –Q.16 Multiple Select Question 12. A material is placed in a magnetic field
(MSQ), carry ONE mark each (no intensity H. As a result, bound current
negative marks). density Jb is induced and magnetization
10. A two-dimensional square lattice has of the material is M. The magnetic flux
lattice constant a. k represents the density is B. Choose the correct option(s)
wavevector in reciprocal space. The valid at the surface of the material.
coordinates (kx, ky) of reciprocal space
(a) . M 0 (b) . B 0
where band gap(s) can occur, are
(c) . H 0 (d) .J b 0
(a) (0, 0) (b) ,
a a 13. For a finite system of Fermions where
the density of states increases with
(c) , (d) , energy, the chemical potential
a 1.3a 3a a
(a) decreases with temperature
11. As shown in the figure, an
electromagnetic wave with intensity II is (b) increases with temperature
incident at the interface of two media (c) does not vary with temperature
having refractive indices n 1 = 1 and (d) corresponds to the energy where the
n2 = 3 . The wave is reflected with occupation probability is 0.5
6 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
14. Among the term symbols (b)
4S , 2D , 3S and 2D
1 7/2 1 5/2
choose the option(s) possible in the LS
coupling notation.
(a) 4S1 (b) 2D7/2
3
(c) S1 (d) 2D5/2
15. To sustain lasing action in a three-level
laser as shown in the figure, necessary
condition(s) is(are)
(c)
(a) lifetime of the energy level 1 should
be greater than that of energy level 2
(d)
(b) population of the particles in level 1
should be greater than that of level 0
(c) lifetime of the energy level 2 should
be greater than that of energy level 0
(d) population of the particles in level 2
should be greater than that of level 1
16. If yn(x) is a solution of the differential
equation
Q.17 - Q.25 Numerical Answer Type (NAT),
y 2 xy 2ny 0
carry ONE mark each (no negative
where n is an integer and the prime (´) marks).
denotes differentiation with respect to x, 17. The donor concentration in a sample of
then acceptable plot(s) of n x = n-type silicon is increased by a factor of
100. Assuming the sample to be non-
e x
2
/2
yn ( x) , is (are) degenerate, the shift in the Fermi level
(in me V) at 300 K (rounded off to the
(a) nearest integer) is –
(Given: kBT = 25 meV at 300 K)
18. Two observers O and O' observe two
events P and Q. The observers have a
constant relative speed of 0.5c. In the
units, where the speed of light, c, is taken
as unity, the observer O obtained the
following coordinates:
Event P: x = 5, y = 3, z = 5, t = 3
Event Q: x = 5, y = 1, z = 3, t = 5
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 7
The length of the space-time interval After excitation with a laser of
between these two events, as measured wavelength 514. 5 nm, the Stoke's line
by O', is L. The value of |L| (in integer) appeared at 17611.4 cm–1 for a particular
is _______. energy level. The wavenumber (rounded
19. A light source having its intensity peak off to the nearest integer), in cm–1, at
at the wavelength 289.8 nm is calibrated which Stoke's line will appear for the next
as 10,000 K which is the temperature of higher energy level is________.
an equivalent black body radiation. 23. The transition line, as shown in the
Considering the same calibration, the figure, arises between 2D 3/2 and 2P1/2
temperature of light source (in K) having states without any external magnetic
its intensity peak at the wavelength 579.6 field. The number of lines that will appear
nm (rounded off to the nearest integer) in the presence of a weak magnetic field
is ______. (in integer) is ______.
20. A hoop of mass M and radius R rolls
without slipping along a straight line on
a horizontal surface as shown in the
figure. A point mass m slides without
friction along the inner surface of the
hoop, performing small oscillations about
24. Consider the atomic system as shown in
the mean position. The number of
the fig ure, wher e th e Ein stein A
degrees of freedom of the system (in
coefficients for spontaneous emission for
integer) is ______.
the levels are A2 1 = 2 × 107 s–1 and
A1 0 = 108 s–1. If 1014 atoms/cm3 are
excited from level 0 to level 2 and a steady
state population in level 2 is achieved,
then the steady state population at level
1 will be x × 1013 cm–3. The value of x (in
integer) is _____.
21. Three non-interacting bosonic particles
of mass m each, are in a onedimensional
infinite potential well of width a. The 25. If a and b are constant vectors, r and
energy of the third excited state of the
p ar e gen eralized positions and
h2 2
system is x . The value of x (in
conjugate momenta, respectively, then
ma2
integer) is ______.
for the transformation Q = a . p and P
22. The spacing between two consecutive S-
branch lines of the rotational Raman = b r to be canonical, the value of a b
spectra of hydrogen gas is 243.2 cm–1. (in integer) is ________.
8 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
Q.26 - Q.41 Multiple Choice Question which emerges from the slab in region
(MCQ), carry TWO marks each (for each 2, is closest to
wrong answer: – 2/3).
26.
The above combination of logic gates
represents the operation
(a) OR (b) NAND
(c) AND (d) NOR
27. In a semiconductor, the ratio of the
effective mass of hole to electron is 2 :
11 and the ratio of average relaxation 11 11
(a) (b)
time for hole to elec tron is 1.6 3.2
1 : 2. The ratio of the mobility of the hole
11 11
to electron is (c) (d)
13.8 25.6
(a) 4 : 9 (b) 4 : 11
30. Consider a point charge +Q of mass m
(c) 9 : 4 (d) 11 : 4 suspended by a massless, inextensible
28. Consider a spin S = h/2 particle in the str ing of length l in free space
(permittivity 0) as shown in the figure.
1 2 i
state 3 2 . The probability that a It is placed at a height d (d > l) over an
infinitely large, grounded conducting
measurement finds the state with Sx =
plane. The gravitational potential energy
+h/2 is
is assumed to be zero at the position of
(a) 5/18 (b) 11/18 the conducting plane and is positive
(c) 15/18 (d) 17/18 above the plane.
29. An electromagnetic wave having electric
field E = 8cos(kz – t) ŷ Vcm–1 is incident
at 90° (normal incidence) on a square slab
from vacuum (with refractive index n0 =
1.0) as shown in the figure. The slab is
composed of two different materials with
refractive indices n1 and n2. Assume that
the permeability of each medium is the
If represents the angular position and
same. After passing through the slab for p its c orrespon ding can onic al
the first time, the electric field amplitude, momentum, then the corr ect
in V cm–1, of the electromagnetic wave, Hamiltonian of the system is
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 9
Q rˆ
p2 Q2 (b) 4 r 2 on the air side and
2
0
(a) 2ml 160 (d l cos ) Q rˆ
mg(d l cos ) 4 1 r 2
on the dielectric side
Q rˆ
p2 Q2 (c) 2 r 2 on the air side and
2
0
(b) 2ml 80 (d l cos )
Q rˆ
mg(d l cos ) on the dielectric side
21 r 2
p2 Q2 Q rˆ
2
(d) 4 r 2 everywhere
(c) 2ml 8 0 (d l cos ) 0 1
mg(d l cos ) 32.
p2 Q2
2
(d) 2ml 160 (d l cos )
mg(d l cos )
31. Consider two concentric conducting
spherical shells as shown in the figure.
The inner shell has a radius a and carries
a charge +Q. The outer shell has a radius
b and carries a charge –Q. The empty
space between them is half- filled by a
hemispherical shell of a dielectric having
permittivity 1. The remaining space
between the shells is filled with air having For the given sets of energy levels of
the permittivity 0. nuclei X and Y whose mass numbers are
odd and even, respectively, choose the
best suited interpreta-tion.
(a) Set I: Rotational band of X
Set II: Vibrational band of Y
(b) Set I: Rotational band of Y
Set II: Vibrational band of X
(c) Set I: Vibrational band of X
Set II: Rotational band of Y
(d) Set I: Vibrational band of Y
Set II: Rotational band of X
33. Con sider a sy stem of th ree
distinguishable particles, each having
The electric field at a radial distance r spin S = 1/2 such that Sz = ±1/2 with
corresponding magnetic moments z =
from the center and between the shells
±. When the system is placed in an
(a < r < b) is external magnetic field H pointing along
Q rˆ the z-axis, the total energy of the system
(a) 2 r 2 everywhere is H. Let x be the state where the first
0 1
spin has Sz = 1/2. The probability of
10 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
having the state x and the mean magnetic
1
moment (in the +z direction) of the ener gy En n h with equal
system in state x are 2
1 1 1 2 probability, where n is the quantum
(a) , (b) , number. The Helmholtz free energy of
3 3 3 3
the oscillator is
2 2 2 1
(c) , (d) , h
3 3 3 3 (a) 1 ln[1 exp( h )]
2
34. Consider a particle in a one-dimensional
infinite potential well with its walls at x h
(b) 1 ln[1 exp(h )]
= 0 and x = L. The system is perturbed 2
as shown in the figure. h
(c) 1 ln[1 exp(h )]
2
(d) 1 ln[1 exp( h )]
37. A system of two atoms can be in three
quantum states having energies 0, and
2. The system is in equilibrium at
temperature T = (kB)–1. Match the
following Statistics with the Partition
function.
The first order correction to the energy Statistics Partition function
eigenvalue is
CD: Classical Z1: e– + e–2 + e–3
V0 V0 (distinguishable
(a) (b)
4 3
particles)
V0 V0 CI: Classical Z2: 1 + e– + 2e–2 +
(c) (d)
2 5 (indistinguishable e–3+ e–4
35. Consider a state described by (x, t) = particles)
2(x, t) + 4(x, t), where 2(x, t) and 4(x, FD: Fermi-Dirac Z3: 1 + 2e– + 3e–2 +
t) are respectively the second and fourth
(indistinguishable 2e–3+ e–4
normalized harmonic oscillator wave
functions and is the angular frequency 1 3
of the harmonic oscillator. The wave BE: Bose-Einstein ZA: + e– + e–
2 2
function (x, t= 0) will be orthogonal to
(x, t) at time t equal to 1 –4
+ 2e–3+ e
2
(a) (b)
2 (a) CD:Z1, CI:Z2, FD:Z3, BE:Z4
(b) CD:Z2, CI:Z3, FD:Z4, BE:Z1
(c) (d)
4 6 (c) CD:Z3, CI:Z4, FD:Z1, BE:Z2
36. Consider a single one-dimensional (d) CD:Z4, CI:Z1, FD:Z2, BE:Z3
harmonic oscillator of angular frequency
, in equilibrium at temperature T = 38. The free energy of a ferromagnet is given
(k B ) –1 . The states of the harmonic by F = F0 + a0(T – TC)M2 + bM4, where
oscillator are all non-degenerate having F0, a0, and b are positive constants, M is
the magnetization, T is the temperature,
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 11
and TC is the Curie temperature. The first Born approximation, the elastic
relation between M2 and T is best depicted scattering amplitude calculated with U(r)
by
for a (wave-vector) momentum transfer
q and 0, is proportional to
(Useful integral:
(a) (b)
q
sin( qr ) e r dr
0 q2
2
(a) q–2 (b) q–1
(c) q (d) q2
41. As shown in the figure, inverse magnetic
susceptibility (1/) is plotted as a function
of temperate (T) for three different
materials in paramagnetic states.
(c) (d)
39. Consider a spherical galaxy of total mass (Curie temperature of ferromagnetic
M and radius R, having a uniform matter material =TC
distribution. In this idealized situation,
the orbital speed v of a star of mass m (m N e el temperature of antiferromagnetic
<< M) as a function of the distance r from material = TN)
the galactic centre is best described by Choose the correct statement from the
(G is the universal gravitational constant) following
(a) Material 1 is antiferromagnetic (T <
T N ), 2 is paramagnetic, and 3 is
(a) (b)
ferromagnetic (T < TC).
(b) Material 1 is paramagnetic, 2 is
antiferromagnetic (T < TN), and 3 is
(c) (d) ferromagnetic (T < TC).
(c) Material 1 ferromagnetic (T < TC), 2
is antiferromagnetic (T < TN), and 3
40. Consider the potential U(r) defined as is paramagnetic.
er (d) Material 1 is ferromagnetic (T < TC),
U (r ) U 0
r 2 is par amagnetic, and 3 is
antiferromagnetic (T < TN).
where and U0 are real constants of
appropriate dimensions. According to the
12 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
Q. 42 - Q.46 Multiple Select Question generalized coordinates are chosen as x
(MSQ), carry TWO marks each (no and , as shown in the figure.
negative marks).
42. A function f(t) is defined only for t 0.
The Laplace transform of f(t) is
L( f ; s) e st f (t)dt
0
whereas the Fourier transform of f(t) is
f ()
f ( t ) e i t dt.
0
The correct statement(s) is(are)
(a) The variable s is always real.
(b) The variable s can be complex.
If px and p are the generalized momenta
(c) L(f; s) and f () can never be made corresponding to x and , respectively,
connected. then the correct option(s) is(are)
(d) L(f; s) and f () can be made (a) px = (m + M) x + ml cos
connected. (b) p = ml2 – ml cos x
43. P and Q are two Hermitian matrices and (c) px is conserved
(d) p is conserved
there exists a matrix R, wh ich
45. The Gell-Mann - Okuba mass formula
diagonalizes both of them, such that defines the mass of baryons as M = M0 +
RPR–1 = S1 and RQR–1 = S2, where S1
1 2
and S2 are diagonal matrices. The correct aY + b [I(I + 1) – Y ], where M0, a and
4
statement(s) is(are) b are constants, I represents the isospin
(a) All the elements of both matrices S1 and Y represents the hypercharge. If the
and S2 are real. mass of hyperons is same as that of a
hyperons, then the correct option(s)
(b) The matrix PQ can have complex is(are)
eigenvalues. (a) M I(I + 1)
(c) The matrix QP can have complex (b) M Y
eigenvalues. (c) M does not depend on I
(d) M does not depend on Y
(d) The matrices P and Q commute.
46. The time derivative of a differentiable
44. A uniform block of mass M slides on a function g(qi, t) is added to a Lagrangian
smooth horizontal bar. Another mass m
L(qi, q i , t) such that
is connected to it by an inextensible
string of length l of negligible mass, and d
L ' L qi , q i , t g qi , t
is constrained to oscillate in the X-Y dt
plane only. Neglect the sizes of the
masses. The number of degrees of where q i , q i , t are the generalized
freedom of the system is two and the coordinates, generalized velocities and
time, respectively. Let p i be the
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 13
generalized momentum and H the 50. A contour intergral is defined as
Hamiltonian associated with L(qi, q i , t). dz
If p’t and H are those associated with L',
In ( z n)
c 2
2
then the correct option(s) is(are)
where n is a positive integer and C is the
(a) Both L and L satisfy the Euler- closed contour, as shown in the figure,
Lagrange's equations of motion consisting of the line from –100 to 100
and the semicircle traversed in the
(b) p i pi q g qi , t counter-clockwise sense.
i
(c) If p i is conserved, then p i is
necessarily conserved
d
(d) H H qi , t
dt
Q.47.–Q.55 Numerical Answer Type (NAT),
carry TWO mark each (no negative
marks).
5
47. A linear charged particle accelerator is The value of n 1
In (in integer) is
driven by an alternating voltage source _______.
operating at 10 MHz. Assume that it is
51. The normalized radial wave function of
used to accelerate electrons. After a few
the second excited state of hydrogen atom
drift-tubes, the electrons attain a velocity
is
2.9 × 108 m s–1. The minimum length of
1 3 / 2 r r / 2 a
each drift-tube, in m, to accelerate the R(r) a e
24 a
electrons further (rounded off to one
decimal place) is ______. where a is the Bohr radius and r is the
distance from the center of the atom. The
48. The Coulomb energy component in the
distance at which the electron is most
binding energy of a nucleus is 18.432
likely to be found is y × a. The value of y
MeV. If the radius of the uniform and
(in integer) is _____.
spherical charge distribution in the
nucleus is 3 fm, the corresponding atomic 52. Consider an atomic gas with number
number (rounded off to the nearest density n = 1020 m–3, in the ground state
integer) is ________. at 300 K. Th e valenc e electronic
con figur ation of atoms is f 7 . The
e2 paramagnetic susceptibility of the gas
(Given: =1.44 MeV fm)
4 0
= m × 10–11. The value of m (rounded
49. For a two-nucleon system in spin singlet off to two decimal places) is ____.
state, the spin is represented through the (Given: Magnetic permeability of free
Pauli matrices 1, 2 for particles 1 and space 0 = 4 × 10–7 H m–1
2, respectively.
Bohr magneton B= 9.274 × 10–24Am2
The value of ( 1 . 2 ) (in integer) is
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.3807 × 10–23 J
______ .
K–1)
14 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
53. Con sider a cr oss-section of an
54. The spin S an d orbital angu lar
electromagnet having an air-gap of 5 cm
as shown in the figure. It consists of a momentum L of an atom precess about
magnetic material (= 200000) and is
J , the total angular momentum. J
driven by a coil having NI = 104A, where
precesses about an axis fixed by a
N is the number of turns and I is the
current in Ampere. magnetic field B1 2 B0 zˆ , where B0 is a
constant. Now the magnetic field is
changed to B2 B0 xˆ 2 yˆ zˆ . Given
the orbital angular momentum quantum
number l = 2 and spin quantum number
s = 1/2, is the angle between B1 and
J for the largest possible values of total
angular quantum number j and its z-
component jz. The value of (in degree,
rounded off to the nearest integer) is
_____.
55. The spin-orbit effect splits the 2 P 2 S
transition (wavelength, = 6521 Å) in
Ignoring the fringe fields, the magnitude
Lithium into two lines with separation
of the magnetic field B (in Tesla,
of = 0.14 A. The corresponding positive
rounded off to two decimal places) in the value of energy difference between the
air-gap between the magnetic poles is above two lines, in eV, is m × 10–5. The
_______ . value of m (rounded off to the nearest
integer) is _____.
(Given: Planck's constant, h = 4.125 ×
10–15eV s Speed of light, c = 3 × 108 m s–1)
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 15
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (c)
7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (d)
Physics (PH)
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (c)
7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (b,c,d) 11. (b) 12. (b,d)
13. (a,d) 14. (c,d) 15. (a, b) 16. (b,c) 17. (115 to 116) 18. (2 to 2)
19. (5000 to 5000) 20. (2 to 2) 21. (6 to 6) 22. (17367 to 17371)
23. (6 to 6) 24. (2 to 2) 25. (–1 to –1) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (d)
29. (a) 30. (d) 31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (c)
35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (a) 42. (b,d) 43. (a,d) 44. (a,c) 45. (b,c) 46. (a,b)
47. (14.0 to 15.0) 48.(8 to 8) 49. (–3 to –3) 50. (5 to 5) 51. (4 to 4)
52. (5.40 to 5.50) 53. (0.24 to 0.26) 54. (92 to 93) 55. (3 to 5)
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE Total Number of Combinations are 36.
1. ‘is’ use for singular 9
Probability =
and ‘are’ use for plural 36
So (i) and (iv) are correct. 1
Hence, option (b) is correct answer. =
4
2. Mirror image of given text is Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
4. ,
Y
9 6 7 7 6 5
= (9 –(6 × 7)) – (7 × (6 – 5))
PHYLAXIS = (9 – 42) – (7 × 1)
X = –33 – 7
= – 40
Hence, Option (d) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (b) is correct answer. 5.
3. Possible combinations are 9. X
(2, 2), (4, 4), (6, 6)
(2, 4), (4, 2), (6, 4) No. of vacant positions for R = 3
(2, 6), (4, 6), (6, 2) The Number of distinct seating
arrangements possible is
= 3 × 3!
16 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
=3×3×2×1
= 18 9. P Q
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
6.
Q A
N
r
4 r B
O 3 3
W E
A B
S r R
4
Side = r
S P
Given: OA = 3 unit, PQ = 8 unit, QA = 4 Area of shaded region = Area of PQRS
unit, OB = 6unit – 2(Area of PQRS – Area of Quadrant
In OQA PARSP)
OQ2 = OA2 + AQ2 2 r 2
2
= r 2 r
OQ = 4
32 42
2 2 r 2
= = r 2r
9 16 2
r 2
= 25 r 2 r 2 1 sq. unit
2 2
= 5 unit Areaof shadedRegion
Probability =
So, option (c) is correct. Areaof Square
7. From given passage author said in last
r2 1
line “In my opinion, it is no less important 2
2
for public speakers to reheasse thiner r
talks”.
= 1 , So option (c).
So, option (a) is correct. 2
8. 10. Since we divide equilateral triangle
Hockey
The sides of triangle PQR must be
Football Cricket divisible by 4, 6 and 8, therefore
For option (a),
Area = 18
3 2
From above diagram; side 18
4
Some football player play Hockey option side integer (wrong)
(b) is correct answer. For option (b)
Area = 24
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 17
3 2 4 3 5
side 24 xˆ yˆ zˆ
4 50 50 50
side integer (wrong) 4 3 1
xˆ zˆ, yˆ
For option (c) 5 2 5 2 2
3 2
So, option (a) is correct.
side 48 3 3. Diffraction condition is given by
4
a cos= n
Side =48 4
a n
side integer (wrong) or cos
2 2
For option (d) From transfer single slit diffraction
3 2
pattern we know that
side 144 3 Intensity is maximum at point 0,
4
Side = 3 5
144 4 , , ...
2 2 2
side = 12 × 2
and Intensity is minimum at points, ,
si de 24 2, 3 ....
Which is divisible by 4, 6 and 8. So, option (b) is correct.
4. Given
Hence, option (d) is correct.
M (work function of Metal) > s (work
PHYSICS (PH)
function of semicircles)
1. Dielectric constant of a ferromagnetic The given arrangement is act as two
material increases exponentially upto Tc
and then decreases exponentially. So
option (a) is correct.
So for I-V characteristics curve is same
for forward and Reverse Bias.
So, option (a) is correct.
5. A/c to Poynting vector
S E HdS or < S > = B 2 K
E H dS Cons tant
2. Unit vector representing the direction of
2
propagation is B .dS Cons tan t
4xˆ 3yˆ 5zˆ 1
B2
4 2 32 5 2 r2
4xˆ 3yˆ 5zˆ 1
B
r
16 9 25
So, option (c) is correct.
18 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
6. In solenoid R << L 1
Magnetic field is uniform inside the jP
2
solenoid and zero out side. For first forbidden J = ±2 (Parity
L Change)
A O, A ,O at Z
2
and
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
F r, ,z 8. We know that
F
If 0 E is odd
1 F Fr F
r̂ . 2 and If 0, E is even
r z z r
Here l = 1, Ji = 2
Jf = |Ji – l| to |Ji + l|
1 rFe Fe
z. Jf = 1, 2, 3
r r r
Since parity changes, than All ‘possible
A will increase upto R. Linearly and values of Jf are 1–, 2–, 3–
So, option (d) is correct.
then decrease exponentially. So option
(c) is correct. 9. Since, metals have positive coefficient of
resistance,
A So, resistance increase with increase in
temperature
So, option (b) is correct.
10. Bond gap can occurs at the Brillown zone
boundary
For first brillouin boundries at
R r
a , a
If M is the magnetization than bound
current density Jb will follow the So, option (b) is correct.
.J b . M 11. A/c to Brewester’s law
tan
.J b 0
tan 3 3
. M 0
60
So option (b) and (d) both are correct.
Because permeability of medium is same
7. For 13
7 N So T = 1 and polarization of incident light
N = 6 and Z = 7 is parallel to the plane of incidence.
it gives So, option (b) is correct.
2 4 2 12. A/c to Maxwell’s equation
1 S1 1 P3 1 P1 .B 0
2 2 2 If M is the magnetization than bound
1
current density Jb will follow the
j ,l=1
2 .J b . M
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 19
.J b 0 but j = |l + s| to |l – s|
j=1 (Possible)
. M 0
For 2D ,
So, option (b) and (d) both are correct. 5
2
13. We know that,
Chemical potential relates with fermi 5
(2s + 1) = 2, l = 2, j
energy. 2
2
kT 1
T EF 0 1
......... s
EF 0 2
but j = |l + s| to |l – s|
It is clear, as we increase T, (T) decrease,
so option (a) is correct. 5 3
j , (Possible)
Occupation probability, 2 2
15. Population Inversion is the necessary
1
condition for lasor action therefore
f(E) = e Ef
1 Population of the particle in level 1 should
kT be greater than that of level 0.
at fermi energy = E = Ef = 16. y – 2xy + 2ny = 0 is the Hermite’s
differential equation
1 1
So, f(E) = 0.5 yn(x) = Hn(x)
11 2
So, option (d) is also correct. x2
Now, n(x) = Hn(x) e 2
14. For 4S1
Wave equation for Harmonic oscillator
2s + 1 = 4, l = 0, J = 1 option (d).
3 17. Fermi Energy is
s
2
Na
but, j = |l + s| to |l – s| Ef = Ec – KBTln N ...(i)
d
3
j (Not possible) when doping is increased by factor 100,
2 fermi energy is
For 2D
7 Na
EF Ec k B Tln ...(ii)
100Nd
2
7
(2s + 1) = 2, l = 2, j eq (ii) – eq(i)
2
Na
1 Ef – Ef = Ec – kBT ln 100N
s
2 d
but j = |l + s| to |l – s| Na
5 3 – Ec + kBT ln N
j , (Not possible) d
2 2
Na
For 3S 1 Ef – Ef = –kBT ln N – kBT ln(100)
d
(2s + 1) = 3, l = 0, j = 1
Na
s=1 + kBT ln N
d
20 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
Ef – Ef = kBT ln(100) 9E0
= 25 y ln(100)
= 115.129
So, shift in fermi level is 115.129. 4E0
18. As me know that space-time interval is
invariant quantity then
E0
L
x2 x1 2 y 2 y1 2 z2 z1 2
2 2 So,
t 2 t1 i
E = 11 E0
(Since C = 1)
112 h 2
5 5 2 1 32 3 52 5 3 2 E
2mL
0444
So, x 5.5
L 2
22. Given that
19. We know that from wein’s Relation –1
= 4B = 243.2 cm
PeakT = b
= 514.5 nm
and we can write
s = 17611.4 cm–1
11 = 22
Now the Next higher energy level
T1
T2
2 s s
289.8 10000
T2 s 17611.4 243.2
579.6
T2 5000 K = 17854.6 cm–1
20. A hoop of mass M s 17855 cm 1
23.
x
x = RQ –3/2 –1/2 1/2 3/2
x
x
Here generalized –1/2 1/2
Co-ordinate (x, ) Selection rules are mj = +1, 0
So Degree of freedom = 2 So, No. of lines are = 6
21. For third Exited stat 24. Given that,
E = 2E0 + 9E0 A21 = 2 × 107 s–1
A21 = 108 s–1
2 h 2 N2 = 1014 cm–3
E0
2mL2
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 21
We know that
26. A A
dN1
N2 A 21 N1 A12 Y=A+B
dt
at equilibrium state
B
dN1 B
0
dt
N2 A21 = N1 A12 Output y = A B
A 21 A B A B Y AB
N1 N2
A12 0 0 1 1 1
0 1 1 0 1
14 2 107 1 0 0 1 1
N1 10
108 1 1 0 0 0
N1 2 1013 cm 3 So, Combination represents NAND gates
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
So, x 2
27. We know that, mobility
25. Given m
Q a .p h h me 1 11 11
e e m h 2 2 4
P b.r
For Canonical transformation h 11
[Q, P] = 1 ...(1) e 4
We know that So, option (d) is the correct answer.
[Q, P] = a. p, b.r 1 2 i
28.
3 2
[Q, P] = [ax px + ay py + az pz, bx x + byy +
Since, given state is normalised
bzZ]
[Q, P] = ax bx [px.x] + ayby [py.y] + az bz [pz, C1 C 2
z]
[Q, P] = –[ax bx + ay by + az bz] 1 1 1 1
C1 C2
2 1 2 1
[Q, P] = a . b
1 2 i
From (1) C1 1 1
3 2 2
a . b 1
1
2 i 2
a . b 1 3 2
1
C1 4 i
3 2
22 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
h 2
Q2
P C1 V1
2 16 0 d l cos
1 2 17
4i and V1 = mg (d – l cos )
92 18
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. Now Hamiltonian is given by
29. Here is the situation of T. I. R. at the H=T+V
boundary of medium. P2 Q2
H
Transmitted wave at 2ml2 16 0 d l cos
4n1 n2 4 1.0 2.2 mg d l cos
T1 (1)
2 3.2 3.2 Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
n1 n 2 31. Let a point P a distance r, electric field
Electric field amplitude emerge from slab remain same.
in region 2
E T1 T1 E0
b
4 1.0 2.2 4 1.0 2.2
E 8
3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 0 1
+Q
11 a
E volt / cm c
1.6 Ai ri
r ect
l
So, option (a) is the correct answer. ie
D
30. Consider a point charge + Q –Q
Integral form of gauss law
1
d m1 + Q D.dA qf
+z
l sin D1 2r 2 D2 2r 2 Q
D1 Displacement vector for
air medium 0 E
d – l cos q
D2 Displacement vector for
–Q dielectric medium E
Here is generalised coordinate
0 E 2r2 E 2r 2 Q
P2
T E. 2r 2 0 Q
2ml2
V = V1 (due to mage charge) + V2 (due to Q
mass m) E
2
2r 0
kq 2 Since direction is radial
and V1 (From method of mage
4d1
charge) Q r
E
q = Q and d1 = d – l cos 2 0 r 2 everywhere
So, option (a) is the correct answer.
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 23
32. As me know that from Collective mode of 35. (x, t = 0) = 2(x, t = 0) + 4(x, t = 0)
Nucleus in Set-I, energy levels are equal |> = |2> + |4>
spaced then it is Vibrational bond for even Normalised state
Nuclei for (O+), (2+), (O+, 2+, 4+,)......
In Set-II difference between energy levels 1
2 4
are increasing then it is rotational bond 2
7 11 15 after time t
for odd nuclei for , ,
2 2 2 t t
1 iE2 h iE4
So, option (d) is the correct answer. | (x, t |> e 2e h 4
34. At x = 0, x = L 2
V(0) = |0, V(L) = V0
According to the question
V0 0 < (x, t = 0) | (x, t)> = 0
Now (V – 0) = x 0
L0 therefore
V0 x iE2 t t
V 1 iE 4
L
2
2 4 e h 2e h 4
Then first order correction
1
E2 *n x V n x d x t t
1 iE2 h iE4
h 0
e e
2
2 2nx
Since n sin
L L
t t
iE2 iE4
L 2 V0 x e h e h
Now, E11
nx
sin 2
0 L L L
t
i E4 E2
e h 1
2V0 x L 2nx
2 0 2
1 cos dx
L L i E4 E2
t
e h e i
2V0 L L 2nx
L 2 0 xdx 0 x cos L
dx i 2ht
and e h e i
L By comparing exponents
L 2nx
2 L x sin
V x V 2n L
0 20 2 t
2 2 2
L 0 L L cos 2nx
2n L 0 36. We know that the partition function for
1-D harmonic oscillator is
2
V0 L2 V0 L
2 0 0 cos 2n cos 0 1
L 2 2 L 2n Z = h
h
2 2
e e
1 V
E1 0 h
2 e 2
Z
1 e h
24 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
Helmholtz free energy is BE: Bose – Einstein
1 Partition function
F= ln Z
ZE e e 2 e 3 e0 e 2 e 4
h
1 e 2 0 2 Total Energy
ln
F= 1 e h
2
1 h 1 3
F= ln 1 exp h
2 0
h 2
F= 1 ln 1 exp h
2 4
Hence, option (b) is correct answer.
37. Given Energies are O, E and 2E ZE 1 e E 2e 2E e 3E e 4E
CD: Classical (distinguishable particles) So, option (c) is correct answer.
Partition function 38. Free energy is given by
f = f0 + a0(T – Tc)M2 + bM4
0 2 Total
Differentiate with respect to M
0
dF
= 0 + 2Ma0(T – Tc) + 4bM3
2 dM
2 dF
ZMB 0
dist e e
E
e 2E Put
dM
=0
2 2Ma0(T – Tc) + 4bM3 = 0
ZMB
dist 1 e
e 2 2M[a0T – a0Tc + 2bM2] = 0
1 e 2 e 4 2e 2e 3 2e 2
a0 a T
1 2e 3e 2 2e3 e 4 M2 + T 0 c 0
2b 2b
CI: Classical (Intinguishable particle)
Partition function This is the linear equation in M2 and T
MB So, graph should be straight line.
Zdist.
Z MB
Indist Hence, option (b) is correct answer.
2!
39. For r > R
=
1 2e
3e 2 2e 3 e 4
2 mv 2 GMm
1 3 1 r r
= e e 2 e 3 e4
2 2 2 GMm
FD : fermidral v
r
Partition function
1
v ...(1)
0 2 Total Energy r
Let mass density is
2
4
3 M R3
3
ZFD = e e 2 e 3 at distance r < R
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 25
4 3 For ferromagnetic substance
M´ r
3 C
Line (3)
M 4 3 T TC
M´ r
4 3
R 3 For paramagnetic substance
3
C
Mr3 Line (2)
M´ ...(2) T
3
R
Now, For r < R So, option (a) is the correct answer.
mv 2 GM´m
42. The Laplace transformation evaluated at
r2 s = i is equal to the fourier
From (2) transformation is its region of
mv 2 GMmr 3 convergence contains the imaginary axis
r 2 R3 So, L f ;s and f̂ can be made
GM connected The variable s can be complex.
v r
R3 Hence, both are right.
vr ...(3) 43. Given that,
Hence, option (c) is correct answer. P+ = P, Q+ = Q
40. Given RPR–1 = S1, RQR–1 = S2
P & Q both have real eigen values then
e dr both matrices S 1 & S 2 have all real
U r U0 V r
r elements,
Using Born Approximation Now, S1S2 = RPR–1 RQR–1
= RP (R–1 R) QR–1
2m
f , rv r sin qr dr = RPQR–1 ...(1)
h2 q 0
S2S1 = RQR–1 RPR–1
2m e = RQ (R–1 R) PR–1
0 U r sin qr dr
r
0
h2 q = RQPR–1 ...(2)
2mU 0 dr We know that diagonal matrices follows
e sin qr dr
h2q 0
the cumulative Law of multiplication,
then
2mU0 q S1S2 = S2S1
2
h q q2
2 From equation (1) & (2)
RPQR–1 = RQPR–1
2mU0
F (, ) PQ = QP
h 2 q 2
2
[P, Q] = 0
F (, ) q–2 i.e, P & Q commute
41. For Antiferromagnetic substances Since P & Q are hermitian matrices and
commute therefore product of P & Q is
C also hermitian then product matrix have
Line (1)
T TN real eigen values.
26 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
44.
1
4 Å
& MÅ = M0 + aYÅ + b I Å I Å 1 Y 2
x M MÅ = M0 + o + b[0 – 0]
x MÅ = M0 ... (ii)
l cos l According to question
P(x + l sin , l cos ) M = MÅ From (i) & (ii)
m M0 + 2b = M
l sin
y b0
1 1 Now,
T = K.E =
2 2
Mx 2 m x 12 y 12 M = M0 + aY
MY
1 1 Hence, M does Not depend on I
2
Mx 2 m x l cos
2
2 l2 sin2 2 d
46. L = L q1 , q i , t g q i , t
dt
1 1
T=
2
Mx 2 m x 2 l2 2 2xl
2
cos L L
q
q 1
g
V = P.E = –mgl cos q t
L=T–V L
Now, Pi
1 1
qi
L= m M x 2 m l2 2 2xl
cos
2 2 L g g i
Here x is cyclic coordinate then Px is P 0
qi g i g 1
conserved.
L g
Px Pi Pi
x
qi
Now P i is conserved then P i is not
Px m M x m l cos conserved because
So option 1 dPi dPi d g
45. Given
dt dt dt q i
1 2
M = M0 + aY + b I I 1 Y dPi d g
4
dt dt q i
M= MÅ
Y = YÅ = 0 d L L
Now 0
I= 1, IÅ = 0 dt q i q i
Now,
dPi L
0 ... (i)
1 dt q i
M = M0 + aY + b I I 1 Y2
4 Similarly
M = M0 + o + b [1(1 + 1) – 0)]
d L L
M = M0 + 2b ... (i) 0
dt q 1 q i
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 27
d L g 3 z2
Pi L q 0 Ec 1.44MeV fm
dt q 1 q i
i 5 r
dPi d g L d g 3 z2
0 18.432 MeV 1.44MeV fm
dt dt q 1 q i dt q i 5 r
dPi L 3 z2
0 12.8
dt q i 5 3
z2 = 64
From equation (i) and (ii) we can say that
both L and L satisfy the Eular- z8
Lagrange’s equation of motion . Now,
Hamiltonian 49. Total spin of system
H Pi q 1 L ... (iii) 1 2
H Piq 1 L , 1 2 . 1 2
g g g
Piq 1 q L q i 2 12 22 21 , 2
q i q i dt
2 12 22
g 1 , 2
H Pi q i L 2
dt
We know that tor sight singlet state, total
g spin
H H
dt =0
47. Given frequency F = 10MHz
F = 106 Hz 1 1x2 1y2 1z2
1 . 2
2 2 2 2
2x 2y 2z
1
Time period T = = 10–6 sec
F 1
I I I I I I
Velocity V = 2.9 × 108 m/s 2
[We know that, 2x 2y z2 I ]
T T
Minimum length = V × ( half AC
2 2 1 . 2 3I
cycle)
1 . 2 3
10 6
= 2.9 × 108 × dz
2 50. In c z n2 2
= 14.5 m
48. Coulomb energy for spherical charge 1
distribution Here f z
z n 2 2
3 z2 e2
Ec 1
5 4 0 r f z
z n i z n i
28 GATE 2021 (PHYSICS)
z = n + i, n – i By comparing
For positive upper half part
y 4
z = n + i
Residue at z = n + ip 52. Paramagnetic susceptibility
2
lim z n i
1
n0 g 2 J J 1
z n i z n i z n i 3K B T
1 7 7
Here l = 0, S = ,J=
n i n i 2 2
1
Residue = J J 1 S S 1 l l 1
2 i g = 1
2J J 1
dz
Now z n2 2 2i Residue By putting values
g=1+1
g=2
1
2 i 1 and g2 = 4
2i
Putting Values
5
2 7 9
In I1 I2 I3 I4 I5
10 20 4 10 7 9.274 1024 4
n 1 2 2
3 1.3807 1023 300
= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 = 5
= 5.47 × 10–11
3 r
51. P r 1 r
a 2 e 2a
24 a So m 5.47
53. Let magnetic field between gap is Bo and
For most probable Value
in the material is B.
2
r 2
r R r 0 Since, B = uni
20000 104
r B (1)
1 3 r 4 a 0 5 102
a 2
e
r 24 a
r 0
3 r 4
r From boundary condition
1 4re a 1 re a 0
24a 5 a D11 D12
1 E1 2 E2
r
1 r
r3e a
4 0 B B0
a
0
r
or, 4 0
20000 104 B
a
2 0
5 10
r 4a
GATE 2021 (PHYSICS) 29
20000 104 0 5
and B
5 10 2 20000 cos 2
55
1
4 107 106 22
B
5
5
B 0 0.25T cos
7
1 = 32.32°
54. l = 2, s
2 32
j l s to l s 55. We know that
5 3 hc
j , E
2 2
5 hc
longest j E
2 2
Jz taking positive value
cos
J hc
E 2
m jh
cos
j j 1 h 4.125 1015 eV 3 108 m/s
mj 0.14 1010 m
E
cos 6521 6521 1020 m 2
j j 1
E = 4.07 × 10–5 eV
E 4 105 eV
GATE – 2 0 2 0
PH : PHYSICS
GENERAL APTITUDE
(Q.1 – 5) : Carry One Mark Each (a) Funds raised through unwilling
1. He is known for his unscrupulous ways. contributions on web-based platforms.
He always sheds _____ tears to deceive (b) Funds raised through large
people. contributions on web-based platform.
(a) fox’s (b) crocodile’s (c) Funds raised through coerced
(c) crocodile (d) fox contributions on web-based platforms.
2. Jofra Archer, the England fast bowler, is (d) Funds raised through voluntary
______ than accurate. contributions on web-based platforms.
(a) more fast (b) faster 7. P, Q, R and S are to be uniquely coded
(c) less fast (d) more faster using and . If P is coded as and Q as
3. Select the word that fits the analogy: , then R and S, respectively, can be
coded as _____.
Build : Building : : Grow : _____
(a) and (b) and
(a) Grown (b) Grew
(c) Growth (d) Growed (c) and (d) and
4. I do not think you know the case well 8. The sum of the first n terms in the
enough to have opinions. Having said sequence 8, 88, 888, 8888, ... is ____
that, I agree with your other point. 81 9 81 n 9
What does the phrase “having said that”
(a)
80
10n 1 n (b)
8 80
10 1 n
8
mean in the given text? 80 8
(c) 10n 1 n (d) 80 10 1 8 n n
(a) as opposed to what I have said 81 9 81 9
(b) despite what I have said 9. Select the graph that schematically
(c) in addition to what I have said represents BOTH y = xm and y1/m properly
(d) contrary to what I have said in the interval 0 x 1, for integer
values of m, where m > 1.
5. Define [x] as the greatest integer less than
or equal to x, for each x (–, ). If y = [x], y y
then area under y for x [1, 4] is ______ 1 1
m
(a) 1 (b) 3 1/m
x x
(c) 4 (d) 6 (a) m (b)
x 1/m
x
(Q.6 – 10) : Carry Two Marks Each
0 1 0 1
6. Crowd funding deals with mobilisation of
y
funds for a project from a large number y
of people, who would be willing to invest 1 1
1/m
smaller amounts through web-based x
platform in the project. (c)
m
x (d) m
x
Based on the above paragraph, which of x
1/m
the following is correct about crowd x 0 1 x
0 1
funding?
2 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
10. The bar graph shows the data of the students who appeared and passed in an examination
for four schools P, Q, R and S. The average of success rates (in percentage) of these four
schools is _____.
Performance of Schools P, Q, R and S
800 Appeared Passed 700
700
600
Number of students
600
500
500 455
400
400 330
280
300 240
200
100
0 School P School Q School R School S
(a) 58.5 % (b) 58.8 % (c) 59.0 % (d) 59.3%
PHYSICS
(Q.1 – 25) : Carry One Mark Each 3. A quantum particle is subjected to the
1. Which one of the following is a solution of potential
a
d2u x , x
k 2 u x , for k real?
2
dx 2 a a
V x 0, x
(a) e–kx (b) sin k x 2 2
a
(c) cos k x (d) sinh x
, x .
2
2. A real, invertible 3 × 3 matrix M has
The ground state wave function of the
eigenvalues i , (i = 1, 2, 3) and the
particle is proportional to
corresponding eigenvectors are
x x
(a) sin (b) sin
ei , i 1,2,3 respectively. Which one of 2a a
the following is correct ? x x
(c) cos (d) cos
2a a
1 †
(a) M ei ei , for i = 1, 2, 3 4. Let â and â , respectively denote the
i lowering and raising operators of a one-
dimensional simple harmonic oscillator.
1 1
(b) M ei ei , for i = 1, 2, 3 Let n be the energy eigenstate of the
i simple harmonic oscillator. Given that n
is also an eigenstate of aˆ † aˆ † aa
ˆ ˆ , the
(c) M 1 e i i e i , for i = 1, 2, 3 corresponding eigenvalue is
(d) The eigenvalues of M and M–1 are not (a) n (n – 1) (b) n (n + 1)
related. (c) (n + 1)2 (d) n2
GATE 2020 (PHYSICS) 3
5. Which one of the following is a universal 11. Choose the correct statement related to
logic gate? the Fermi energy (EF) and the chemical
(a) AND (d) NOT potential (µ) of a metal.
(c) OR (d) NAND (a) µ = EF only at 0 K
6. Which one of the following is the correct (b) µ = EF at finite temperature
binary equivalent of the hexadecimal F6C? (c) µ < EF at 0 K
(a) 0110 1111 1100 (b) 1111 0110 1100 (d) µ > EF at finite temperature
(c) 1100 0110 1111 (d) 0110 1100 0111 12. Consider a diatomic molecule formed by
7. The total angular momentum j of the identical atoms. If EV and Ee represent the
17
energy of the vibrational nuclear motion
ground state of the 8 O nucleus is and electronic motion respectively, then
1 in terms of the electronic mass m and
(a) (b) 1 EV
2 nuclear mass M, is proportional to
Ee
3 5 1
(c) (d) m
2 2 m 2
(a) (b)
8. A particle X is produced in the process M M
+ + p K+ + X via the strong interaction. 3
2
m 2 m
If the quark content of the K+ is u s , the (c) (d)
M M
quark content of X is
13. Which one of the following relations
(a) c s (b) uud determines the manner in which the electric
field lines are refracted across the interface
(c) uus (d) u d
between two dielectric media having
9. A medium (r > 1, µr = 1, > 0) is semi- dielectric constants 1 and 2 (see figure)?
transparent to an electromagnetic wave
when E1 1
(a) Conduction current >> Displacement 1
current 2
(b) Conduction current << Displacement 2
current
E2
(c) Conduction current = Displacement
current (a) 1 sin 1 = 2 sin 2
(d) Both conduction current and (b) 1 cos 1 = 2 cos 2
Displacement current are zero (c) 1 tan 1 = 2 tan 2
10. A particle is moving in a central force field (d) 1 cot 1 = 2 cot 2
k 14. If E and B are the electric and magnetic
given by F r, ˆ where r̂ is the unit
r3 fields respectively, the E . B is
vector pointing away from the center of (a) odd under parity and even under time
the field. The potential energy of the reversal
particle is given by (b) even under parity and odd under time
k k reversal
(a) 2 (b) (c) odd under parity and odd under time
r 2r 2
reversal
k k (d) even under parity and even under
(c) 2 (d) 2
r 2r time reversal
4 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
15. A small disc is suspended by a fiber such (c) Temperature of the gas decreases as it
that it is free to rotate about the fiber axis expands to fill the space in chamber B
(see figure). For small angular deflections, (d) Internal energy of the gas increases
the Hamiltonian for the disc is given by as its atoms have more space to move
p2 1 2 around
H ,
2l 2 3
where I is the moment of inertia and is 17. Particle A with angular momentum j
2
the restoring torque per unit deflection.
decays into two particles B and C with
The disc is subjected to angular
angular momenta j1 and j2, respectively.
deflections () due to thermal collisions
from the surrounding gas at temperature 3 3 1 1
If , 1,1 B
, , the value
T and p is the momentum conjugate to 2 2 A 2 2 C
. The average and the root-mean-square
of is ______.
angular deflection, avg and rms ,
respectively are 18. Far from the Earth, the Earth’s magnetic
field can be approximated as due to a bar
magnet of magnetic pole strength 4 × 1014
Am. Assume this magnetic field is generated
by a current carrying loop encircling the
magnetic equator. The current required
to do so is about 4 × 10n A, where n is an
3 integer. The value of n is _____.
k T 2 (Earth’s circumference: 4 × 107 m)
(a) avg 0 and rms B
19. The number of distinct ways the primitive
1 unit cell can be constructed for the two
k T 2
(b) avg 0 and rms B dimensional lattice as shown in the figure
is _______.
1
k T 2
(c) avg 0 and rms B
3
k T 2
(d) avg 0 and rms B
16. As shown in the figure, an ideal gas is a
confined to chamber A of an insulated
container, with vacuum in chamber B. a
When the plug in the wall separating the
chambers A and B is removed, the gas 20. A hydrogenic atom is subjected to a
fills both the chambers. Which one of the strong magnetic field. In the absence of
following statements is true? spinorbit coupling, the number of doubly
degenerate states created out of the
Plug
d-level is ______.
21. A particle Y undergoes strong decay
Y – + – Y the isospin of is ______.
A B
(a) The temperature of the gas remains 22. For a complex variable z and the contour
unchanged c : |z| = 1 taken in the counter clockwise
(b) Internal energy of the gas decreases 1 2 3
2i
C z z z2 dz _____.
direction,
GATE 2020 (PHYSICS) 5
23. Let p be the momentum conjugate to 28. Ŝx denotes the spin operator defined as
the generalized coordinate q. If the
transformation. 0 1
Ŝx . Which one of the
Q 2q m cos p 2 1 0
following is correct?
P 2q m sin p
is canonical, then m = _____. (a) The eigenstates of spin operator Ŝx
24. A conducting sphere of radius 1 m is placed
in air. The maximum number of electrons are
x
1
0 and
x
0
1
that can be put on the sphere to avoid
electrical breakdown is about 7 × 10n, where (b) The eigenstates of spin operator Ŝx
n is an integer. The value of n is ______.
1 1
Assume: are x
2 1
and
x
1 1
2 1
Breakdown electric field strength in air is
1 1
E 3 106 V / m (c) In the spin state , upon the
2 3
Permittivity of free space 0
= 8.85 × 10–12 F/m measurement of Ŝx , the probability
Electron charge e = 1.60 × 10–19 C
1
25. If a particle is moving along a sinusoidal for obtaining is
x 4
curve, the number of degrees of freedom
of the particle is_____. 1 1
(d) In the spin state , upon the
(Q.26 – 55) : Carry Two Marks Each 2 3
0 0 1 measurement of Ŝx , the probability
26. The product of eigenvalues of 0 1 0
2 3
1 0 0 for obtaining x
is .
4
is
29. The input voltage (Vin ) to the circuit
(a) –1 shown in the figure is 2 cos (100t) V. The
(b) 1
(c) 0 output voltage (Vout) is 2 cos 100t
2
(d) 2
V. If R = 1 k, the value of C (in µF) is
1 1 1
27. Let e1 0 , e 2 1 and e3 1 , R
0 0 1
Let S e1 , e 2 , e3 . Let 3 denote R +12V
–
the three-dimensional real vector space. Vin Vout
Which one of the following is correct? +
(a) S is an orthonormal set R –12V
C
(b) S is a linearly dependent set
(c) S is a basis for 3 (a) 0.1
3 1 0 0 (b) 1
e e 0 1 0
(d) i i
(c) 10
i 1 0 0 1 (d) 100
6 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
30. Consider a 4-bit counter constructed out of four flip-flops. It is formed by connecting the J
and K inputs to logic high and feeding the Q output to the clock input of the following flip-
flop (see the figure). The input signal to the counter is a series of square pulses and the
change of state is triggered by the falling edge. At time t = t0 the outputs are in logic low
state (Q0 = Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = 0). Then at t = t1, the logic state of the outputs is
Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3
J Q J Q J Q J Q
Input ck ck ck ck
K Q K Q K Q K Q
1
(logic high) 4-bit ripple counter
t0 t t1
Input singal
(a) Q0 = 1, Q1 = 0, Q2 = 0 and Q3 = 0 (b) Q0 = 0, Q1 = 0, Q2 = 0 and Q3 = 1
(c) Q0 = 1, Q1 = 0, Q2 = 1 and Q3 = 0 (d) Q0 = 0, Q1 = 1, Q2 = 1 and Q3 = 1
31. Consider the Lagrangian 33. A uniform magnetic field B B0 yˆ exists
2 2 in an inertial frame K. A perfect
dx dy
L a b cxy, conducting sphere moves with a constant
dt dt
velocity 0 x̂ with respect to this
where a, b and c are constants. If px and
py are the momenta conjugate to the inertial frame. The rest frame of the
coordinates x and y respectively, then the sphere is K’ (see figure). The electric and
Hamiltonian is magnetic fields in K and K’ are related as
' '
2
p 2x p y
2
p 2x p y E E E E B
(a) cxy (b) cxy
4a 4b 2a 2b ,
' '
2 2 E E E B E
p 2x p y p 2x p y c2
(c) cxy (d) cxy
2a 2b a b 1
.
32. Which one of the following matrices does 2
1 / c
NOT represent a proper rotation in a
plane? The induced surface charge density on the
sin cos sphere (to the lowest order in /c)in the
(a) frame K is
cos sin
cos sin y y
(b) sin cos K K
sin cos x x
(c)
cos sin
sin cos z z
(d) cos sin
GATE 2020 (PHYSICS) 7
(a) maximum along z 36. According to the Fermi gas model of the
(b) maximum along y nucleus, the nucleons move in a spherical
1
(c) maximum along x
volume of radius R (= R0 A 3 , where A is
(d) uniform over the sphere
the mass number and R0 is an empirical
34. A charge q moving with uniform speed
constant with the dimensions of length).
enters a cylindrical region in free space
The Fermi energy of the nucleus EF is
at t = 0 and exits the region at t= (see
figure). Which one of the following options proportional to
best describes the time dependence of the 1
total electric flux (t), through the entire (a) R20 (b) R
0
surface of the cylinder?
1 1
(c) (d)
q R 02 R 30
37. Consider a two dimensional crystal with
3 atoms in the basis. The number of allowed
(t) optical branches (n) and acoustic branches
(m) due to the lattice vibrations are
(a) (a) (n, m) = (2, 4) (b) (n, m) = (3, 3)
t
t=0 t= (c) (n, m) = (4, 2) (d) (n, m) = (1, 5)
38. The internal energy U of a system is given
(t)
2
(b) by U(S, V) V 3 S2 , where is a constant
of appropriate dimensions; V and S denote
t=0 t= t the volume and entropy, respectively.
(t) Which one of the following gives the
correct equation of state of the system?
(c) 1
PV
t=0 t= t (a) PV 3 constant
constant (b) 1
T2 3
(t) T
2
P PV 3
(d) (c) 1
constant (d) constant
T
t=0 t= t V3T
35. Consider a one -dimensional non-magnetic 39. The potential energy of a particle of mass
crystal with one atom per unit cell. Assume m is given by
that the valence electrons (i) do not interact
with each other and (ii) interact weakly with 2
U(x) = a sin k x , a > 0, k2 > 0.
ions. If n is the number of valence electrons 2
per unit cell, then at 0 K, The angular frequency of small
(a) the crystal is metallic for any value of n oscillations of the particle about x = 0 is
(b) the crystal is non-metallic for any
2 2a 2 a
value of n (a) k (b) k
m m
(c) the crystal is metallic for even values
of n 2 a 2 a
(c) k (d) 2k
(d) the crystal is metallic for odd values of n 2m m
8 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
40. The radial wave function of a particle the poynting vector with the normal to
in a central potential is given by the plane of the loop to generate a maximum
r r induced electrical signal, is ______.
R(r) A exp , where A is the
a 2a 46. An electron in a hydrogen atom is in the
normalization constant and a is positive state n = 3, l = 2, m = –2. Let L̂y denote
constant of suitable dimensions. If a is the y-component of the orbital angular
the most probable distance of the particle 2
from the force center, the value of is _____.
momentum operator. If L̂ y 2 ,
41. A free particle of mass M is located in a three- the value of is ______.
dimensional cubic potential well with 47. A sinusoidal voltage of the form V(t) = V0
impenetrable walls. The degeneracy of the cos (t) is applied across a parallel plate
fifth excited state of the particle is _____. capacitor placed in vacuum. Ignoring the
42. Consider the circuit given in the figure. edge effects, the induced emf within the
Let the forward voltage drop across each region between the capacitor plates can be
diode be 0.7 V. The current I (in mA) expressed as a power series in . The lowest
through the resistor is _____. non-vanishing exponent in is _____.
+10.1 V
48. If x a k sin kx, for – x , the
k 1
1 k value of a2 is _______.
1
0, x
2n
I
1 1
49. Let f x x n, x
2n 2n
1
43. Let u µ denote the 4-velocity of a 0, 2n
x.
relativistic particle whose square
uµuµ = 1. If µv is the Levi-Civita tensor
then the value of µv uµuvuu is _______. The value of lim fn x sin x dx
x
44. Consider a simple cubic monoatomic is ______.
Bravais lattice which has a basis with 50. Consider the Hamiltonian
a
vectors r1 0, r2 xˆ yˆ zˆ , a is the ˆ H
H ˆ Hˆ ' where
4 0
lattice parameter. The Bragg reflection E 0 0
is observed due to the change in the wave
Ĥ0 0 E 0
vector between the incident and the and Ĥ' is the time
0 0 E
scattered beam as given by K n1 G1
independent perturbation given by
n2 G2 n3 G3 , where G1 , G 2 , and G 3
are primitive reciprocal lattice vectors. 0 k 0
For n1 = 3, and n2 = 3 and n3 = 2, the Ĥ k 0 k ,
where k > 0. If, the
geometrical structure factor is ______. 0 k 0
45. A plane electromagnetic wave of
wavelength is incident on a circular loop maximum energy eigenvalue of Ĥ is
3 eV corresponding to E = 2eV, the value
of conducting wire. The loop radius is a
of k (rounded off to three decimal places)
(a << ). The angle (in degrees), made by in eV is ______.
GATE 2020 (PHYSICS) 9
51. A hydrogen atom is in an orbital angular 54. For a gas of non-interacting particle, the
probability that a particle has a speed
momentum state l, m l . If L lies on a
in the interval to + d is given by
cone which makes a half angle 30° with
3
respect to the z-axis, the value of l is ______. m 2 m2
52. In the center of mass frame, two protons f d 42d e / 2k B T
2k B T
each having energy 7000 GeV, collide to
produce protons and anti-protons. The If E is the energy of a particle, then the
maximum number of anti-protons maximum in the corresponding energy
produced is _____. distribution in units of E/kBT occurs at
_____ (rounded off to one decimal place).
(Assume the proton mass to be 1 GeV/c2)
55. The Planck’s energy density distribution
53. Consider a gas of hydrogen atoms in the
atmosphere of the Sun where the 3
is given by u . At
temperature is 5800 K. If a sample from T
2 3 / k B
c e 1
this atmosphere contains 6.023 × 1023 of
hydrogen atoms in the ground state, the
number of hydrogen atoms in the first long wavelengths, the energy density of
excited state is approximately 8 × 10n, where photons in thermal equilibrium with
n is an integer. The value of n is _____. cavity at temperature T varies as T ,
where is _____.
(Boltzmann constant : 8.617 × 10–5 eV/K)
ANSWERS
General Aptitude
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (d)
8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c)
Physics
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b)
7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (a) 17. (1 to 1) 18. (7 to 7)
19. (5 to 5) 20. (3 to 3) 21. (2 to 2) 22. (–2 to –2) 23. (0.5 to 0.5) 24. (14 to 15)
25. (1 to 1) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (c)
37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (4 to 4) 41. (6 to 6) 42. (8 to 8)
43. (0 to 0) 44. (2 to 2) 45. (–270 to –270 or –90 to –90 or 90 to 90 or 270 to 270)
46. (1 to 1) 47. (2 to 2) 48. (–1 to –1) 49. (0 to 0) 50. (0.706 to 0.708)
51. (3 to 3) 52. (6999 to 6999) 53. (14 to 15) 54. (0.5 to 0.5) 55. (1 to 1)
10 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE 9. Graph of y = xm and y = x1/m for m > 1
y
1. Crocodile tears: A false, insincere display
of emotion.
2. Jofra Archar, the England fast bowler, is 1
more fast than accurate. 1/m
X
3. Build : Building (Noun)
so, Grow : Growth (Noun)
m
4. having said that : despite what one just X
said. 0 1 X
5. Graph of y = [x] for x [1, 4] Correct option is (a).
Y
Number of candidates
who passed the exam
4 10. Success rate =
Number of appeared
E F candidates
3
2
C
D So, Average success rate,
1
A
B 280 330 455 240
500 600 700 400
0
X
4
1 2 3 4
The total area, A = (1 × 1) + (2 × 1) + (3 × 1) = 0.59 or 59%
=1+2+3=6 Correct option is (c).
6. The correct statement about crowd PHYSICS
funding is to fund raised through voluntary
contributions on web-based platforms. d 2 u(x)
1. = k2u(x)
7. P, Q, R, S dx 2
(D2 – k2) = 0
D2 = k2
8. S = 8 + 88 + 888 + ... n
(D – k)(D + k) = 0
8
= (9 99 999 .....n) C.F = C1 e – kx C 2 e kx
9
8 1 2. AX = X
= (10 1) (1002 1) ... (10 n 1)
9
8 1 Â ei = iei
= (10 1002 ...100 n ) n
9
 e1 = 1e1
n
8 10 (10 1) 8
= 9 n  e2 = 2e2
10 1 9
80 8 Â e3 = 3e3
= (10n 1) n
81 9 1 1 1
 1 , ,
1 2 3
GATE 2020 (PHYSICS) 11
1
 1 ei = i e i 8. P + + K+ + Y
The quark content
= 1 ei
i + + P Y + K+
a
x ud
uud Y us
2
uuu uuu
a a
3. V = 0 – x uus us uuu
2 2
Answer is uus
a
x 9. We know that,
2
Ground state wave is proportional to JC
=
JD
2 x
cos JC =
a a
JD r 0
4. a a aa
ˆ ˆ n
Given r > 1
an= n n 1 JD I
i.e. 1 i.e. D 1 ID IC
a+n= n 1 n 1 JC IC
a a a n n 1 k
10. F= r̂
r3
a a n n 1 n 2 u
= k3
n n 1 n 1 n 1 r r
k
n n 1 n 1 n n U=
r3dr
n a a aa
ˆ ˆ n = ??
U= k
(n – 1) nn 2r 2
nn(n – 1)n 3 3
n(n – 1)nn 11. u() =
h
c 3 exp 1
n(n – 1) kT
5. NAND is a universal logic gate. A At T = OK; = EF
universal gate is a gate which can
implement any Boolean function without
need to used any other gate type. E1
13.
6. F6C 1
15 6 C = (111101101100)2 1
2
1111 0110 1100 2 2
A – 10
E2
B – 11
C – 12 From boundary condition,
D – 13
E – 14
D1 = D2
F – 15 E11 cos 1 = E22 cos 2
12 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
1 E cos 2 1
2
= 2
E1 cos 1
...(1) 22. b1 =
2i
f (z)dz
D|| || = sum of residue
1 = D2
E1 sin 1 = E2 sin 2 1
Factor of =–2
2
E2 = sin 1 ...(2) 1 2i
E1 sin 2
2i f (z)dz =
2i
(2)
From (1) and (2), we get
=–2
1 sin 1 .cos 2
= 23. Q = 2q m cos p
2 sin 2 .cos 1
1 tan 1 P= 2q m sin p
=
2 tan 2 m=?
Q P Q Q = 1
14. E . B is odd under parity and odd under . .
time reversal q P P q
16. It is an example of free expansion process. 1
m=
In free expansion process, 2
dU = 0 25. Degree of freedom = 2M – K
W = 0 =2×1–1
Q = 0 =2–1
dT = 0 =1
3 0 0 1
17. J ; decay in to a particle B and C have
2 26. A = 0 1 0
angular momentum J1 and J2 1 0 0
3 3 1 1 Product of eigenvalues
, = 1, 1 B
,
2 2 2 2 = 1, 2, 3
3 1 1 3 1 = Determinant of A
1 1 ,
2 2 2 2 2 = 1(0 – 1)
=1 =–1
3 1 3 27. M j = 1, 2, 3
= 1
2 2 2 ej = Eigen state
19. Can be constructed in 5 ways. 1
M–1 ej = e j
21. Y – + – 0
Isospin 1 1 1 M 1, 2, 3
Iz 1 0 1 1 1 1
M–1 , ,
I=1+1 1 2 3
=2 M and M–1 has same eigen state.
I = 0 1
29. =
Isospin of + = +1 RC
Vi = 2 cos (100t)
GATE 2020 (PHYSICS) 13
1
Vo = 2 cos 100t R = R0 A 3
2
1
1 EF
1 2
C=
R 0 3
R A
1
C= = 10 F 1
100 1 103 EF 2
2 2
R0
dx dy
31. L = a b cxy 37. For 2D, Acoustic branch = 2 m
dt dt
For 2D, optical branch = 2m(p – 1)
H=?
p = number of basis
L . p=3
px = . = 2ax
x Optical branch (per unit cell)
= (3 – 1)2
L .
py = . = 2ay =4
y
2
38. U = V 3 S2
. py
y = dU = –PdV + TdS
2b
U U
. px P = and T = S
x = V S V
2a 5
H = pjqj – L 5
P = .V 3 S2 ... (1)
. . . . 3
= (2a x) x (2b y) y L
2
2 T = 2V 3 .S ... (2)
p2x p y
H= cxy 1
4a 4b
PV 3
32. Special property of a rotation matrix : = constant
Determinant of a rotation matrix is 1. T2
1
36. EF 39. V = a sin k 2 x
R 02 2
For 3D k
=
1/ 3 m
32 N
KF =
V 2 v
k=
x 2 x 0
K 2F 2
EF = K 2F k= k4a
2m
1 = k2 a
EF 2
3
m
V
r r
4 40. R(r) = A exp
V= R 3 a 2a
3
2
1 2 r r 2
EF P = A 2 exp r
R2 a a
14 GATE 2020 (PHYSICS)
dP
For most probable =0 1
dr
0 x
2n
A 2 4 1 a
r r
0= r e 4r 3
e a
1 1
49. f(x) = n x
r2 a 2n 2n
By solving, we get 1
0 x
2n
r = 4a
=4
1 1
10.1 3 0.7 2n 2n
42. I=
I = lim 0
1
n
1
n sin x dx 0
1
I 8 mA
2n 2n
n
=0
44. S = e
i1
2 iK .G
51. l, ml = l
9 9 9
2 i n1 n2 n3
Lz = L cos ...(1)
= e2i(0 00) e 4 4 4
Lz = m l
S = 1 + e4i = 2
ml
46. (Ly) = L2y – Ly2 cos =
l(l 1)
Ly = 0
= 30°
21
L = L2 L22
y l
2 cos 30° =
l2 l
2
= l(l 1) m 2 3 l
2 =
2 2 2
l l
= 2 3 4 By solving we get, l = 3
2
53. For n-atom, NA = 6.023 × 1023
= 1 2
M2 = ??
48. f(x) = x
T = 5800 K; M2 = 3 × 1021
ao and an = 0, for odd wave functions
2E E
1
dT N1
2 = e kT
bn =
T f (x)sin x dx N2
d E1 = 13.6 eV
2 E2 = –3.4 eV
ak =
2
x sin x dx
N2 = 8.4 × 1014
2 3 3
= (1)n 55. u() =
n h
c 3 exp 1
for n = 2 kT
2 T4 4
a2 = (1)2 = – 1
2 =4
GATE – 2 0 1 9
PH : PHYSICS
GENERAL APTITUDE 3. At least one student was involved in
the strike.
Q. No. 1 to 5 Carry One Mark Each
4. Some who were not involved in the
1. Until Iran come along. India had never strike were students.
been ______ in kabaddi.
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 3
(a) defeated (b) defeating
(c) 4 (d) 2 and 3
(c) defeat (d) defeatist
Q. No. 6 - 10 Carry Two Marks Each
2. The fishermen ,_______the flood victims
owed their lives, were rewarded by the 6. "I read somewhere that in ancient times
government the prestige of a kingdom depended upon
the number of taxes that it was able to
(a) whom (b) to which
levy on its people. It was very much like
(c) to whom (d) that the prestige of a head-hunter in his own
3. The radius as well as the height of a community".
circular cone is increased by 10%. The
Based on the paragraph above, the prestige
percentage increase in its volume is
of a head-hunter depended upon ____
____________.
(a) the prestige of the kingdom
(a) 17.1 (b) 21.0
(b) the prestige of the heads
(c) 33.1 (d) 72.8
4. Five numbers 10, 7, 5, 4, 2 are arranged (c) the number of taxes he could levy
in a sequence from left to right following (d) the number of head she could gather
the directions given below: 7. Two trains started at 7 AM from the same
(1) No two odd or even numbers are next point. The first train travelled towards
to each other. north at a speed of 80 km/h and the
(2) The second number from left is second train travelled south at a speed of
exactly half of the left -most number. 100 km/h. The time at which they were
(3) The middle number is exactly twice 540 km apart is _______ AM.
the right most number. (a) 9 (b) 10
Which is the second number from the (c) 11 (d) 11:30
right ? 8. In a country of 1400 million population,
(a) 2 (b) 4 70% own mobile phones. Among the
(c) 7 (d) 10 mobile phone owners only 294 million
5. “Some students were not involved in the access the internet. Among these
strike”. If the above statement is true, Internet users, only half buy goods from
which of the following conclusions is/are e-commerce portals. What is
logically necessary ? the percentage of these buyers in the
1. Some who were involved in strike country ?
were students. (a) 10.50 (b) 14.70
2. No student was involved in the strike. (c) 15.00 (d) 50.00
2 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
9. The nomenclature of Hindustani music PHYSICS
has changed over centuries. Since the
medieval period dhrupad styles were Q.1 – Q. 25 carry one mark each.
identified as baanis. Terms like gayaki 1. The relative magnetic permeability of a
and baaj were used to refer to vocal and type–I superconductor is
instrumental styles, respectively. With (a) 0 (b) –1
institutionalization of music education the
term gharana became acceptable. 1
(c) 2 (d)
Gharana originally referred to hereditary 4
musicians from a particular lineage, 2. Considering baryon number and lepton
including disciples and ground disciples. number conservation laws, which of the
Which one of the following pairings is following
NOT Correct ? (i) p0 + e+ + e
(a) Dhrupad, baani (ii) e+ + e + +
(b) Gayaki, Vocal (a) both (i) and (ii) (b) only (i)
(c) Baaj, institution (c) only (ii) (d) neither (i) nor (ii)
(d) Gharana, lineage 3. For the following circuit, what is the
10. Since the last one year, after a 125 basis magnitude of Vout if Vin = 1.5 V?
point reduction in repo rate by the Reserve 100R
Bank of India, banking institutions have
been making a demand to reduce interest
R +15V
rates on small savings schemes. Finally, Vin +
the government announced yesterday a Vout
reduction in interest rates on small –
saving schemes to bring them on par with –15V
fixed deposit interest rates.
Which one of the following statements (a) 0.015 V (b) 0.15 V
can be inferred from the given passage ? (c) 15 V (d) 150 V
(a) Whenever the Reserve Bank of India 4. For the differential equation
reduces the repo rate, the interest
rates on small saving schemes are also d2 y y
0,
–n(n + 1)
reduced. dx 2 x2
(b) Interest rates on small saving schemes where n is a constant, the product of its
are always maintained on par with two independent solutions is
fixed deposit interest rates.
1
(c) The government sometimes takes into (a) (b) x
x
consideration the demands of banking
institutions before reducing the 1
(c) xn (d) n 1
interest rates on small saving x
schemes. 5. Consider a one–dimensional gas of N Non-
(d) A reduction in interest rates on small interacting particles of mass m with the
saving schemes follow only after a Hamiltonian for a single particle given by,
reduction in repo rate by the Reserve
p2 1
Bank of India. H
2m 2
m 2 x 2 2x
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 3
The high temperature specific heat in
1
units of R = NkB (kB is the Boltzmann 9. For a spin particle, let and
2
constant) is
denote its spin up and down states,
(a) 1 (b) 1.5
respectively. if
(c) 2 (d) 2.5
1
6. An electric field E E0zˆ is applied to a a
2
and
Hydrogen atom in n= 2 excited state.
Ignoring spin the n = 2 state is fourfold 1
b
2
degenerate, which in the l, m basis are
are composite states of two such particles,
given by 0,0 , 1,1 , 1,0 and 1, 1 . If H’ which of the following statements is ture
is the interaction Hamiltonian for their toatl spin S?
corresponding to the applied electric field, (a) S = 1 for a and b is not an
which of the following matrix elements
is nonzero? eigenstate of the operator Ŝ2
(a) 0,0 H ' 0,0 (b) 0,0 H' 1,1 (b) a is not an eigenstate of the operator
(c) 0,0 H ' 1,0 (d) 0,0 H ' 1 1 Ŝ2 , and S = for b
7. A learge number N of ideal bosons, each (c) S = 0 for a , and S = 1 for b
of mass m, are trapped in a three– (d) S = 1 for a and S = 0 for b
m 2 r 2 10. Consider a transformation from one set
dimensional potential V(r) .
2 of generalized coordinate and momentum
The bosonic system is kept at temperature (q, p) to another set (Q, P) denoted by,
T which is much lower than the Bose–
Q = pqs; P =qr
Einstein condensation temperature TC.
The chemical potential () satisfies where s and r are constants. The
transformation is canonical if
3
(a) (a) s = 0 and r = 1
2
3 (b) s = 2 and r = –1
(b) 2
2 (c) S = 0 and r = –1
(c) 3 2 (d) s = 2 and r = 1
(d) 3 11. In order to estimate the specific heat of
8. During a rotation , vectors along the axis phonons, the appropriate method to apply
of raotation remain unchanged. For the would be
(a) Einstein model for acoustic phonins
0 1 0
and Debye model for optical phonons
rotation matrix 0 0 1 , the unit
(b) Einstein model for optical phonins and
1 0 0
verctor along the axis of rotation is Debye model for acoustic phonons
1 ˆ ˆ ˆ (c) Einstein model for both optical and
1 ˆ ˆ
(a)
3
2i j 2kˆ (b)
3
i jk acoustic phonons
(d) Debye model for both optical and
1 ˆ ˆ ˆ 1 ˆ
(c)
3
i jk (d)
3
2i 2ˆj kˆ acoustic phonons
4 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
12. The pole of the function f (Z) = cot z at 0
z = 0 is (a) 0 (b) 2
0
(a) a removable singularity
0 0
(b) an essential singularity (c) 3 (d) 4
0 0
(c) a simple pole
17. Consider a three–dimensional crystal of
(d) a second order pole N inert gas atoms. The total energy is
13. A massive particle X in free space decays 12 6
spontaneously into two photons. Which
given by U (R) = 2 N p q
of th following statements is true for X ? R R
(a) X is charged where p= 12.13, q = 14.45, and R is the
nearest neighbour distance between two
(b) Spin of X must be greater than of
atoms. The Two constants, and R, have
equal to 2
the dimensions of energy fand length,
(c) X is a boson respectively. The equilibrium separation
(d) X must be a baryon between two nearest neithbour atoms in
14. The electric field of an electromagnetic units of (rounded off to tow decimal
places) is__________
wave is given by E 3 sin (kz – t) x̂ + 4
18. The energy –wavevector (E – k)
cos (kz – t) ŷ .the wave is dispersion relation for a particle in two
(a) Linearly polarized at an angle tan–1 dimensions is E = Ck, where C is a
4 constant. If its density of states D (E) is
from the x–axis proportional to Ep then the value of p
3
is_____________
(b) Linearly polarized at an angle tan–1
19. A circular loop made of a thin wire has
3
from the x–axis radius 2 cm and resistance 2 . It is placed
4 perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field
(c) Elliptically polarized in clockwise
of magnitude B0 = 0.01 Tesla. At time t
direction when seen travelling
towards the observer = 0 the field starts decaying as
(d) Elliptically polarized in counter- B B0 e t / t0 , where t0 = 1s. The total
clockwise direction when seen charge that passes through a cross section
travelling towards the observer of the wire during the decay is Q. The
40 Value of Q in mC (rounded off to two
15. The nucleare spin and parity of Ca in decimal places) is_____________
20
its ground state is 20. The electric field of an electromagnetic
(a) 0+
(b) 0– wave in vacuum is given by
(c) 1+ (d) 1–
E E0 cos 3y 4z 1.5 109 t xˆ
16. An infinitely long thin cylindrical shell has
is axis coinciding with the z–axis. It The wave is reflected form the z = 0
carries a surface charge density 0 cos , surface. If the pressure exerted on the
where is the polar angle and 0 is a surface is 0 E02 , the value of
constant. The (rounded off to one decimal place)
is_____________
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 5
21. The Hamiltonian for a quantum harmonic Q. 26 – Q. 55 carry two marks each.
oscillator of mass m in three dimensions 26. Consider the following Boolean expression:
is
p2 1
A B A B C A B C
H m 2 r 2 It can be represented by a single three-
2m 2
input logic gate. Identify the gate.
where is the angular frequency. The
expectation value of r2 in the first excited (a) AND (b) OR
(c) XOR (d) NAND
state of the oscillator in units of
m cos kx
(rounded off to one decimal place) 27. The value of the integral x2 a 2 dx,
is_____________
where k > 0 and a > 0, is
22. The Hamiltonian for a particle of mass m
k 2 k
(a) e (b) e
p2
is H kqt where q and p are the
2m k 3 k
(c) e (d) e
generalized coordinate and momentum, 2 2
respectively, t is time and k is a constant. 28. The wave function (x) of a particle is as
For the initial condition, q = 0 and p = 0 shown below
at t = 0, q (t) t. The value of is______
(x)
23. At tempereture T Kelvin (K), the value
of the Fermi function at an energy 0.5
eV above tthe Fermi energy is 0.01. Then d
d
T, to the nearest integer, is_________
(kB = 8.62 × 10–5 eV/K) K
1 0 x
24. Let 1 = 0 2 = 1 represent two
2 2
possible states of a two–level quantum
Here K is a constant, and > d. The position
system. The state obtained by the
uncertainty x of the particle is
incurrent superposition of 1 and 2
2 3d2 3 2 d2
is given by a density matrix that is defined (a) (b)
12 12
as 1 1 c2 2 2 . If C1 = 0.4
and C2 = 0.6, the matrix element 22 d2 d2
(c) (d)
(rounded off to one decimal place) 6 24
is_____________ 29. A solid cylinder of radius R has total
25. A conventional type–I superconductor has charge Q distributed uniformly over its
a critical temperature of 4.7 K at zero volume. It is rotating about its axis with
magnetic field and a critical magnetic field angular speed . The magnitude of the
of 0.3 Tesla at 0K. The critical field in total magnetic moment of the cylinder is
Tesla at 2 K (rounded off to three decimal 1
places) is_____________ (a) QR2 (b) QR 2
2
1 1
(c) QR 2 (d) QR 2
4 8
6 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
30. Consider the motion of a particle along band, where p crystal is the crystal
the x–axis in a potential V (x) = F |x|. Its momentum of the particle, the period T
ground state energy E0 is estimated using is found to be (h is Planck constant)
the uncertainty principle. Then E0 is
proportional to 2md 2md
(a) (b) 2
F F
1 1
(a) F (b) F
3 2 2h h
2 2 (c) (d)
(c) F (d) F Fd Fd
5 3
34. Consider a potential barrier V (x) of the
31. A 3-bit analog-to-digital converter is form:
designed to digitize analog signals ranging
from 0 V to 10 V. For this converter, the V(x) V(x)=
binary output corresponding to an input
of 6 V is V0
(a) 011 (b) 101
(c) 100 (d) 010
32. The Hamiltonian operatore for a tow level x=0 x= x=b x
E1 0 where V0 is a constant . For paricles of
quantum system is H . If the
0 E2 energy E < V0 incident on this barrier
state of the system at t = 0 is given by form the left, which of the following
schematic diagrams best represents the
1 1 probability density |(x)|2 as a function
0 then 0 t |2 at a
2 1 of x.
2
later time t is (a) | (x)|
1
(a) 2
E E t /
1 e 1 2
1
(b) 1 e
E1 E2 t /
2 x
x=0 x=a x=b
1
(c)
2
1 cos E1 E2 t / (b)
2
| (x)|
1
(d)
2
1 cos E1 E2 t /
33. A practical of mass m moves in a lattice
along the x–axis in a periodic potential x
V(x) = V (x+d) with periodicity d. The x=0 x=a x=b
2
corresponding Brillouin zone extends from (c) | (x)|
– k0 to k0 with these two k–points being
equivalent. If a weak force F in the x–
direction is applied to the particle, it starts
a periodic motion with time period T.
Using the equation of motion x
x=0 x=a x=b
dp crystal
F for a particle moving in
dt
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 7
2
(d) | (x)| (b) I (N2) < I (N1) ; the polarization in each
case is vertical
(c) I (N2) > I (N1) ; the polarization in each
case is horizontal
(d) I (N2) < I (N1) ; the polarization in each
x case is horizontal
x=0 x=a x=b
35. The spin –orbit interaction term of an 38. A ball bouncing off a rigid floor is described
electron moving in a central field is by the potential energy function
written as f (r)l s , where r is the radial V x mgx for x 0
distance of the electron form the origin. for x 0
IF an electron moves inside a uniformly Which of the following schematic
charged sphere, then diagrams best represents the phase space
(a) f (r) = contant (b) f (r) r–1 plot of the ball?
(c) f (r) r –2 (d) f (r) r –3 (a) + 2 mE
36. For the following circuit, the correct logic
values for the entries X2 and Y2 in the E
mg
truth table are
x
C
A X
– 2 mE
G
B Y
(b) + 2 mE
E
P mg
G A B P C X Y
1 0 1 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0 X2 Y2
– 2 mE
1 0 0 0 1 0 1
(c) + 2 mE
(a) 1 and 0 (b) 0 and 0
(c) 0 and 1 (d) 1 and 1 E
mg
37. Ina set of N successive polarizers, the mth
x
m
polarizer makes an angle with the
2N
vertical. A vertically polarized light beam – 2 mE
of intensity I0 is incident on two such sets
with N = N1 and N = N2, where N2 > N1. (d) + 2 mE
Let the intensity of light beams coming
out be I (N1) and I (N2), respectively. E E
– mg
Which of the following statement is mg
x
correct about the two outgoing beams?
(a) I (N2) > (N1) ; the polarization in each
case is vertical – 2 mE
8 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
39. An infinitely long wire parallel to the x- t 1 r ˆ t
axis is kept at z = d and carries a current
useful formulat sˆ z;ˆ
s s z
I in the positive x direction above a
superconductor filling the region z =0 1 z
v sˆ s z ˆ
s
z z s
(see figure). The magnetic field B inside
the superconductor is zero so that the
1 s
field just outside the superconductor is s ẑ
parallel to its surface. The magnetic field s s
due to this configuration at a point (x,y, 41. Low energy collision (s–wave scattering)
z >0) is of pion (p+) with deuteron (d) results in
z the production of two protons (+ + d p
+ p). The relative orbital angular
momentum (in units of ) of the resulting
two–proton system for this reaction is
I (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
d
x 42. Consider the Hamiltonian H (q,p)
p2 q 4
superconductor 2 , where and are
2 q
parameters with appropriate dimensions,
and q and p are the generalized coordinate
0 I z d ˆj ykˆ and momentum, respectively. The
(a) 2 y 2 z d 2 corresponding Lagrangian L (q,q) is
1 q2 2 q2
0 I z d ˆj ykˆ z d ˆj ykˆ (a) 2 4 2 (b) 4 2
(b) q q q q
2 y 2 z d 2 2
y 2 z d
1 q2 1 q2
I z d ˆj ykˆ z d ˆj ykˆ (c) 4 2 (d) 2 4 2
(c) 0 2 q q q q
2 y z d 2 2
y 2 z d
43. For a given load resistance RL = 4.7 ohm,
the power transfer efficiencies
0I yjˆ z d kˆ yjˆ z d kˆ
(d) 2 2 Pload
y z d 2 y 2 z d 2
P of a dc voltage source and a
total
40. The vector potential inside a long solenoid
dc current source with intrenal resistance
with n turns per unit length and carrying
R1 and R2, respectively, are equal. The
current I, written in cylindrical product R1R2 in units of ohm2 (rounded
ni off to one decimal place) is___________
coordinates is A s, ,z 0 sˆ . If the
2 44. The ground state electronic configuration
0 nl of the rare–earth ion (Nd3+) is [Pd] 4f3
term s ( cos ̂ + sin ŝ ), where
2 5s25p6. Assuming LS coupling, the Lande
0, 0, is added to A s, ,z , the 8
magnetic field remains the same if g-factor of this ion is . The effective
11
(a) = (b) = – magnetic moment in units of Bohr
magneton mB (rounded off to two decimal
(c) = 2 (d) places) is_____________
2
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 9
45. A projeetile of mass 1 kg is launched at 48. A radioactive element X has a half-life of
an angle of 30° form the horizontal 30 hours. It decays via alpha, beta and
direction at t = 0 and takes time T before gamma emissions with the branching
hitting the ground. If its initial speed is ratio for beta decay being 0.75. The partial
10 ms–1, the value of the action integral half-life for beta decay in unit of hours
for the entire flight in the units of kg m2s–1, is_____________________
the value of the action integral for the 49. In a thermally insulated container, 0.01
entire flight in the units fo kg m2s–1 kg of ice at 273 K is mixed with 0.1 kg of
(rounded off to one decimal place) is_____ water at 300 K. Neglecting the specific
[Take g = 10 ms–2] heat of the container, the change in the
46. Let q be a variable in the range – . entropy of the system in J/K on attaining
Now consider a function thermal equilibrium (rounded off to two
decimal places) is_______________
() = 1 for – /2/2
(Specific heat of water is 4.2 kJ/kg-K and
= 0 otherwise.
the latent heat of ice is 335 kJ/kg).
If its Fourier-series is written as
50. Consider a system of three charges as
m Cme im , then the value of shown in the figure below:
(r, )
|C3|2 (rounded off to three decimal places) z
is_____________
47. Two spaceships A and B, each of the same
res length L, are moving in the same q
4c 3c
direction with speeds and
5 5
respectively, where c is is the speed of –
2 2
y
light. As measured by B, the time taken
By A to completely overtake B [see figure
d d
below] in units of L/c (to the nearst
integer) is For r = 10 m; q = 60 degrees’ q = 10–6
Coulomb, and d = 10–3 m, the electric
(i) dipole potential in volts (rounded off to
A 4c/5 three decimal places) at a point (r, q) is
1 Nm 2
Use : 9 109
B 3c/5 4 0 C2
51. Consider two systems A and B each
having two distinguishable particles. In
(ii) both the systems, each particle can
exist in states with energies 0, 1, 2
A 4c/5
and 3 units with equal probability.
The total energy of the combined system
3c/5
is 5 units. Assuming that the system A
B
has energy 3 units and the system B
has energy 2 units, the entropy of the
combined system is kB ln . The value of
is___________
10 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
52. Electrons with spin in the z -direction earth to the Sun is t , where c is the
( ẑ ) are passed through a Stern-Gerlach speed of light. Given that light travels
(SG) set up with the magnetic field at from the Sun to the earth in 8.3 minutes
=60° from ẑ .The fraction of electrons in the earth’s frame , the value of |t|
that will emerge with their spin parallel in minutes (rounded off to two decimal
to the magnetic field in the SG set up places) is ________________
(rounded off to two decimal places) is (Take the earth’s frame to be inertial
__________________ and neglect the relative motion between
the earth and the sun)
0 1 0 i 1 0
x , y , z 55. In a certain two–dimensional lattice, the
1 0 i 0 0 1 energy dispersion of the electrons is
53. The Hamiltonian of a system is
1 3
(k) 2t cos k x 2cos k x cos ky
1 2 2
H with << 1. The fourth
1
where k = (kx , ky) denotes the wave
order contribution to the ground state vector, a is the lattice constant and t is a
energy of H is 4. The value of (rounded constant in units of eV. In this lattice the
off to three decimal places) is _________ effective mass tensor mij of electrons
54. Two events, one on the earth and the calculated at the center of the Brillouim
other one on the Sun, occur zone has the form
simultaneously in the earth’s frame.
The time difference between the two 2 0
events as seen by an observer in a m ij the value of a (rounded
t 2 0
spaceship moving with velocity 0.5c in the
earth’s frame along the line joining the off to three decimal palces is)__________
ANSWERS
General Aptitude
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c)
Physics
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (c)
7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (c)
13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (1.07 to 1.11)
18. (1 to 1) 19. (6.26 to 6.30) 20. (0.8 to 0.8) 21. (2.5 to 2.5) 22. (3 to 3)
23. (1260 to 1266) 24. (06 to 0.6) 25. (0.244 to 0.248) 26. (d)
27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (d) 31. (c) 32. (c)
33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (b)
39. (b) 40. (d) 41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (22.0 to 22.2)
44. (3.61 to 3.63) 45. (33.2 to 33.4) 46. (0.010 to 0.013) 47. (5 to 5)
48. (40 to 40) 49. (1.02 to 1.04) 50. (0.044 to 0.046) 51. (12 to 12)
52. (0.25 to 0.25) 53. (0.125 to 0.125) 54. (4.77 to 4.81) 55. (0.333 to 0.333)
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 11
EXPLANATIONS
7.
GENERAL APTITUDE
3. Initial Stage After increasing 10%
for radius & height
Volume of circular Volume,
1 2
cone, Vi r h For X
3
Time taken = t
1
Vf (1.1r)2 (1.1h) Distance x = velocity time
3
x
x 80t t ...(1)
1.331 2 80
r h
3 For y time taken = t
Percentage increase Distance y = 100t
Vf Vi y
= 100 t= ...(2)
Vi 100
x + y = 540 km ...(3)
1.331 2 1 From (1) and (2)
r h r 2 h
3 3 100 x y
1 2 t x = 0.8y
r h 80 100
3
x + y = 540 x = 0.8y + y = 540
1.331 1 1.8y = 540 y = 300km
100 33.1%
1 y 300
Time taken 3hrs
= 33.1% 100 100
4. Numbers are 2, 4, 5, 7, and 10 Time at which these trains
The correct order of arrangement 10, 5, 4, = 7.00 AM + 3hrs = 10.00 AM
7, and 2 8. Total population = 1400 million
Thus an arrangement follows given three Number of people whose having own mobile
conditions phones
Second number from right = 7 = 70% of 1400
= 0.7 1400 = 980 million
12 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
Number of people whose accesses the m 2 r 2
internet = 294 million 7. v r
2
Number of people who buy goods from N0 , K = 0 state in B.E.C.
e-commercial portals
1
= Half of internet users N0 1µ
e 1
294 When N0
147 million
2
Percentage buyers e 1µ 1 µ 0
147 million µ
100 10.5%
1400 million
µ=0 T
PHYSICS
4. x = et, t = ln x
d2y d 2y dy
x2 2
2
3
dx dt dt n n
2
d2 y
x2 n n 1 y 0 0
3
dx 2 2
d2y dy 3
µ
n n 1 y 0
dt 2 dt 2
D2y – Dy – n (n + 1) y = 0 0 1 0 2 1
1 1
D2 – D – n (n + 1) = 0 8. 0 0 1 1 2
3 3
1 0 0 2 2
1 1 4n n 1
m1 , m2
2 0 1 0 1 1
1 1
1 1 4n n 1 1 1 4n n 1 0 0 1 1 1
2 2
3 3
y1 e ,y 2 e 1 0 0 1 1
y1.y2 = et. 10. {Q, P}p,q = 1
y1. y2 = x Q P Q P
q . p p . q 1 ...(A)
1 1
5. E N K B T K B T
2 2 Q P Q P
= NKBT spqs 1 , 0; q2 , rq r 1
q P P q
dE By putting above values in (A), we get
Cv 1 NK B
dT qs rq r 1 1 rqs r 1 1 1.q0
6. Stark effect in Hydrogen Atom
s+r–1=0
n=2
s–1–1=0s=2
10, 0 >, |1, –1 >, 11, 1>
cosz
zero, m m 12. f z cot z
lm H lm sin z
non zero, m m sin z 0
zero, if l l z = n
l m H l, m at z = 0, cot (z)
non zero, l l
z = 0 is a simple pole.
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 13
13. X Y Y d cos
0 .d
Boson Spiral Spiral 2 0 R 2 0
Boson Boson
2
X is a Boson d . cos
14. At t = 0
0.2
4yˆ 2
0 cos2 .d
.
2 0 2 0
at t 0.2
2
2
0
3sin xˆ 3xˆ cos2 d
2 2 0
0.2
Direction of propagation-parallel 17. At r = R, U(R) min
Direction of polarization-Perpendicular dU
0
dR
90or
2 1 1
2N p12 12 13 7q6 7 0
dq R R
16. 0 cos
Area
6 6
2N 7 12 6
6q 0
R R
6
R 0 , q 12p 6
0 cos R
1
2p 6 2p 6
R6 R
q q
1
2 12.13 6
R
14.45
R = 1.09.
Rd d 18. E = CK
R D E Ep
d
1
D E E s
dq d = 2, s = 1
0 cos
Rd.l 2
1
D E E 1
dq
0 cos Rd 2
l 1
D E E 1 E
d 0 cos Rd
D E E
d cos E=1
d 0 .d
2 0 R 20
14 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
19. B B.A 3xˆ 4zˆ .zˆ 4
cos
d B d dB 9 16 5
e BA A
dt dt dt 2I 4
P
t C 5
d x 1
e A B0 e t0 E02 CE20 C 0 E02
dt t0 1 I s
2µ 0C 2µ 0 C2 2
t
e 12.56e t0
10 6 2 4 C 0 E02 4 2
P 0 E0
e 5c 2 5
I
R P 0 E02
t
4 4
12.51 10 6
e t0 P 0 E02 0.8
I 5 5
2
n E
t 23. F E 0.01
g E
I 6.28 10 6 e t0
E – Ef = 0.5 eV
dq
I dv Idt T=?
dt
1 EF 1
f E E ,
q e e 1 KT KT
Idt
0 1
f E 0.01
t E Ef
KT
6.28 10 e
6 t0 e 1
.dt
0 1
0.01
0.5
t 1
e 8.6210 5 T
e t0
q 6.28 10 6 By solving we get, T = 1262 K
1
t0 1 0 0 1
0
1 1 0 0 0 1
q = 6.28 × 10–6 C 24. C1 C2
0 1
20. E E0 cos 3y 4z 1.5 109 t xˆ 1 0 0 0
0.4 0.6 0 1
p 0 E02 0 0
E E0 cos K.r t x 0.4 0 0 0 0.4 0
0 0 0 0.6 0 0.6
K 3xˆ 4zˆ
2I 22 0.6
P .cos
C 26. Y A B A B C A B C
Q = Angle between z = 0 plane & wave
propagation Y A B A B.C A B C
K. zˆ Y A . A A B C B A B B C AB AC
ˆ
K.z K cos cos
K Y A B C A 1 B A A AC
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 15
Y A AC B C B 2
1 3 2
Y A C B C 1 1 2
30. E0 n
Y A CB A BC 2 2m 1 1
A. B C NAND GATE
F, 1
cos kx
27. f x 2
x 2a 2 3 1 2
1
cos kx
e ikz 1 2
dx R.P.of E0 F n
x2 a2
2
a2
’ 2 2mF 1 1
z
2
x a2 0
2
1 3
E0 F
x ia F
y
2
E0 F 3
C1 31. Vnet = 10v, n = 3
V 10 10
Resultant = R net
n 3
e 1 2 1 7
x
–R R = 1.428 V
R 6
ikx R 4.2
e 1.428
x 2 a2 dx f x dx f x dx 0 0 0 0 0 – 1.25 V
R c1
1 0 0 1 125 – 2.5 V
when R
2 0 1 0 2.5 – 3.75 V
eikx 3 0 1 1 3.75 – 5.00 V
x 2 a2 dz f x dx 2i Re s
4 1 0 0 5.00 6.25V
eikx
2i lim x ia 2 0 1 1
x ia x a2 32. H 1 ,| o
0 2 2 1
ka
e 2
0 1 t ?
29.
1 0 1 0
0 1
2 2 1
ˆ
iH
1 t t0
I MR2 t e
0
2
1 i1 t i2 t
L I MR 2 1
1 1
0
2 t e 0 e 1
2 2
µ Q Q Q
µ L 1MR2 1 1
L 2M 2M 2M t t 1 0 0 1
2 2
QR2
µ
4
16 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
1
i1 t
1 1
i1 t
1 1
i2 t
0 KQ r2
e 35. v r 3 for r < R
2 0 2 e 0 2 e 1 2R R2
1 t 2 t v KQr
1 1
0 t e 00 e r R3
2 2
1 v KQ
f r .
0 t
1
2
e 1 t
t
2
e r r
f(r) = constant.
R3
2 36. R S Flip Flop
0 t
X Y XY
1
4
t
1
e
t
2
e t
1
e
t
2
e 0
0
0
1
1
0 X 1& Y 0
1 0 0
t
1 2
i 2 1 t
1
1 1 0
1 e e 1
4
37. I N I N 1 cos2
i 1 2 t
i 2 1 t 2N
1 e e As N increases, IN decreases.
2 2x
4 2
40. A s, ,z µ 0 nI sˆ B
t
i 1 2
i 2 1 t 2
1
1 e e 1 µ nIs
4 A s, ,z 0
2
cos .ˆ sin .sˆ
i 2 1 t i 2 1 t
sˆ sˆ zˆ
1 e e
2 2x
4 2 B1 A
s z
1 t
2 2 cos 2 1 µ nIs
4 0 s 0 0
2
1 t
1 cos 2 1 B1 µ 0 nIs zˆ ----(1)
2
µ nIs ˆ µ 0 nIs
33. E t h A s, ,z 0
2 2
t = T cos .ˆ sin .sˆ
d sˆ sˆ zˆ
E F dx F.d
B2 A
0 s z
h µ 0 nI sin µ nIs µ 0 nIs
s 0 cos 0
t 2 2 2
E
h B2 µ 0 nIs 1 cos cos zˆ
T 2
Fd
B1 µ 0 nIs zˆ
2
34. | (x)|
cos cos 0
2
x=0 x=a x=b 2
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 17
j = (l – s) to (l + s)
41. d p q
3 3
j 3 to 3
0 1 l 1 2 2
Deutron (Ground state) 3 5 7 9
j , , ,
2 2 2 2
R1 PL µJ e
I
R2 g
J 2m
ge ge
µJ j j 1
2m 2m
D.C. Current source
µ J g j j 1 µ B
V2
P VI I2 R 8 99
R µJ 1 ; µ B 3.62µ B
11 2 2
Total I2 R Total 2
45. ay = –g m/s
RL R2 uy = u0 sin g ax = 0
R Total
RL R2
I2 R 2 R L = 30°
ux = 40 cos
Total
R2 RL
u0 = 10 m/s
R RL
2 load 2 m = 1 kg
Total R2
2u 0 sin
D.C. voltage source T
g
V2 2 10 sin 30
load 1 sec
RL 10
Vx = ux = u0 cos .
V2
Total
R1 R L Vy2 u y2 2 g y
load R RL
1 1 Vy2 u 2y 2gy
Total RL
L=T–V
1 = 2.
V = mgy
R1 R L R2 R L
1 1
RL R2 L mVx2 mVy2 mgy
2 2
2 2
R1 R 2 R L 4.7 22.1 2 1
1 1 1 3
L
2
m u 2x u 2y 2gy mgy
44. S
2 2 2 2 L
1 2 1 2
m u 0 cos m u 0 sin mgy mgy
l=3 2 2
1
3 9 L mu 20 2mgy
j = l + s = 3 2
2 2
j=l±s I L dt
18 GATE 2019 (PHYSICS)
1
1 3c
I
2
1
mu 20 t 0 2mgu 0 sin t mg 2 t 2 dt V
5
0
4c
I = 33.33 VA earth
5
b
1 4c 3c
46. Cm e im .d
ba
a VAB 5 5 5c
12 13
1
25
1 2 im
C3 e .d
2
2
VAB V2
x L L 1 L 1 1 AB
2 c2 c2
144 12
2 L 1 L 1
1 im 169 13
C3 1.e .d
2
25L
2 x
13
2SL
2
1 i3 x L
C3 e .d t 13 6
2 AB Sc C
2 1
13
1 1 3i 2
C3 e L
t 5
2 3i C
2
48. Branching ratio
1
C3
3 4
0.75
2 3
C3 .011
4 3 3
47. 3c
5
3
earth ln 2 0.693
t1
2
4c
A .693
5
t1
2
B Rest .693 4 .693
t1 3 t 1
VAB
VA earth V 2 2
4 4
1 VA earth t1 t 1 30 40hr
c2 3 3
2 2
GATE 2019 (PHYSICS) 19
49. Qgained by the ice S = S1 + S2 = Kln 1 + Kln 2
= Qlost by the water = Kln 1 2
mL + mC(T – 273) = mC (300 – T) = Kln(4 × 3)
.01 × 335 + .01 × 4.2 (T – 273) = 0.1 × 4.2 = Kln (12)
(300 – T) 53. |H – I| = 0
By solving, we get
1 0
T = 290.3 K 1 0 0
f T
dQ mL dT 1
s ice mc 0
T T T 1
Ti
mL T 1
mC ln f 1 2 2
T Ti
1
s ice 12.27 2.58 J / K 1 2 2 1 2 11
1 1 4 ...
Tf 2 22
dT T
s water mC mC ln f 2 1 4
T Ti 1 ...
Ti
2 8
290.3 1
0.1 4.2 1000 ln 13.8J / K
300 0.128
8
s total s ice s water 1.05J / K 54. 0.5 c
1 p.r Sun
50. v 2 Earth
4 0 r
r r cos zˆ r sin yˆ t=0 t = 8.3 min
t = 0
r
r r cos zˆ sin yˆ t = ?
r
vx
p q i r 1 t 2
c
q t
q
dyˆ d yˆ qdzˆ qdzˆ v2
2 2 1
c2
p. r qd cos
0.5c x
0
1 qd cos c c
v t
4 0 r2 1 0.52
9 109 10 6 103 cos 60 0.5 8.3
.045v t
2 0.75
10
51. For system having EA = 3, 1 = 4 t 4.80 minutes
For system having EB = 2, 2 = 3
EA = 3, EB = 2
E = EA + EB = 5
GATE – 2 0 1 8
PH : PHYSICS
GENERAL APTITUDE (iii) A cylinder with base radius 7 cm and
height 7 cm
SECTION (iv) A sphere of radius 7 cm
Q.1 – Q. 5 : carry one mark each (a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)
1. “When she fell down the _______, she (b) (ii), (i), (iv), (iii)
received many _______ but little help.” (c) (iii), (ii), (i), (iv)
The words that best fill the blanks in the (d) (iv), (iii), (ii), (i)
above sentence are Q. 6 — Q. 10 carry two marks each.
(a) stairs, stares 6. An automobile travels from city A to city
B and returns to city A by the same route.
(b) stairs, stairs The speed of the vehicle during the
(c) stares, stairs onward and return journeys were
constant at 60 km/h and 90 km/h,
(d) stares, stares
respectively. What is the average speed
2. “In spite of being warned repeatedly, he in km/h for the entire journey?
failed to correct his _________ behaviour.” (a) 72 (b) 73
The word that best fills the blank in the (c) 74 (d) 75
above sentence is 7. A set of 4 parallel lines intersect with
another set of 5 parallel lines. How many
(a) rational (b) reasonable
parallelograms are formed?
(c) errant (d) good (a) 20 (b) 48
3. For 0 x 2 , sin x and cos x are both (c) 60 (d) 72
decreasing functions in the interval 8. To pass a test, a candidate needs to
________. answer at least 2 out of 3 questions
correctly. A total of 6,30,000 candidates
(a) 0, (b) , appeared for the test. Question A was
2 2
correctly answered by 3,30,000
3 3
(c) , (d) , 2 candidates. Question B was answered
2 2 correctly by 2,50,000 candidates. Question
C was answered correctly by 2,60,000
4. The area of an equilateral triangle is 3 . candidates. Both questions A and B were
What is the perimeter of the triangle? answered correctly by 1,00,000
(a) 2 (b) 4 candidates. Both questions B and C were
answered correctly by 90,000 candidates.
(c) 6 (d) 8 Both questions A and C were answered
5. Arrange the following three-dimensional correctly by 80,000 candidates. If the
objects in the descending order of their number of students answering all
volumes: questions correctly is the same as the
number answering none, how many
(i) A cuboid with dimensions 10 cm, 8 candidates failed to clear the test?
cm and 6 cm (a) 30,000 (b) 2,70,000
(ii) A cube of side 8 cm (c) 3,90,000 (d) 4,20,000
2 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
9. If x 2 x 1 0 what is the value of PHYSICS SECTION
1 Q. 1 — Q. 25 carry one mark each.
x4 ?
x4 1. The eigenvalues of a Hermitian matrix
(a) 1 (b) 5 are all
(c) 7 (d) 9 (a) real
10. In a detailed study of annual crow births (b) imaginary
in India, it was found that there was (c) of modulus one
relatively no growth during the period
(d) real and positive
2002 to 2004 and a sudden spike from
2004 to 2005. In another unrelated study, 2. Which one of the following represents the
it was found that the revenue from 3p radial wave function of hydrogen
cracker sales in India which remained atom? (a0 is the Bohr radius)
fairly flat from 2002 to 2004, saw a sudden (a) R (r )
spike in 2005 before declining again in
2006. The solid line in the graph below
refers to annual sale of crackers and the
dashed line refers to the annual crow
births in India. Choose the most
appropriate inference from the above r /a 0
0
data.
(b) R (r )
Annual sale of cr ackers in I ndia
Annual crow bir ths in I ndia
0 r /a 0
(c) R (r )
2001 2003 2005 2007 0 r /a 0
(a) There is a strong correlation between
(d) R (r )
crow birth and cracker sales.
(b) Cracker usage increases crow birth
rate.
(c) If cracker sale declines, crow birth will
decline.
0 r /a 0
(d) Increased birth rate of crows will cause
an increase in the sale of crackers.
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 3
3. Given the following table, which one of 7. For the given unit cells of a two
the following correctly matches the dimensional square lattice, which option
experiments from Group I to their lists all the primitive cells?
inferences in Group II?
1 5
Group I Group II
4
P : Stern-Gerlach 1 : Wave nature of particles
3
experiment
2
Q : Zeeman effect 2 : Quantization of energy of
electrons in the atoms
R : Frank-Hertz 3 : Existence of electron spin (a) 1 and 2
(b) 1 , 2 and 3
experiment
S : Davisson-Germer 4 : Space quantization of
experiment angular momentum (c) 1 , 2 , 3 an d 4
(a) P-2, Q-3, R-4, S-1 (d) 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 and 5
(b) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 8. Among electric field ( E) , magnetic field
(c) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1 ( B) , angular momentum ( L) , and vector
(d) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3 potential ( A) , which is/are odd under
4. In spherical polar coordinates (r, ) , the parity (space inversion) operation?
unit vector ̂ at (10, / 4, / 2) is (a) E only (b) E & A only
1 ˆ ˆ
(a) k̂ ( j k)
(b) (c) E & B only (d) B & L only
2
9. The expression for the second overtone
1 1 ˆ ˆ
(c) ( ˆj kˆ) (d) ( j k) frequency in the vibrational absorption
2 2 spectra of a diatomic molecule in terms
5. The scale factors corresponding to the of the harmonic frequency e and
covariant metric tensor gij in spherical anharmonicity constant xe is
polar coordinates are
(a) 2e (1 xe ) (b) 2e (1 3 xe )
(a) 1, r2, r2 sin2
(c) 3 e (1 2 xe ) (d) 3 e (1 4 xe )
(b) 1, r2, sin2
(c) 1, 1, 1 10. Match the physical effects and order of
magnitude of their energy scales given
(d) 1, r, r sin
e2
6. In the context of small oscillations, which below, where is fine structure
40c
one of the following does NOT apply to
constant; me and mp are electron and
the normal coordinates?
proton mass, respectively.
(a) Each normal coordinate has an eigen-
frequency associated with it Group I Group II
(b) The normal coordinates are P : Lamb shift
1 : ~ O 2 meC2
orthogonal to one another
Q : Fine structure 2 : ~ O m C
4
e
2
(c) The normal coordinates are all
independent R : Bohr energy 3 : ~ O m C m
4 2 2
e p
(d) The potential energy of the system is S : Hyper finestructure 4 : ~ O m C
5
e
2
a sum of squares of the normal
coordinates with constant coefficients
4 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
(a) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 14. The elementary particle 0 is placed in
(b) P-2, Q-3, R-1, S-4 the baryon decuplet, shown below, at
(c) P-4, Q-2, R-1, S-3 ++
(d) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-3
St r angeness
11. The logic expression ABC ABC Q
ABC ABC can be simplified to P R
(a) A XOR C (b) A AND C
S
(c) 0 (d) 1 rd
3 component of isospin
12. At low temperatures (T), the specific heat (a) P (b) Q
of common metals is described by (with
and as constants) (c) R (d) S
15. The intrinsic/permanent electric dipole
(a) T T 3 (b) T 3 moment in the ground state of hydrogen
5 atom is (a0 is the Bohr radius)
(c) exp( / T ) (d) T T
(a) – 3ea0 (b) zero
13. In a 2-to-1 multiplexer as shown below,
the output X = A0 if C = 0, and X = A1 if C (c) ea0 (d) 3ea0
= 1. 16. The high temperature magnetic
susceptibility of solids having ions with
C
magnetic moments can be described by
T 1 with T as absolute temperature
and as constant. The three behaviors
A0 i.e. paramagnetic, ferromagnetic and
X anti-ferromagnetic are described,
respectively, by
A1
(a) 0, 0, 0
(b) 0, 0, 0
Which one of the following is the correct
implementation of this multiplexer? (c) 0, 0, 0
(d) 0, 0, 0
(a) A0
C X 17. Which one of the following is an allowed
A1 electric dipole transition?
1
(a) S0 3 S1
(b) A0
C X (b) 2
P3/2 2 D5/2
A1 2
(c) D5/2 2 P1/2
(c) A0 (d) 3
P0 5 D0
C X
A1 18. In the decay, e ve X , what is
X?
(d) A0
X (a) (b) ve
C
A1 (c) v (d) v
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 5
19. A spaceship is travelling with a velocity Q. 26 — Q. 55 carry two marks each.
of 0.7c away from a space station. The
26. Given V1 ˆ ˆj and V 2 2iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ,
spaceship ejects a probe with a velocity
0.59c opposite to its own velocity. A which one of the following V3 makes
person in the space station would see the (V1 , V2 , V3 ) a complete set for a three
probe moving at a speed Xc, where the dimensional real linear vector space?
value of X is ________ (up to three decimal
places). (a) V3 ˆ ˆj 4 kˆ
20. For an operational amplifier (ideal) circuit
shown below, (b) V3 2ˆ ˆj 2 kˆ
4 kV
(c) V3 ˆ 2 ˆj 6 kˆ
+10 V
2 kV (d) V3 2ˆ ˆj 4 kˆ
V1 –
V0 27. An interstellar object has speed v at the
V2 + point of its shortest distance R from a star
RL
5 kV of much larger mass M. Given
–10 V
v2 2 GM / R , the trajectory of the
if V1 = 1 V and V2 = 2 V, the value of V0 is object is
_______V (up to one decimal place).
(a) circle
21. An infinitely long straight wire is carrying
(b) ellipse
a steady current I. The ratio of magnetic
(c) parabola
energy density at distance r1 to that at r2(
= 2 r1) from the wire is ___. (d) hyperbola
22. A light beam of intensity I0 is falling 28. A particle moves in one dimension under
normally on a surface. The surface a potential V ( x) | x | with some non-
absorbs 20% of the intensity and the rest zero total energy. Which one of the
is reflected. The radiation pressure on the following best describes the particle
surface is given by XI0/c, where X is trajectory in the phase space?
________ (up to one decimal place). Here (a) p
c is the speed of light.
23. The number of independent components
of a general electromagnetic field tensor x
is________.
24. If X is the dimensionality of a free
electron gas, the energy (E) dependence
of density of states is given by E 2 X Y ,
1
(b) p
where Y is ______.
25. For nucleus 164Er, a J 2 state is at x
90 keV. Assuming 164Er to be a rigid rotor,
the energy of its 4+ state is ______ keV
(up to one decimal place).
6 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
(c) p 32. A long straight wire, having radius a and
resistance per unit length r, carries a
current I. The magnitude and direction
x
of the Poynting vector on the surface of
the wire is
2
p (a) I r 2a , perpendicular to axis of the
(d)
wire and pointing inwards
2
x (b) I r 2a , perpendicular to axis of the
wire and pointing outwards
(c) I2r
a , perpendicular to axis of the wire
29. Consider an infinitely long solenoid with and pointing inwards
N turns per unit length, radius R and I 2r
(d) a
, perpendicular to axis of the wire
carrying a current I (t) cos t , where
and pointing outwards
is a constant and is the angular
frequency. The magnitude of electric field 33. Three particles are to be distributed in
at the surface of the solenoid is four non-degenerate energy levels. The
possible number of ways of distribution :
1
(a) 0 NR sin t (i) for distinguishable particles, and
2
(ii) for identical Bosons, respectively, is
1
(b) 0 NR cos t (a) (i) 24, (ii) 4 (b) (i) 24, (ii) 20
2
(c) (i) 64, (ii) 20 (d) (i) 64, (ii) 16
(c) 0 NR sin t
34. The term symbol for the electronic ground
(d) 0 NR cos t state of oxygen atom is
30. A constant and uniform magnetic field (a) 1S0
B B kˆ pervades all space. Which one
0
(b) 1D2
of the following is the correct choice for (c) 3P0
the vector potential in Coulomb gauge? (d) 3P2
(a) B0 ( x y)ˆ 35. The energy dispersion for electrons in one
dimensional lattice with lattice
(b) B0 ( x y) ˆj
parameter a is given by E ( k) E0 12 W
(c) B0 xjˆ cos ka, where W and E0 are constants.
1 The effective mass of the electron near
(d) B0 ( xˆ yjˆ) the bottom of the band is
2
31. If H is the Hamiltonian for a free particle 2 2
with mass m, the commutator [ x,[ x, H ]] (a)
Wa2
is
2
2
(a) / m (b)
Wa2
(b) 2 / m 2
(c)
(c) 2 / (2m) 2Wa2
(d) 2 / (2m) 2
(d)
4Wa2
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 7
36. Amongst electrical resistivity ( ), 39. An n-channel FET having Gate-Source
thermal conductivity ( ), specific heat switch-off voltage VGS(OFF) = –2 V is used
(C), Young’s modulus (Y), and magnetic to invert a 0 – 5 V square-wave signal as
susceptibility ( ), which quantities show shown. The maximum allowed value of
a sharp change at the superconducting R would be ________ k (up to two
transition temperature? decimal places).
(a) , , C, Y (b) , C, +5V
(c) , , C, (d) , Y , 5k
37. A quarter wave plate introduces a V ou t
V in R 5V
path difference of / 4 between the 5V
0V
two components of polarization parallel 0V 100
1 k
and perpendicular to the optic
axis. An electromagnetic wave with – 12 V
40. Inside a large nucleus, a nucleon with
E ( xˆ yˆ ) E0 ei ( kz t) is incident
mass 939 MeVc–2 has Fermi momentum
normally on a quarter wave plate which
1.40 fm–1 at absolute zero temperature.
has its optic axis making an angle 135
Its velocity is Xc, where the value of X is
with the x-axis as shown. _____ (up to two decimal places).
y
(c 197 MeV-fm)
41. 4 MeV -rays emitted by the de-excitation
of 19F are attributed, assuming spherical
O
pt
1358 symmetry, to the transition of protons
ic
ax
from 1d 3/2 state to 1d 5/2 state. If the
is
x
contribution of spin-orbit term to the total
energy is written as C s , the
The emergent electromagnetic wave
magnitude of C is ________ MeV (up to
would be one decimal place).
(a) elliptically polarized
42. An particle is emitted by a 230
90 Th
(b) circularly polarized nucleus. Assuming the potential to be
(c) linearly polarized with polarization as purely Coulombic beyond the point of
that of incident wave separation, the height of the Coulomb
(d) linearly polarized but with polarization barrier is ________ MeV (up to two
decimal places).
at 90 to that of the incident wave
38. A p-doped semiconductor slab carries a e2
( 1.44 MeV-fm, r0 1.30 fm)
current I = 100 mA in a magnetic field 40
B = 0.2 T as shown. One measures Vy = 43. For the transformation
0.25 mV and Vx = 2 mV. The mobility of
Q 2q e12 cos p, P 2q e1 sin p
holes in the semiconductor is ________
(where is a constant) to be canonical,
m2V–1s–1 (up to two decimal places).
the value of is________.
B x d2 f ( x) df ( x)
y y t =1 mm 44. Given 2 f ( x) 0, and
I z dx2 dx
boundary conditions f(0) = 1 and f(1) = 0,
w = 4 mm the value of f(0.5) is ____ (up to two decimal
I = 10 mm places).
8 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
45. The absolute value of the integral 0 8.85 1012 C2 N 1 m 2 ,
3 2
5z 3z
z2 4
dz, 0 4 107 NA 2 , c 3 108 ms 1
49. A microcanonical ensemble consists of 12
over the circle |z – 1.5| = 1 in complex
plane, is ________ (up to two decimal atoms with each taking either energy 0
places). state, or energy state. Both states are
non-degenerate.
46. A uniform circular disc of mass m and
radius R is rotating with angular speed If the total energy of this ensemble is 4 ,
about an axis passing through its its entropy will be _______ kB (up to one
center and making an angle 30 with decimal place), where kB is the Boltzmann
the axis of the disc. If the kinetic energy constant.
of the disc is m 2 R2 , the value of is 50. A two-state quantum system has energy
_____ (up to 2 decimal places). eigenvalues corresponding to the
normalized states . At time t = 0,
the system is in quantum state
1
. The probability that the
2
system will be in the same state at
t h(6 ) is ________ (up to two decimal
places).
47. The ground state energy of a particle of 51. An air-conditioner maintains the room
mass m in an infinite potential well is E0. temperature at 27C while the
It changes to E0 (1 103 ) , when outside temperature is 47C . The heat
conducted through the walls of the room
there is a small potential bump of height
from outside to inside due to temperature
2 2 difference is 7000 W. The minimum work
V0 and width a = L/100, as
50mL2 done by the compressor of the air-
shown in the figure. The value of is conditioner per unit time is ________ W.
________ (up to two decimal places).
52. Two solid spheres A and B have same
V (x ) emissivity. The radius of A is four times
the radius of B, and temperature of A is
twice the temperature of B. The ratio of
x
the rate of heat radiated from A to that
a from B is ________.
V0 53. The partition function of an ensemble at
N
L
a temperature T is Z 2cosh ,
48. An electromagnetic plane wave is kBT
propagating with an intensity where kB is the Boltzmann constant. The
I 1.0 105 Wm–2 in a medium with
30 and 0 . heat capacity of this ensemble at T
kB
The amplitude of the electric field inside is X Nk B , where the value of X is
the medium is ______ 103 Vm1 (up to ________ (up to two decimal places).
one decimal place).
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 9
54. An atom in its singlet state is subjected 55. The quantum effects in an ideal gas
to a magnetic field. The Zeeman become important below a certain
splitting of its 650 nm spectral line is temperature T Q when de Broglie
0.03 nm. The magnitude of the field wavelength corresponding to the root
is ______ Tesla (up to two decimal mean square thermal speed becomes
places). equal to the inter-atomic separation. For
such a gas of atoms of mass 2 1026 kg
(e 1.60 1019 C, me 9.11 1031 kg, and number density 6.4 1025 m3 , TQ =
c 3.0 108 ms1 ) _______ 103 K (up to one decimal
place).
( kB 1.38 1023 J / K, h 6.6 1034 J-s)
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d)
9. (c) 10. (a)
Technical Section
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d)
5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b)
9. (d) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c)
17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (0.185 to 0.189) 20. (– 3.7 to – 3.5)
21. (4 to 4) 22. (1.8 to 1.8) 23. (6 to 6) 24. (1 to 1)
25. (299.9 to 300.1) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a)
29. (a) 30. (c) 31. (b) 32. (a)
33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (a) 36. (b)
37. (c) 38. (1.55 to 1.58) 39. (0.70 to 0.73) 40. (0.28 to 0.31)
41. (1.6 to 1.6) 42. (24.4 to 27.6) 43. (2 to 2) 44. (0.81 to 0.84)
45. (81.60 to 81.80) 46. (0.21 to 0.23) 47. (0.78 to 0.82) 48. (6.5 to 6.7)
49. (6.1 to 6.3) 50. (0.25 to 0.25) 51. (466 to 467) 52. (256 to 256)
53. (0.41 to 0.43) 54. (1.51 to 1.53) 55. (78 to 90)
10 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
EXPLANATIONS
Hence, the descending order of their
GENERAL APTITUDE volumes is
1. Stares - To look at someone for a long (iv), (iii), (ii), (i).
time
2(S1 S2 )
Stairs - A construction designed to bridge 6. Average speed =
a large vertical distance by dividing it into S1 S2
smaller vertical distances, called steps 2(60 90)
2. Errant means misbehaving, exhibiting = km/h
(60 90)
inappropriate behaviour / offending
2 60 90
conduct. = 72 km / h
150
3.
cos x 7. Number of parallelogram
= 4C2 × 5C2
3 54
4! 5!
2 = = 6 = 60
0 x 2! 2! 3! 2! 2
2 100,000
8. B
sin x A
(3,30,000) (2,50,000)
From the curve it is clear that sin x and
cos x both are decreasing in the interval
150000 + y 100000 – y 60000 + y
,
2 y
80000 – y 90000 – y
3 2
4. Area of equilateral triangle = a
4 80,000
90,000
3 2 90000 + y C
3 = a (2,60,000)
4
a2 = 4
a=2 From above diagram,
Now perimeter of equilateral triangle
6,30,000
= 3a = 3 × 2 = 6
= 2y + 1,50,000 + 100000 + 80000
5. (i) Volume of cuboid = (8 × 10 × 6) cm3
+ 60000 + 90000 + 90000
= 480 cm3
63000 = 2y + 57000
(ii) Volume of cube = (8 × 8 × 8) cm3
6,30,000 – 5,70,000 = 2y
= 512 cm3
60000 = 2y
(iii) Volume of cylinder = r 2 h y = 30000
22 Students who failed to clear the test
7 7 7 7 cm3 = 1078 cm3
= 150000 + 60000 + 90000 + 4y
(iv) Volume of Sphere
= 300000 + 4 × 30000 ( y = 30000)
4 4 2
r 3 7 cm3 = 420000
3 3
Students who failed to clear the test
= 1436.75 cm3
= 420000
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 11
9. x2 – 1 = –x
Z P(X, Y, Z)
1
x– =–1
x
r = 10
2 1 = /2
x = 0.2
x2
2
O
4 1 1 Y
Now, x = x2 2 r = 10
4 = /4
x x2
= (3)2 – 2 X
Q
=9–2
=7 x = r sin cos
PHYSICS
= 10sin cos = 0
1. The eigenvalues of a Hermitian matrix 4 2
are all real numbers and the average
value of any physical variable for any state cos 2 0
at any time must be real number.
y = r sin sin
2. An orbital is a mathematical function
called a wave function that describes an 10
= 10sin sin =
electron in an atom. The wave functions 4 2 2
of the atomic orbitals can be expressed and z = r sin
as the product of a radial wave function
10
R and an angular wave function. = 10 cos =
4 2
The no. of maxima in the radial
distribution function is equal to n–1 Unit vector
3. (i) Stern-Gerlach experiment - Existence 1 10 ˆ 10
ˆ i 0 j k
of electron spin 10 2
2
(ii) Zeeman effect - Space quantization of 1
angular momentum
=
2
ĵ kˆ
(iii) Frank-Heartz experiment - 5. The shape of coordinate lines of a constant
Quantization of energy of electrons radial distance, azimuthal as well as polar
in the atoms. angle.
(iv) Davisson-Germer experiment-wave The component of matric tensor
nature of particles.
1 0 0
4. We first plot the point Q on xy – plane 0 r
with polar coordinate (10, /4). We then 0
gij =
0 0 r sin
rotate OQ in the vertical direction (i.e,
So, the scale factors corresponding to the
the rotation remains in the plane spanned
convenient metric tensor in spherical
by z-axis and line OQ) till its angle with
polar coordinates gij = 1, r, r sin.
z-axis reaches /2.
12 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
6. In the context of small oscillations the Group - I Group - II
normal coordinates are orthogonal to one Lamb shift ~ O (5 me c2)
another does not apply to the normal Fine structure ~ O (4 me c2)
coordinates.
Bohr energy ~ O (2 me c2)
7. Lattices can be classified into ‘systems’
Hyperfine structure ~ O (4 me c2/mp)
each system being characterized by the
shape of its associated unit cell. In three 11. ABC ABC ABC ABC
dimensions, the lattices are categorized
into seven crystal lattice ‘systems’. Within
AC B B AC B B
several of these lattices supporting non- = AC AC
primitive unit cell can be defined. The
classification scheme yields a total of 14
B B 1
possible lattices i.e. called Bravis lattices. A C
8. The various field and source quantities 12. At low temperature, the specific heat of
have various symmetry properties under common metals is described by
symmetry operations. E = T + T3.
Such as 13. Let C represent control line, A0 and A1
the inputs, and X be the output, then
(1) P = Parity (space-Inversion, r r
equ ation to desc ribe the desired
Reflection in a mirror. operation is
(2) E = Electric charge conjugation
X CA 0 CA1
(3) M = Magnetic charge conjugation
(Magnetically charged particle (i) If C = 0 then CB = 0 and CA = A0 so
magnetically charged anti-particle i.e, that input A0 is selected
gN gS) (ii) If C = 1 then CB = A1 and CA = 0 so
So, in the given options, choice (b) is odd that input A1 is selected.
under parity operation. We note that only one input is selected at
9. For second overton frequency is n = 0 n a time with the help of control line. So,
=3 the correct implementation of this
w03 w 3 w0 multiplexer is shown below
C
2
7 7
= w e w e x e A0
2 2
X
2
w e 1 w e x e 1 A1
2 2
w03 3we 12we xe Fig (a)
A0
w03 3we 1 4x e X
C
10. The physical effects and order of A1
magnitude of their energy scales Fig (b)
matching as given below.
Hence, option (a) is correct choice.
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 13
3 20. For ideal amplifier input current is zero.
14. The baryon decuplet for intrinsic spin is
2 Then,
shown in given figure, so,
R R
Q Y10 V0 2 V1 2 V2
r1 r2
P Given
R 0 R2 = 4k,
r1 = 2K,
S
r2 = 5K,
The elementary particle 0 is placed in
the baryon decuplet at R. V1 = 1V and V2 = 2V
15. The permanent electric dipole moment 4 4
V0 1 2
in the ground state of hydrogen atom is 2 5
zero. 8
= 2
1 5
16. Magnetic susceptibility
T 10 8
=
C 5
T 18
The three behaviours: = 3.6V
5
For paramagnetic; = 0 21. Magnetic energy density of a straight wire
For ferromagnetic; < 0 1
B
For anti-ferromagnetic; > 0 r2
2 1 3 Ratio of magnetic energy density
17. P3 / 2 L 1,S , J
2 2 B1 r2
= 2
and 2 D 1 5 B2 r12
5 / 2 L 2,S , J
2 2 2 4r 2
2 = 2r = =4
2
P3 / 2 D5 / 2 r 2 r2
This transition allowed electric dipole XI0
22. Radiation pressure (p)
transition c
18. In decay µ e v e X 20
2I0 I0
= 100
µ e v e v c
Here X v µ = anti-neutrinos. 2I0 0.2I0
=
c
0.7c 0.59c
19. The value of X I0 2 0.2
0.59c =
c
0.11c
1.8I0
0.59c p
c
= 0.186
14 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
According to question, 27. If a object be projected from a point has a
Radiation pressure speed v in any direction, then
XI0 2GM
p ve2 =
c R
XI 1.8 I0 2GM
0 or ve =
c c R
X = 1.8 Here v = ve, the object escapes from the
23. The number of independent non-zero gravitational pull of the star and path is
components of a general electromagnetic parabola.
field tensor six. 28. For potential V(x) = |x|
24. If X is the dimensionality of free electron dV ( x)
gas the value of x = 2, then = (with non-zero
dx
energy)
1
y 21 Then best describes the particle trajectory
2
in the phase space in option (a)
25. As we know, the rotational energy of a
molecule is V(x)
h2
E J J 1
8 2 I x
or E J(J + 1)
E1 J J 1
or 1 1
E2 J 2 J2 1 29. The magnitude of electric field at the
surface of the solenoid is
90 2 2 1 o nR2 dI
E2 4 4 1 E =
2r dt
6 o nR2 sin t
= E =
20 2R
( n = N and r = R)
90 20
E2
6 1
E = o NR sin t
2
300.0 KeV
30. Suppose x a region of space that has a
26. Given V1 = iˆ jˆ uniform and constant magnetic field. e.g.,
B = B0 kˆ
and V2 = 2iˆ 3 ˆj 2 kˆ B( r ) = A( r )
The vector V2 can be written as a linear Aiˆ(r) Akˆ (r)
= dx dz
combination of the vectors in V3 .
1 1
Then V3 = 2iˆ (2 3) ˆj 2(2 kˆ ) = Bo Bo = Bo jˆ
2 2
= 2iˆ jˆ 4 kˆ B kˆ = B (r) kˆ B xjˆ
o o o
GATE 2018 (PHYSICS) 15
31. For free particle - The particle is not 34. Oxygen atoms have 8 electrons and the
bound by any potential energy. So the shell structure is 2, 6.
potential is zero and this Hamiltion is the
The ground state electronic configuration
simplest.
of ground state gaseous neutral oxygen
h 2 2 is 2s2, 2p4 and the term symbol is 3p2
For one dimension; H = and
2m x2 35. The effective mass of electron
2
h
For three dimensions; H = 2 h2
2m meff =
d2 E
h2 2
Here, the commutator [x (x, H)] = dk
m
32. Let us consider a long straight wire that
1
has a radius a, resistance per unit length E(k) = Eo W cos ka
r and carries a current I. 2
In order to calculate the Poynting Vector, dE( k) 1
we need to find the electric and magnetic = 0 Wa sin ka
dk 2
field at the surface of the wire.
Electric field, E = IR = Ir d2E( k) 1 2
2
= Wa cos ka
dk 2
0 I
and Magnetic field B = ( cos ka = 1 because electron near the
2a
Electric field and magnetic field at the bottom of the band.)
surface of the wire are perpendicular, then 1
magnitude of the Poynting Vector = W a2
2
EB
S =
0 h2
meff =
1
1 I Wa2
= Ir 0 2
0 2a
I2 r 2h2
S = (inwards) =
2a W a2
33. (i) For distinguishable particle– 36. Electrical Resistivity () : At a certain
No. of particles = 3 temperature and often within a very
The distributed in four non-degenerate narrow temperature range, resistivity of
energy levels certain metals becomes zero.
= (4)3 = 64 Specific Heat (C) : The electronic specific
(ii) For indentical Bosons heat C is not linear with temperature. It
instead fits an exponential form.
ni gi 1 !
=
ni ! gi 1 ! C = A e bT0 / T
(3 4 1)! Magnetic Susceptibility () : This
=
3!(4 1)! quantity shows a very sharp change
at the superconducting transition
6!
= = 20 temperature.
3! 3!
16 GATE 2018 (PHYSICS )
43. Given that The auxiliary equation is
Q 2qe12 cos p 2 – 2 + 1 = 0
= 1, 1
P 2qe 1 sin p Therefore, Complementary function is
we know that transformation P (p, q) and f(x) = (c1 + c2 x)ex
Q(p, q) is canonical if
On applying boundary conditions ,we get
Q P Q P c1 = 1
1
q p p q c2 = – 1
Hence f(x) = (1 – x)ex
e 2 cos2 p sin 2 p 1
So f(0.5) = (1 – 0.5)e0.5
2
e 1 = 0.5e0.5 = 0.82
On taking logarithm to the base e both 45. The given circle
sides, we get z – 1.5 = 1
2 ln e e ln e 1 includes only z = 2 but not include z = –
2. Hence the given integral becomes
2
which is the required value of 5z3 3z2
44. The given differential equation is z 2 dz
z2
2
d f x df x
2 f x 0 5 23 3 22
dx 2 dx 2i `
22
with boundary condition = 2i 13
f(0) = 1 Therefore, absolute value of given
integral is 2 × 13 = 81.68
f(1) = 0
GATE – 2 0 1 7
PH : PHYSICS
1. Identical charges q are placed at five
vertices of a regular hexagon of side a.
The magnitude of the electric field and
the electrostatic potential at the centre
of the hexagon are respectively
q q
(a) 0, 0 (b) 2
,
4 0 a 4 0 a
(a)
q 5q 5q 5q
(c) ,
2 4 a (d) 2
,
4 0 a 0 4 0 a 4 0 a
2. A parallel plate capacitor with square
plates of side 1 m separated by 1 micro (b)
meter is filled with a medium of dielectric
constant of 10. If the charges on the two
plates are 1 C and – 1 C, the voltage
across the capacitor is kV. (up to (c)
two decimal places). (0 = 8.854 10–12 F/m)
3. Light is incident from a medium of
refractive index n = 1.5 onto vacuum. The
smallest angle of incidence for which the (d)
light is not transmitted into vacuum is
degrees. (up to two decimal places).
4. A monochromatic plane wave in free
space with electric field amplitude of 1 7. The atomic mass and mass density of
V/m is normally incident on a fully Sodium are 23 and 0.968 g cm –3 ,
reflecting mirror. The pressure exerted respectively. The number density of
on the mirror is 10–12 Pa. (up to valence electrons is 1022 cm–3.
two decimal places) (0 = 8.854 10–12 F/m). (Up to two decimal places.) (Avogadro
5. The best resolution that a 7 bit A/D number, NA = 6.022 1023).
convertor with 5 V full scale can achieve 8. Consider a one-dimensional lattice with
is mV. (up to two decimal places). a weak periodic potential U(x) =
6. In the figure given below, the input to the 2x
U0 cos . The gap at the edge of the
primary of the transformer is a voltage a
varying sinusoidally with time. The
Brillouin zone k is :
resistor R is connected to the centre tap a
of the secondary. Which one of the U0
(a) U0 (b)
following plots represents the voltage 2
across the resistor R as a function of time? U0
(c) 2 U0 (d)
4
2 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
9. Consider a triatomic molecule of the 14. The wavefunction of which orbital is
shape shown in the figure below in three spherically symmetric :
dimensions. The heat capacity of this (a) px (b) py
molecule at high temperature
(temperature much higher than the (c) s (d) dxy
vibrational and rotational energy scales dz
of the molecule but lower than its bond 15. The contour integral 1 z 2
evaluated
dissociation energies) is : along a contour going from – to +
along the real axis and closed in the lower
half-plane by a half circle is equal to
. (up to two decimal places).
3 16. The Compton wavelength of a proton is
(a) kB (b) 3 kB fm. (up to two decimal places). (mp =
2
9 1.67 10–27 kg, h = 6.626 10–34 Js, e = 1.602
(c) kB (d) 6 kB 10–19 C, c = 3 108 ms–1)
2
10. If the Lagrangian 17. Which one of the following conservation
laws is violated in the decay + + + –
2
1 dq 1
L0 m m2 q2 is modified to (a) Angular momentum
2 dt 2
(b) Total Lepton number
dq
L L 0 q , which one of the (c) Electric charge
dt
following is TRUE? (d) Tau number
(a) Both the canonical momentum and 18. Electromagnetic interactions are :
equation of motion do not change (a) C conserving
(b) Canonical momentum changes, (b) C non-conserving but CP conserving
equation of motion does not change (c) CP non-conserving but CPT conserving
(c) Canonical momentum does not (d) CPT non-conserving
change, equation of motion changes
19. A one dimensional simple harmonic
(d) Both the canonical momentum and oscillator with Hamiltonian
equation of motion change.
p2 1
11. Two identical masses of 10 gm each are H0 k x2 is subjected to a small
2m 2
connected by a massless spring of spring perturbation, H1 = x + x3 + x4. The first
constant 1 N/m. The non-zero angular order correction to the ground state
eigenfrequency of the system is energy is dependent on
rad/s. (up to two decimal places).
(a) only (b) and
12. The phase space trajectory of an
(c) and (d) only
otherwise free particle bouncing between
two hard walls elastically in one dimension 20. For the Hamiltonian H a0 I b. where
is a
(a) straight line (b) parabola a0R, b is a real vector, I is the 2 2
(c) rectangle (d) circle identity matrix, and are the Pauli
13. The Poisson bracket [x, xpy + ypx] is equal matrices, the ground state energy is
to
(a) b (b) 2a0 b
(a) – x (b) y
(c) 2 px (d) py (c) a0 b (d) a0
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 3
21. The coefficient of e ikx in the Fourier 27. An infinite solenoid carries a time varying
expansion of u(x) = A sin2(x) for k = – 2 is current I(t) = At2, with A ¹ 0. The axis of
(a) 0 the solenoid is along the ẑ direction. r̂
A A and ̂ are the usual radial and polar
(a) (b) directions in cylindrical polar
4 4
A A coordinates. B Br rˆ Bˆ B z zˆ is the
(c) (d) magnetic field at a point outside the
2 2
solenoid. Which one of the following
22. The degeneracy of the third energy level
statements is true?
of a 3-dimensional isotropic quantum
harmonic oscillator is (a) Br = 0, B = 0, Bz = 0
(a) 6 (b) 12 (b) Br 0, B 0, Bz = 0
(c) 8 (d) 10 (c) Br 0, B 0, Bz 0
23. The electronic ground state energy of the (d) Br = 0, B = 0, Bz 0
Hydrogen atom is – 13.6 eV. The highest 28. A uniform volume charge density is
possible electronic energy eigenstate has placed inside a conductor (with resistivity
an energy equal to 10–2 m). The charge density becomes
(a) 0 (b) 1 eV 1/(2.718) of its original value after time
femto seconds. (up to two decimal
(c) + 13.6 eV (d)
places) (0 = 8.854 10–12 F/m)
24. A reversible Carnot engine is operated
between temperatures T1 and T2 (T2 > T1) 29. Water freezes at 0C at atmospheric
pressure (1.01 105 Pa). The densities of
with a photon gas as the working
water and ice at this temperature and
substance. The efficiency of the engine is
pressure are 1000 kg/m3 and 934 kg/m3
3T1 T1 respectively. The latent heat of fusion is
(a) 1 (b) 1
4T2 T2 3.34 105 J/kg. The pressure required for
34 43 depressing the melting temperature of ice
T T by 10C is _______ GPa. (up to two
(c) 1 1 (d) 1 1
T2 T2 decimal places)
25. In the nuclear reaction C6 + ve 13N7 +
13
30. The minimum number of NAND gates
X, the particle X is required to construct an OR gate is :
(a) an electron (b) an anti-electron (a) 2 (b) 4
(c) a muon (d) a pion (c) 5 (d) 3
26. Three charges (2 C, – 1 C, – 1 C) are 31. Consider a 2-dimensional electron gas
placed at the vertices of an equilateral with a density of 1019 m–2. The Fermi
triangle of side 1 m as shown in the figure. energy of the system is ________ eV (up
The component of the electric dipole to two decimal places).
moment about the marked origin along (me = 9.31 10–31 kg, h = 6.626 10–34 Js,
the ŷ direction is C m. e = 1.602 10–19 C)
32. The total energy of an inert-gas crystal
0.5 1
is given by E(R) = 12 6 (in eV),
R R
where R is the inter-atomic spacing in
Angstroms. The equilibrium separation
between the atoms is Angstroms.
(up to two decimal places).
4 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
33. Consider N non-interacting, distinguishable 39. The imaginary part of an analytic
particles in a two-level system at complex function is v(x, y) = 2xy + 3y. The
temperature T. The energies of the levels real part of the function is zero at the
are 0 and , where > 0. In the high origin. The value of the real part of the
temperature limit (kB T >> ), what is the function at 1 + i is ______. (up to two
population of particles in the level with decimal places).
energy ?
40. Let X be a column vector of dimension
N n > 1 with at least one non-zero entry.
(a) (b) N
2 The number of non-zero eigenvalues of
N 3N the matrix M = XXT is
(c) (d)
4 4 (a) 0 (b) n
34. A free electron of energy 1 eV is incident (c) 1 (d) n – 1
upon a one-dimensional finite potential
41. JP for the ground state of the 13C6 nucleus
step of height 0.75 eV. The probability of
is
its reflection from the barrier is
(up to two decimal places). 3
(a) 1+ (b)
35. Consider a one-dimensional potential 2
well of width 3 nm. Using the uncertainty
3 1
(c) (d)
principle x.p h 2 , an estimate of 2 2
the minimum depth of the well such that 42. A uniform solid cylinder is released on a
it has at least one bound state for an horizontal surface with speed 5 m/s
electron is (m e = 9.31 10 –31 kg, without any rotation (slipping without
h = 6.626 10–34 J s, e = 1.602 10–19 C) : rolling). The cylinder eventually starts
(a) 1 eV (b) 1 meV rolling without slipping. If the mass and
(c) 1 eV (d) 1 MeV radius of the cylinder are 10 gm and
1 cm respectively, the final linear velocity
36. Consider a metal with free electron
of the cylinder is m/s. (up to two
density of 6 10 22 cm –3. The lowest
decimal places).
frequency electromagnetic radiation to
which this metal is transparent is 1.38 43. The energy density and pressure of a
1016 Hz. If this metal had a free electron photon gas are given by u = aT4 and P =
density of 1.8 1023 cm–3 instead, the u/3, where T is the temperature and a is
lowest frequency electromagnetic the radiation constant. The entropy per
radiation to which it would be unit volume is given by aT3. The value
transparent is 1016 Hz. (up to of is . (up to two decimal places).
two decimal places). 44. Which one of the following gases of
37. An object travels along the x-direction diatomic molecules is Raman, infrared,
with velocity c/2 in a frame O. An and NMR active?
observer in a frame O sees the same object (a) 1H – 1H (b) 12
C – 16O
travelling with velocity c/4. The relative (c) 1H – 35Cl (d) 16
O – 16O
velocity of O with respect to O in units of
c is ______. (up to two decimal places). 45. The + decays at rest to + and .
Assuming the neutrino to be massless,
2 x2 the momentum of the neutrino is _______
38. The integral dx is equal to
x e
0
MeV/c. (up to two decimal places) (m =
_______. (up to two decimal places). 139 MeV/c2,m = 105 MeV/c2).
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 5
46. Using Hund’s rule, the total angular 51. The geometric cross-section of two
momentum quantum number J for the colliding protons at large energies is very
electronic ground state of the nitrogen well estimated by the product of the
atom is effective sizes of each particle. This is
1 3 closest to
(a) (b)
2 2 (a) 10 b (b) 10 mb
(c) 0 (d) 1 (c) 10 b (d) 10 pb
47. Which one of the following operators is 52. For the transistor amplifier circuit shown
Hermitian? below with R1 = 10 k, R2 = 10 k, R3 = 1
(a) i
p x x
2
x2 px (b) i
p xx
2
x 2 px k, and = 99. Neglecting the emitter
2 diode resistance, the input impedance of
2
ip a the amplifier looking into the base for
(c) e x (d) e ipx a
small ac signal is k. (up to two
48. The real space primitive lattice vectors
decimal places.)
a
are a1 axˆ and a2
2
xˆ 3 yˆ . The
reciprocal space unit vectors b1 and b2
for this lattice are, respectively
2 yˆ 4
(a) xˆ and yˆ
a 3 a 3
2 yˆ 4
(b) xˆ and yˆ
a 3 a 3
2 4 xˆ
(c) xˆ and yˆ
a 3 a 3
53. Consider an ideal operational amplifier
2 4 xˆ as shown in the figure below with R1 =
(d) xˆ and yˆ
a 3 a 3 5 k, R2 = 1 k, RL = 100 k. For an applied
49. Consider two particles and two non- input voltage V = 10 mV, the current
degenerate quantum levels 1 and 2. Level passing through R2 is A. (up to
1 always contains a particle. Hence, what two decimal places).
is the probability that level 2 also contains
a particle for each of the two cases :
(i) when the two particles are
distinguishable and
(ii) when the two particles are bosons?
1 1 1 1
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (ii)
2 3 2 2
2 1
(c) (i) and (ii) (d) (i) 1 and (ii) 0
3 2
50. A person weighs wp at Earth’s north pole 54. Consider the differential equation
and we at the equator. Treating the Earth dy
y tan( x) cos( x). If y(0) = 0, y
as a perfect sphere of radius 6400 km, dx 3
the value 100 (wp – we)/wp is _____. (up is . (up to two decimal places).
to two decimal places). (Take g = 10 ms–2).
6 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
55. Positronium is an atom made of an Physics (83), Chemistry and Mathematics
electron and a positron. Given the Bohr (217) and Physics and Mathematics (63).
radius for the ground state of the How many students are taking all 3
Hydrogen atom to be 0.53 Angstroms, the subjects?
Bohr radius for the ground state of (a) 37 (b) 43
positronium is Angstroms. (up to
(c) 47 (d) 53
two decimal places).
61. “If you are looking for a history of India,
56. The ninth and the tenth of this month
or for an account of the rise and fall of
are Monday and Tuesday .
the British Raj, or for the reason of the
(a) figuratively (b) retrospectively cleaving of the subcontinent into two
(c) respectively (d) rightfully mutually antagonistic parts and the
57. It is to read this year’s textbook effects this mutilation will have in the
______ the last year’s. respective sections, and ultimately on
Asia, you will not find it in these pages;
(a) easier, than (b) most easy, than
for though I have spent a lifetime in the
(c) easier, from (d) easiest, from country. I lived too near the seat of events,
58. A rule states that in order to drink beer, and was too intimately associated with
one must be over 18 years old. In a bar, the actors, to get the perspective needed
there are 4 people. P is 16 years old, Q is for the impartial recording of these
25 years old, R is drinking milkshake and matters.’’
S is drinking a beer. What must be Which of the following statements best
checked to ensure that the rule is being reflects the author’s opinion?
followed?
(a) An intimate association does not allow
(a) Only P’s drink for the necessary perspective.
(b) Only P’s drink and S’s age (b) Matters are recorded with an
(c) Only S’s age impartial perspective.
(d) Only P’s drink, Q’s drink and S’s age (c) An intimate association offers an
59. Fatima starts from point P, goes North impartial perspective.
for 3 km, and then East for 4 km to reach (d) Actors are typically associated with
point Q. She then turns to face point P the impartial recording of matters.
and goes 15 km in that direction. She then 62. Each of P, Q, R, S, W, X, Y and Z has been
goes North for 6 km. How far is she from married at most once. X and Y are
point P, and in which direction should she married and have two children P and Q.
go to reach point P? Z is the grandfather of the daughter S of
(a) 8 km, East (b) 12 km, North P. Further, Z and W are married and are
(c) 6 km, East (d) 10 km, North parents of R. Which one of the following
60. 500 students are taking one or more must necessarily be FALSE?
courses out of Chemistry, Physics, and (a) X is the mother-in-law of R
Mathematics. Registration records (b) P and Q are not married to each other
indicate course enrolment as follows : (c) P is a son of X and Y
Chemistry (329), Physics (186),
(d) Q cannot be married to R
Mathematics (295), Chemistry and
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 7
63. 1200 men and 500 women can build a 65. A contour line joins locations having the
bridge in 2 weeks. 900 men and 250 same height above the mean sea level.
women will take 3 weeks to build the The following is a contour plot of a
same bridge. How many men will be geographical region. Contour lines are
needed to build the bridge in one week? shown at 25 m intervals in this plot.
(a) 3000
(b) 3300
(c) 3600
(d) 3900
64. The number of 3-digit numbers such that
the digit 1 is never to the immediate right
of 2 is
(a) 781
(b) 791 Which of the following is the steepest
(c) 881 path leaving from P?
(d) 891 (a) P to Q (b) P to R
(c) P to S (d) P to T
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. 11.25 to 11.34 3. 41.60 to 42.00 4. 8.80 to 8.90
5. 39.30 to 39.50 6. (a) 7. 2.50 to 2.55 8. (a) 9. (d)
10. (b) 11. 14.10 to 14.20 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c)
15. 3.13 to 3.15 16. 1.30 to 1.34 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (d)
20. (c) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b)
25. (a) 26. 1.72 to 1.75 27. (d) 28. 87.50 to 89.50
29. 0.15 to 0.19 30. (d) 31. 2.32 to 2.40 32. 0.90 to 1.10 33. (a)
34. 0.10 to 0.12 35. (b) 36. 2.35 to 2.45 37. 0.27 to 0.31 2
38. 0.43 to 0.45 39. 2.90 to 3.10 40. (c) 41. (d)
42. 3.30 to 3.35 43. 1.30 to 1.36 44. (c) 45. 29.50 to 30.10
46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (c)
50. 0.32 to 0.36 51. (b) 52. 4.75 to 5.01 53. 9.80 to 10.20
54. 0.51 to 0.53 55. 0.99 to 1.10 56. (c) 57. (a)
58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (d) 61. (a) 62. (d)
63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (b)
8 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
EXPLANATIONS
1. q1 a q2 Pressure exerted on the mirror (P)
a a = 0 E02
q6 q3 P = 0 E02 = 8.854 × 10–12 × (1)2
O
a a = 8.854 × 10–12 Pa.
q5 a q4 5. Formula for the Resolution of 7 bit A/D
All sides of regular hexagon are equal = a convertor is given by
Hence charges q1 = q2 = q3 = q4 = q5 = q
1 1
Electric field on the centre will be due to R = 7 5 V = 5 V
q3 and field due to q1 and q4, q2 and q5 2 128
being equal and opposite cancel each = 0.039 = 39 × 10–3V = 39 mV.
other.
6. As transformer is a voltage varying with
1 q
Hence, E = time.
4 0 a2
The plot is :-
5q
Electric potential at point O is V = V
4 0 a
2. Capacitance of parallel plate capacitor is O
given by
t
dielectric constant (K) 10
–6 7. The atomic mass and mass density are
d 10 m 23 and 0.968 g/cm3.
2 2
Area of square plate capacitor (side) (1) 1 The number density of valence electron
K0 A 10 8.854 10 –12 1
(1) is given by
C= =
d 1 10 –6 n
N A (density of sodium)
= 88.54 × 10–6 Atomic mass
|Q| 1 6.023 1023 0.968
As we know that V = =
C 88.54 10 –6 23
6 3
= 0.01129×10 = 11.29 ×10 V = 11.29 kV = 0.2534 1023 = 2.54 1022 cm –3
3. As we know that 8. Weak periodic potential is given by
ni sin c = nt sin 90 2x
U(x) = U0 as . The gap at the edge
(ni = 1.5, nt = 1 as refractive index of a
vacuum is 1)
of the Brillonin Zone k is Uo.
1.5 sin c = 1 a
1 9. Heat capacity of triatomic molecule at
sin c = = 0.6666 higher temperature is given by 6kB.
4.5
As no. of degree of freedom for non-linear
c = sin–1 (0.6666) = 41.80.
triatomic molecule is (3N – 1) = 6.
4. Given
Heat capacity is given by fk B = 6kB.
Electric field (Eo) in x free space = Vm Where kB is boltzman constant.
0 = 8.854 × 10–12 F/m.
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 9
2 O
1 dq 1 –R +R
10. If Lagrangian L0 = m – m2 q2
2 dt 2 z=i
dq CR
is modified to L L 0 q then Poles of f(z) are 1 + z2 = 0 z2 = –1
dt
canonical momentum changes and z = ± i.
equation of motion does not change.
The only pole which lie within contour is
11. The non-zero angular eigen frequency of
at z = i.
the systems is given by
The Residue of f(z) at z = i
k(m1 m2 )
Wn = ( z – i)
m1 m2 Lt z – a f ( z) zLt
z a i 1 z2
1(10 10 –3 ) (10 10 –3 ) 1 1
= –3 –3 == Lt
(10 10 )(10 10 ) i z 2i z i
By cauchy’s residue theorem we have
20 10 –3
=
100 10 –6
c
f ( z) dz = 2i sum of residues.
= 0.2 103 1
= 200
c
f ( z) dz 2i
2i
= 14.14 rad/s. R 1
12. The phase space trajectory of free
–R 1 z2
dz
particles bouncing between two hard R 1
walls elastically in one dimension is
x2
dx
–R 1
rectangle.
Equating real parts
13. The poisson bracket [x, xpy + ypx] is equal
+ 1
= [x, xpy] + [x, ypx]
= x [x, py] + y[x, px]
– 1 x2
dx
+ 1
[ qi p j ]q, p ik jk
1 x2
–
dx 3.14
ij
= 0 + y(1) = y 16. The compton wavelength of a proton is
0 if i j
h
1 if i j =
m pC
14. The wave function of S orbital is
spherically symmetric. As the wave 6.624 10 –34
function of S orbital will depend upon the =
(1.67 10 –27 )(3 108 )
distance from nucleus and does not
= 1.32 × 10–15 m
depend upon direction. Whenever a
subshell is filled or half filled the total mp= 1.67 × 10–27 kg
wave function is spherically symmetric. C = 3 × 108 m/s
dz –
15. The contour integral 1 z 2
17.
conservation of Tau number.
1 18. Electromagnetic interactions are charge
f(z) =
1 z 2 conserving.
10 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
19. Hamiltonian of one dimensional 23. The electronic ground plate energy of
Harmonic oscillator is hydrogen atom is – 13.6 eV. The highest
possible electronic energy eigen state has
p2 1 2
H0 kx energy equal to .
2m 2
n = ................................ E = 0
The first order correction to ground state
is dependent only on . n = 4 ................................ E = – 0.85 eV
n = 3 ................................ E = – 1.51 eV
20. Hamiltonian H a0 I b. n = 2 ................................ E = – 3.40 eV
................................
where a0R, b is a real vector. The
n = 1 ................................ E = – 13.6 eV
ground state energy is a0 b
24. The efficiency of carnot engine is given
Because the eigen value of the by
Hamiltonian T1
= 1 As (T2 > T1)
E0 (Real constant) T2
Ground state energy is given by 25. Nuclear Reaction :
|G> = E = E0 – = a0 – |b|. 13
C6 Ve 13 N7 X the particle is an
21. f(x) =
a0 electron.
a1 cos x a2 cos 2 x .....an cos nx decay transformation
2
b1 sin x ...... bn sin x n P
1 2
A sin 2 (x) dx n P e
a0 =
0 13 1
C6 1 13 N7 0 e
A 2
= sin 2 (x) dx A Hence X is electron.
0
26. Y
2C
1 2
2
an =
0
A sin (x) cos nx dx 0
1 2 1m
bn = A sin 2 (x) sin nx dx 0
0
–1C
1C
Hence coefficient of eikx in the A sin2 (dx) 0
1.5 m
A There are two triangles. The hypotenuse
= . of both these triangles = 1 dm,
4
1dm
22. The degeneracy of third energy level of a Bottom =
3-dimensional is isotropic quantum 2
harmonic oscillator is given by : From pythoyoms theorem are calculate
1 the third side
g(n) = n 1 n 2 H 2 = P2 + B2
2
for third energy level n = 2 2
2 1d
1 id2 = x
g(2) = 2 1 2 2 2
2
2
1 1d
= 12 = 6 x = 1d 2
2 2
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 11
3d P2 – P1 = 176386364.8
Id
= =
1d P2 – 101325 = 176386364.8
4 2
Electric dipole moment is given by P2 = 176487689.8 Pa
= 0.176 GPa
3d
P = (2q) x = 2q 30. Minimum number of NAND gates
2
required to construct ‘OR Gate’ is 3.
= 3qd = 3
A
= 1.732 cm. Output
Y =A+ B
27. The axis of the solenoid is along z
direction B
r̂ and ̂ are the usual radial and polar 31. Given : The density of two dimensional
directions in cylinderical polar cooardinates electron gas = 1019m–2
Fermi energy is given by
B = Br rˆ Bˆ B z zˆ is the magnetic field
outside the solenoid. ah2
F =
m
Br = 0, B = 0, Bz 0.
N
28. A uniform volume charge density is = = 1019 m–2
placed inside a conductor A
2
= 10–2 m
= 10 19
3.14 6.626 10 34
Given : 0 = 8.854 10–12 F/m 9.31 10 31
We know that = 14.80753713 10–18 1.6 10–19
m = 2.36 10–36 eV.
Tm =
m 32. The total energy of an insert crystal is
1 1 0.5 1
= 2 102 sm given by E(R) = 12 6 (in ev)
10 R R
m = rme0 The equilibrium separation between the
atoms is-
rm is dielectric constants = 1
0.5 1
8.854 1012 102 E(R) =
Tm = R12 R6
8.854 1014
0.5 1
= 88.54 10–15 second ECR
R12 R6
= 88.54 femto second.
R12
29. Latent heat of fusion = 3.34 105 J/kg 0.5 = 0.5 = R6 R = (0.5)1/6
R6
From the Relation = 0.91 Å.
dP lfn 33. Given :
=
dT TVSL N non-interacting, distinguishable
P2 lfn T particles in a two level system at
ln 2
P1
dP =
VSP T1 temperature T. The population of the
particle in the level with the energy E is
3.34 105 263 N
P2 – P1 = 1 1
ln .
1000 934 273 2
12 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
ni
1
1 N 36. We know the relation
We know that np e ci 0 / KT .
gi 2 ne 2
WP2
‘Ni’ is the no. of non interacting particles m 0
‘gi’ is the no. of sublevels.
given n 1.8 1023
34. Given:- E = 1 eV 31 12
m e 9.1 10 kg, 0 8.854 10 F / m
V0 = 0.75 eV.
Probability of reflection from the 1.8 10 23 (1.6 10 19 ) 2
potential barrier is given by:- 9.1 10 31 8.854 10 12
2 4.608
K K2 1028 0.057191509 1028
R 1 80.5714
K1 K 2
WP 0.05719 2.38 1027
2mE
where K 1
h 0.238 10 28
2.38 1014 Hz.
2 9.1 1031 1.6 10 19
K1 37. The relative velocity of O with respect to
1.055 10 34
O is given by:-
2m(E V0 )
and K 2 = 5.114971 c c
h
uv 2 4 2c / 8 2 c
W
2 9.1 1031 (0.25) 1.6 1019 uv c2 7 7
1 2 1
1.055 1034 c 8 8
= 2.557485 c2
2 = 0.28 c.
5.114971 2.557485
R
5.114971 2.557485 n 1
e x dx
38. I(n) x
0
2.5574
= (0.3333)2 = 0.108 = 0.10.
7.6724 2
I x 2 e x dx 2xdx = dy
35. Given : 0
me = 9.31 10–31 kg dy
2
h = 6.624 10–34 Js, e = 1.6 10–19 C. Put x = y dx
2 y
We know that
dy 1
Energy of one dimensional potential well I ye y I 2
is given by 0 2 y
h2 1 1 / 2 y 1 3 1 1 1
E y e dy I . .I
8mL2 20 2 2 2 2 2
34 2
6.624 10
0.44
8 9.1 10 31 (3 10 9 )2 4
43.903876 10 68 39. We know that
655.2 1049 f(z) = u(x, y) + i v(x, y)
0.067008357 1019 1.6 1019 = u (x, y) + i (2xy + 3y)
0.1072 103 u (x, y) = 0 at (0, 0)
= 1.0 meV f(z) = 0 at (0, 0)
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 13
By Mi ne – Thompson method dV = TdS
v(x, y) = 2xy + 3y 1
dS = dU 4 aVT 2 dT
v v T
2y, 2x 3
x y 4 3
integrating S = aVT constant
(x, y) 2y, (x, y) 2x 3. 3
4
Put x = z, y = 0 have = 1.33.
3
(z, 0) = 0, (z, 0) = 2z + 3
44. 1H - 35Cl is the diatomic molecule which
f '(z) = 2z + 3
is Raman, infrared and NMR active.
f(z) = z2 + 3z
AS it has xx, xy, yy symmetry. It changes
z2 + 3z = u(x, y) + i (2xy + 3y) its dipole moment as a result of the
(x + iy)2 + 3(x + iy) = u(x, y) + i (2x + 3y) vibration that occurs when IR radiation
x2 – y2 + 2ixy + 3x + 3iy is absorbed.
= u(x, y) + i(2xy + 3y) 45. E = mC2 = E + E
u(x, y) = i2 – y2 + 3x P = 0 = P + P
u(1, 1) = 1 – 1 + 3 = 3. But P = – P
1 mC = P2 m2C 2 P
40. X = 0 , XT = [1, 0 0]
0 P2 m2C 2 = mC + P
1 0 0
m2 m2C
M = XXT = 0 0 0 P
2m
0 0 0
33
(139) 2 (105)2
The number of non-zero eigen value of 3 108
2 139
matrix M = XXT is 1.
41. JP for the ground state of 13C6 nuclues is- 19321 1102 MeV MeV
C 29.8.41
278 2 C
2 4 1 C
1S1 1P3 1P1 = 29.80 MeV/C.
2 2 2
46. Hund's Rule
1 Ground state of Nitrogen (z = 7)
Ground state have J
2 According to Hund's Second Rule
Parity = (–1)1 = (–1)1 = –1 maximum J doe's not play a role because
1 only l = 0 state is totally antisymeleric
Hence, JP for the ground state of 13C6=
2 since the shell is half filled we complete
1 1 3 3
42. mV12 Iw2 to the lonest j = |l – s|= 0 .
2 2 2 2
According to Hund's first rule maximum
V22 V 5
V12 V1 2 2.5m / s. total states us to complete the three
2 2 2 3
43. Given u = aT4 and P = u/3 electrons spins to s =
2
The entropy per unit volume is given by This is symmetric spin.
T3.
14 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
47. Hermitian operator is a deep adjoint a
operator 2 2 ( x 3 y)
2 .
i( Px x2 x2 Px ) a
ax 2 ( x 3 y)
So is a self conjugate
2 2
operator.
2ax 3 ay
ax ax a 3 y
| H | * ( x) H (x)dx
2ax 3 ay
y
2
* x
| H | H | a x a 3 y
2 2 a 3
i( P x 2 x 2 Px) Hence, solution is
x
2
* dx
2 y 4
x and y
P x 2 x 2 Px a 3 a 3
i
x
2
2
* dx
49. Two particles and two non-degenerati
quantum levels 1 and 2.
and after integrating by parts
Probability that level 2 contains a particle
i P x 2 x 2 Px (i) When the two particles are
* x
dx
2 2 distinguishable.
Total no. of states far 2
P x2 x2 P distinguishable particle = 3
* i x x dx
2 Probability of level 2 contains a
particle
i( Px x2 x2 Px )
3 ni
2 =
2 gi
a
48. a1 axˆ, a2 ( x 3 y) (ii) When two particles are basens.
2
Total no. of states for two basen
The reciprocal space unit vectors b1 and
particles = 4
b2 1 2
Ra2 A B
b1 2
a1 Ra2 B A
2 ax Probability of level 2 contains a basen
b2 2
a 2 1
( x 3 y) 2ax particle = .
2 4 2
Ra1
b2 2 2 1
a2 Ra1 Solution is and
3 2
4 a x 4
y 50. g g p gc Rw2
a 3 a 3
x ay 2ax 2
2 2
6.4 106 9.3 105
Ra2
b1 2 3.41 102 m/s2
a1 Ra2
GATE 2017 (PHYSICS) 15
w we mg p mge Bohr radius for the ground state of
100 p 100 positronium
wp mg p
= 2 Bohr radius for hydrogen atom.
g ge = 2 0.53Å = 1.06Å
100 p 100 3.41
gp 56. respectively
57. easier, than
34.1 10 2 0.34.
58. P = 16 years
51. The geometric cross-section of two
colliding protons at large energies is very Q = 25 years
well estimates by the product of the R = milkshake
effective sizes of each particle. Hence it S = Bear
is closest to 10 mb. With above known values, for the rule to
1 1 1 1 be followed we have to check. P's drink
52. R R R R and Sage because he is drinking beer.
in 1 2 E
59.
1 1 1 R 4 km Q
10 10 99(1)
3 km
1 1 1
0.1 0.1 0.010 O P(x)
10 10 99
P
= 0.21010 k m
15
Rin 4.7596 4.75 .
53. Given V = 10 mV S
I=? In PQR
3
R2 1 10 By pythagorus
V = IR (4)2 + (3)2 = PQ2
PQ = 5 km
V 10 10 3
I 10 10 6 A In Now PS = QS – PQ
R 1 103
= 15 – 5 = 10 km.
dy
54. y tan x cos x In POS
dx
x2 (10)2 (6)2 64
IF e
tan xdx
elog sec x sec x
= 8 km. (East)
1
y sec x cos x
cos x
dx C 60. P(A B C) = P((A) + P(B) + P(C)
y sec x x C –[P(A B) + P(B C) P(A C)]
y(0) 0 0 C 0 C 0 –P(A B C)
x
500 = 329 + 186 + 295 – [83 + 217 + 63]
y y cos
sec x 3 3 3 –P(A B C)
1 3.14 P(A B C) = 53.
0.52
3 2 6 61. An intimate association does not allow for
55. Bohr radius for the ground state of the necessary perspective.
hydrogen atom = 0.53Å
16 GATE 2017 (PHYSICS )
62. With diagram: 63. Turn week to reciprocals to make into 1
X and Y are married and have 2 children 1
1200 M + 500 W =
P and Q 2
1
900 M + 250 W =
3
Now 2(1200 M + 500 W) = 1
3(900 M + 250 W) = 1
S is daughter of P and Z is S' grandfather
Which becomes
2400 M + 1000 W = 1
2700 M + 750 W = 1
equating 2700 M – 2400 M
= 100 W – 750 W = 1000 W – 750 W
Z is married to W 300 M – 250 W W = 300 = 6 M.
250 5
6
Put W = M in equation equal to 1 week
5
6
2400M + 1000 M = 1
5
M = 3600
64. 3 digit number
W and Z are parents of R
can be filled from number 0 to 9 hence
– – – in 10 ways.
Hundredth place – can't have 0 and 1,
hence can be filled in 8 ways.
Ten's place – can't have 1 or 2, hence can
be filled in 8 ways.
We can simply
One's place – It can only be filled in 1 way.
Z and P are married and are parents of S.
Hence above conditions prove d is the So, number becomes 881.
answer. 65. P to R is the steepest path because the
path from P to R erasses the most number
of contour lines which are 25 metres
away.
GATE – 2 0 1 6
PH : PHYSICS
5. A window is made up of a square portion
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
and an equilateral triangle portion above
(Q.1 – 5) : Carry One Mark Each it. The base of the triangular portion
1. The volume of a sphere of diameter 1 unit coincides with the upper side of the
is ________ than the volume of a cube of square. If the perimeter of the window is
side 1 unit. 6 m, the area of the window in m 2
(a) least is ___________.
(b) less (a) 1.43 (b) 2.06
(c) lesser (c) 2.68 (d) 2.88
(d) low (Q.6 – 10) : Carry Two Marks Each
2. The unruly crowd demanded that the 6. Students taking an exam are divided into
accused be _____________ without trial. two groups, P and Q such that each group
has the same number of students. The
(a) hanged (b) hanging
performance of each of the students in a
(c) hankering (d) hung test was evaluated out of 200 marks. It
3. Choose the statement(s) where the was observed that the mean of group P
underlined word is used correctly: was 105, while that of group Q was 85.
(i) A prone is a dried plum. The standard deviation of group P was 25,
(ii) He was lying prone on the floor. while that of group Q was 5. Assuming
that the marks were distributed on a
(iii)People who eat a lot of fat are prone
normal distribution, which of the following
to heart disease.
statements will have the highest
(a) (i) and (iii) only probability of being TRUE?
(b) (iii) only (a) No student in group Q scored less
(c) (i) and (ii) only marks than any student in group P.
(d) (ii) and (iii) only (b) No student in group P scored less
4. Fact: If it rains, then the field is wet. marks than any student in group Q.
Read the following statements: (c) Most students of group Q scored
(i) It rains marks in a narrower range than
students in group P.
(ii) The field is not wet
(d) The median of the marks of group P
(iii)The field is wet
is 100.
(iv) It did not rain
7. A smart city integrates all modes of
Which one of the options given below is transport, uses clean energy and promotes
NOT logically possible, based on the given sustainable use of resources. It also uses
fact? technology to ensure safety and security
(a) If (iii), then (iv) of the city, something which critics argue,
(b) If (i), then (iii) will lead to a surveillance state.
(c) If (i), then (ii) Which of the following can be logically
(d) If (ii), then (iv) inferred from the above paragraph?
2 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
1.2
(i) All smart cities encourage the
2
formation of surveillance states. 0.8
(ii) Surveillance is an integral part of a (c)
0.6
smart city. 0.4
0.2
(iii)Sustainability and surveillance go hand 0
–2 – 2
in hand in a smart city. 1.2
(iv) There is a perception that smart cities 1
0.8
promote surveillance.
(d) 0.6
(a) (i) and (iv) only 0.4
(b) (ii) and (iii) only 0.2
0
(c) (iv) only –2 – 2
(d) (i) only
TECHNICAL SECTION
8. Find the missing sequence in the letter
series. (Q.1 – 25) : Carry One Mark Each
B, FH, LNP, _ _ _ _. 1. Consider the linear differential equation
(a) SUWY (b) TUVW dy
xy. If y = 2 at x = 0, then the value
(c) TVXZ (d) TWXZ dx
9. The binary operation is defined as of y at x = 2 is given by
a b = ab + (a + b), where a and b are any (a) e–2
two real numbers. The value of the (b) 2e–2
identity element of this operation, defined (c) e2
as the number x such that a x = a, for
(d) 2e2
any a, is ________.
(a) 0 (b) 1 2. Which of the following magnetic vector
potentials gives rise to a uniform magnetic
(c) 2 (d) 10
10. Which of the following curves represents field B0 kˆ ?
the function.
(a) B0 z kˆ (b) B0 xjˆ
y = ln e sin( x )
for x 2 ? B0 B0 ˆ
Here, x represents the abscissa and y (c)
2
y ˆi x ˆj (d)
2
y i x ˆj
represents the ordinate.
0.5
3. The molecule17O2 is
1 (a) Raman active but not NMR (nuclear
–2 –
0.5
2
magnetic resonance) active.
0
(a) –0.5
(b) Infrared active and Raman active but
–1
not NMR active.
–1.5 (c) Raman active and NMR active.
1.5
1
(d) Only NMR active.
0.5 4. There are four electrons in the 3d shell of
2
(b) –2 – 0 an isolated atom. The total magnetic
–0.5
moment of the atom in units of Bohr
–1
magneton is ________.
–1.5
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 3
5. Which of the following transitions is NOT (a) The Helmoholtz free energy attains a
allowed in the case of an atom, according local minimum.
to the electric dipole radiation selection (b) The Helmoholtz free energy attains a
rule? local maximum.
(a) 2s-1s (c) The Gibbs free energy attains a local
minimum.
(b) 2p-1s
(d) The Gibbs free energy attains a local
(c) 2p-2s
maximum.
(d) 3d-2p
11. N atoms of an ideal gas are enclosed in a
6. In the SU(3) quark model, the triplet of container of volume V. The volume of the
container is changed to 4V, while keeping
mesons , 0 , has
the total energy constant. The change in
(a) Isospin = 0 , Strangeness = 0 the entropy of the gas, in units of NKB ln 2,
(b) Isospin = 1 , Strangeness = 0 is _______, where kB is the Boltzmann
constant.
(c) Isospin = 1/2, Strangeness = +1
12. Which of the following is an analytic
(d) Isospin = 1/2, Strangeness = –1 function of z everywhere in the complex
7. The magnitude of the magnetic dipole plane?
moment associated with a square shaped (a) z2
loop carrying a steady current I is m. If 2
this loop is changed to a circular shape (b) z*
with the same current I passing through 2
(c) z
it, the magnetic dipole moment becomes
pm (d) z
. The value of p is ______.
13. In a Young’s double slit experiment using
light, the apparatus has two slits of unequal
8. The total power emitted by a spherical
widths. When only slit-1 is open, the
black body of radius R at a temperature T
maximum observed intensity on the screen
is P1. Let P2 be the total power emitted by
is 4I 0. When only slit-2 is open, the
another spherical black body of radius maximum observed intensity is I0. When
R/2 kept at temperature 2T. The ratio, both the slits are open, an interference
P1/P2 is _______. (Give your answer upto pattern appears on the screen. The ratio of
two decimal places) the intensity of the principal maximum to
9. The entropy S of a system of N spins, which that of the nearest minimum is _________.
may align either in the upward or in the 14. Consider a metal which obeys the
downward direction, is given by Sommerfeld model exactly. If EF is the
S = kB N[p ln p + (1 – p) ln (1 – p]. Here kB Fermi energy of the metal at T = 0 K and
is the Boltzmann constant. The RH is its Hall coefficient, which of the
probability of alignment in the upward following statements is correct?
direction is p. The value of p, at which (a) R H E 3r / 2
the entropy is maximum, is __________.
(Give your answer upto one decimal place) (b) R H E F2 / 3
10. For a system at constant temperature and (c) R H E F3 / 2
volume, which of the following statements
(d) RH is independent of EF
is correct at equilibrium?
4 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
15. A one-dimensional linear chain of atoms 19. Two blocks are connected by a spring of
contains two types of atoms of masses m1 spring constant k. One block has mass m
and m 2 (where m 2 > m 1 ), arranged and the other block has mass 2m. If the
alternately. The distance between ratio k/m = 4 s–2, the angular frequency of
successive atoms is the same. Assume that
vibration of the two block spring system
the harmonic approximation is valid. At
the first Brillouin zone boundary, which in s–1 is _______. (Give your answer upto
of the following statements is correct? two decimal places)
(a) The atoms of mass m2 are at rest in 20. A particle moving under the influence of
the optial mode, while they vibrate in a central force F(r) k r ( (where r is
the acoustical mode. the position vector of the particle and k is
(b) The atoms of mass m1 are at rest in a positive constant) has non-zero angular
the optical mode, while they vibrate momentum. Which of the following curves
in the acoustical mode. is a possible orbit for this particle?
(c) Both types of atoms vibrate with equal
(a) A straight line segment passing
amplitudes in the optical as well as in
the acoustical modes. through the origin.
(d) Both types of atoms vibrate, but with (b) An ellipse with its center at the origin.
unequal, non-zero amplitudes in the (c) An ellipse with one of the foci at the
optical as well as in the acoustical modes. origin.
16. Which of the following operators is (d) A parabola with its vertex at the origin.
Hermitian?
d 21. Consider the reaction 54 54
25 Mn e 24 Cr X.
(a) The particle X is
dx
d2 (a)
(b) (b) Ve
dx 2
d2 (c) n
(c) i (d) 0
dx 2
d3 22. The scattering of particles by a potential
(d) can be analyzed by Born approximation.
dx 3
In particular, if the scattered wave is
17. The kinetic energy of a particle of rest
replaced by an appropriate plane wave, the
mass m0 is equal to its rest mass energy.
Its momentum in units of m0c, where c is corresponding Born approximation is
the speed of light in vacuum, is _______. known as the first Born approximation.
(Give your answer upto two decimal Such an approximation is valid for
places) (a) large incident energies and weak
18. The number density of electrons in the scattering potentials.
conduction band of a semiconductor at a
(b) large incident energies and strong
given temperature is 2 1019 m–3. Upon
scattering potentials.
lightly doping this semiconductor with
donor impurities, the number density of (c) small incident energies and weak
conduction electrons at the same scattering potentials.
temperature becomes 4 1020 m–3. The (d) small incident energies and strong
ratio of majority to minority charge
scattering potentials.
carrier concentration is ________.
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 5
23. Consider an elastic scattering of particles 27. The number of spectroscopic terms
in l = 0 states. If the corresponding phase resulting from the L.S coupling of a 3p
shift 0 is 90 and the magnitude of the electron and a 3d electron is _______.
incident wave vector is equal to 2 fm-1 28. Which of the following statements is NOT
then the total scattering cross section in correct?
units of fm2 is _______. (a) A deuteron can be disintegrated by
24. A hydrogen atom is in its ground state. In irradiating it with gamma rays of
the presence of a uniform electric field energy 4 MeV.
(b) A deuteron has no excited states.
E E0 zˆ , the leading order change in its
(c) A deuteron has no electric quadrupole
energy is proportional to (E0)n. The value
moment.
of the exponent n is _______.
(d) The 1S0 state of deuteron cannot be
25. A solid material is found to have a
formed.
temperature independent magnetic
susceptibility, = C. Which of the following 29. If s1 and s2 are the spin operators of the
statements is correct? two electrons of a He atom, the value of
(a) If C is positive, the material is a
s1 s2 for the ground state is
diamagnet.
(b) If C is positive, the material is a 3 2 3 2
(a) (b)
ferromagnet. 2 4
(c) If C is negative, the material could be 1 2
(c) 0 (d)
a type I superconductor. 4
(d) If C is positive, the material could be a 30. A two-dimensional square rigid box of side
type I superconductor. L contains six non-interacting electrons
(Q. 26 – 55) : Carry Two Marks Each at T = 0 K. The mass of the electron is m.
26. An infinite, conducting slab kept in a The ground state energy of the system of
horizontal plane carries a uniform charge 2 2
density . Another infinite slab of electrons, in units of is _________.
2mL2
thickness t, made of a linear dielectric
material of dielectric constant k, is kept 31. An alpha particle is accelerated in a
above the conducting slab. The bound cyclotron. It leaves the cyclotron with a
charge density on the upper surface of the kinetic energy of 16 MeV. The potential
dielectric slab is difference between the D electrodes is 50
kilovolts. The number of revolutions the
alpha particle makes in its spiral path
(a)
2k before it leaves the cyclotron is ______.
32. Let Vi be the ith component of a vector
(b) field V , which has zero divergence. If
k
j / x j , the expression for
(k 2)
(c) ijk lmk j l Vm is equal to
2k
(k 1) (a) j k Vi (b) j k Vi
(d)
k
(c) 2 j Vi (d) 2 j Vi
6 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
33. The direction of f for a scalar field maximum value of r/R is ________. (Give
1 2 1 2 your answer upto two decimal places)
f(x, y, z) = x xy z at the point 38. In an inertial frame of reference S, an
2 2
P(1, 1, 2) is observer finds two events occurring at the
(a)
ˆj 2 kˆ (b)
ˆj 2 kˆ same time at coordinates x1 = 0 and x2 = d.
A different inertial frame S moves with
5 5
velocity v with respect to S along the
(c)
ˆj 2 kˆ
(d)
ˆj 2 kˆ
positive x-axis. An observer in S also
5 5 notices these two events and finds them
34. x, y and z are the Pauli matrices. The to occur at times t1 and t2 and at
expression 2x y + y x is equal to
positions x1 and x2 respectively. If
(a) – 3iz (b) –iz
(c) iz (d) 3iz 1
t t2 t1 , x x2 x1 &
35. A particle of mass m = 0.1 kg is initially at v2
1
rest at origin. It starts moving with a c2
uniform acceleration a 10 ˆi ms2 at which of the following statements is true?
t = 0. The action s of the particle, in units (a) t 0, x d
of J-s, at t = 2 s is ______. (Give your (b) t 0, x d /
answer upto two decimal places)
(c) t vd / c 2 , x d
36. A periodic function f(x) of period 2 is
(d) t vd / c 2 , x d /
defined in the interval (– < x < ) as:
39. The energy vs. wave vector (E – k)
1, x 0 relationship near the bottom of a band for
f (x)
1, 0 x a solid can be approximated as
The appropriate Fourier series expansion E = A(ka)2 + B(ka)4, where the lattice
for f(x) is constant a = 2.1 Å. The values of A and B
(a) f(x) = (4/) [sin x + (sin 3x) / 3 are 6.3 × 1–19 and 3.2 × 10–20 respectively.
+ (sin 5x) / 5 + ....] At the bottom of the conduction band, the
ratio of the effective mass of the electron
(b) f(x) = (4/) [sin x – (sin 3x) / 3
to the mass of free electron is _______.
+ (sin 5x) / 5 – ....] (Give your answer upto two decimal
(c) f(x) = (4/) [cos x + (sin 3x) / 3 places)
+ (cos 5x) / 5 + ....]
(Take =1.05 10–34 J-s, mass of free
(d) f(x) = (4/) [cos x – (cos 3x) / 3 electron = 9.1 10–31 kg)
+ (cos 5x) / 5 – ....]
40. The electric field component of a plane
37. Atoms, which can be assumed to be hard electromagnetic wave travelling in vacuum
spheres of radius R, are arranged in an
ˆ The
is given by E(z, t) E cos(kz t)i.
0
fcc lattice with lattice constant a, such that
Poynting vector for the wave is
each atom touches its nearest neighbours.
Take the center of one of the atoms as (a) (c / 2)E2 cos2 (kz t) ˆj
0 0
the origin. Another atom of radius r (b) (c 0 / 2)E02 cos2 (kz t) kˆ
(assumed to be hard sphere) is to be
accommodated at a position (0, a/2, 0) (c) c0 E02 cos2 (kz t) ˆj
without distorting the lattice. The (d) c0 E02 cos2 (kz t) kˆ
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 7
41. Consider a system having three energy levels where and A are constants. Assuming
with energies 0, 2 and , 3 with respective that the thermal effective mass of the
degeneracies of 2, 2 and 3. Four bosons of electrons in the two metals are same,
spin zero have to be accommodated in these which of the following is correct?
levels such that the total energy of the system X 7 A X
is 10. The number of ways in which it can (a) 5 , A 8
Y Y
be done is ____.
42. The Lagrangian of a system is given by X 7 A X 1
(b) 5 , A 8
Y Y
1 2 2
L ml sin 2 2 mgl cos ,
2 X 5 A X 1
where m, l and g are constants. (c) 7 , A 8
Y Y
Which of the following is conserved?
X 5 A X
(a) sin
2
(b) sin (d) 7 , A 8
Y Y
46. A two-level system has energies zero and
(c) sin (d) sin 2 E. The level with zero energy is non-
43. Protons and -particles of equal initial degenerate, while the level with energy
momenta are scattered off a gold foil in a E is triply degenerate. The mean energy
Rutherford scattering experiment. The of a classical particle in this system at a
scattering cross sections for proton on gold temperature T is
and -particle on gold are p and Ee E / k B T Ee E / k B T
respectively. The ratio / p is ________. (a) (b)
1 3e E / kB T 1 e E / kB T
44. For the digital circuit given below, the
3Ee E / kB T 3 Ee E / k B T
output X is (c) (d)
1 e E / kB T 1 3e E / kB T
47. A particle of rest mass M is moving along
A
the positive x-direction. It decays into two
photons 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
X
The energy of 1 is 1 GeV and the energy
B of 2 is 0.82 GeV. The value of M (in units
C of GeV/c2) is ________. (Give your answer
upto two decimal places)
(a) A B C
1
(b) A (B C)
M 45º
(c) A (B C)
60º
(d) A (B C)
2
45. The Fermi energies of two metals X and
Y are 5 eV and 7 eV and their Debye 48. If x and p are the x components of the
temperatures are 170 K and 340 K, position and the momentum operators of
respectively. The molar specific heats of a particle respectively, the commutator
these metals at constant volume at low [x2, p2] is
temperatures can be written as (a) i(xp px) (b) 2i(xp px)
(CV)X = XT + AXT3 and (CV)Y = YT + AYT3, (c) i(xp px) (d) 2i(xp px)
8 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
49. The x-y plane is the boundary between 53. The state of a system is given by
free space and a magnetic material with
1 2 2 3 3
relative permeability r . The magnetic
field in the free space is Bx ˆi Bz kˆ . The where 1 , 2 and 3 from an
magnetic field in the magnetic material orthonormal set. The probability of finding
is the system in the state 2 is _________.
(a) Bx ˆi Bz kˆ (b) Bx ˆi r Bz kˆ (Give your answer upto two decimal
1 ˆ places)
(c) Bx i Bz kˆ (d) r Bx ˆi Bz kˆ
54. According to the nuclear shell model, the
respective ground state spin-parity values
50. Let l,m be the simultaneous eigenstates
15 17
of 8 O and 8 O nuclei are
of L2 and Lz . Here L is the angular
momentum operator with Cartesian 1 1
(a) ,
components (Lx, Ly, Lz), l is the angular 2 2
momentum quantum number and m is 1 5
the azimuthal quantum number. The value (b) ,
2 2
of 1,0 (Lx iLy ) 1, 1 is 3 5
(c) ,
(a) 0 (b) 2 2
3 1
(c) 2 (d) 3 (d) ,
2 2
51. For the parity operator P, which of the 55. A particle of mass m and energy E, moving
following statements is NOT true? in the positive x direction, is incident on
(a) P † P (b) P2 = – P a step potential at x = 0, as indicated in
the figure. The height of the potential is
(c) P2 = I (d) P † P 1 V0, where V0 > E. At x = x0 where x0, 0, the
52. For the transistor shown in the figure, probability of finding the electron is 1/e
assume VBE = 0.7 V and dc = 100. If times the probability of finding it at x = 0.
Vin = 5V, Vout (in Volts) is _________. (Give
your answer upto one decimal place) 2m(V0 E)
If = , the value of x0 is
2
10 V V0
E
3k
Vin Vout
x=0 x = x0
2 1
(a) (b)
200 k
1k 1 1
(c) (d)
2 4
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 9
ANSWERS
General Aptitude
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (c)
Technical Section
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (0 : 0) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (4 : 4) 8. (0.25 : 0.25) 9. (0.5 : 0.5)
10. (a) 11. (2 : 2) 12. (a) 13. (9 : 9) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (1.72 : 1.74)
18. (400 : 400) 19. (2.41 : 2.49) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (2 : 2) 24. (2 : 2)
25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (12 : 12, 6 : 6) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (24 : 24) 31. (80 : 80)
32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (26.65 : 26.68) 36. (a) 37. (0.40 : 0.42) 38. (c)
39. (0.20 : 0.24) 40. (d) 41. (18 : 18) 42. (a) 43. (4 : 4) 44. (b) 45. (a)
46. (d) 47. (1.40 : 1.45) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (c) 51. (b) 52. (5.5 : 5.9) 53. (0.27 : 0.29)
54. (b) 55. (c)
10 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
EXPLANATIONS
dy Magnetic dipole moment
1. = xy
dx 2
2a 4Ia2 4m1
1 = I = =
dy = x dx
y
pm
x2 Comparing with we get p = 4
ln y = ln C
2
8. P A2 T4
x2 /2
y = Ce
P1 = R1 T14
If y = 2, at x = 0, C = 2
P2 = R 22 T 4
x2 /2
y = 2e
P1 R 12 T 4
Value of y at x = 2 is y = 2e2 = R 2 T4
P2 2 2
2. B = A
B0 R 2 T4
B = ( yiˆ xjˆ) = 2
2 R 4
(2T)
ˆ B 2
B = i ˆj kˆ 0 ( yiˆ xjˆ)
x y z 2 R
( T1 = T2, T2 = 2T and R1 = R, R2 =
B0 ˆ B0 ˆ 2
= k k 1
2 2 = = 0.25.
4
B = B0 kˆ
9. S = – kBN [p ln p + (1 – p) ln(1 – p)]
4. For an isolated atom,
For maxima/minima
Since it is case of less than half filled
subshell, according to Hund's Rule, lower dS
=0
J will be in ground state. dp
S = 2, L = 2 p1
or, ln p + – ln (1 – p)
J=L–S=0 p
1
Thus =0
+ (1 – p) (–1) = 0
5. The allowed electric dipole transitions are (1 p)
those involving a change is parity or, ln p + 1 – ln(1 – p) – 1 = 0
For 1S-2S l = 0 both state have same parity p
or, ln =0
so it is not allowed. 1 p
6. According to SU(3) Quark model, the or p=1–p
isospin of mesons (+, 0, –) is 1 and
or 2p = 1
strangeness is zero.
or p = 0.5
7. Mag. dip. moment m1 = Ia2
11. S1 = – NkB ln 1
For circle m2 = Ir2
S2 = – NkB ln 4
Here, 4a = 2r
S = S2 – S1 = NkB ln 4
2a
r= = 2 NkB ln 2
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 11
12. z2 = (x + iy)2 = x2 – y2 + i(2xy) 17. (m – m0)C2 = m0C2
u = x2 – y2, v = 2xy mC2 – m0C2 = m0C2
u v m = 2m0
= = 2x
x y m0
m=
v u v2
= = 2y satisfies 1
x y C2
Imax ( I1 I2 )2 m0
13. = 2m0 =
Imin ( I1 I2 )2 v2
1
C2
2
4I0 I0
= =9
1 v2
= 1
4I0 I0 2 C2
1 v2 1
14. RH n 1 2 =
e C 4
2 v2 1 3
(32 n)2/3 2 =
1 =
and EF = C 4 4
2m
3/2 3/2 3
2m EF v= C
n= 2 2 2
3
3
RH EF–3/2 p = mV = 2m0 C
2
16. Consider
p= 3C
d 2 n
*m .dx
dx2 p = 1.74
18. In intrinsic semiconductor
* d n
dn d*m
= m dx dx .dx ni = ne nh
dx
ne = nh
d*m
d2 *m ni = ne2 = (2 1019)2
–
= dx n n dx2 dx
ni = 4 1038
For doping with donor impurity, in n type
d 2 *m
semiconductor
= .n dx
dx2 ni = nenh
Two arbitary w.f. m(x) n(x) ni = ne2 nh is neglected
Operator A is hermition if ni = (4 1020)2 = 16 1040
Ratio of majority to minority
*m A n dx = (Am )* n dx
16 1040
= = 400
*
* 4 1038
= n A m dx
12 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
1 k Polarization P = 0 e E
19. f=
2
= 0 (K 1) K zˆ
m1 m2 0
where = m m
1 2 (K 1)
= zˆ
m 2m 2m K
= = (K 1)
m 2m 3
1 = P. zˆ
K
1 3k
f= ...(i) 27. 3p 3d electrons
2 2m
Now = 2f l1 = 1 l2 = 2; L = 3, 2,1
1 1
f = ...(ii) s1 = s2 = ; s = 1, 0
2 2 2
Comparing equation (i) and (ii) we get Spectroscopic terms 2s+1LJ
3k Total terms are
=
2m 3F
4,3,2
3D
3,2,1
3P
2,1,0
k 1F 1D 1P
Given =4 3 3 3
m
Total terms = 12
3 1
= 4 = 2.44 ,
2 29. s1 =
2
23. Total scattering cross section
1
s2 =
2 4 2
t = (2l 1)sin
l
l
k2 s= s(s 1)
l = 0 k wave vector 11
s= 1
= 2 fm1 2 2
3
4 =
t = (0 1)sin 2 l 4
k2
3 2
<s1 s2> =
2 4 4
= sin 90
( 2)2 (12 12 ) 2 2 22 12 2 2
30. E = 2 4 2
2mL2 2mL
4
t = 1 = 2 fm2 2(2)2 2 4 5 2 2
2
E=
= 2 fm2 2mL2 2mL2
24. For ground state n = 1 24 2 2
=
For next leading order i.e. 1st excited state 2mL2
n =2 31. K.E. = 2n qV.
So (E0)n = (E0)2 Charge = 2e
26. Electric field 16 106 eV = 2 n 2e 50 103 V
16 106
E = zˆ K zˆ n=
0 2 2 50 103
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 13
4 106 i 0 i 0
= = 0.08 103 = 2
50 103
0 i 0 i
= 80
32. ijk lmk j l Vm = im l l i 0 i 0
= 2
0 i 0 i
= ijlm l l Vm =
1 0 1 0
i k l j
= l m m l = 2i i
0 1 0 1
= 2iz – iz = iz
= m i Vm im l l Vm
35. Given data is insufficient.
= m i Vm l l Vm
1, x 0
i j i j
ijklmk l l Vm = l m m l 36. f(x) =
1, 0 x
= il mj j l
f(x) = a0 (an cos nx + bn sin nx)
n 1
= m i Vm
1
when i = m a0 = 2
f ( x)dx
ijklmk l l Vm = 2j Vi 1
0
= 2 (1) dx (1) dx
x2 z2 0
33. f(x, y, z) = xy
2 2 =0
ˆ f ˆj f kˆ f 1
f = i and an = f ( x) cos nx dx = 0
x y z
= iˆ( x – y) ˆj (– x) kˆ ( z) 1
and bn = f ( x)sin nx dx
At (1, 1, 2)
0
f = – ˆj 2 kˆ 1 cos nx cos nx
= –
n n 0
ˆj 2 kˆ ˆj 2 kˆ
Direction = 1 1 (1)n (1)n 1
= n n n n
2 2
1 2 5
0 1 1 2 2(1)n
34. x = = n n
1 0
0 i If n is even bn = 0
y =
i 0 4
and if n is odd bn =
1 0 n
z =
0 1 Thus Fourier Series is,
2xy + y x 4 1 1
f(x) = sin x sin 3 x sin 5 x ...
0 1 0 i 0 i 0 1 3 5
= 2
1 0 i 0 i 0 1 0
14 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
a vd
t = ,
37. The new location of atom is 0, ,0 ie c2
2
x = d
on middle of y-axis,
39. E = A(ka) + B(ka)4
2
If new atom of radius r fits on it then,
E
a = 2Ak a2 + 4Bk3a4
=r+R ...(i) k
2
2E
For FCC, 2 a = 4R = 2 Aa2 + 12Bk2a4
k2
4 At bottom of band k = 0
a= R = 2 2 R ...(ii)
2 Effective Mass
From (i) and (ii) 2 2
me =
2 2 E 2A a2
2
R =R+r
2 k2
or ( 2 1) R = r (1.05 10 34 )2
me =
r 2 6.3 1019 (2.1 10 10 )2
2 – 1 = 0.414
R 1.1025 10 68
=
55.57 1039
vx2 vx = 0.01984 10–29
t2 2
t1 21
c c = 19.84 10–32 kg
38. t2 – t1 =
v2 v2 me 19.84 10 32
1 2 1 2
c c =
m 9.1 10 31
v = 2.18 10–1
( x2 x1 )
t2 t1 2
= c 0.218 = 0.22
v2 v2
1 2 1 2 40. E (z, t) = E0 cos(kz – t)i
c c
1
v = ˆ E(z, t)
z
or t = t – 2 x B c
c
Given t = 0, x = d E0
= cos( kz t) ˆj
v c
t = – d
c2 The poynting vector of the wave will be,
x2 – x1 = x2 vt2 x1 vt1 1
S = (E B)
v2 v2 0
1 2 1 2
c c
1
x2 – x1 v t2 – t1 = [E02 cos2 ( kz t) kˆ ]
= – 0
1 – v2 / c2 1 – v2 / c2
x = x – vt = c0 E02 cos2 ( kz t) kˆ
Given t = 0, x = d
x = d
GATE 2016 (PHYSICS) 15
(ni gi 1)! 44. A
A
41. W = (n )!( g 1)!
i i
n1 = 2, g1 = 2, n2 = 2, g2 = 3
X = A.(B+C)
(2 2 1)! (2 3 1)! B B+C
W =
2!(2 1)! 2!(3 1)! C
Not gate
3! 4!
= OR gate
2! 1! 2! 2!
NOR Gate
6 432
= 45. Heat capacity is defined as
2 2 2
CV = rT + AT3
= 3 6 = 18
3 2 1
ml 2 2 r = 2 NkB E
42. L = [ sin 2 2 ] mgl cos F
2
3
L NkB2 1
h = = ml2 sin2 is const. rx 2 EFx
=
ry 3
NkB2 1
2 E Fy
d
(ml2 sin2) = 0
dt rx EFy 7
or =
or ml2 sin2 = const. ry EFx 5
or sin2 = const. 1
A = 234 NkB .
43. Total scattering cross section 3D
15 1
p = 2 ()sin d 234 NkB
Ax 3D x
0 =
Ay 1
diff scattering Cross Section 234 NkB
2
3D y
1 zze2 4
() = cosec D y
3
3
4 2E 2 340
=
= 23 = 8
2
Dx 170
zze2
p rx
2E 7
Thus r = ,
and E z2 y 5
z = 1 for p Ax
z = 79 for gold Ay = 8
E z2
gi Ei e Ei / kB T
For atom z = 2 and z = 79 46. <E> =
2 gi eEi / kBT
1 79e2
p 0 e0 / kB T 3 E e E / kB T
21 =
2 e 0 / kBT 3 e E / kB T
79 2 e2
3E e E / kB T
4 1 =
1 3 e E / kBT
=4
p
16 GATE 2016 (PHYSICS)
So in medium
47. p2 c 2 M 2 c 4 = E ...(1)
ˆ ˆ
Also, E = E1 + E2 ...(2) B = Bx i Bz k
0
E = 1 + 0.82 = 1.82 GeV
r 0 ˆ ˆ
E1 cos 1 E2 cos 2
B = B xi Bz k
Also, p= 0
c c
1 1 1 1 B = r B x iˆ B z kˆ
= 0.820
c 2 c 2 50. Lx + iLy = L+
1.11 <l1, m|L + | l, m>
= GeV = <1, 0 |L + | 1, – 1>
c
pc = 1.11 = l(l 1) m(m 1)
p c2 = 1.21
2
Putting in (1) = 20 = 2
1.21+ M2c4 = 3.312 51. According to parity rule,
M2c4 = 2.077 P2 –P
M= 2.077 = 1.40 VEE VBE
52. IC =
48. [x2 p2] = 2i (xpx + pxx) RE RB
We know ˆ x ] = i x
[ xˆ, p 5 0.7 5 0.7
= = 1.43
200 3
[ xˆ 2 , p
ˆ x ] = [ xˆ xˆ px ] 1
100
= [ xˆ px ] xˆ xˆ [ xˆ px ] VC = VCC – ICRC
= 2i xˆ = 10 – 1.43 3
= 10 – 4.29 = 5.71 Volt
[ x, p2x ] = [ xˆ pˆ x pˆ x ]
= [ xˆ p
ˆx]p
ˆx p
ˆ x [ xˆ p
ˆx] 53. For 2 ,
= 2i px i p
ˆx 22
Probability =
= 2i px 1 22 32
2
2 2
ˆ x2 ]
[ x p ] = [ x. x p 4 4
x = = = 0.28
1 4 9 14
ˆ 2x ]x xˆ [ xˆ p
= [x p ˆ x2 ]
= 2i px x x 2i px 54. 8O17 : (1S1/2)2 (1P3/2)4 (1P1/2)2 (1d5/2)1
ˆ x2 ] = 2i ( px x x px )
[ x2 p 5
Hence I = l = 2, even parity
49. x-y plane is the boundary free space and a 2
magnetic material with relative 15 : (1S 2 (1P )4 (1P )
8O 1/2) 3/2 1/2
permeability r
1 1
In free space B = B x iˆ B z kˆ I= l = 1 odd parity I =
2 2
In material only field will change along 55. e–1 = e–2 x0
x direction ẑ will not change 1
x0 =
2
GATE – 2 0 1 5
PH : PHYSICS
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
5. Choose the statement where underlined
(Q. 1–5) : Carry One Mark Each word is used correctly.
(a) When the teacher eludes to different
1. Tanya is older than Eric.
authors, he is being elusive.
Cliff is older than Tanya.
(b) When the thief keeps eluding the
Eric is older than Cliff. police, he is being elusive.
If the first two statements are true, then (c) Matters that are difficult to
the third statement is: understand, identify or remember are
(a) True (b) False allusive.
(c) Uncertain (d) Data insufficient (d) Mirages can be allusive, but a better
2. Choose the appropriate word/phrase, out way to express them is illusory.
of the four options given below, to (Q. 6–10) : Carry Two Marks Each
complete the following sentence: 6. A coin is tossed thrice. Let X be the event
Apparent lifelessness __________dormant that head occurs in each of the first two
life. tosses. Let Y be the event that a tail
occurs on the third toss. Let Z be the event
(a) harbours (b) leads to
that two tails occur in three tosses. Based
(c) supports (d) affects on the above information, which one of
3. Fill in the blanks with the correct idiom/ the following is TRUE?
phrase. (a) X and Y are not independent
That boy from the town was a ______ in (b) Y and Z are dependent
the sleepy village. (c) Y and Z are independent
(a) dog out of herd (d) X and Z are independent
(b) sheep from the heap 7. Select the appropriate option in place of
underlined part of the sentence.
(c) fish out of water
Increased productivity necessary reflects
(d) bird from the flock greater efforts made by the employees.
4. Five teams have to compete in a league, (a) Increase in productivity necessary
with every team playing every other team (b) Increase productivity is necessary
exactly once, before going to next round.
(c) Increase in productivity necessarily
How many matches will have to be held
(d) No improvement required.
to complete the league round of matches?
8. Right triangle PQR is to be constructed
(a) 20 (b) 10
in the xy-plane so that the right angle is
(c) 8 (d) 5 at P and line PR is parallel to the x-axis.
The x and y coordinates of P, Q and R are
to be integers that satisfy the
2 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
inequalities: –4 x 5 and 6 y 16. How 2. The lattice parameters a, b, c of an
many different triangles could be orthorhombic crystal are related by
constructed with these properties? a = 2b = 3c. In units of a the interplanar
(a) 110 (b) 1,100 separation between the (110) planes is
________ (upto three decimal places)
(c) 9,900 (d) 10,000
3. In Bose-Einstein condensates, the
9. Given below are two statements followed
particles
by two conclusions. Assuming these
statements to be true, decide which one (a) have strong interparticle attraction
logically follows. (b) condense in real space
Statement : (c) have overlapping wave functions
I. No manager is a leader. (d) have large and positive chemical
II. All leaders are executives. potential
Conclusions : 4. Given that the magnetic flux through the
I. No manager is an executive. R
II. No executive is a manager. closed loop PQRSP is . If A . dl
P
= 1
(a) Only conclusion I follows. R
(b) Only conclusion II follows. along PQR, value of A . dl along PSR is
P
(c) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
(d) Both conclusions I and II follow. Q R
10. In the given figure angle Q is a right
angle, PS : QS = 3 : 1, RT : QT = 5 : 2 and P
PU : UR = 1 : 1. If area of triangle QTS is
S
20cm2, then the area of triangle PQR in
cm2 is_______.
R (a) – 1 (b) –
(c) – 1 (d) 1
5. A satellite is moving in a circular orbit
U T around the Earth. If T, V and E are its
average kinetic, average potential and
total energies, respectively, then which
P Q
S one of the following options is correct?
(a) V = –2T ; E = –T
PH : PHYSICS (b) V = –T ; E = 0
–T T
(Q.1–25) : Carry One Mark Each (c) V = ;E=
2 2
1. The decay + e+ + is forbidden, because 3T T
it violates (d) V = – ;E= –
2 2
(a) momentum and lepton number 6. A beam of X -ray of intensity I0 is incident
conservations normally on a metal sheet of thickness
(b) baryon and lepton number 2 mm. If intensity of the transmitted
conservations beam is 0.025I0. The linear absorption
(c) angular momentum conservation coefficient of the metal sheet m–1 is ______
(d) lepton number conservation (upto one decimal place)
GATE 2015 (PHYSICS) 3
7. The energy dependence of the density of shown in the figure. Across the interface
states for a two dimensional non- of the two dielectric materials, which one
relativistic electron gas given by, of the following statements is correct?
g(E) = CEn , where C is constant. The
value of n is
8. The Pauli matrices for three spin –1/2
particles are 1 , 2 and 3 , respectively..
The dimension of the Hilbert space
required to define an operator +Q –Q
Ô = 1 . 2 3 is
9. In the given circuit, the voltage across
the source resistor is 1 V. The drain
voltage (in V) is
25 V
(a) E and D are continuous
5 k
(b) E is continuous and D is discontinuous
(c) D is continuous and E is discontinuous
(d) E and D are discontinuous
13. A point charge is placed between two
semi-infinite conducting plates which are
inclined at an angle of 30 with respect to
each other. The number of image charges
is _________
2 M 500
14. Four forces are given below in Cartesian
and spherical polar coordinates.
(i) F1 K exp(r 2 / R 2 )rˆ
10. Let L and p be the angular and linear
(ii) F2 K( x3 yˆ y3 zˆ)
momentum operators, respectively, for a
particle. The commutator (Lx, py] gives (iii) F3 K( x3 xˆ y3 yˆ )
(a) –i pz (b) 0 (iv) F4 K(ˆ / r)
(c) i px (d) i pz where K is a constant. Identify the correct
option.
11. Which one of the following DOES NOT
represent an exclusive OR operation for (a) (iii) and (iv) are conservative but (i)
inputs A and B and (ii) are not
(b) (i) and (ii) are conservative but (iii) and
(a) (A+B)AB (b) AB + BA (iv) are not
(c) (A +B) (A + B) (d) A +B) AB (c) (ii) and (iii) are conservative but (i) and
12. The space between two plates of a (iv) are not
capacitor carrying +Q and –Q is filled with (d) (i) and (iii) are conservative but (ii) and
two different dielectric materials, as (iv) are not
4 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
15. The dispersion relation for phonons in a 18. In a Hall effect experiment, the Hall
one dimensional monatomic Bravais voltage for an intrinsic semiconductor is
lattice with lattice spacing a and negative. This is because (symbols carry
consisting of ions of masses M is given by usual meaning)
(a) n p (b) n > p
2C
(k) = [1 cos( ka)], where the
M (c) µe > µh (d) me* mh*
frequency of oscillation, k is the 19. An operator for a spin-½ particle is given
wavevector and C is the spring constant. B
For the long wavelength modes ( > > a),
by  .B, where B ( xˆ yˆ ),
2
the ratio of the phase velocity to the group denotes Pauli matrices and is a
velocity is _______
constant. The eigen values of A are
16. Consider a system of N non-interacting
B
spin-½ particles, each having a magnetic
(a) (b) B
moment µ , is a magnetic field B B zˆ. 2
If E is the total energy of the system, the (c) 0, B (d) 0, – B
number of accessible microstates is 3
given by 20. The value of t2 (3t 6) dt is _______
0
N! (upto one decimal place)
(a) =
1 E 1 E 2 2
N ! N+ ! 21. If f ( x) e – x and g(x) = x e– x , then
2 µB 2 µB
(a) f and g are differentiable everywhere
E (b) f is differentiable everywhere but g is
N !
µB
(b) = not
E (c) g is differentiable everywhere but f is
N !
µB not
1 E 1 E (d) g is discontinuous at x = 0
(c) = N ! N + !
2 µB 2 µB 22. For a black body radiation in a cavity,
photons are created and annihilated freely
N!
(d) = as a result of emission and absorption by
E the walls of the cavity. This is because
N !
µB (a) the chemical potential of the photons
17. Consider a complex function f(z) is zero
1 (b) photons obey Pauli exclusion principle
= . Which one of the
1
z z cos ( z) (c) photons are spin –1 particles
2
(d) the entropy of the photons is very large
following statements is correct ?
23. The mean kinetic energy of a nucleon in
1
(a) f(z) has simple poles at z = 0 and z = a nucleus of atomic weight A varies as
2 An , where n is (upto two
1 decimal places)
(b) f(z) has a second order pole at z =
2 24. Consider w = f(z) = u(x, y) + iv(x, y) to be
(c) f(z) has infinite number of second
an analytic function in a domain D. Which
order poles
one of the following options is NOT
(d) f(z) has all simple poles correct?
GATE 2015 (PHYSICS) 5
(a) u(x, y) satisfies Laplace equation in D
Vi +
(b) v(x, y) satisfies Laplace equation in D V0
_
z2
(c) f ( z) dz is dependent on the choice
9 k
z1
of the contour between z1 and z2 in D R
1 k L
(d) f(z) can be Taylor expanded in D
25. In an inertial frame S, two events A and
(a) series-shunt, Af = 9
B take place at ( ctA 0, rA 0) and
(b) series-series, Af = 10
(ctB 0, rB 2) respectively. The times (c) series-shunt, Af = 10
at which these events take place in a (d) shunt-shunt, Af = 10
frame S moving with a velocity 0.6c yˆ 28. Match the phrases in Group I and
with respect to S are given by Group II and identify the correct option.
(a) ctA 0; ctB 3 / 2 Group I
(b) ctA 0; ctB 0 (P) Electron spin resonance (ESR)
(c) ctA 0; ctB 3 / 2 (Q) Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
(d) ctA 0; ctB 1 / 2 (R) Transition between vibrational states
of a molecule
(Q. 26–55) : Carry Two Marks Each (S) Electronic transition
26. A particle is confined in a box of length L Group II
as shown below.
(i) radio frequency
(ii) visible range frequency
(ii) microwave frequency
(iv) far-infrared range
(a) (P-i), (Q-ii), (R-iii), (S-iv)
(b) (P-ii), (Q-i), (R-iv), (S-iii)
(c) (P-iii), (Q-iv), (R-i), (S-ii)
(d) (P-iii), (Q-i), (R-iv), (S-ii)
V0 29. The binding energy per molecule of
L/2 NaCl (lattice parameter is 0.563 nm) is
If the potential V 0 is treated as a 7.95 eV. The repulsive term of the
perturbation, including the first order K
potential is of the form , where K is a
correction, the ground state energy is r9
2 2 2 2 V constant. The value of the Madelung
(a) E V0 (b) E 0 constant is _______ (upto three decimal
2mL2 2mL 2
2
places)
2 2 V0 2 2 V (Electron charge e = –1.6 10 –19 C;
(c) E (d) E 0
2mL 2
4 2mL 2
2 0 = 8.854 10–12 C2N–1m–2)
27. In the given circuit, if the open loop gain 30. In a rigid-rotator of mass M, if the energy
A = 105, the feedback configuration and of the first excited state is 1 meV, then
the closed loop gain Af are the fourth excited state energy (in meV)
is _______
6 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
31. The excitation wavelength of laser in a 35. A function y(z) satisfies the ordinary
Raman effect experiment is 546 nm. If 1 m2
differential equation y y 2 y 0,
the stokes' line is observed at 552 nm, z z
then the wavenumber of the anti-Stokes' where m = 0, 1, 2, 3,..... Consider the four
line (in cm–1) is ______ statement P, Q, R, S as given below.
32. The Hamiltonian for a system of two P: zm and z–m are linearly independent
solutions for all values of m
particles of masses m1 and m2 at r1 and
Q: zm and z–m are linearly independent
r2 having velocities v1 and v2 is given by solutions for all values of m>0
1 1 C R: In z and 1 are linearly independent
2 2
H = m1 v1 m2 v2 2 zˆ.(r1 r2 ), solutions for m = 0
2 2 (r1 r2 )
S: zm and z are linearly independent
where C is a constant. Which one of the solutions for all values of m
following statements is correct? The correct option for the combination of
(a) The total energy and total momentum valid statements is
are conserved (a) P, R and S only (b) P and R only
(b) Only the total energy is conserved (c) Q and R only (d) R and S only
(c) The total energy and the z – 36. The average energy U of a one
component of the total angular dimensional quantum oscillator of
momentum are conserved frequency and in contact with a heat
(d) The total energy and total angular bath at temperature T is given by
momentum are conserved 1 1
(a) U cot h
33. A particle with rest mass M is at rest and 2 2
decays into two particles of equal rest
1 1
(b) U sin h
3 2 2
masses M which move along the
10 1 1
(c) U tan h
z axis. Their velocities are given by 2 2
(a) v1 v2 (0.8 c) zˆ 1 1
(d) U cos h
2 2
(b) v1 v2 (0.8c) zˆ
37. Consider a system of eight non-
interacting, identical quantum particles
(c) v1 – v2 (0.6c) zˆ
of spin-3/2 in a one dimensional
(d) v1 (0.6 c) zˆ ; v2 (–0.8 c) zˆ box of length L. The minimum excitation
2 2
34. The band gap of an intrinsic energy of the system, in units of
2mL2
semiconductor is E g = 0.72 eV and is _________
mh* 6me* . At 300 K, the Ferm level with 38. The Lagrangian for a particle of mass m
respect to the edge of the valence band at a position r moving with a velocity v
(in eV) is at ____ (upto three decimal place) m 2
is given by L = v Cr .v V(r), where
KB = 1.38 10–23JK–1 2
V(r) is a potential and C is constant. If pc
GATE 2015 (PHYSICS) 7
is the canonical momentum, then its X
Hamiltonian is given by
1 2 Z
(a) pc Cr V r
2m
1 2 Y
(b) pc Cr V r (ii)
2m
(a) The dipole moment is zero in both (i)
pc2
(c) V r and (ii)
2m
(b) The dipole moment is non-zero in (i)
1 2 but zero in (ii)
(d) pc C2 r 2 V r
2m
(c) The dipole moment is zero in (i) but
39. The entropy of a gas containing N particles non-zero in (ii)
enclosed in a volume V is given by
(d) The dipole moment is non-zero in both
aVE3 2 (i) and (ii)
S = NkB ln 52 , where E is the total
N 41. Given that the Fermi energy of gold is
energy, a is a constant and k B is the 5.54 eV, the number density of electrons
Boltzmann constant. The chemical is 1028 m–3 (upto one decimal place)
potential of the system at a temperature
Mass of electron = 9.11 10 –31 kg;
T is given by
h = 6.626 10–34 J.s; 1 eV = 1.6 10–19J)
aVE3 2 5 42. Consider the motion of the Sun with
(a) kB T ln 52
N 2 respect to the rotation of the Earth about
aVE3 2 3 its axis. If Fc and FCo denote the
(b) kB T ln 52
centrifugal and the Coriolis forces,
N 2
respectively, acting on the Sun, then
aVE3 2 5
(c) kB T ln 32 (a) Fc is radially outward and FCo Fc
N 2
(b) Fc is radially inward and FCo 2Fc
aVE3 2 3
(d) kB T ln (c) Fc is radially outward and FCo 2Fc
N
32
2
(d) Fc is radially outward and FCo 2Fc
40. A charge – q is distributed uniformly over
43. The Heaviside function is defined as
a sphere, with a positive charge q at its
center in Also in (ii), a charge – q is 1 for t 0
H(t) = and its Fourier
distributed uniformly over an ellipsoid
1 for t 0
with a positive charge q at center. With
respect to the origin of the coordinate transform is given – 2i/. The Fourier
system, which one of the following 1 t 1 t 1 is
statement is correct ? transform of H H
2 2 2
X
sin cos
Z 2 2
(a) (b)
Y 2 2
(i)
(c) sin (d) 0
2
8 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
44. In the simple current source shown in the The correct spin – parity and isospin
figure, Q1 and Q2 are identical transistors assignments for the ground state of 13C is
with current gain = 100 and VBE = 0.7 V
VCC = 30 V 1 1 1 1
(a) ; (b) ;
2 2 2 2
5 K I0
3 1 3 1
(c) ; (d) ;
Q1 Q2 2 2 2 2
48. Which one of the following represents the
electron occupancy for a superconductor
in its normal and superconducting states ?
The current I0 (in mA) is _______ (upto
two decimal places) (a) Superconducting
Normal
state state
1
45. Let the Hamiltonian for two spin
2 f(E) f(E)
particles of equal masses m, momenta p1
and p2 and positions r1 and r2 be E E
1 2 1 2 1 Superconducting
H=
2m
p1
2m 2
p2 m2 r12 r22 k 1 2 (b) Normal
state
state
where 1 and 2 denote the corresponding
f(E) f(E)
Pauli matrices, = 0.1 eV and k = 0.2 eV..
If the ground state has net spin zero, then
E E
the energy (in eV) is
46. A monochromatic plane wave (wave length Superconducting
(c) Normal
state
= 600 nm) E0 exp i kz t is incident state
normally of a diffraction grating giving
f(E) f(E)
rise to a plane wave E1 exp i k1 r t
in the first order of diffraction. Here E E
1 3
E1 < E0 and k1 k1 xˆ zˆ . (d) Normal Superconducting
2 2 state state
The period (in m) of the diffraction
grating is (upto one decimal f(E) f(E)
place).
47. In the nuclear shell model, the potential
is modeled as E E
1
V(r) m2 r 2 L S, 0
2
GATE 2015 (PHYSICS) 9
R
49. A plane wave xˆ iyˆ E0 exp i kz t
after passing through an optical element C
Vi –
emerges as xˆ iyˆ E0 exp i kz t , V0
+
where k and are the wavevector and
the angular frequency respectively. The R
optical element is a
(a) quarter wave plate
Vi
(b) half wave plate
(c) polarizer 1
(d) Faraday rotator
50. A long solenoid is embedded in a
conducting medium and is insulated from
1 2 3 t
the medium. If the current through the
(a) Vo
solenoid is increased at a constant rate,
the induced current in the medium as 1
function of the radial distance r from the
axis of the solenoid is proportional to
1 2 3 t
2
1
(a) r inside the solenoid and outside –1
r
(b) Vo
1
(b) r inside the solenoid and 2 outside
r 1
1
(c) r2 inside the solenoid and outside
r2 1 2 3 t
1
(d) r inside the solenoid and outside –1
r
(c) Vo
51. A particle of mass 0.01 kg falls freely in
the earth’s gravitational field with an 0.1
initial velocity v(0) = 10 ms–1. If the air
exerts a frictional force of the form,
f = – kv, then for k = 0.05 Nm–1s, the 1 2 3 t
velocity (in ms–1) at time t = 0.2 s is
(upto two decimal places) (use –0.1
g = 10 ms–2 and e = 2.72) (d) Vo
52. Consider the circuit shown in the figure,
where RC = 1. For an input signal Vi 1
shown below, choose the correct Vo from
the options :
1 2 3 t
10 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
53. Suppose a linear harmonic oscillator of 54. The number of permitted transitions from
2
frequency and mass m is in the state P3/2 2S 1/2 in the presence of a weak
magnetic field is
1 i
0 e 2
1 at t = 0 where 55. The atomic masses of 152
63 Eu, 152 1
62 Sm, 1 H
2
and neutron are 151.921749, 151.919756,
0 and 1 are the ground and the first 1.007825 and 1.008665 in atomic
mass units (amu), respectively.
excited states, respectively. The value of
Using the above information, the
Q-value of reaction 152 152
x in the units of at t = 0 63 Eu n 62 Sm p
m
is 10–3 amu (upto three decimal
is
places)
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b)
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (280)
TECHNICAL SECTION
1. (d) 2. (0.445 to 0.450) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a)
6. (1844.3 to 1844.5) 7. (0) 8. (8) 9. (15)
10. (d) 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (11) 14. (d)
15. (0) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b)
20. (1.3) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (–0.67 to – 0.66)
24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d)
29. (1.745 to 1.751) 30. (10) 31. (18513 to 18519 )
32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (0.394 to 0.395) 35. (c)
36. (a) 37. (5) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (5.9 to 6.0) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (5.74 to 5.75) 45. (–0.3)
46. (1.2) 47. (a) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (d)
51. (4.93 to 4.98) 52. (b) 53. (0) 54. (6)
55. (2.830 to 2.835)
GATE 2015 (PHYSICS) 11
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE
10. Let area of triangle PQR be ‘A’
2. From steam
Apparent : looks like QS 1
Now = ( PQ = QS + SP)
dormant : hidden PS 3
Harbour : give shelter SQ 1 1
= =
Hence, apparent life lessness harbours PQ 13 4
dormant life. QT 2
and = ( QR = QT + RT)
3. That boy from the town was a fish out of RT 5
water in the sleepy village. QT 2 2
4. In order a match to be played, we need 2 = =
QR 25 7
teams
1
No. of matches = No. of ways of selections Now, Area of QTS = SQ QT
2
2 teams
5! 1 1 2
20 = PQ QR
from 5 teams = 5C2 =
(5 2)!2! 2 4 7
5! 1 2 1
= = 10 20 = PQ QR
3! 2! 4 7 4
1
6. When three coins are tossed, 20 = Area of PQR
4
Total outcome = { HHH, HTH, HTT, THT,
TTH, HHT, THH, TTT} 1
20 = A
Now ‘x’ is the event that head occurs in 4
each of the first two tosses A = 14 20 = 280 cm2
x = {HHT, HHH}
and ‘y’ is the event that a tail occurs on PHYSICS
third tosses 4. Q
y = {HTT, THT, HHT, TTT}
R
Event ‘y’ is dependent on event ‘x’. P
and ‘z’ is the event that two tail occurs in
S
three tosses
given magnetic flux through the loop
z = {HTT, THT, TTH} PQRS P is .
Hence event (z) is dependent on event ‘x’ R
Option (b) is correct if A dl 1 (along PQR),
P
9. From the questions, P
A dl 2 ?
R
Leaders A dl (around close loop)
And
Manager
then = 1 + 2
Executive R P
A dl = P
A dl A dl
R
Hence neither conclusion I nor II follows.
12 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
therefore, 2 = – 1 1 1
= ln
(option (b) is correct) 2 103 .025
5. Virial theorem for the potential
1
V(r) = Krn is = ln 40
2 10 3
nE
(K.E.) T = = 1844.439
n+2
10. L and p be the angular and linear
2E
and (P.E.) V = momentum operators, respectively, for
n+2
a particle
1
for circular orbit V(r) = L x py = ?
r
i.e. n = –1 L =rp
T n i j k
=
V 2
= x y z
T 1 px py pz
=
V 2
L = ( ypz zpy )iˆ ( zpx xpz ) j ( xpy ypx ) k
2T V
i.e. x component will be
(1)E
and T = Lx = ( ypz zpy )
1 + 2
T =–E then
or L x , py = ypz zpy , py
E T
Therefore answer (a) is correct answer. = ypz , py zpy , py
6. When an X-ray beam incident on a metal
sheet or slab, the intensity of transmitted = y[pz, py] + [y, py]pz – [z, py]py – z[py, py]
beam is given by
I = IO e–x 0 i h pz 0 0
where,
L x , py = i h pz
= linear absorption coefficient
and x is the thickness of metal sheet 11. Exclusive OR
or slab if A & B is input then
IO (intensity of x-rays) truth table is written as for exclusive OR
I A B Y AB AB
Then = e–x
IO
0 0 0
IO 0 1 1
ex =
I 1 0 1
I 1 1 0
x = ln O
I taking (a) option
1 IO
= ln
x I
GATE 2015 (PHYSICS) 13
= (A B) AB
= (A B) (A B) by Demorgan’s
Theorem
V0
AB = A B
Which satisfy truth table L/2
Similarly (b) and (c) also satisfy the truth L
table for exclusive OR V0 0 x
2
Here, H =
Hence (d) will be the right. 0 L
x
18. In Hall effect experiment polarity of Hall 2
voltage determine weather the
semiconductor specimen is N-type or 2 L 2 x
E(1)
n
= V0 sin 2 dx
P-type. L 0
L
3
2 2 L 2 2x
20. t (3t 6) dt = V0 1 cos dx
0 2L 0
L
As we know shifting properties of dirac
delta function is defined as
L/ 2
f ( x) ( x a)dx = f(a)
=
2V0
x sin
2x
2L L
And also 2
1 L 0
(kx) = ( x)
k
2V0 L V0
3
=
2L 2 0 2
2
Therefore = t (3(t 2)) dt
0 then ground state energy,
1 3 2 2 2 V
= 3 t (t 2) dt E= 2
0
0
2mL 2
28. Electron spin resonance (ESR) falls on
1 4 microwave frequency region of
= .4 = = 1.333
3 3 Electromagnetic spectrum. Nuclear
magnetic resonance (NMR) falls on radi
3
2 frequency region of E.M. spectrum.
t (3t 6) dt = 1.333
0 Transition between vibrational state of a
26. Ist order perturbation energy, molecule lie in far-infrared and IR region.
And Electronic transition occur in
En : E(0) (1)
n En
ultraviolet and visible frequency range.
En = E (0)
n n HP n So option (d) is correct.
where, E(1)
n
= 0n HP 0n
14 GATE 2015 (PHYSICS)
30. Energy of a rigid rotator is given by 1 1
(Quantum Mechanically) v =
540nm
= .0018518 10+9 m
h2
Erot = J J 1 = 18518.519 (cm–1)
8 2 I
34. For intrinsic semiconductor,
where J – rotational quantum number
and I – moment of inertia EC E V 3 mn
EF = KT ln
Given, for first excited state 2 4 me
3 6me
h2 = 0.72 ev KT ln
Erot = 2 4
8 2 I me
and K = 1.38 1023 J/K
2
h
1 meV = 2 1.38 10 23
8 2 I = ev K
1.6 10 19
h2 1 = 8.62 105 ev K
2 = mev
8 I 2 K T = 8.62 10–5 300
For fourth excited state = 0.02586 ev
h2 3
E4rot = 4(5) EF = 0.72 0.02586 ln(6)
8 2 I 4
EF = 0.72 0.0347511
1 EF = 0.75475
= 20 mev
2 And Fermi level with respect to the edge
4 of valence band will be
E rot
= 10 mev
EF = 0.3944
31. In Raman spectroscopy, lines having wave 54. In the presence of weak magnetic field
length greater then that of incident the permitted transition from
wavelength are called stokes line and
2p3/2 2s1/2 is as
those having shorter wavelength,
antistokes lines. 3/2
1/2
i.e. 2p3/2
–1/2
Excitation wavelength –3/2
1/2
2s1/2
Antistokes Stokes wavelength –1/2
lines lines
these Antistokes and stokes lines are as M J 0, 1 (selection rule)
symmetrically displaced about parent but MJ = 0 MJ = 0 if J = 0
lines.
therefore permitted transition is 6.
i.e., stokes line observed at = 552 nm
then Antistokes line would be at = 540 nm
and wavenumber equivalent to this
GATE - 2014
PH : PHYSICS
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q. 1 – 5 carry one mark each
5. A foundry has a fixed daily cost of ` 50,000
1. A student is required to demonstrate a whenever it operates and a variable cost
high level of comprehension of the of ` 800 Q, where Q is the daily production
subject, especially in the social sciences. in tonnes. What is the cost of production
The word closest in meaning to in ` per tonne for a daily production of
comprehension is 100 tonnes?
(a) understanding (b) meaning Q. 6 – 10 carry two marks each
(c) concentration (d) stability 6. Find the odd one in the following group:
2. Choose the most appropriate word from (a) ALRVX (b) EPVZB
the options given below to complete the
(c) ITZDF (d) OYEIK
following sentence.
7. Anuj, Bhola, Chandan, Dilip, Eswar and
One of his biggest ______ was his ability
Faisal live on different floors in a six-
to forgive.
storeyed building (the ground floor is
(a) vice (b) virtues
numbered 1, the floor above it 2, and so
(c) choices (d) strength on). Anuj lives on an even-numbered
3. Rajan was not happy that Sajan decided floor. Bhola does not live on an odd
to do the project on his own. On numbered floor. Chandan does not live
observing his unhappiness, Sajan on any of the floors below Faisal’s floor.
explained to Rajan that he preferred to Dilip does not live on floor number 2.
work independently. Eswar does not live on a floor
Which one of the statements below is immediately above or immediately below
logically valid and can be inferred from Bhola. Faisal lives three floors above
the above sentences? Dilip. Which of the following floor-person
(a) Rajan has decided to work only in a combinations is correct?
group.
Anuj Bhola Chandan Dilip Eswar Faisal
(b) Rajan and Sajan were formed into a (a) 6 2 5 1 3 4
group against their wishes. (b) 2 6 5 1 3 4
(c) 4 2 6 3 1 5
(c) Sajan had decided to give in to Rajan’s (d) 2 4 6 1 3 5
request to work with him.
8. The smallest angle of a triangle is equal
(d) Rajan had believed that Sajan and he
to two thirds of the smallest angle of a
would be working together.
quadrilateral. The ratio between the
4. If y = 5x2 + 3, then the tangent at x = 0, angles of the quadrilateral is 3:4:5:6. The
y=3 largest angle of the triangle is twice its
(a) passes through x = 0, y = 0 smallest angle. What is the sum, in
(b) has a slope of +1 degrees, of the second largest angle of the
(c) is parallel to the x-axis triangle and the largest angle of the
(d) has a slope of –1 quadrilateral?
2 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
9. One percent of the people of country X Q. 1 – 25 carry one mark each
are taller than 6 ft. Two percent of the 1. The unit vector perpendicular to the
people of country Y are taller than 6 ft. surface x2 + y2 + z2 = 3 at the point (1,1,1) is
There are thrice as many people in
country X as in country Y. Taking both xˆ yˆ zˆ xˆ yˆ zˆ
countries together, what is the (a) (b)
3 3
percentage of people taller than 6 ft?
(a) 3.0 (b) 2.5
xˆ yˆ zˆ xˆ yˆ zˆ
(c) (d)
(c) 1.5 (d) 1.25 3 3
10. The monthly rainfall chart based on 2. Which one of the following quantities is
50 years of rainfall in Agra is shown in invariant under Lorentz transformation?
the following figure. Which of the (a) Charge density (b) Charge
following are true? (k percentile is the (c) Current (d) Electric field
value such that k percent of the data fall
below that value) 3. The number of normal Zeeman splitting
800 components of 1P 1D transition is
700
Average
5 percentile
(a) 3 (b) 4
600
95 percentile
(c) 8 (d) 9
4. If the half-life of an elementary particle
Rainfall (mm)
500
400 moving with speed 0.9c in the laboratory
300 frame is 5 × 10–8 s, then the proper half-life
200
is ______ × 10–8s. (c = 3 × 108 m/s)
100 5. An unpolarized light wave is incident from
0
air on a glass surface at the Brewster angle.
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec The angle between the reflected and the
(i) On average, it rains more in July than in refracted wave is
December (a) 0° (b) 45°
(ii) Every year, the amount of rainfall in
August is more than that in January (c) 90° (d) 120°
(iii) July rainfall can be estimated with better 6. Two masses m and 3m are attached to the
confidence than February rainfall two ends of a massless spring with force
(iv) In August, there is at least 500 mm of constant K. If m = 100 g and K= 0.3 N/m ,
rainfall then the natural angular frequency of
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iii) oscillation is ________ Hz .
(c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (iii) and (iv) 7. The electric field of a uniform plane wave
PHYSICS propagating in a dielectric, non-conducting
Some Useful Constants medium is given by,
Speed of light in free space c = 3 × 108 m/s E xˆ 10 cos(6 107 t 0.4 z)V / m.
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.380 × 10–23 J/K The phase velocity of the wave is
Planck’s constant h = 6.626 × 10–34 J.s __________ × 108 m/s.
Electron charge e = 1.602 × 10–19 C 8. The matrix
Permittivity of free space 1 1 1 i
0 = 8.854 × 10–12 C2 / N.m2 A 1 i 1 is
Permeability of free space 3
0 = 4 × 10–7 H/m (a) orthogonal
Mass of electron me = 9.31 × 10–31 kg (b) symmetric
Mass of proton mp = 1.67 × 10–27 kg (c) anti-symmetric
Mass of neutron mn = 1.675 × 10–27 kg (d) unitary
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 3
9. The recoil momentum of an atom is 1
pA when it emits an infrared photon of (a) 1 ( x1 )2 ( x1 ) 1 ( x2 ) 2 ( x2 )
2
wavelength 1500 nm, and it is pB when it
emits a photon of visible wavelength 500 nm. 1
(b) 1 ( x1 )2 ( x2 ) 1 ( x2 ) 2 ( x1 )
pA 2
The ratio is
pB 1
(c) 1 ( x1 )2 ( x1 ) 1 ( x2 ) 2 ( x2 )
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2
3
(c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 : 2 1
(d) 1 ( x1 ) 2 ( x2 ) 1 ( x2 ) 2 ( x1 )
10. For a gas under isothermal conditions, 2
its pressure P varies with volume V as 14. If the vector potential
P V –5/3 . The bulk modulus B is
proportional to A = xxˆ 2 yyˆ 3 zzˆ,
(a) V–1/2 (b) V–2/3 satisfies the Coulomb gauge, the value of
(c) V –3/5
(d) V–5/3 the constant is _____________.
11. Which one of the following high energy 15. At a given temperature, T, the average
processes is allowed by conservation energy per particle of a non-interacting
laws? gas of two-dimensional classical harmonic
(a) p + p 0 + 0 oscillators is _________kBT
(kB is the Boltzman constant).
(b) p 0 + n
16. Which one of the following is a fermion?
(c) n p + e– + ve
(a) particle (b) 4Be7 nucleus
(d) e (c) Hydrogen atom (d) Deuteron
12. The length element ds of an arc is given 17. Which one of the following three-quark
by, (ds)2 = 2(dx1)2 + (dx2)2 + 1 2
3 dx dx . states (qqq), denoted by X, CANNOT be a
The metric tensor gij is possible baryon? The corresponding
electric charge is indicated in the
3 superscript.
2 3 2
2 (a) X++ (b) X+
(a) (b)
3 1 3 –
(c) X (d) X– –
1
2 18. The Hamilton’s canonical equations of
motion in terms of Poisson Brackets are
3
2 1 1 (a) q {q, H}; p { p, H}
(c) 3
(d) 2
3 (b) q {H, q}; p {H, p}
3
2 2 2
2 (c) q {H, p}; p {H, q}
13. The ground state and the first excited (d) q { p, H}; p {q, H}
state wave functions of a one dimensional
19. The Miller indices of a plane passing
infinite potential well are 1 and 2 , through the three points having
respectively. When two spin-up electrons
are placed in this potential, which one of 1 1 1
coordinates (0,0,1) (1,00), , , are
the following, with x1 and x2 denoting the 2 2 4
position of the two electrons, correctly (a) (212) (b) (111)
represents the space part of the ground (c) (121) (d) (211)
state wave function of the system?
4 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
20. The plot of specific heat versus
k
temperature across the super-conducting
transition temperature (T C) is most
appropriately represented by
(a) Cp
k
–/a O /a
The variation of the group velocity vk is
TC T
most appropriately represented by
vk
(b) Cp
k
(a) –/a O /a
TC T
vk
(c) Cp
(b) k
–/a O /a
TC T
vk
(d) Cp
(c) –/a k
O /a
TC T
21. If L is the orbital angular momentum
vk
and S is the spin angular momentum,
then, L S does NOT commute with
(d) k
(a) Sz (b) L2 –/a O /a
(c) S2 (d) (L S)2
22. The energy, k for band electrons as a
function of the wave vector, k in the first 23. For a free electron gas in two dimensions,
Brillouin zone ( / a k / a) of a one the variation of the density of states, N(E)
dimensional monatomic lattice is shown as a function of energy E, is best
as (a is lattice constant) represented by
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 5
(a) N(E)
(c) V0
t
E t0
V
(b) (d) V0
N(E)
t
t0
E 25. The minimum number of flip-flops
required to construct a mod-75 counter is
_______.
(c) N(E) Q. 26 – 55 carry two marks each.
26. A bead of mass m can slide without friction
along a massless rod kept at 450 with the
vertical as shown in the figure. The rod
E is rotating about the vertical axis with a
constant angular speed . At any instant,
r is the distance of the bead from the
(d) N(E)
origin. The momentum conjugate to r is
z
E
24. The input given to an ideal OP-AMP
integrator circuit is m
45º
V r
x
V0
1
(a) mr (b) mr
2
t
t0 1
(c) mr (d) 2mr
The correct output of the integrator circuit 2
is 27. An electron in the ground state of the
V hydrogen atom has the wave function
1
( r ) e ( r / a0 )
3
(a) V0 a 0
where a0 is constant. The expectation
t
t0 value of the operator Q̂ z2 r 2 , where
V
z = r cos is
ar n r(n) (n 1)!
(Hint: 0 e r dr n1 )
(b) V0 a an 1
(a) a02 / 2 (b) a02
t
t0 (c) 3a02 / 2 (d) 2a02
6 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
28. For Nickel, the number density is 33. A planet of mass m moves in a circular
8 × 10 23 atoms/cm 3 and electronic orbit of radius r0 in the gravitational
configuration is 1s 2 2s2 2p6 3s 2 3p6 3d 8 k
4s 2. The value of the saturation potential V(r) = – , where k is a positive
magnetization of Nickel in its r
ferromagnetic state is _____ × 109 A/m. constant. The orbital angular momentum
of the planet is
(Given the value of Bohr magneton
B = 9.21 × 10–21 Am2) (a) 2r0 km (b) 2r0 km
29. A particle of mass m is in a potential given
by (c) r0 km (d) r0 km
2
a ar 0 34. The moment of inertia of a rigid diatomic
V(r ) , 3 molecule A is 6 times that of another rigid
r 3r
where a and r0 are positive constants. diatomic molecule B. If the rotational
When disturbed slightly from its stable energies of the two molecules are equal,
equilibrium position, it undergoes a then the corresponding values of the
simple harmonic oscillation. The time rotational quantum numbers JA and JB
period of oscillation is are
(a) JA = 2, JB = 1 (b) JA = 3, JB = 1
mr03 mr03 (c) JA = 5, JB = 0 (d) JA = 6, JB = 1
(a) 2 (b) 2
2a a 35. The value of the integral
2mr03 mr03 z2
(c) 2
a
(d) 4
a
e
C
z
1
dz,
30. The donor concentration in a sample of where C is the circle |z| = 4, is
n-type silicon is increased by a factor of (a) 2 i (b) 22 i
100. The shift in the position of the Fermi 3
(c) 4 i (d) 42 i
level at 300K, assuming the sample to
36. A ray of light inside Region 1 in the
be non degenerate is ______ meV.
xy- plane is incident at the semicircular
(kBT = 25 meV at 300 K) boundary that carries no free charges. The
31. A particle of mass m is subjected to a electric field at the point P(r0, /4) in plane
potential,
polar coordinates is E1 7eˆr 3eˆ , where
1
V(x, y) = m2 ( x2 y2 ), eˆr and ê are the unit vectors. The
2
– x , – y emerging ray in Region 2 has the electric
The state with energy 4 is g-fold field E2 parallel to x-axis. If 1 and 2 are
degenerate. The value of g is _______. the dielectric constants of Region 1 and
32. A hydrogen atom is in the state
Region 2 respectively, then 2 is ___
1
y
8 3 4
200 310 321 ,
21 7 21
P(r0, /4)
where n, l, m in nlm denote the principal,
orbital and magnetic quantum numbers, O
1 2 x
respectively. If L is the angular Region 1 Region 2
momentum operator, the average value
of L2 is _______ 2 .
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 7
37. The solution of the differential equation 1 1 2 0
1 ,
d2 y 3 0 3 1
y 0,
dt2 1 0
subject to the boundary conditions where and represent the spin-
0
1
y(0) = 1 and y() = 0, is
up and spin-down states, respectively.
(a) cos t + sin t(b) cosh t + sinh t When the system is in the state 2, its
(c) cos t – sin t(d) cosh t – sinh t probability to be in the spin-up state is
38. Given that the linear transformation of a __________.
generalized coordinate q and the 43. Neutrons moving with speed 103 m/s are
corresponding momentum p, used for the determination of crystal
Q = q + 4ap structure. If the Bragg angle for the first
P = q + 2p order diffraction is 300, the interplanar
is canonical, the value of the constant spacing of the crystal is _________Å.
a is ______. (Given : mn = 1.675 × 10–27 kg,
39. The value of the magnetic field required h = 6.626 × 10–34 J.s)
to maintain non-relativistic protons of 44. The Hamiltonian of a particle of mass m
energy 1 MeV in a circular orbit of radius
p2 q2
100 mm is ________ Tesla. is given by H = . Which one of
2m 2
(Given: mp = 1.67 × 10–27 kg,
the following figures describes the motion
e = 1.6 × 10–19 C)
of the particle in phase space?
40. For a system of two bosons, each of which p
can occupy any of the two energy levels
0 and and , the mean energy of the
system at a temperature T with (a) q
1
= k T is given by
B
e e 2e 2e p
(a)
1 2ee e 2e
1 ee
(b) (b)
2e e e2e q
e 2e
2e e
(c)
2 e e e2e
e p
ee 2e2
(d)
2 e e e2e
41. In an interference pattern formed by two (c) q
coherent sources, the maximum and the
minimum of the intensities are 9I0 and
I0, respectively. The intensities of the
individual waves are p
(a) 3I0 and I0 (b) 4I0 and I0
(c) 5I0 and 4I0 (d) 9I0 and I0 (d) q
42. 1 and 2 are two orthogonal states of a
1
spin system. It is given that
2
8 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
45. The intensity of a laser in free space is 51. A nucleus X undergoes a first forbidden
150 mW/m2. The corresponding amplitude -decay to a nucleus Y. If the angular
of the electric field of the laser is _______ momentum (I) and parity (P), denoted by
V/m. 7
IP as for X, which of the following is a
(0 = 8.854 × 10–12 C2 / N.m2) 2
46. The emission wavelength for the possible IP value for Y?
transition 1 D2 1 F3 is 3122 Å. The ratio 1 1
(a) (b)
of populations of the final to the initial 2 2
states at a temperature 5000 K is 3 3
(h = 6.626 × 10–34 J.s, c = 3 × 108 m/s, (c) (d)
2 2
kB = 1.380 × 10–23 J/K) 52. The current gain of the transistor in the
(a) 2.03 × 10–5 (b) 4.02 × 10–5 following circuit is dc = 100. The value of
(c) 7.02 × 10 –5
(d) 9.83 × 10–5 collector current Ic is ______ mA.
47. Consider a system of 3 fermions, which
12 V
can occupy any of the 4 available energy
states with equal probability. The entropy
of the system is 3 k 20 F
(a) kB ln2 (b) 2kB ln2 V0
(c) 2kB ln4 (d) 3kB ln4 150 k
48. A particle is confined to a one dimensional Vi
20 F
potential box with the potential
V(x) = 0, 0 < x < a 3 k
= , otherwise
If the particle is subjected to a
perturbation, within the box, W = x, 53. In order to measure a maximum of
where is a small constant, the first order 1V with a resolution of 1mV using a n-bit
correction to the ground state energy is A/D converter, working under the
(a) 0 (b) a/4 principle of ladder network, the minimum
(c) a/2 (d) a value of n is _____________ .
49. Consider the process + + – + + –. 54. If L+ and L– are the angular momentum
The minimum kinetic energy of the ladder operators, then, the expectation
muons () in the centre of mass frame value of (L + L – + L –L +), in the state
required to produce the pion () pairs at | l 1, m 1 of an atom is _____ 2 .
rest is _______ MeV.
55. A low pass filter is formed by a resistance
(Given: m = 105 MeV/c2, R and a capacitance C. At the cut-off
m = 140 MeV/c2).
1
50. A one dimensional harmonic oscillator is angular frequency c , the voltage
in the superposition of number states, RC
gain and the phase of the output voltage
n , given by relative to the input voltage respectively,
are
1 3 (a) 0.71 and 45º
|2 |3 .
2 2 (b) 0.71 and – 45º
The average energy of the oscillator in (c) 0.5 and –90º
the given state is ______________ . (d) 0.5 and 90º
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 9
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (1300 to 1300) 6. (d)
7. (b) 8. (180 to 180) 9. (d) 10. (b)
PHYSICS
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (2.1 to 2.3)5. (c) 6. (1.99 to 2.01)
7. (1.49 to 1.51) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (b) 12. (b)
13. (d) 14.(0.99 to 1.01) 15. (1.99 to 2.01) 16. (b) 17. (d)
18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (a) 21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (a)
25. (6.99 to 7.01) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (40 to 43) 29. (a)
30. (114 to 117) 31. (3.99 to 4.01) 32. (1.99 to 2.01) 33. (d)
34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (2.3 to 2.4)37. (d) 38. (0.24 to 0.26)
39. (1.41 to 1.47) 40. (a) 41.(b) 42. (0.66 to 0.68)
43. (3.91 to 4.15) 44. (d) 45. (10.58 to 10.70) 46. (c) 47. (b)
48. (c) 49. (34.9 to 35.1) 50. (3.2 to 3.3) 51. (c)
52. (1.4 to 1.7) 53. (9.99 to 10.01) 54. (1.99 to 2.01) 55. (b)
10 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
EXPLANATIONS
1. The given surface = x2 + y2 + z2 – 3 1
=
1 – 0.81
Now = xˆ yˆ zˆ (x2 y2 z2 – 3)
x y z
1
=
= 2 x x 2 y y 2 z z 0.19
1
Now = (2 x) 2 (2 y) 2 (2 z) 2 = t
r
= 4 x 2 4 y2 4 z 2 = 0.19 t
= 4( x 2 y 2 z 2 ) = 0.19 5 10 –8
= 2.1794 10 –8 sec
Now unit vector r to surface is given by
5. The angle between the reflected and
2 x xˆ 2 y yˆ 2 z zˆ refracted wave is 90
n̂ =
4 ( x 2 y 2 z2 )
x . xˆ y . yˆ z . zˆ
=
( x 2 y2 z 2 )
90°
Now n̂ at (1, 1, 1)
xˆ yˆ zˆ
nˆ (1, 1, 1)
| | (1, 1, 1) 3
2. According to Noether charge theorem
Q= J
d3 x shows the scalar invariant.
Hence charge is invariant under Lorentz 6. r efer ence
transformation.
4. Proper half-life time is given by m K 3m
1
= t x1
r
where ‘t’ is half-life of elementary particle x2
1
Now r = 1 1 . 2
v2 T = mx12 (3m) x 2
1– 2 2 2
c
1 1
1 = mx1 x1 (3m) x 2 x 2
= 2 2
(0.9)2 c 2
1– 1
c2 V= K ( x2 x1 )2
2
1
=
1 – (0.9)2 1
= K ( x2 x2 x1 x1 x1 x2 x2 x1 )
2
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 11
The equation of motion h h
9. PA = and PB =
V–2T = 0 A
V11 V12 T T12 h
V – 2 11 =0 P B 500nm 1
21 V22
T21 T22 A = A = = =
PB h A 1500nm 3
K m2 K B
=0
K K 3m2 PA 1
PB 3
(K –m2) (K – 3m2) – K2 = 0 –5/3
K2 –3mK2 – mK2 + 3m24 – K2 = 0 10. P V
m2[–4K + 3m2] = 0 dP
Bulk modulus B = –V
=0 dV
or 3m2 – 4K = 0
5 –8/3 d P –5 –8 / 3
4K
B = –V 3 V d V 3 V
1 = 0 or =
3m
5 –5/3
B= V
4 0.3 3
= = 4 = 2Hz –5/3
3 0.1 Hence B V
= 2Hz 12. (ds)2 = 2(dx1)2 + (dx2)2 + 1 2
3 dx dx ...(i)
7. E = x̂ 10 cos 6 10 t 0.4 z V / m
7
Now as we have relation of tensor (gij)
Now, we have = kvp where vp is phase with ds2 i.e.
velocity ds2 = gij dxi dxj
6 107 ds2 = g11 dx1dx1 + g12 dx1dx2 + g21 dx2dx1
vp = = + g22 dx2dx2
k 0.4
6 8 3
= 10 = g11 (dx1)2 + g22(dx2)2 + dx1dx2
4 2
= 1.5 108
vp = 1.5 108 m/sec 3
+ dx2dx1 ...(ii)
2
1 1 1 i
8. A = Comparing equation (ii) with equation (i)
3 1 i 1
we get
AA+ = I for unitary transformation
2 3 3
1 1 1 i 1 1 i g11 = 2, g12 = , g21 = , g22 = 1
+
AA = 1 i 1 2 2
3 1 i 1
g11 g12
1 1 1 i2 1 i 1 i tensor gij = g
= 21 g22
3 1 i 1 i 1 i2 1
1 3 0 3 1 0 2 3 / 2
= =I =
3 0 3 3 0 1 3 /2
1
12 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
18. The equation of motion in terms of
13. poisson bracket
dA A
If t explicite then = {A, H} +
dt t
A
If t is not explicit then =0
t
dA
dt = A = {A, H}
n = 2 fir st
n = 1 gr ound q = {q, H}, p = {p, H}
19. The equation of plane is given by
The space part of ground state wave x f x + y f y + z fz = 1
function is given by For point (0, 0, 1)
1 0 + 0 + fz = 1
= [1 ( x1 ) 2 ( x2 ) 1 ( x2 ) 2 ( x1 )]
2
fz = 1
14. A = xxˆ 2 yyˆ 3 zzˆ For point (1, 0, 0)
According to Coulomb gauge . = 0 1 fx + 0 + 0 = 1
+ 2 – 3 = 0 fx = 1
= 1 1 1 1
For point , ,
15. According to equipartition theorem 2 2 4
1 1 1
p2x p2y 1 1 fx f y fz = 1
E= kk2p ky2 2 2 4
2m1 2m2 2 2
1 fy 1
=1 ( fx = fz = 1)
1 1 1 1 2 2 4
kB T kB T kB T kB T fy 1
2 2 2 2 =
2 4
<E> = 2kBT
1
1 fy =
Every term give the kB T 2
2 1
Hence <E> = 2kBT we got the point 1, , 1 then
2
16. Total spin of 4Be7 is
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7
Itotal = Miller indices = 1 , 1 , 1 = (1, 2, 1)
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1
Hence it shows fermion
2
17. quark symbol charge 20. Super st at e
up u +2/3
down d – 1/3 Cp
chorm c + 2/3 N or mal st at e
strange s – 1/3
Top t + 2/3
TC T
bottom b – 1/3 At the low temperature the specific heat
––
Hence X cannot be a possible baryon. of a normal metal has the form AT + BT3,
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 13
where the Linear term does the V
electronic excitations and the cubic term
is due to lattice vibration. Below the
super conducting critical temperature
this behaviour is substantially alter. V0
As the temperature drops below T c
(in magnetic field) the specific heat jumps 24.
to a higher value and slowly decreases.
Eventually falling well below the value t
one world expect for a normal metal. t0
21. J = L + S The output of the integrator circuit is
J2 = (L + S). (L + S) = L2 + S2 + 2 L.S 1 t
V0 = Vi (t) dt
2 2 2
L.S commute with L , S , J , (L + S)
2 RC 0
but not Sz 1 t0 t
= 0 dt V0 dt
[L.S,S z ] [Lx Sx + Ly Sy + Lz Sz, Sz] RC 0
t0
= [Lx Sx, Sz] + [Ly Sy, Sz] + [Lz Sz, Sz] V0
= [ t t0 ]
Lx [Sx, Sz] + [Lx, Sz] Sx + Ly [Sy, Sz] RC
+ [Ly, Sz] Sy + Lz [Sz, Sz] + [Lz, Sz] Sz Hence its output wave form is
Then [Lx Sz] = [Ly Sz] = [Lz Sz]
V
= [Sz Sz] = 0
= Lx [Sx, Sz] + Ly[Sy, Sz]
[L.S,S z ] = Lx (–i Sy) + i Sy Sx
V0
= i [Ly Sx – Lx Sy]
[L,S.S z ] = i (S L)z It is now zero
k t
22. t0
25. 26 = 64 < 75
27 = 128
Hence total 7 flip flops are required to
vk
construct mod-75 counter.
26. z
w
m
K 45°
r
0 = 45°
a a x
vk
1
T = m(r r ) and V = mgr cos
2 2 2
2
1
k Now, L = T – V = m(r 2 r 2 2 ) mgr cos
2
a a L
The momentum conjugate P = mr
r
14 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
27. Wave function, Again differentiating, we get
1 d2 V
(r ) = e (r / a0 ) k ...(i)
3
a 0 dx 2
Now Q̂ = z2 – r2 and z = r cos (given) – a ar02
Here V(r) = 3 (given)
r 3r
<z2 – r2 > = <r2 cos2 – r2>
Differentiating V(r) w.r.t. to r
= <r2 cos2 > – <r2>
= <r2> <cos2 > – <r2> ...(i) d V(r) a ar 2
= + 2 40
dr r r
n2 a02 Again differentiating,
Now, <r2> = [5n2 1 3l( l 1)]
2
d2 V(r) –2a 4 ar02
For n = 1 and l = 0, = 3 5
dr 2 r r
a02
<r2> = [5 1] d2 V(r) –2a 4 ar02
2 Now = 5
dr 2 r r r03 r0
0
6a02
= –2a 4 a
2 = r 3 r3
0 0
= 3a02 ...(ii)
2a
Putting the value of <r2> from equation (ii) = k
r03
in equation (i) we get
(from equation (i))
1 – 3 a02
<z2 – r2> = 3a02 – 3 a02 = 2a
2 2 k
r03
Hence expectation value of the
2
– 3a02 Now w
operator Qˆ z2 – r 2 T
2
2 k
28. Saturation magnetization, T= and w =
w m
MS = 0.60 µBN
= 0.60 9.21 10–21 8 1023 106 2 m
T=
= 44.208 108 A/m k
MS = 4.4208 109 A/m
m
29. In case of simple harmonic oscillation, = 2
k
1 2
We have V = kx mr03
2 T 2
2a
Differentiating V w.r.t. to x we get
1
dV 1 31. V(x, y) = mw2 ( x 2 y2 )
k (2 x) 2
dx 2
Enx xy = (n + n + 1) w
x y
dV
kx
dx Enx xy = 4 w
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 15
nx = 0 ; ny = 3 Now from options,
nx = 3 ; ny = 0 If we put JA = 3 and JB = 1 then
g4
nx = 1 ; ny = 2 34 =6 2
nx = 2 ; ny = 1
L.H.S. = R.H.S.
The value of g is 4
Hence JA = 3 and JB = 1
8 3 4
32. = – 200 310 321 d2 y
21 7 21 37. y =0
dt2
<|L2|>
(D2 – 1) y = 0
8 3 4 The auxilary equation is m2 = 1
= 0 1(2) 2 2(2 1) 2
21 7 21
m 1
62
24 2
18 24 2 42 2 Hence solution for differential equation
= is
7 21 21 21
y = C1 et + C2 e–t
Answer <|L2|> = 22 Put at t = 0, y(0) = 1
dv k 1 = C1 + C2 ...(i)
33. F= = 2 ...(i) at t = , y() = 0
dr r
y = C1 et + C2 e–t
mv2 0 = C1e + C2 e–
The centripetal force = ...(ii) a=0 [ e–= 0]
r
Putting the value of C1 in equation (i)
mv2 k we get C2 = 1
= 2 y = C2 e–t = e–t
r0 r0
y = cosh t – sinh t
k [ e–t= cosh t + sinh t]
v2 = mr
0 38. Q = q + 4 ap ... (i)
The orbital angular momentum l = mr0V P =q+2p ... (ii)
For canonical condition,
k
l = mr0 = km r0 [Q P] = 1
mr0
Q q Q p
i.e., =1 ...(iii)
= mr0 k q p P q
Now from equations (i) and (ii),
2
34. EA = J A (J A 1)
2I A Q Q p q
=1; = 4a; = 1; =2
q P q p
2
EB = J B (J B 1) Putting the value in equation (iii),
2I B
1 2 – 4a 1 = 1
Given IA = 6IB and EA = EB 4a = 2 – 1
2 J A (J A 1) 2 JB (J B 1) 1
= a=
2 IA 2 IB 4
JA (JA + 1) = 6 JB(JB + 1) a = 0.25
16 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
Given Imax = 9 I0
1 2VMP
39. B= Imin = I0
R e
9 I0
1 2 106 1.67 1027 1
B= I1 I0 9 1
0.1 1.6 1019 =
I2 9 I0 9 1
1
1 2 1.67 I0
= 102
0.1 1.6
I1 4
101 2 1.67 = 2
= I2 2
0.1 1.6
I1 = 4 I2
0.1 2 1.67 from option, if I2 = I0 then I1 = 4 I0
=
0.1 1.6 Hence intensities of individual waves are
B = 1.4448 Tesla. 4 I0 and I0
40. There are three possibility of Boson
1 1 2 0
particles 42. 1 =
OO O 3 0 3 1
E E E
(1) (2) (3)
O O O 1 0
O O O 1/2 = 1/2
Partition function for Bosons particle, 0 1
= a1/2 + b– 1/2
Z= ei
Ni
According to orthogenality condition
Where N is the number of particle,
Z = e–2 0 + e–2+ e–1 0+ e–
2 1* dc = 0
= 1 + e–2 + 1 + e–
a 2
Z = 2 + e– + e–2 b =0 a= 2b
3 3
Mean energy,
Now, (a)2 + (b)2 = 1
E=– ln Z (2 + 1)(b)2 = 1
1
(b)2 =
E = ln[2 e e2 ] 3
1
2 |b| =
e 2e 3
E=
2 e – e2
2
41. We know that Value of a=
3
Imax When the system is in the state 2,
1
I1 Imin its probability to be in the spin-up sate
I2 = Imax
1 2
Imin is .
3
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 17
h h dy
43. P= = 2
mn dt = q
dq y
6.626 1034 J.s dt
=
1.675 10 27 kg 103 m/sec
dy 2 q
= 3.9558 Å =
dq y
Now, according to Bragg’s Law 2d sin =
Integrating the equation
3.9558 we get
d= =
2sin 2 sin 30
y2 – 2 q2 = C
3.9558 This equation represent the hyperbola.
=
1 If at time t = 0, x = x0 and y = y0 the solution
2
2 of differentiating equation is given as
d = 3.9558 Å y0
x = x0 cosh t + sinh t
p2 q2
44. H =
2m 2 y = x0 sinh t + y0 cosh t
The motion of the particle in phase space There are two asymptotes y = ± x to the
family of hyperbola.
p
q2
V=
2
1
45. I = C 0 E02
dV 2
F= q
dq 2 150 10 3
2I0
E20 = =
The equation of motion C 0 3 108 8.854 10 12
d2 q
m = q 2 150 103 1012 8
dt2 =
3 8.854
d2 q
= q
dt2 m 300 10 1000
= =
d q 2
3 8.854 8.854
= 2 q =
dt2 m E20 = 112.943 = (10.6)2
dq dy
put y = then = 2 q E0 = 10.6 V/m
dt dt
18 GATE 2014 (PHYSICS)
P2 (E E1 ) hc 1 3
46. P = exp 2 exp 50. = 2 3
1 K BT K BT 2 2
< H > = Pi i = P2 2 + P3 3
P2 34
{6.626 10 3 10 } 8
Now
= exp 10 23
P1 3122 10 1.38 10 5000
1
n = n
2
1A 0 10 –20 m
5
P2 2 =
6.626 3 2
= exp 1034 810 236
P1 3.122 1.38 5
7
3 =
P2 2
= exp 6.626 3 10
P1 3.122 1.38 5 26
1 5 3 7
<H>= =
4 2 4 2 8
P2 39.756
= exp 13
P1 3.122 1.38 <H>= = 3.25
4
P2 < H > = 3.25
P = exp(– 9.23) 52. In order to find the collector current,
1
given circuit can be redrawn as
P2
P = 9.83 10–5 12V
1
3 k
2 x
48. W = x 0 = sin
a a 1 IC
C
2
a
x 3 k
x sin 2
< 0 |w|0 > =
a
a
0
dx
B
IB + V BE
a
x – E
x 2sin 2
= a
0
a
dx IE
3 k
a
2 x
= a x cos
0
a
1 dx
a a First Loop 1
2 x
=
a
x dx x cos
0 0
a
dx
IC (3K) – 12 + IB (3K) + VBE + 3K IE = 0
IC
a
(3K)IC – 12 + (3K) + 0.7 + (3K) IE = 0
<W>=
2
( IC = IB)
GATE 2014 (PHYSICS) 19
maximum voltage
IC IC 53. Resolution =
(3K)IC – 12 + (3K) + 0.7 + (3K) (Bdc + 1) =0
100 1 2n
10–3 = n
[ IE = (Bdc + l) IB] 2
2n = 1000
IC n log 2 = 3 log 10
(3K) (IC – 12 + 30 IC + 0.7 + (3K) (100 + 1) =0
3
100
n= = 9.99
0.3010
3K(101) n = 10
IC 3K 30 = 12 – 0.7
100 55. At the cut off frequency voltage gain
1
IC[3000 + 30 + 30(101)] = 11.3 AV = 0.707
2
IC[3030 + 3030] = 11.3 phase of the low pass filter at cutt off frequency
= – tan–1 (RC)
11.3 = – tan–1 (tan 45)
IC = = 1.6 mA = – 45
6060
= 0.71 and – 45
GATE-2013
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Q.1 – 25 carry one mark each (c) a continuous function of the
1. f(x) is a symmetric periodic function of x temperature but its first derivative is
i.e. f (x) = f(–x). Then, in general, the discontinuous
Fourier series of the function f(x) will be (d) such that the first derivative with
of the form respect to temperature is continuous
6. Two gases separated by an impermeable but
(a) f(x) = n 1
(an cos (nkx) + bn sin (nkx))
movable partition are allowed to freely
(b) f(x) = a0 + (ancos (nkx)) exchange energy. At equilibrium, the two
n 1
sides will have the same
(c) f(x) = n 1
(bnsin (nkx))
(a) pressure and temperature
(d) f(x) = a0 + n 1
(bn sin (nkx)) (b) volume and temperature
2. In the most general case, which one of (c) pressure and volume
the following quantities is NOT a second (d) volume and energy
order tensor? 7. The entropy function of a system is given
(a) Stress (b) Strain by S(E) = aE(E0 – E) where a and E0 are
positive constants. The temperature of the
(c) Moment of inertia (d) Pressure
system is
3. An electron is moving with a velocity of
(a) negative for some energies
0.85c in the same direction as that of a
moving photon. (b) increases monotonically with energy
(c) decreases monotonically with energy
The relative velocity of the electron with
respect to photon is (d) Zero
(a) c (b) – c 8. Consider a linear collection of N
independent spin 1/2 particles, each at a
(c) 0.15c (d) – 0.15c
fixed location. The entropy of this system
4. If Planck’s constant were zero, then the is (k is the Boltzmann constant)
total energy contained in a box filled with (a) Zero (b) Nk
radiation of all frequencies at
temperature T would be ( k is the 1
(c) Nk (d) Nk ln(2)
Boltzmann constant and T is nonzero) 2
(a) Zero (b) Infinite 9. The decay process n p + + e – + ve
violates
3
(c) kT (d) kT (a) baryon number (b) lepton number
2
(c) isospin (d) strangeness
5. Across a first order phase transition, the
free energy is 10. The isospin (I) and baryon number (B) of
the up quark is
(a) proportional to the temperature
(a) I = 1, B = 1 (b) I = 1, B = 1/3
(b) a discontinuous function of the
temperature (c) I = 1/2, B = 1 (d) I = 1/2, B = 1/3
2 GATE 2013 (PHYSICS)
11. Consider the scattering of neutrons by 15. For a scalar function satisfying the
protons at very low energy due to a Laplace equation, has
nuclear potential of range r0. Given that, (a) zero curl and non-zero divergence
y
cot(kr0 + ) – (b) non-zero curl and zero divergence
k
(c) zero curl and zero divergence
where is the phase shift, k the wave
number and (–) the log arithmic (d) non-zero curl and non-zero divergence
derivative of the deuteron ground state 16. A circularly polarized monochromatic
wave function, the phase shift is plane wave is incident on a dielectric
k interface at Brewster angle. Which one of
(a) – – kr0 (b) – – kr0 the following statements is CORRECT ?
k
(a) The reflected light is plane polarized
(c) – kr0 (d) – – kr0
2 2 in the plane of incidence and the
12. In the decay process, the transition transmitted light is circularly
2+ 3+, is polarized.
(a) allowed both by Fermi and Gamow- (b) The reflected light is plane polarized
Teller selection rule perpendicular to the plane of incidence
(b) allowed by Fermi and but not by and the transmitted light is plane
Gamow-Teller selection rule polarized in the plane of incidence.
(c) not allowed by Fermi but allowed by (c) The reflected light is plane polarized
Gamow-Teller selection rule perpendicular to the plane of incidence
(d) not allowed both by Fermi and Gamow- and the transmitted light is elliptically
Teller selection rule polarized.
13. At a surface current, which one of the (d) There will be no reflected light and the
magnetostatic boundary condition is NOT transmitted light is circularly
CORRECT? polarized.
(a) Normal component of the magnetic 17. Which one of the following commutation
field is continuous.
relations is NOT CORRECT ? Here,
(b) Normal component of the magnetic symbols have their usual meanings.
vector potential is continuous.
(a) [L2, Lz] = 0 (b) [Lx, Ly] = i Lz
(c) Tangential component of the magnetic
vector potential is continuous. (c) [Lz, L+] = L+ (d) [Lz, L–] = L–
(d) Tangential component of the magnetic 18. The Lagrangian of a system with
vector potential is not continuous. one degree of freedom q is given by
14. Interference fringes are seen at an obser- L = q 2 + q2, where and are non-
vation plane z = 0, by the superposition of zero constants. If pq denotes the canonical
two plane waves A1exp i k1 .r – t and
momentum conjugate to q then which one
of the following statements is CORRECT?
A2exp i k2 .r – t , where A1 and A2 are
(a) pq = 2q and it is a conserved quantity.
real amplitudes. The condition for (b) pq = 2q and it is not a conserved
interference maximum is quantity.
(a) ( k1 – k2 ). r = (2m + 1) (c) p q = 2q and it is a conserved
(b) ( k1 – k2 ). r = 2m quantity.
(d) pq = 2q and it is not a conserved
(c) ( k1 + k2 ). r = (2m + 1)
quantity.
(d) ( k1 + k2 ). r = 2m
GATE 2013 (PHYSICS) 3
19. What should be the clock frequency of a Codes
6-bit A/D converter so that its maximum (a) (P-iv), (Q-iii), (R-i), (S-ii)
conversion time is 32 s? (b) (P-iv), (Q-iii), (R-ii), (S-i)
(a) 1 MHz (b) 2 MHz (c) (P-i), (Q-iii), (R-ii), (S-iv)
(c) 0.5 MHz (d) 4 MHz (d) (P-iii), (Q-iv), (R-ii), (S-i)
20. A phosphorous doped silicon semicond- 23. The number of distinct ways of placing
uctor (doping density: 1017/cm3) is heated four indistinguishable balls into five
from 100C to 200C. Which one of the distinguishable boxes is ____________.
following statements is CORRECT ? 24. A voltage regulator has ripple rejection
(a) Position of Fermi level moves towards of –50dB. If input ripple is 1 mV, what is
conduction band the output ripple voltage in V? The
(b) Position of dopant level moves towards answer should be up to two decimal
conduction band places. __________
(c) Position of Fermi level moves towards 25. The number of spectral lines allowed in
middle of energy gap the spectrum for the 32D 32p transition
in sodium is ____________.
(d) Position of dopant level moves towards
Q.26 – 55 carry two marks each
middle of energy gap
26. Which of the following pairs of the given
21. Considering the BCS theory of
function F(t) and its Laplace transform
superconductors, which one of the
f(s) is NOT CORRECT?
following statements is NOT CORRECT?
(a) F(t) = (t), f(s) = 1 ,(Singularity at +0)
(h is the Planck’s constant and e is the
1
electronic charge) (b) F(t) = 1, f(s) = , (s > 0)
s
(a) Presence of energy gap at s , (s > 0)
temperatures below the critical (c) F(t) = sin kt, f(s) =
s2 k2
temperature 1
(b) Different critical temperatures for (d) F(t) = tekt, f(s) = , (s > k, s > 0)
(s – k)2
isotopes
27. If A and B are constant vectors, then
(c) Quantization of magnetic flux in superc-
( A . B r ) is
h
onducting ring in the unit of (a) A . B (b) A B
e
(c) r (d) Zero
(d) Presence of Meissner effect 1
28. n is equal to [Given (n+1) =
22. Group I contains elementary excitations 2
in solids. Group II gives the associated n (n) and (1/2) = 2 ]
fields with these excitations. MATCH the n! 2n !
excitations with their associated field and (a) n (b)
2 n !2n
select your answer as per codes given 2n ! n!
below. (c) 2n
(d) 2 n
n !2 2
Group I Group II 29. The relativistic form of Newton’s second
P. phonon (i) photon + lattice vibration law of motion is
Q.plasmon (ii) electron + elastic mc dv m c2 v2 dv
deformation (a) F = (b) F =
c2 v2 dt c dt
R. polaron (iii) collective electron
mc 2 dv c 2 v2 dv
oscillations (c) F = (d) F = m
c2 v2 dt c2 dt
S. polariton (iv) elastic wave
4 GATE 2013 (PHYSICS)
30. Consider a gas of atoms obeying Maxwell-
Boltzmann statistics. The average value
of ei a. p over all the momenta p of each of
the particles(where a is a constant
vector and a is its magnitude, m is the 3+ 2 k 3+ 3 k
mass of each atom, T is temperature and (a) (b)
2 M 2 M
k is Boltzmann’s constant) is,
(a) One (b) Zero 3+ 5 k 3+ 6 k
(c) (d)
1
a2 mkT
1
a2mkT
2 M 2 M
3
(c) e 2
(d) e 34. A charge distribution has the charge
31. The electromagnetic form factor F(q2) of density given by = Q{(x – x0) – (x – x0)}.
a nucleus is given by, For this charge distribution the electric
q2 field at (2x0, 0, 0)
F(q2) = exp 2
2Q 2Qxˆ Qxˆ
(a) 9 x2 (b) 4 x3
where Q is a constant. Given that 0 0 0 0
4 Qxˆ Qxˆ
F(q2) = rdr (r) sin qr
q 0 (c) 4 x 2 (d) 16 x2
0 0 0 0
3
d r (r) = 1 35. A monochromatic plane wave at oblique
where (r)is the charge density, the root incidence undergoes reflection at a
mean square radius of the nucleus is given dielectric interface. If kˆi , kˆr and n̂ are
by, the unit vectors in the directions of
(a) 1/Q (b) 2/Q incident wave, reflected wave and the
normal to the surface respectively, which
(c) 3/Q (d) 6/Q one of the following expressions is
32. A uniform circular disk of radius R and correct?
mass M is rotating with angular speed
(a) ( kˆi – kˆr ) n̂ 0 (b) ( kˆi – kˆr ) n̂ 0
about an axis, passing through its center
and inclined at an angle 60 degrees with (c) ( kˆi n̂ ) kˆr 0 (d) ( kˆi n̂ ) kˆr 0
respect to its symmetry axis. The
36. In a normal Zeeman effect experiment,
magnitude of the angular momentum of
spectral splitting of the line at the
the disk is,
wavelength 643.8 nm corresponding to the
3 3 transition 5 1D2 5 1P1 of cadmium atoms
(a) MR2 (b) MR2
4 8 is to be observed. The spectrometer has a
7 7 resolution of 0.01 nm. The minimum
(c) MR2 (d) MR2 magnetic field needed to observe this is
8 4
33. Consider two small blocks, each of mass (me = 9.1 10–31 kg, e = 1.6 10–19 C,
M, attached to two identical springs. One c = 3 108 m/s)
of the springs is attached to the wall, as (a) 0.26 T
shown in the figure. The spring constant (b) 0.52 T
of each spring is k. The masses slide along
(c) 2.6 T
the surface and the friction is negligible.
The frequency of one of the normal modes (d) 5.2 T
of the system is,
GATE 2013 (PHYSICS) 5
37. The spacing between vibrational energy 42. The degenerate eigenvalue of the matrix
levels in CO molecule is found to be
8.44 10–2 eV. Given that the reduced mass 4 1 1
1 4 1
of CO is 1.14 10–26 kg, Planck’s constant is (your answer should be
is 6.626 10–34 Js and 1 eV = 1.6 10–19 J. 1 1 4
The force constant of the bond in CO an integer) ________
molecule is
43. Consider the decay of a pion into a muon
(a) 1.87 N/m (b) 18.7 N/m
and an anti-neutrino – – + v in the
(c) 187 N/m (d) 1870 N/m
pion rest frame. m = 139.6 MeV/c2, m =
38. A lattice has the following primitive vectors
105.7 MeV/c2, mv 0
(in Å) : a 2( ˆj kˆ ), b 2(kˆ iˆ), c 2(iˆ ˆj).
The energy (in MeV) of the emitted
The reciprocal lattice corresponding to the
neutrino, to the nearest integer is ____
above lattice is
44. In a constant magnetic field of 0.6 Tesla
along the z direction, find the value of
(a) BCC lattice with cube edge of Å–1
2
the path integral A.dl in the units of
(b) BCC lattice with cube edge of (2) Å–1
(Tesla m2) on a square loop of side length
(c) FCC lattice with cube edge of Å–1 (1/ 2 ) meters. The normal to the loop
2
makes an angle of 60 to the z-axis,
(d) FCC lattice with cube edge of (2) Å–1 as shown in the figure. The answer
39. The total energy of an ionic solid is given should be up to two decimal places.
e2 B ____________
by an expression E 9 where
4 0 r r
is Madelung constant, r is the distance
between the nearest neighbours in the
crystal and B is a constant. If r0 is the
equilibrium separation between the
nearest neighbours then the value of B is
e2 r08 e2 r08
(a) 36 (b) 4
0 0
45. A spin-half particle is in a linear
2 10
2 e r0
2 10
e r0
superposition 0.8 + 0.6 of its
(c) (d) spin-up and spin-down states. If and
90 36 0
are the eigenstates of z then what
40. A proton is confined to a cubic box, whose is the expectation value, up to one
sides have length 10–12 m. What is the decimal place, of the operator 10z + 5x ?
minimum kinetic energy of the proton? Here, symbols have their usual meanings.
The mass of proton is 1.67 10–27 kg and ____________
Planck’s constant is 6.63 10–34 Js.
46. Consider the wave function Aeikr(r 0/r),
(a) 1.1 10–17 J (b) 3.3 10–17 J where A is the normalization
(c) 9.9 10–17 J (d) 6.6 10–17 J constant. For r = 2r 0, the magnitude
16 z of probability current density up to
41. For the function f(z) = , the
( z 3)( z 1)2 two decimal places, in units of (A 2 k/m) ,
residue at the pole z = 1 is (your answer is ______.
should be an integer)___________.
6 GATE 2013 (PHYSICS)
47. An n-channel junction field effect 51. A pair of eigenvalues of the perturbed
transistor has 5mA source to drain Hamiltonian, using first order
current at shorted gate (IDSS) and 5V pinch perturbation theory, is
off voltage (VP). Calculate the drain (a) 3 + 2, 7 + 2 (b) 3 + 2, 2 +
current in mA for a gate-source voltage (c) 3, 7 + 2 (d) 3, 2 + 2
(VGS) of –2.5V. The answer should be up
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
to two decimal places. _______
Statement for Linked Answer Q. 52
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS and 53:
Common Data for Questions 48 and 49: In the Schmidt model of nuclear magnetic
There are four energy levels E, 2E, 3E and 4E moments, we have,
(where E >0). The canonical partition function
eh
of two particles is , if these particles are
2Mc
gl l gsS
48. two identical fermions where the symbols have their usual meaning
(a) e–2 E + e–4 E + e–6 E + e–8 E 52. For the case J = l +1/2, where J is the
(b) e–3 E + e–4 E + 2e–5 E + e–6 E + e–7 E total angular momentum, the expectation
(c) (e– E + e–2 E + e–3 E + e–4 E)2 value of S J in the nuclear ground state
(d) e–2 E – e–4 E + e–6 E – e–8 E is equal to,
49. two distinguishable particles (a) (J – 1)/2 (b) (J + 1)/2
(a) e–2 E + e–4 E + e–6 E + e–8 E (c) J/2 (d) – J/2
(b) e–3 E + e–4 E + 2e–5 E + e–6 E + e–7 E 17
53. For the O nucleus (A = 17, Z = 8), the
(c) (e– E + e–2 E + e–3 E + e–4 E)2 effective magnetic moment is given by,
(d) e–2 E – e–4 E + e–6 E – e–8 E e
e f f gJ ,
Common Data for Questions 50 and 51: 2Mc
where g is equal to, (gs = 5.59 for proton
To the given unperturbed Hamiltonian
and – 3.83 for neutron)
5 2 0 (a) 1.12
2 5 0 ,
(b) – 0.77
0 0 2 (c) – 1.28
we add a small perturbation given by (d) 1.28
1 1 1 Statement for Linked Answer Q. 54 and
1 1 1 , 55:
1 1 1 Consider the following circuit
where is a small quantity.
50. The ground state eigenvector of the
unperturbed Hamiltonian is
(a) (1/ 2, 1/ 2, 0)
(b) (1/ 2, – 1/ 2, 0)
(c) (0, 0, 1)
(d) (1, 0, 0)
GATE 2013 (PHYSICS) 7
54. For this circuit the frequency above which 60. Select the pair that best expresses a
the gain will decrease by 20 dB per decade relationship similar to that expressed in
is the pair:
(a) 15.9 kHz (b) 1.2 kHz Medicine: Health
(c) 5.6 kHz (d) 22.5 kHz (a) Science : Experiment
55. At 1.2 kHz the closed loop gain is (b) Wealth : Peace
(a) 1 (b) 1.5 (c) Education : Knowledge
(c) 3 (d) 0.5 (d) Money : Happiness
Q. 61 – 65 carry two marks each.
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) QUESTIONS
61. X and Y are two positive real numbers
Q. 56 – 60 carry one mark each. such that 2X + Y 6 and X + 2Y 8. For
56. A number is as much greater than which of the following values of (X, Y) the
75 as it is smaller than 117. The number function f(X, Y) = 3X + 6Y will give
is maximum value?
(a) 91 (b) 93 (a) (4/3, 10/3) (b) (8/3, 20/3)
(c) 89 (d) 96 (c) (8/3, 10/3) (d) (4/3, 20/3)
The professor ordered to 62. If 4X – 7= 5 then the values of 2X– – X
57. is
I II
the students to go out of the class. (a) 2, 1/3
III IV (b) 1/2, 3
Which of the above underlined parts (c) 3/2, 9
of the sentence is grammatically (d) 2/3, 9
incorrect? 63. Following table provides figures (in
(a) I (b) II rupees) on annual expenditure of a firm
(c) III (d) IV for two years - 2010
58. Which of the following options is the and 2011.
closest in meaning to the word given Category 2010 2011
below: Raw material 5200 6240
Primeval Power & fuel 7000 9450
Salary & wages 9000 12600
(a) Modern
Plant & machinery 20000 25000
(b) Historic Advertising 15000 19500
(c) Primitive Research & Development 22000 26400
(d) Antique In 2011, which of the following two
59. Friendship, no matter how ________ it categories have registered increase by
is, has its limitations. same percentage?
(a) cordial (a) Raw material and Salary & wages
(b) intimate (b) Salary & wages and Advertising
(c) secret (c) Power & fuel and Advertising
(d) pleasant (d) Raw material and Research &
Development
8 GATE 2013 (PHYSICS)
64. A firm is selling its product at ` 60 per 65. Abhishek is elder to Savar.
unit. The total cost of production is Savar is younger to Anshul.
` 100 and firm is earning total profit of
Which of the given conclusions is logically
` 500. Later, the total cost increased by
valid and is inferred from the above
30%. By what percentage the price should
statements?
be increased to maintained the same
profit level. (a) Abhishek is elder to Anshul
(a) 5 (b) Anshul is elder to Abhishek
(b) 10 (c) Abhishek and Anshul are of the same
age
(c) 15
(d) No conclusion follows
(d) 30
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (d)
9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (70) 24. (3.16)
25. (3) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (c) 31. (c) 32. (c)
33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (3) 42. (5) 43. (30) 44. (0.15) 45. (7.6) 46. (0.25) 47. (1.25) 48. (b)
49. (c) 50. (c) 51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (b) 56. (d)
57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (b) 60. (c) 61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (a)
65. (d)
GATE-2 0 1 2
PH : PHYSICS
Time : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Some Useful Constants
Speed of light in free space c = 3 108 m/s
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.380 10–23 J/K
Planck’s constant h = 6.626 10–34 J.s
Electron charge e = 1.602 10–19 C
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.854 10–12 C²/N.m²
Permeability of free space µ0 = 4 10–7 H/m
Note : In numerical problems, the option closest to the correct answer will be given credit.
Q.1 – Q.25 carry one mark each. 3. The space-time dependence of the electric
field of a linearly polarized light in free space
1. Identify the CORRECT statement for the
is given by x̂E0 cos (t – kz) where E0, and
following vectors a 3iˆ 2 ˆj and b iˆ 2 ˆj k are the amplitude, the angular frequency
(a) The vectors a and b are linearly and the wavevector, respectively. The
independent time averaged energy density associated
(b) The vectors a and b are linearly with the electric field is
dependent 1 2 1 2
(a) 0 E0 (b) 0 E0
(c) The vectors a and b are orthogonal 4 2
(d) The vectors a and b are normalized (c) 0 E02 (d) 20 E02
2. Two uniform thin rods of equal length, 4. If the peak output voltage of a full wave
L, and masses M 1 and M 2 are joined rectifier is 10 V, its d.c. voltage is
together along the length. The moment (a) 10.0 V (b) 7.07 V
of inertia of the combined rod of length (c) 6.36 V (d) 3.18 V
2L about an axis passing through the
5. A particle of mass m is confined in a two
mid-point and perpendicular to the length
dimensional square well potential of
of the rod is,
dimension a. This potential V(x, y) is given
L2 by
(a) M1 M 2 V(x, y) = 0 for – a < x < a and –a < y < a
12
L2 = elsewhere
(b) M1 M 2 The energy of the first excited state for
6
this particle is given by,
L2
(c) M1 M2 3
2 h2 22 h2
(a) (b)
ma2 ma2
L2
(d) M1 M 2 52 h2 42 h2
2 (c) (d)
2ma2 ma2
2 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
6. The isothermal compressibility, k of an 12. A Ge semiconductor is doped with acceptor
ideal gas at temperature T0 and volume impurity concentration of 1015 atoms/cm³.
V0, is given by For the given hole mobility of 1800 cm²/V-s,
1 V 1 V the resistivity of this material is
(a) V P (b) V P (a) 0.288 cm (b) 0.694 cm
0 T0 0 T0
(c) 3.472 cm (d) 6.944 cm
P P
(c) V0 V (d) V0 V 13. A classical gas of molecules, each of mass
T0 T0
m, is in thermal equilibrium at the absolute
7. The ground state of sodium atom (11Na) is temperature, T. The velocity components
a S1/2 state. The difference is energy levels of the molecules along the Cartesian axes
arising in the presence of a weak external are vx, vy and vz. The mean value of (vx + vy)² is
magnetic field B, given in terms of Bohr
magneton, µB, is kB T 3kB T
(a) (b)
(a) µBB (b) 2µBB m 2m
(c) 4µBB (d) 6µBB 1kB T 2 kB T
(c) (d)
2m m
8. For an ideal Fermi gas in three dimensions,
the electron velocity VF at the Fermi surface 14. In a central force field, the trajectory
is related to electron concentration n as, of a particle of mass m and angular
(a) VF n2/3 (b) VF n momentum L in plane polar coordinates
(c) VF n1/2 (d) VF n1/3 is given by,
1 m
9. Which one of the following sets = 2 (1 cos )
corresponds to fundamental particles? r L
where, is the eccentricity of the particle’s
(a) proton, electron and neutron
motion. Which one of the following choices
(b) proton, electron and photon for gives rise to a parabolic trajectory?
(c) electron, photon and neutron
(a) = 0
(d) quark, electron and meson
(b) = 1
10. In case of a Geiger-Muller (GM) counter, (c) 0 < < 1
which one of the following statements is (d) > 1
CORRECT?
(a) Multiplication factor of the detector is 15. Identify the CORRECT energy band
of the order of 1010 diagram for Silicon doped with Arsenic.
Here CB, VB, ED and EF are conduction
(b) Type of the particles detected can be
band, valence band, impurity level and
identified
Fermi level, respectively.
(c) Energy of the particles detected can be
distinguished CB CB
ED ED
(d) Operating voltage of the detector is few
EF
tens of Volts (a) EF (b)
VB VB
11. A plane electromagnetic wave traveling in
free space is incident normally on a glass CB
CB
plate of refractive ndex 3/2. If there is no
absorption by the glass, its reflectivity is EF EF
(c) ED (d) ED
(a) 4% (b) 16%
VB VB
(c) 20% (d) 50%
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 3
16. The first Stokes line of a rotational Raman Which one of the following correctly
spectrum is observed at 12.96 cm –1 . represents the output Vout coresponding to
Considering the rigid rotor approximation, the input Vin?
the rotational constant is given by
(a) 6.48 cm–1 (b) 3.24 cm–1 (a) +5 V
–1 Vin
(c) 2.16 cm (d) 1.62 cm–1
+1 V
0V
17. The total energy, E of an ideal non- t
relativistic Fermi gas in three dimensions
N5 / 3 +10 V
is given by E where N is the number
V2 / 3 Vout
of particles and V is the volume of the gas. t
Identify the CORRECT equation of state –10 V
(P being the pressure),
1 2
(a) PV = E (b) PV = E +5 V
3 3 (b)
5 Vin
(c) PV = E (d) PV = E +1 V
3 0V
t
18. Consider the wavefunction = r1 , r2 s
for a fermionic system consisting of two
spin-half particles. The spatial part of the +10 V
wavefunction is given by, Vout
1
r1 , r2 = 1 (r1 )2 (r2 ) 2 (r1 )1 (r2 ) t
2 –10 V
where 1 and 2 are single particle states.
The spin part s of the wavefunction with
spin states (+½) and (–½) should be (c) +5 V
1 1 Vin
(a) ( ) (b) ( ) 0V
2 2 t
(c) (d)
19. The
electric and magnetic fields E( z, t) and +10 V
B( z, t) , respectively corresponding to the Vout
scalar potential (z, t) = 0 and vector
ˆ are t
potential A( z, t) itz
(a) E iz ˆ and B ˆjt –10 V
(b) E iz ˆ and B ˆjt
(d)
(c) E iz ˆ and B ˆjt +5 V
Vin
(d) E iz ˆ and B ˆjt 0V
t
20. Consider the following OP-AMP circuit.
+10 V
Vin + +10 V
+5 V Vout
– Vout
4 k t
1 k –10 V
–10 V
4 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
21. Deuteron has only one bound state with 25. The number of independent components
spin parity 1 + , isospin 0 and electric of the symmetric tensor Aij with indices i,
quadrupole moment 0.286 efm². These data j = 1, 2, 3 is
suggest that the nuclear forces are having (a) 1 (b) 3
(a) only spin and isospin dependence (c) 6 (d) 9
(b) no spin dependence and no tensor
Q.26 – Q.55 carry two marks each.
components
(c) spin dependence but no tensor 26. Consider a system in the unperturbed
components state described by the Hamiltonian,
(d) spin dependence along with tensor 1 0
components H0 = . The system is subjected to a
0 1
22. A particle of unit mass moves along the
x-axis under the influence of a potential,
perturbation of the form H = ,
V(x) = x(x –2)². The particle is found to be
in stable equilibrium at the point x = 2. The
where << 1. The energy eigenvalues of
time period of oscillation of the particle is the perturbed system using the first order
perturbation approximation are
(a) (b)
2
(a) 1 and (1 + 2)
3
(c) (d) 2 (b) (1 + ) and (1 – )
2
(c) (1 + 2) and (1 – 2)
23. Which one of the following CANNOT be
(d) (1 + ) and (1 – 2)
explained by considering a harmonic
approximation for the lattice vibrations in 27. Inverse susceptibility (1/) as a function of
solids? temperature, T for a material undergoing
(a) Debye’s T³ law paramagnetic to ferromagnetic transition
(b) Dulong Petit’s law is given in the figure, where O is the origin.
The values of the Curie constant, C, and
(c) Optical branches in lattices
the Weiss molecular field constant, in
(d) Thermal expansion
CGS units, are
24. A particle is constrained to move in a
truncated harmonic potential well (x > 0) 1
600 K
as shown in the figure. Which one of the
following statements is CORRECT?
V(x ) O T
4
–2 × 10
x (CGS unit)
(a) The parity of the first excited state is even
(b) The parity of the ground state is even (a) C = 5 10–5, = 3 10–2
1 (b) C = 3 10–2, = 5 10–5
(c) The ground state energy is
2 (c) C = 3 10–2, = 2 104
7
(d) The first excited state energy is (d) C = 2 104, = 3 10–2
2
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 5
28. A plane polarized electromagnetic wave 31. In the following circuit, for the output voltage
in free space at time t = 0 is given by to be V0 = (–V1 + V2/2), the ratio R1/R2 is
E( x, z) 10 ˆj exp[i(6 x 8 z)] . The magnetic R
field B( x, z, t) is given by
1 +v
(a) B( x, z, t) (6 kˆ 8iˆ) exp[i(6 x 8 z 10 ct)] R
c V1 –
1 ˆ
(b) B( x, z, t) (6 k 8iˆ) exp[i(6 x 8 z 10ct)]
c + V0
1 V2
(c) B( x, z, t) (6 kˆ 8iˆ) exp[i(6 x 8 z ct)] R1
c –v
1
R2
(d) B( x, z, t) (6 kˆ 8iˆ) exp[i(6 x 8 z ct)]
c
0 1 0 (a) 1/2 (b) 1
29. The eigenvalues of the matrix 1 0 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
0 1 0 32. The terms {j1, j2}J arising from 2s13d 1
are
electronic configuration in j-j coupling
(a) 0, 1, 1 scheme are
(b) 0, 2, 2 1 3 1 5
(a) , and ,
1 1 2 2 2,1 2 2 3,2
(c) , ,0
2 2 1 1 1 3
(b) , and ,
(d) 2, 2,0 2 2 1,0 2 2 2,1
30. Match the typical spectroscopic regions 1 1 1 5
(c) , and ,
specified in Group I with the correspon- 2 2 1,0 2 2 3,2
ding type of transitions in Group II. 3 1 1 5
Group I (d) , and ,
2 2 2,1 2 2 3,2
(P) Infra-red region
33. In the following circuit, the voltage drop
(Q) Ultraviolet-visible region
across the ideal diode in forward bias
(R) X-ray region condition is 0.7 V.
(S) -ray region
Group II
(i) electronic transitions involving valence 12 k
electrons
(ii) nuclear transitions +
24 Volt
(iii)vibrations transitions of molecules
–
(iv) transitions involving inner shell
electrons 3.3 k
6 k
(a) (P, i); (Q, iii); (R, ii); (S, iv)
(b) (P, ii); (Q, iv); (R, i); (S, iii)
The current passing through the diode is
(c) (P, iii); (Q, i); (R, iv); (S, ii)
(a) 0.5 mA (b) 1.0 mA
(d) (P, iv); (Q, i); (R, ii); (S, iii)
(c) 1.5 mA (d) 2.0 mA
6 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
34. Choose the CORRECT statement from the Which one of the following correctly
following. represents the load line (collector current
(a) Neutron interacts through electromag- IC with respect to collector-emitter voltage
VCE) and Q-point of this circuit?
netic interaction
(a)
(b) Electron does not interact through
15 mA Q-point
weak interaction (2 V, 13 mA)
(c) Neutrino interacts through weak and
IC
electromagnetic interaction
(d) Quark interacts through strong interac-
tion but not through weak interaction
35. A rod of proper length l0 oriented parallel VCE 15 V
to the x-axis moves with speed 2c/3 along (b)
the x-axis in the S-frame, where c is the 13 mA Q-point
(2 V, 10 mA)
speed of the light in free space. The
observer is also moving along the x-axis
with speed c/2 with respect to the S-frame.
IC
The length of the rod as measured by the
observer is
(a) 0.35 l0 (b) 0.48 l0 VCE 15 V
(c) 0.87 l0 (d) 0.97 l0
(c)
15 mA
36. A simple cubic crystal with lattice
parameter ac undergoes transition into a Q-point
(7.5 V, 7.5 mA)
tetragonal structure with lattice parameters
IC
at = bt = 2 ac and ct = 2ac, below a certain
temperature. The ratio of the interplanar
spacings of (1 0 1) planes for the cubic and
VCE 15 V
the tetragonal structures is
1 1 (d)
13 mA
(a) (b)
6 6
Q-point
3 3 (7.5 V, 6.5 mA)
(c) (d)
8 8
IC
37. Consider the following circuit in which the
current gain dc of the transistor is 100.
VCE 15 V
+15 V
38. Consider a system whose three energy
100 k 900 levels are given by 0, and 2. The energy
level is two-fold degenerate and the other two
are non-degenerate. The partition function
1
of the system with = is given by
kB T
100
(a) 1 + 2e– (b) 2e– + e–2
(c) (1 + e–)² (d) 1 + e– + e–2
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 7
39. Two infinitely extended homogeneous 41. Total binding energies of O15, O16 and O17
isotropic dielectric media (medium-1 and are 111.96 MeV,127.62 MeV and 131.76
MeV, respectively. The energy gap between
medium-2 with dielectric constants 1 2
0 1p1/2 and 1d5/2 neutron shells for the nuclei
and 2 5 , respectively) meet at the z = 0 whose mass number is close to 16, is
0
(a) 4.1 MeV (b) 11.5 MeV
plane as shown in the figure. A uniform
electric field exists everywhere. For z 0, (c) 15.7 MeV (d) 19.8 MeV
the electric field is given by E 2iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ . 42. A particle of mass m is attached to a fixed
The interface separating the two media is point O by a weightless inextensible string
charge free. of length a. It is rotating under the gravity
The electric displacement vector in the as shown in the figure. The Lagrangian of
medium-2 is given by the particle is
1
L(, ) = ma2 (2 sin 2 2 ) mga cos
2
medium-1 where and are the polar angles.
z
z=0
medium-2
a
m
(a) D2 0 [10iˆ 15 ˆj 10 kˆ ] g
The Hamiltonian of the particle is
(b) D2 0 [10iˆ 15 ˆj 10 kˆ ]
1 2 p2
(c) D2 0 [4iˆ 6 ˆj 10 kˆ ] (a) H p
mga cos
2ma2 sin 2
(d) D2 0 [4iˆ 6 ˆj 10 kˆ ]
1
2
p2
(b) H p mga cos
40. The ground state wavefunction for the 2ma2 sin 2
hydrogen atom is given by
1
100 =
1 1 r/a0
3/2 (c) H
2ma 2
p2 p2 mga cos
e ,
4 a0 1
where a0 is the Bohr radius.
(d) H
2ma2
p2 p2 mga cos
The plot of the radial probability density,
P(r) for the hydrogen atom in the ground 43. Given F r B , where B B0 (iˆ ˆj kˆ)
state is is a constant vector and r is the position
vector. The value of F dr , where C is a
C
P(r ) circle of unit radius centered at origin is,
P(r )
(a) (b) y
r/a 0
r /a0
x
C
(c) P(r ) (d) P(r )
(a) 0 (b) 2B0
r /a0 r /a 0
(c) –2B0 (d) 1
8 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
49. The probability current density for the real
e
1/ z
44. The value of the integral dz , using
C part of the wavefunction is
the contour C of circle with unit radius k
|z|=1 is (a) 1 (b)
m
(a) 0 (b) 1 – 2i
k
(c) 1 + 2i (d) 2i (c) (d) 0
2m
45. A paramagnetic system consisting of N Common Data Q. 50 and 51 :
spin-half particles, is placed in an external
magnetic field.It is found that N/2 spins The dispersion relation for a one dimensional
are aligned parallel and the remaining N/2 monatomic crystal with lattice spacing a, which
spins are aligned antiparallel to the interacts via nearest neighbour harmonic
magnetic field. The statistical entropy of potential is given by
the system is, Ka
= A sin ,
N 2
(a) 2NkB In 2 (b) k In 2
2 B where A is a constant of appropriate unit.
3N
(c) k In 2 (d) NkB In 2 50. The group velocity at the boundary of the
2 B
first Brillouin zone is
46. The equilibrium vibration frequency for an
(a) 0 (b) 1
oscillator is observed at 2990 cm–1. The
ratio of the frequencies corresponding to A a2 1 A a2
(c) (d)
the first and the fundamental spectral lines 2 2 2
is 1.96. Considering the oscillator to be
51. The force constant between the nearest
anharmonic, the anharmonicity constant is
neighbour of the lattice is (M is the mass
(a) 0.005 (b) 0.02
of the atom)
(c) 0.05 (d) 0.1
MA 2 MA 2
47. At a certain temperature T, the average (a) (b)
4 2
speed of nitrogen molecules in air is found (c) MA² (d) 2 MA²
to be 400 m/s. The most probable and the
root mean square speeds of the molecules LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
are, respectively,
Linked Answer Q. 52 and 53 :
(a) 355 m/s, 434 m/s (b) 820 m/s, 917 m/s
In a hydrogen atom, consider that the electronic
(c) 152 m/s, 301 m/s (d) 422 m/s, 600 m/s charge is uniformly distributed in a spherical
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS volume of radius a(= 0.5 10–10m) around the
proton. The atom is placed in a uniform electric
Common Data Q. 48 and 49 :
field E = 30 105 V/m. Assume that the
The wavefunction of a particle moving in free spherical distribution of the negative charge
space is given by, = eikx + 2e–ikx remains undistorted under the electric field.
48. The energy of the particle is
52. In the equilibrium condition, the
52 k2 32 k2 separation between the positive and the
(a) (b)
2m 4m negative charge centers is
2 k2 2 k2 (a) 8.66 10–16 m (b) 2.60 10–15 m
(c) (d)
2m m (c) 2.60 10–16 m (d) 8.66 10–15 m
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 9
53. The polarizability of the hydrogen atom in 57. Which one of the following options is the
unit of (C²m/N) is closest in meaning to the word given
(a) 2.0 10–40 (b) 1.4 10–41 below?
(c) 1.4 10–40 (d) 2.0 10–39 Mitigate
(a) Diminish (b) Divulge
Linked Answer Q. 54 and 55 :
(c) Dedicate (d) Denote
A particle of mass m slides under the gravity
without friction along the parabolic path 58. Choose the most appropriate alternative
y = ax² as shown in the figure. Here a is a from the options given below to complete
constant. the following sentence :
y
Despite several ______ the mission
succeeded in its attempt to resolve
m
the conflict.
x (a) attempts (b) setbacks
(c) meetings (d) delegations
54. The Lagrangian for this particle is given by,
59. The cost function for a product in a firm is
1 2 2
(a) L = mx mgax given by 5q², where q is the amount of
2
production. The firm can sell the product
1 2 2 2 2
(b) L = m(1 4 a x ) x mgax at a market price of ` 50 per unit. The
2 number of units to be produced by the firm
1 2 2
(c) L = mx mgax such that the profit is maximized is
2
(a) 5 (b) 10
1 2 2 2 2
(d) L = m(1 4 a x ) x mgax (c) 15 (d) 25
2
55. The Lagrange’s equation of motion of the 60. Choose the most appropriate alternative
particle is from the options given below to complete
the following sentence :
(a)
x 2 gax
Suresh’s dog is the one _______ was
(b) m(1 4 a2 x2 )
x 2mgax 4ma2 xx 2
hurt in the stampede.
(c) m(1 4 a2 x2 )
x 2mgax 4 ma2 xx 2 (a) that (b) which
(d)
x 2 gax (c) who (d) whom
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) QUESTIONS Q. 61 – Q. 65 carry two marks each.
Q. 56 – Q. 60 carry one mark each. 61. Which of the following assertions are
56. Choose the grammatically INCORRECT CORRECT?
sentence: P : Adding 7 to each entry in a list adds
(a) They gave us the money back less the 7 to the mean of the list
service charges of Three Hundred rupees. Q : Adding 7 to each entry in a list adds
(b) This country’s expenditure is not less 7 to the standard deviation of the list
than that of Bangladesh. R : Doubling each entry in a list doubles
(c) The committee initially asked for a the mean of the list
funding of Fifty Lakh rupees, but later S : Doubling each entry in a list leaves the
settled for a lesser sum. standard deviation of the list unchanged
(d) This country’s expenditure on
(a) P, Q (b) Q, R
educational reforms is very less.
(c) P, R (d) R, S
10 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
62. An automobile plant contracted to buy 64. Wanted Temporary, Part-time persons for
shock absorbers from two suppliers X and the post of Field Interviewer to conduct
Y. X supplies 60% and Y supplies 40% of the personal interviews to collect and collate
shock absorbers. All shock absorbers are economic data. Requirements: High School-
subjected to a quality test. The ones that pass, must be available for Day, Evening
pass the quality test are considered reliable. and Saturday work. Transportation paid,
Of X’s shock absorbers, 96% are reliable. Of expenses reimbursed.
Y’s shock absorbers, 72% are reliable. Which one of the following is the best
The probability that a randomly chosen inference from the above advertisement?
shock absorber, which is found to be (a) Gender-discriminatory
reliable, is made by Y is (b) Xenophobic
(a) 0.288 (b) 0.334 (c) Not designed to make the post
(c) 0.667 (d) 0.720 attractive
63. A political party orders an arch for the (d) Not gender-discriminatory
entrance to the ground in which the annual
convention is being held. The profile of the 65. Given the sequence of terms, AD CG FK
arch follows the equation y = 2x – 0.1x² JP, the next term is
where y is the height of the arch in meters. (a) OV
The maximum possible height of the arch is (b) OW
(a) 8 meters (b) 10 meters (c) PV
(c) 12 meters (d) 14 meters (d) PW
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (d) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (d) 50. (d)
51. (a) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (b) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (a) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (a)
EXPLANATIONS
Hence, l = l1 + l2
1. (a) If a 3iˆ 2 ˆj , b iˆ 2 ˆj are linearly
dependent a m b 0 for some values of m M1 L2 M2 L2 1
= (M1 M2 )L2
but 3 + m = 0 and 2 + 2m = 0 do not have any 3 3 3
solution so they are linearly independent. 3. Electric field is given by
a b 0 (Not orthogonal) E x E0 cos(t kz)
( a b 0) (Not normalized) so, average energy density
2. Moment inertia of uniform rod about an 1
axis passing through the end and uE = 0 zE2
2
perpendicular to the length of rod if
1
ML2 = E0 E02 cos 2 ( t kz) >
l= 2
3
M1 1 1 1
M2 = E0 E02 2
2 2 cos 2
L L 1 2
l = l1 + l2 = 0 E0
4
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 11
5. Two dimensional potential function is 3
given by 11. 1 = and 2 = 1
2
a a The reflection coefficient
V(x, y) = 0 < 2 2
2 2 3 1
2
2 1 2 1
= else where 2
R= 1 =
The energy of the particle is 1 2 3 1 5 25
2
2 h2 n2x n y 2 2
E (nx, ny) =
2 2 so reflectivity = 0.04 or 4%
2m L x L y
13. <(Vx + Vy)2 > = Vx2 ? Vy2 2 VxVy
For 1st excited state nx = 1, ny = 2 and
RT
Lx = Ly = a Putting <Vx2> = Vy2 V22
m
2 h 2 1 4 and < Vx Vy > = 0
E(1, 2) =
2m a2 a2
RT RT 2KT
52 h2 <(Vx + Vy)2 > = 0=
= m m m
2ma2 12. Resistivity of material
6. Bulk modulus or isothermal incompressi- 1 1
bility of an ideal f=
ne 1015 1.6 10 19 1800
P
= = 3.472 cm
V / V0 To 14. = 0 – Circle
1 V = 1 – Parabola
Hence, compressibility =
V0 P To 0 < < 1 = Ellipse
7. For 25V 1/2 state 0 < > 1 = Hyperbola
S E
– /2
1
B B 15. Silicon doped with Arsenic is an n-type
2b1/2 2 B B semiconductor so, the correct energy
B=0 1
/ 2– B B band diagram is in option (b).
E = – g B j B 16. For the first Stokes line of rotational
1 Raman spectrum 6B = 12.96
= –2 g B
2 or B = 2.16 cm–1
1 17. Let E = K/V2/3 ...(i)
= B B for j
2 E K
Now, P=
V V 2 /3
B
1 V
Again E1 = gB j , B 2 B
2 2 –5 K
= KV =
1 3 3 5
= B B for ˆj V
2 3
Hence difference in energy levels. 2K 2 K 2
or P= 2/3
, PV 2/3
E
= B B – (–B B) = – 2B B 3V V 3V 3
8. Fermi energy using equation (i)
1 h2 2 18. The fermionie have Anti symmetric
EF = mv F2 (22 n) 3 wavefunctions and for anti symmetric
2 2m
2 1 wavefunction spatial part
or V2F L n or VF L n 1
3 3 = ( )
2
12 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
( + 1 – )2 – 2 = 0
19. Given (z, t) = 0 and A( z, t) iˆ t2
+1–= ±
A
Now E Now, +1–= +
t
= 1
ˆ
0
t
i z iˆ z +1–= –
= 1 + 2
and B A = iˆ ˆj kˆ (iˆ tz) 27. The susceptibility
x y z
C C
= 0 kˆ (tz) ˆj (tz) = 0 – 0 + ĵ t = T T T C
C
y z
1 T
= ĵ t = ... (i)
C
20. Output voltages will vary between –10V 1
to +10V and at +10V it will be constant At T = 0, = –2 104
because op-amp have very high input
impedance also there is no change in polarity. Putting it in eq. (i), we get
24. For half harmonic oscillator well = 2 104
3 Now, TC = C
En = (2n + ) h
2 TC 600
C= 3 10 2
For first excited state n = 1 2 104
7
E= h 28. From Maxwell’s equation
2 B
25. For symmetric tensor E = t
A11 A12 A13 iˆ ˆj kˆ
Aij = A 21 A 22 A 23
E =
A 31 A 32 A 33 x y 2
A12 = A21, A23 = A32 = A13 = A31 are 3 0 Ey 0
components and A 11, A 22 , A 33 are 3 E(x, z) = 10j exp[i(6x + 8z)]
components. Hence, there are 6 Ey ˆ ˆ Ey
independent components E = iˆ j 0 k
2 x
1 0
26. Unperturbed Hamiltonian H0 = 0 1 = 10i exp [i 6 x 8z ] 8iˆ 10kˆ exp
Perturbed Hamiltonian,
[ i 6 x 8 z ] 6i
= 10[6kˆ 8iˆ) i exp i 6x 8z ...(i)
H1 = Taking option (a),
The eigenvalues of total Hamiltonian B 1 ˆ
1 = 6k - 8z exp i 6x + 8z × e-i10ct -i 10 C
t C
H = H0 + H1 = 1 B
= 10 6kˆ - 8iˆ iexp i 6x + 8z e-10ict
Diagonalising t
H |H – | = 0 B
= 10 6kˆ - 8iˆ iexp i 6x + 8z ... (ii)
1 1 0 t
1 0 1 =0 From equation (i) and (ii)
1 B
E = t
1 = 0
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 13
0 1 0 32. Given electronic configuration 2S1 3d1
29. A= 1 0 1 |L – S| j |L + S|
0 1 0 1 1
For 2S1 L1 = 0, S1 = , j1 =
Diagonalising the matrix, 2 2
|A – |= 0 1
for 3 d 1 , L 2 2, S 2
0 1 0 1 0 0 2
1 0 1 0 1 0 3 5
=0 j2 ,
2 2
0 1 0 0 0 1
Now, ˆj ˆj ˆj ˆj ˆj
1 0 1 2 1 2
= 1 1 0
For ˆj 1 jˆ 2
3 ˆ
j 1,2
1
0 1 2 2
= –(2 – 1) + = 0 For ˆj 1 ˆj 5 jˆ 2,3
1 2
2 2
(2 – 2) = 0
ˆj1 , j2 1 3 1 5
0, 2, 2 2 , 2 , 2 , 2 2,3
V2 R 2 V2 33. Equivalent circuit
31. VA = R + R 1 R / R
1 2 1 2
R
12 k
+
+ VCC 24V –
R
V1 +
A V0
V2 –
R1
– VCC 6k
R2 3.3k
Let, R1/R2 = x, then Voltage across 6k
VA = V2/ 1 + x 24 6 24 6
8V
Now, 12 6 = 18
VA V1 V0 VA 12 6
= Equivalent resistance = 4
R R 12 6
V0 = 2VA – V1 Total resistance = 4 + 3.3 = 7.3 k
2V2
= V1
1 x 0.7V
From question 8V
V2 7.3k
V0 = –V1 +
2
2V2 V Current flowing through diode
V1 = V1 2
1 x 2 8 0.7
1+x+4 = V
7.3 k
or x= 3
7.3
R1 = 1 mA
7.3
R2 = 3
14 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
35. Relative velocity + 15V
900 = 0.9 k
2C/3 100 k
C/2
l0 O
X 100 = 0.1 k
O
VCC VCE
IC =
Y RC RCS
2C C 15 2
V = 13 mA (Putting VCE = 2V)
3 2 C
0.1 0.9
2C C 4 Hence Q = 2V, 13 mA
1 3 2 38. For 2 fold degeneracy of energy level
C2 The partition function
The length of rod with respect to observer
z = e–.0 + 2e–t + e–.2t
2
V2 0 1 = 1 + 2e–t + (e–t)2 = (1 + e–t)2
= 0 1 2
1
C 4 39. Since, there is no free charge at the
15 0 interface so, normal component of D is
= 0.97 continuous at the boundary.
4
36. For simple cubic crystal a = b = c
D2
1 Medium 1
dsc = 2 2
h x 2
2
2
a b c
Z=0 Medium 2
1 a
dsc|(101) =
1 0 1 2
2
2 2 D1
a a a
For tetragonal structure at bt 2a
D1 = D 2
and ct 2a 1E1 = 2 E2
1 25
d TS|(101) = 2
1 0 1 E1 =
5
2 2
2 a 2
2a 2 a E2 = 2iˆ 3 jˆ 2kˆ
2
= a D2 = 2 E 2 5 0 2iˆ 3 ˆj 2 kˆ
3
= 0 10iˆ 15 ˆj 10 kˆ
dsc a 3 3
= 40. The radial probability density
dTS 101 2 2a 8
2
37. VCC – ICRC – VCE – ICRE = 0 P(r) = r 2 100
(where IC IE) = r 2 e2r a0
GATE 2012 (PHYSICS) 15
initially the pilot increases attains Now,
maximum value due to r2 and then it 2
ˆ
F d = B0 r 0 cos sin k cos ˆj
2
starts decreasing exponentially
41. Nuclear configuration sin iˆ cos i sin jˆ d
2 4 2 1
O17 1
S1 / 2 1
P3 / 2 1
P1/2 1
d5 / 2 E
17
2
2
= 131.76 = B0 r 0 2sin cos d 0
2 4 2 0
O16 1
S1 / 2 1
P3 / 2 1
P1/2 1
d5 / 2 E16 44. Let = c e1 / 2 dz
= 127.62
Energy gap between 1 P1 / 2 and ' d5 / 2
=
1 1 2
2 2 c
1
z ... dz
Here singularity of e1/2 is z = 0 is lie in
= 131.76 – 127.62 = 4.10 MeV
the contour |z| = 1
42. Lagrangian
1 2 2
L( ) = ma sin2 2 mga cos
2
L +1 –1
P0 = ma2 sin 2 0
L C |z|=1
P = ma2 sin 2
Now, by Cauchy residue theorem
Now, H= pq L
e
1/ 2
dz = 2iR
= p p L e
2 2 2 1 2 2
= ma ma sin ma sin
2 2 2 2
= 2i lim i
z 0
2
= 2i 1 = 2i
mga cos
45. For spin -half system, number of microstates
1 1
ma2 2 ma2 sin 2 2 mga cos = (25 + 1)N = 2N
2 2 Entropy S = kB log = kB log2N
p p
Putting = 2
and = NkB log 2
ma ma sin 2
2
48. Given wave function
1 2 p2 = eikx + 2e–ikx
H= p mga cos
2ma2 sin 2 Schrodinger equation.
43. Given r = r cos i sin j h2 d 2
= E
F = r B 2m dx2
Y
h2 d 2 ikx
e 2 e ikx = E
2m dx 2
n
C h2 d ikx
–(ik) = e 2e ikx E
2m dx
= NkB log 2
= r cos iˆ sin ˆj B0 iˆ j kˆ 49. The probability current density
= B0 r cos kˆ cos ˆj sin kˆ sin ˆj h
en *
J(x, t) =
m
di = rd cos iˆ sin iˆ
So real part of J(n, t) = 0
16 GATE 2012 (PHYSICS)
1 qd L
52. Edipule = 4 , r 3 = m(1 + 4a2 x2) x
0 x
1 qd d L
For r = a, E , = m[(1 + 4a2x)]
4 0 a3 dt m
E 59. Given, q = amount of production
d = 4 e0 a3
q Then, p = 50q – 5q2
2
1 x 0.5 1030 30 105 On differentiate, we get
=
9 109 1.6 10 19 dp
= 50 – 10q
= 2.60 10–16m dq
1 qd Again differentiate
53. E = 4 a3
0 d2 p
< 0
p = qd = (40a3) E = .E dq2
Polarizability p is maximum when
= 40a3 50 – 10q = 0
qd 1.6 1019 2.60 1016 50
= q= 5
E 30 105 10
1.4 10–41 C2–m/N 62. X Y
54. Lagrangian for the particle is L = T – V Supply 60% 40%
Know, Kinetic energy of particle Reliable 96% 72%
1 Overall 0.576 0.288
T = m x y
2 2
2
0.288
For parabola y = ax2 p(x) =
0.576 0.288
y = 2ax x
0.288
y 2 = 4a 2 x 2 x 2 = 0.334
0.864
1 63. Given y = 2x – 0.1x2
T= m 1 4 a2 x2 x 2
2 On differentiate, we get
Y dy
= 2 – 0.2 x
dx
Again differentiate
d2 y
mg < 0
dx2
y maximum when
Potential energy of particle, 2 – 0.2x = 0
V = mg y = mg.ax2 20
x= 10 m
So, L =T–V 2
65. Then pattern of series is
1
= m 1 4 a x x mgax
2 2 2 2
2 +2
A +3
C +4
F +5
J O
55. Lagrangian equation of motion +3 +4 +5 +6
D G K P V
d L L
= 0 Next term = OV
dt x x
GATE - 2011
PH : PHYSICS
Duration: Three Hours Maximum Marks: 100
SOME USEFUL CONSTANTS
Speed of light in free space c = 3 108 m/s
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 J/K
Planck's constant = h/2 = 1.05 10–34 Js
Electron charge e = 1.6 10–19 C
Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85 10–12 C2/Nm2
Permeability of free space 0 = 4 10–7 N/A2
Q.(1-25) carry one mark each. an amount Q2 is delivered to the reservoir
1. Two matrices A and B are said to be at T2. Which of the following statements
similar if B = P–1 AP for some invertible is INCORRECT?
matrix P. Which of the following (a) work done in one cycle is Q1 – Q2
statements is NOT TRUE?
Q1 Q 2
(a) Det A = Det B (b) T = T
1 2
(b) Trace of A = Trace of B
(c) entropy of the hotter reservoir
(c) A and B have the same eigenvectors decreases
(d) A and B have the same eigenvalues (d) entropy of the universe (consisting of
the working substance and the two
2. If a force F is derivable from a potential
function V(r), where r is the distance from reservoirs) increases
the origin of the coordinate system, it 5. In a first order phase transition, at the
follows that transition temperature, specific heat of
the system
(a) F 0 (b) .F 0
(a) diverges and its entropy remains the
(c) V 0 (d) 2 V 0 same
3. The quantum mechanical operator for the (b) diverges and its entropy has finite
momentum of a particle moving in one discontinuity
dimension is given by (c) remains unchanged and its entropy
has finite discontinuity
d d
(a) i (b) i (d) has finite discontinuity and its entropy
dx dx
diverges
2 d 2 6. The semi-empirical mass formula for the
(c) i (d)
t 2m dx2 bindng energy of nucleus contains a
4. A Carnot cycle operates on a working surface correction term. This term
substance between two reservoirs at depends on the mass number A of the
temperatures T1 and T2, with T1 > T2. nucleus as
During each cycle an amount of heat Q1 (a) A–1/3 (b) A1/3
is extracted from the reservoir at T1 and
(c) A2/3 (d) A
2 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
7. The population inversion in a two level 12. A heavy symmetrical top is rotating about
laser material CANNOT be achieved by its own axis of symmetry (the z-axis).
optical pumping because If I1, I2 and I3 are the principal moments
(a) the rate of upward transitions is equal of inertia along x, y and z axes
to the rate of downward transitions respectively, then
(b) the upward transitions are forbidden (a) I2 = I3 ; I1 I2 (b) I1 = I3 ; I1 I2
but downward transitions are allowed (c) I1 = I2 ; I1 I3 (d) I1 I2 I3
(c) the upward transitions are allowed but 13. An electron with energy E is incident from
downward transitions are forbidden left on a potential barrier, given by
(d) the spontaneous decay rate of the V(x) = 0 for x < 0
higher level is very low = V0 for x > 0
8. The temperature (T) dependence of as shown in the figure.
magnetic susceptibility () of a ferro-
magnetic substance with a Curie
temperature (Tc) is given by
C
(a) , for T < Tc
T Tc
C
(b) , for T > Tc
T Tc
C
(c) , for T > Tc
T Tc For E < V 0 , the space part of the
C wavefunction for x > 0 is of the form
(d) , for all temperatures
T Tc (a) ex (b) e–x
where C is constant. (c) eix (d) e–ix
9. The order of magnitude of the energy gap where is a real positive quantity
of a typical superconductor is 14. If Lx, Ly and Lz are respectively the x, y
(a) 1 MeV (b) 1 KeV and z components of angular momentum
operator L, the commutator [LxLy, Lz] is
(c) 1 eV (d) 1 meV
equal to
10. Which of the following statements is
(a) i(Lx2 + Ly2) (b) 2iLz
CORRECT for a common emitter
amplifier circuit? (c) i(Lx – Ly )
2 2 (d) 0
(a) The output is taken from the emitter 15. The normalized ground state
wavefunction of a hydrogen atom is given
(b) There is 180 phase shift between
input and output voltages 1 2 r/a
by (r) = 3/2
e , where a is the
(c) There is no phase shift between input 4 a
and output voltages Bohr radius and r is the distance of the
(d) Both p-n junctions are forward biased electron from the nucleus, located at the
11. A 3 3 matrix has elements such that its 1
trace is 11 and its determinant is 36. The origin. The expectation value is
r2
eigenvalues of the matrix are all known 8 4
to be positive integers. The largest (a) (b)
a2 a2
eigenvalue of the matrix is
4 2
(a) 18 (b) 12 (c) 2 (d) 2
a a
(c) 9 (d) 6
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 3
16. Two charges q and 2q are placed along 19. Which of the following
expressions for a
the x-axis in front of a grounded, infinite vector potential A DOES NOT represent
conducting plane, as shown in the figure. a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B0
They are located respectively at a distance along the z-direction?
of 0.5 m and 1.5 m from the plane. The (a) A = (0, B0 x, 0)
force acting on the charge q is (b) A = (–B0 y, 0, 0)
B0 x B0 y
(c) A = , ,0
2 2
B0 y B0 x
(d) A = , ,0
2 2
20. A neutron passing through a detector is
detected because of
1 7 q2 (a) the ionization it produces
(a) (b) the scintillation light it produces
4 0 2
1 (c) the electron-hole pairs it produces
(b) 4 2q2 (d) the secondary particles produced in a
0
nuclear reaction in the detector medium
1
(c) 4 q2 21. An atom with one outer electron having
0
orbital angular momentum l is placed in
1 q2 a weak magnetic field. The number of
(d) energy levels into which the higher total
4 0 2
17. A uniform surface current is flowing in angular momentum state splits, is
the positive y-direction over an infinite (a) 2l + 2 (b) 2l + 1
sheet lying in x-y plane. The direction of (c) 2l (d) 2l – 1
the magnetic field is 22. For a multi-electron atom, l, L and S
(a) along i for z > 0 and along – i for z < 0 specify the one-electron orbital angular
momentum, total orbital angular
(b) along k for z > 0 and along – k
for z < 0
momentum and total spin angular
(c) along – i for z > 0 and along i for z < 0 momentum, respectively. The selection
for z > 0 and along k for z < 0 rules for electric dipole transition between
(d) along – k the two electronic energy levels, specified
18. A magnetic dipole of dipole moment mis by l, L and S are
placed in a non-uniform magnetic field B . (a) L = 0, ±1 ; S = 0; l = 0, ±1
If the position vector of the dipole is r , (b) L = 0, ±1 ; S = 0; l = ±1
the torque acting on the dipole about the (c) L = 0, ±1 ; S = ±1 ; l = 0, ±1
origin is (d) L = 0, ±1 ; S = ±1 ; l = ±1
(a) r ( m B) 23. For a three-dimensional crystal having N
primitive unit cells with a basis of
(b) r (m .B) p atoms, the number of optical branches
is
(c) m B
(a) 3 (b) 3p
(d) m B r (m . B) (c) 3p – 3 (d) 3N – 3p
4 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
24. For an intrinsic semiconductor, m*e and 28. The solutions to the differential equation
m*h are respectively the effective masses
of electrons and holes near the dy x
corresponding band edges. At a finite dx y 1
temperature, the position of the Fermi are a family of
level
(a) circles with different radii
(a) depends on m*e but not on m*h
(b) circles with different centres
(b) depends on m*h but not on m*e
(c) straight lines with different slopes
(c) depends on both m*e and m*h
(d) straight lines with different intercepts
(d) depends neither on m*e nor on m*h on the y-axis
25. In the following circuit, the voltage across 29. A particle is moving under the action of a
and the current through the 2k generalized potential
resistance are
(1 q)
V(q, q ) =
q2
The magnitude of the generalized force is
2(1 q) 2(1 q)
(a) (b)
(a) 20 V, 10 mA (b) 20 V, 5 mA q3 q3
(c) 10 V, 10 mA (d) 10 V, 5 mA 2 q
Q.(26-55) carry two marks each. (c) q3 (d) q3
26. The unit vector normal to the surface 30. Two bodies of mass m and 2m are
x2 + y2 – z = 1 at the point P(1, 1, 1) is connected by spring constant k. The
i j k
frequency of the normal mode is
2i j k
(a) (b) (a) (b)
3 6 3 k / 2m k/m
i 2 j k
2i 2 j k
(c) 2 k / 3m (d) k / 2m
(c) (d)
6 3 31. Let (p, q) and (P, Q) be two pairs of
27. Consider a cylinder of height h and radius canonical variables. The transformation
a, closed at both ends, centered at the Q = q cos ( p)
origin. Let ix jy kz
be the position
P = q sin ( p)
a unit vector normal to the
vector and n is canonical for
(a) = 2, = 1/2
surface. The surface integral r . n ds
S
(b) = 2, = 2
over the closed surface of the cylinder is
(c) = 1, = 1
(d) = 1/2, = 2
32. Two particles, each of rest mass m collide
head-on and stick together. Before
collision, the speed of each mass was 0.6
times the speed of light in free space. The
mass of the final entity is
(a) 2a2 (a + h) (b) 3a2h (a) 5m/4 (b) 2m
(c) 2a2h (d) zero (c) 5m/2 (d) 25m/8
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 5
33. The normalized eigenstates of a particle 37. A spherical conductor of radius a is placed
in a one-dimensional potential well
in a uniform electric field E E0 k . The
0 if 0 x a potential at a point P(r, ) for r > a, is
V(x) = otherwise
given by
are given by (r, ) = constant – E0 r cos
2 nx E0 a 3
n(x) = sin , + cos
a a r2
where n = 1,2,3....... where r is the distance of P from the
The particle is subjected to a perturbation centre O of the sphere and is the angle
OP makes with the z-axis.
x a
V(x) = V0 cos for 0 x
a
2
=0 otherwise
The shift in the ground state energy due
to the perturbation, in the first order
perturbation theory, is
2V0 V0
(a) (b)
3 3
V0 2V0
(c) (d)
3 3
34. If the isothermal compressibility of a solid The charge density on the sphere at = 30 is
is T = 10–10 (Pa)–1, the pressure required
(a) 3 3 0 E0 /2
to increase its density by 1% is
approximately (b) 30 E0 /2
(a) 104 Pa (b) 105 Pa
(c) 3 0 E0 /2
(c) 108 Pa (d) 1010 Pa
(d) 0 E0 /2
35. A system of N non-interacting and
distinguishable particles of spin 1 is in 38. According to the single particle nuclear
thermodynamic equilibrium. The entropy shell model, the spin-parity of the ground
of the system is state of 178O is
(a) 2kB ln N (b) 3kB ln N 1
3
(a) (b)
(c) NkB ln 2 (d) NkB ln 3 2 2
36. A system has two energy levels with
3 5
energies and 2. The lower level is (c) (d)
4-fold degenerate while the upper level is 2 2
doubly degenerate. If there are N non- 39. In the -decay of neutron n p + e– + e ,
interacting classical particles in the the anti-neutrino e escapes detection.
system, which is in thermodynamic Its existence is inferred from the
equilibrium at temperature T, the fraction measurement of
of particles in the upper level is (a) energy distribution of electrons
1 1 (b) angular distribution of electrons
(a) (b)
1 e / kB T 1 2e / kB T (c) helicity distribution of electrons
1 1 (d) forward-backward asymmetry of
(c) (d) electrons
2e / kB T 4 e2 / kB T 2e / kB T 4 e2 / kB T
6 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
40. The isospin and the strangeness of 46. The following Boolean expression
– baryon are
Y = A B C D + A B C D
(a) 1, –3 (b) 0, – 3
(c) 1, 3 (d) 0, 3 + A B C D +A B C D
41. The lifetime of an atomic state is
+ A B C D + A B C D
1 nanosecond. The natural line width of
the spectral line in the emission spectrum can be simplified to
of this state is of the order of (a) A B C + A D
(a) 10–10 eV (b) 10–9 eV
–6
(c) 10 eV (d) 10–4 eV (b) A B C + A D
42. The degeneracy of an excited state of (c) A B C + A D
nitrogen atom having electronic
configuration 1s22s22p23d1 is (d) A B C + A D
(a) 6 (b) 10 47. Consider the following circuit.
(c) 15 (d) 150
43. The far infrared rotational absorption
spectrum of a diatomic molecule shows
equidistant lines with spacing 20 cm–1.
The position of the first Stokes line in the
rotational Raman spectrum of this
molecule is
(a) 20 cm–1 (b) 40 cm–1 Which of the following correctly
represents the output Vout corresponding
(c) 60 cm–1 (d) 120 cm–1 to the input Vin?
44. A metal with body centered cubic (bcc)
structure shows the first (i.e. smallest (a)
angle) diffraction peak at a Bragg angle
of = 30. The wavelength of X-ray used
is 2.1 Å. The volume of the PRIMITIVE
unit cell of the metal is
(a) 26.2 (Å)3 (b) 13.1 (Å)3
(c) 9.3 (Å)3 (d) 4.6 (Å)3
45. In the following circuit, Tr1 and Tr2 are
identical transistors having VBE = 0.7 V.
The current passing through the
transistor Tr2 is (b)
(a) 57 mA
(b) 50 mA
(c) 48 mA
(d) 43 mA
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 7
where E0, and are constants and k is the
(c) wave-vector.
50. The density of states of electrons
(including spin degeneracy) in the band
is given by
L L
(a) a sin(ka) (b) 2 a sin( ka)
L L
(c) (d)
2 a cos( ka) a cos(ka)
51. The effective mass of electrons in the band
(d) is given by
2 2
(a) (b)
a2 cos( ka) 2 a2 cos( ka)
2 2
(c) (d)
a2 sin( ka) 2a2 sin( ka)
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
Statement for Linked Answer Questions
52 and 53:
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
In a one-dimensional harmonic oscillator, 0,
Common Data for Questions 48 and 49:
1 and 2 are respectively the ground, first
z sin z and the second excited states. These three
Consider a function f(z) = of a complex states are normalized and are orthogonal to
( z )2
variable z. one another.
48. Which of the following statements is 1 and 2 are two states defined by
TRUE for the function f(z)? 1 = 0 – 21 + 32
(a) f(z) is analytic everywhere in the 2 = 0 – 1 + 2
complex plane
where is a constant.
(b) f(z) has a zero at z =
52. The value of for which 2 is orthogonal
(c) f(z) has a pole of order 2 at z = to 1 is
(d) f(z) has a simple pole at z = (a) 2
49. Consider a counterclockwise circular (b) 1
contour z = 1 about the origin. The
(c) – 1
integral f ( z) dz over this contour is (d) – 2
(a) – i (b) zero 53. For the value of determined in Q.52,
the expectation value of energy of the
(c) i (d) 2 i
oscillator in the state 2 is
Common Data for Questions 50 and 51:
(a)
The tight binding energy dispersion (E-k)
(b) 3/2
relation for electrons in a one-dimensional
array of atoms having lattice constant a and (c) 3
total length L is (d) 9/2
E = E0 – – 2 cos (ka),
8 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (a) to visit (b) having to visit
54 and 55: (c) visiting (d) for a visit
A plane electromagnetic wave has the 58. If Log (P) = (1/2) Log (Q) = (1/3) Log (R),
magnetic field given by then which of the following options is
k TRUE?
( x y) t k
B (x, y, z, t) = B0 sin 2 (a) P2 = Q3R2 (b) Q2 = PR
(c) Q2 = R3P (d) R = P2Q2
where k is the wave number and i, j and k
59. Which of the following options is the
are the cartesian unit vectors in x, y and z
closest in the meaning to the word below :
directions, respectively.
Inexplicable
54. The electric field E (x, y, z, t) corresponding (a) Incomprehensible
to the above wave is given by (b) Indelible
k (i j) (c) Inextricable
(a) cB0 sin ( x y) t
(d) Infallible
2 2
60. Choose the word from the options given
k (i j) below that is most nearly opposite in
(b) cB0 sin ( x y) t
2 2 meaning to the given word :
k Amalgamate
(c) cB0 sin ( x y) t i
2 (a) merge (b) split
(c) collect (d) separate
k
(d) cB0 sin ( x y) t j Q.(61- 65) carry two marks each.
2
61. A transporter receives the same number
55. The average Poynting vector is given by
of orders each day. Currently, he has
cB20 (i j) cB20 (i j) some pending orders (backlog) to be
(a) (b) shipped. If he uses 7 trucks, then at the
20 2 20 2
end of the 4th day he can clear all the
cB20 (i j) cB20 (i j) orders. Alternatively, if he uses only 3
(c) (d) trucks, then all the orders are cleared at
20 2 20 2
the end of the 10th day. What is the
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) QUESTIONS minimum number of trucks required so
Q.(56 - 60) carry one mark each. that there will be no pending order at the
56. Choose the most appropriate word from end of the 5th day?
the options given below to complete the (a) 4 (b) 5
following sentence. (c) 6 (d) 7
If you are trying to make a strong 62. The variable cost (V) of manufacturing a
impression on your audience, you
product varies according to the equation
cannot do so by being understated,
V = 4q, where q is the quantity produced.
tentative or .
The fixed cost (F) of production of same
(a) hyperbolic (b) restrained product reduces with q according to the
(c) argumentative(d) indifferent equation F = 100/q. How many units
57. Choose the most appropriate word(s) from should be produced to minimize the total
the options given below to complete the cost (V + F)?
following sentence. (a) 5 (b) 4
I contemplated________Singapore for (c) 7 (d) 6
my vacation but decided against it.
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 9
63. P, Q, R and S are four types of dangerous microbes recently found in a human habitat. The
area of each circle with its diameter printed in brackets represents the growth of a single
microbe surviving human immunity system within 24 hours of entering the body. The
danger to human beings varies proportionately with the toxicity, potency and growth
attributed to a microbe shown in the figure below :
A pharmaceutical company is contemplating the development of a vaccine against the
most dangerous microbe. Which microbe should the company target in its first attempt?
(a) P (b) Q
(c) R (d) S
64. Few school curricula include a unit on how to deal with bereavement and grief,
and yet all students at some point in their lives suffer from losses through death
and parting.
Based on the above passage which topic would not be included in a unit on bereavement?
(a) how to write a letter of condolence
(b) what emotional stages are passed through in the healing process
(c) what the leading causes of death are
(d) how to give support to a grieving friend
65. A container originally contains 10 litres of pure spirit. From this container 1 litre of spirit
is replaced with 1 litre of water. Subsequently, 1 litre of the mixture is again replaced with
1 litre of water and this process is repeated one more time. How much spirit is now left in
the container?
(a) 7.58 litres (b) 7.84 litres
(c) 7 litres (d) 7.29 litres
10 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (c) 62. (a) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (d)
EXPLANATIONS
1. If A and P be sequare matrices of the 2. Since, F is derivable from potential v(r)
same type and if P be inversible then
the matrices A and B = P–1 AP have the Hence, F = v r
same characteristics roots
Let B = P–1 AP Now, F = v r = 0
B – e = P–1 AP – l
and v r is parallel is each other
= P–1 AP – P–1 lp
= P–1(a – l)P 3. Momentum P = i
Where, l is identity matrix, |B – l| = 0
ˆ ˆ
is called the characterstics equation and P = i xi y j z k
’ 0 are the characterstic roots or eigen
values For one dimensional, we have
|B – l| = |P–1 (A – l) P|
d
= |P–1| |A – l| |P| Px = i
dx
= |A – l| |P–1| |P|
4. The efficiency of an engine is defined as
= |Al| |PP–1|
the ratio of the network done to the head
= |A – l| |l| absorbed during one complete cycle.
= |A – l| ( |l| = 1)
useful work done
Then the matrices A and B (= P–1 AP) efficiency x = ... (i)
Heat absorbed
have the same characterstics equations
and hence charactertics roots or eigen After one complete cycle, the engine
values. Since the sum of the eigen returns to its original state. Therefore,
values of a matrix is equal to the trace there will be no change in its internal
of the maxtrix is equal to determinant energy,
of matrix, hence third alternative is i.e., V = 0 From the first law, we have
incorrect.
V = Q1 – Q2 – w = 0
or w = Q – Q2 ... (ii)
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 11
Let T1 and T2 be the temperature of the head we get
reservoirs such that
VC dv k 1 1
T1 > T2 w2 = k = -
VB V 1 – VC –1 VB –1
the working substance, say a gas, is
contained with in a cylinder fitted with a
1
frictionless piston. =
1
PC VC -PB VB
P
T1 – T2
Q Adiabatics = nR ... (v)
A – 1
B
using PC VC = k PB VB
T1
D isotherm (iii) We place the cylinder in thermal
contact with the cold reservoir at T2 and
T2 compress the gas.
C
Q P
Workdone w3 = Q2 = Pdv n RT l n
C
VA VD VB VC
carnot cycle on p-v diagram V ... (vi)
Pdv n RT2 l n P
(i) We places the cylinder in thermal VC
contact with the hot reservoir and let
the gas udergoes reversible isothermal
A nR
(iv) w4= Pdv = T2 – T1 = –w 2
expansion, let Q1 head flow from the D –1
reservoir in to the gas in the process ... (vii)
we indicates this changes as A to B on Since T2< T1 , we –ve
the P – V diagram
w = P dv w1 w2 w3 w4
B
Work done w1 = P dv Since w2 = w4 we have
A
w = w1 – w3
VB dv
w1 = Q1 = n R T1 = nRT1
VA V
V VD
ln B nRT2 ln V ... (viii)
V VA C
= n R T1 4 n B ... (iv)
VA
T1VB – 1 = T2VC – 1
VB, VA volumes –1
T1 VC
A, B states or = V ... (ix)
T2 B
(ii) Next the temperature falls from T1 to T2
C
Similarly for D and A we can write
Work done w2 = P dv
B 1 1
T2 VD = T1 VA
Using the adiabatic relation Pv = k, 1
T1 VD
or T2 = V ... (x)
A
12 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
we comparing equation (ix) and (x), we get (iii) A is much larger here than in (ii) but
1 1
the added nucleon still has the same
VC VD number of neighbours and adds only
V = V ... (xi)
B A the same saturation binding energy
in (i)
VB VC
or V = V 8. The magnetic susceptibility of a
A D
ferromagnetic substance with curie
Using this result in equation (viii), we get
Temperature (TC) is given by
V
w = nR(T1 – T2) ln B ... (xii) C
V
A = T T for T > TC
C
VB
T1 T2 ln
9. The order of energy gap b/w valence and
w nR V
A conduction bands of a semiconductor
n=
Q1 nRT1 V is v | ev.
ln B
VA 11. We know that for any matrix
T1 T2 T2 1. The product of eigen values is equal to
= 1 ... (xiii) determinant of the matrix
T1 T1
2. The sum of eigen values is equal to
On comparing (iii) and (xiii)
trace of that matrix.
T1 Q1
= ... (xiv) If 1, 2 and 3 are 3 eigen vlaue of 3 3
T2 Q2 matrix, then
Q1
i.e., for an ideal gas the ratio Q also 1 + 2 + 3 = 11
2
depends on temperatures T1 and T2 1 2 3 = 36
6. A nucleon near the surface of the nucleus largest eigen vlaue of the matrix is 9.
like an atom 12. By symmetry I = Iy
I1 = T2
By perpendicular axis theorme
lz = lx + ly
l3 = 2l1
(i ) (ii)
Hence l1 = l2 and l3 l1
13. Here v(x) = v0 for x > 0 and E < v0
Applying schrodinger equation in region II
V(x)
(ii) (iii) V0
region I
(i) The nucleon adds the binding to two
F
neighbours
(ii) The nucleon adds the binding to as
X
many neighbours as it can have, the
binding now has the saturation value.
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 13
d 2 2m n!
2 E v 0 = 0 e ax x n dx =
dx 2
0
n 1
E < v0 1 4 0!
2= 3
r a 2 0 1
d 2 2m
2 v 0 E =0 a
dx 2
4 a
2m 3 ( 0! =1)
Let 2 = 'v 0 E is real a 2
2
d2 1 2
2 = 0 2 =
dx 2 r a2
16. The grounded infinite conducting plane
2 > 0
behaves as plane mirror and form the
= Aeax + Be–ax images of charges g and 2g as
must becomes when x = .
Hence its not possible wave function thus –q .5m
– 2q B 2q
must be Be–ax. X
D C .5m q A
14. (Lx, Ly, Lz) = (Lx Lz)Ly + Lx[Ly, Lz]... (i)
1.5m 1.5m
[A, B, C] = (A, C)B + A(B, C)
Equation (i) can be written as F = FAB FCB FDB
(Lx, Ly, Lz) = –(Lz, Lx)Ly + Lx[Ly, Lz]
Now, (Lz, Lx) = i Ly and [Ly, Lz] = i h Lx FAB and FDB are in same direction
hence = 0
(Lx, Ly, Lz) = i Ly2 + i Lx2
F =FAB + FCB + FDB
= i [Lx2 – Ly2]
1 2 q 2 q2 2 q 2
1 F= 2 2
15. Expectation value of 2 is given by 40 12 1 2
r
1 1 1 2 q2 1 7 q2
2 =
r * r r 2
r dv F=
40
3 q
2 4 0 2
Here (r )=
17. k = K Tˆ
1 2 r / a
* r 3/ 2
e is real Hence By = 0
4 a
X
and volumed v = 4r2 dr
L
1 1 2 r / a 1 1
2 = 3
e 2
r 0
4 a r 4
2
2 Y
L
e r / a 4 r 2dr
a3
2
1 4
2 = e2 r / a dr Z
r a3 0
14 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
Since vertical component along (Z – axis) B2 = 0
+ is cancelled by the corresponding Ay Ax
=0
filament at –x, hence B2 = 0 x y
Consider a rectangular Amperial loop B0 x B0 y
Only A = 2 , 0 ,0
z= 0
Y
Satisfies the above condition.
22. The selection rules for the electic-dipole
L transitions in multi electron atoms are
closely similar to the selection rule for the
an electron atom.
(i) Most of the transitions occur in which one
L
X electron jumps at a time and such that its
l value change by one unit i.e.,
l = ± 1
According to the laporte rule the parity of
Z
Applying Ampere’s law, we get the configuration.
Must change in an electric-diapole
B dl = 2B2 = µ0 lenc = µ0 kL transition.
(ii) There is no restriction on the total
0 k
B= quantum numbers n of either electron.
2
(iii) For the atom as a whole, the quantum
In vector form,
numbers L.S., and J must change as
0 k ˆ follows :
2 i for z 0
B= L = 0, ± 1 (In one electron atoms)
0 k iˆ for z 0 L = 0 is not allowed
2
S = 0
18. Let F be the force on the dipole then J = 0, ± 1 but J = 0 J=0
torque at a position r is 25. We know that zener diode acts as a DC
= voltage stablizer, hence the voltage
r F developed across 2 k resistence is 10 V.
So the correct flowing through in 2k is
But F = m B
= 10V
r m B = 5mA
2k
19. B = A 26. The equation of the surface is
iˆ jˆ kˆ f(x, y, z) (x2 + y2 – Z – 1) = 0
2Ax Ax ˆ ˆ 2
B = iˆ f = iˆ j k x y2 z 1
x y z x y x y z
Ax Ay Az = x 2 y 2 z 1 i x 2 y 2 z 1 jˆ
x y
Bxiˆ Byjˆ Bzkˆ
2
Ax Az ˆ Ay Ax
= ˆj
x y2 z 1 kˆ
k z
z Ax x y
B0 is not along z-direction = 2iˆ 2 yjˆ kˆ value of
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 15
f point P(1, ,1, 1)ki Vector xiˆ yjˆ is normal to the current
surface of the cyclinder and therefore
f 1,1,1 = 2iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ for this surface we have
f 1,1,1 = 22 22 12 3 xiˆ yjˆ xiˆ yj
x̂ =
Hence unit normal vector to the given x2 y2 a
surface of the point P(1, 1, 1) is
x2 y2
f 1,1,1 r xˆ = a
2i 2 ˆj kˆ a
f 1,1,1 =
3
Then, r xˆ ds = a ds a
27. For calculation of surface integral, we
Current surface (area of curved surface)
need the surface of the cyclinder shown
in adjacent figure = a 2ah 2a2 h
Z
The value of
r nˆ ds are the whole
a surface of cylinder is then
a2 h 2a2 h = 3a2 h
h dy x
28. =
dx y 1
x dx y dy dy = 0
x2 y2
X Y y = C1
2 2
x 2 y 2 2 y = 2C1
x̂ = kˆ and r nˆ r kˆ z
x 0 2 y 1 2 = 2C1 + C
Where r = xiˆ yj zkˆ is the given
Position vector. Thus Which is family of circles with differente
radii.
r ds = r n ds 1 q0
Top surface 29. v q, q =
q2
n ds = nha2 (on top surface) Generalised force
On the bottom surface of the cyclinder v 1 q 2q
=
n = k̂ q q4
Magnitude of generalised force
r nˆ = r nˆ z 0
for the bottom surface z = 0 v 2 1 q
=
q q3
Thus, r ds = r nˆ ds 0
30. The reduced mass of the system is
Top bottom surface
m 2m 2m
n ds = ha2 (on top surface) µ=
m 2m 3m
16 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
1 2 1 2
Lagrangian L = x kx 2 nx
2 2 32. Here n x = sin
a a
1 2m 2 1 2 For ground state n=1
L= x kx
2 3 2
2 x
1 x =sin
L 2m L a a
= x and vx
x 3 x The shift in ground state energy
a/2
d L L E = 0 *1 x v x 1 x dx
=0
dt x x
2 a/2 x x
2m
= v0 sin 2 cos dx
x kx = 0 a 0 a a
3
3x x
x x =0 Let sin = t
2m a
x w2 x = 0 x
cos dx = dt
a a
3x
w= x a
2m cos dx = dt
31. Here Q = q cos P a n
Now when x = 0, t = 0
Q
= q 1 cos P a
P and when x , t sin 1
2 2
Q
= q sin P 2v0 a 1 2
t dt
a 0
P E=
P = q sin P 2v0
E=
3
P
= q1 sin q 1
q 34. Since P = 1010 Pa
kT
P For isothermal process
= q cos P
P 1
PV = constent V P
P P Q Q
Now, , P
q P q P = constant
P
= q 2 1 sin P cos P q 2 1 sin P cos P P2 P2
P1 = P1
q 2 1 sin P cos P q 21 sin P cos P P2
P2 = P1
P2
= q2 1 sin 2P
If becomes a perfect differential. P1
1
P2 = 100 1010 1010 P
a
1
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 17
37. Poisson’s equation in spherical Since l = 2 for the d state for which the
coordinate is parity is even. Therefore, the ground
1 2 l 1 5t
state should be .
2 l = r 2 r r r 2 sin 2
41. The product of the uncertainty x in
l 1 2l the position of a body at some instant
sin 2 2 2 =
r sin 0 and uncertainty P in its momentum
on same instant is equal to or greater
is independent of
then
2l x P > h
= 0
2 The uncertainity relation x P h can
also be written in terms of the
In this case l(r, ) can be written as
congugate pair of quantities energy E
a3 and time t. We know that the kinetic
l(r, ) = E0 r 2 cos ... (i) energy of a particle is
r
The contribution of induced charge is 1 P2
E= mV 2
2 2m
E0 a3
= cos where P is the linear momentum
r2
(P = mV)
Induced charge density using equation (i)
PP
l Thus, F =
0 m
r r 0
x
But, P = mV m
2q 3 t
= cos 0 E0 1 3
r r a x
E = P
() = 30 E0 x cos t
3 3 or, E t = xP
()| = 30= 30 E0 cos 30 0 E0 x P > h
2
38. For 17
O h
8 We can write E t
2
The No. of protons = 8 = z
The No. of neutrons = 9 = N Since x P h
The proton configuration is h
|S1/2 |P3/2 |P1/2, We can write E t =
2
Hence the all subshells are compeletely
In questiont = 10–9 S
filled.
The neutron configuration is 1S 1/2, 6.6 10 34
|P3/2, |P1/2 and last unparied neutron Hence E = J
2 3.14 1019
will go in 1d 5/2 subshell which is
partially filled. Hence, the ground state 6.6 10 34
=
6.28 10 9 1.6 10 19
spin of 17
8 O should be l 5 .
2 0.65 106 eV 106 eV
18 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
42. The electronic configuration of N-atom is L
Hence = J J 1
1 l l
1s , 2s , 2p , 3d , For d-shell l = 2, s ,
2 2 2 1
2
1 5 3
or Vrot = J J 1
j=l±=2± = , 4 2 l
2 2 2
5 In terms of wave no. the energy
Hence degeneracy of state is equation can be written as
2
5 E h
(2j + 1) = 2 1 6 F(J) = J J 1
2 hC 82IC
3 = BJ(J + 1)
Degeneracy of state is
2 h
Where B is known as
3 82 lC
2 1 = 4 rotational constant.
2
Substituting J = 0, 1, 2, ... we get
Thus total degeneracy = 6 + 4 =10
F(J) = 0, 2B, 6B, 12B
43. To determine the possible energies of
V = F(J’) – F(J”)
rotation of the molecule. We have to solve
the schrodingers equation of a rigid = BJ’(J’ + 1) – BJ” (J” + 1)
rotator which is J F (J)
5 30B
8 2 m
2 E = 0
h2 4 20B
The potential energy term V has been
taken zero because r is fixed, µ is the
reduced mass of diatomic molecule, after
3 12B
getting solution, we find that the eigen
functions are single valued finite and
continous only for certain values of E, 2 6B
given by 1 2B
h2 0 0
E= J J 1
82 l 2B 4B 6B 8B 10B
Where J is called rotational quantum –1
number which can take the integral value V (cm )
and l(= µr2) is the moment of inertia of For absorption
equivalent single point mass. The rotation transitions follow the
From classical mechanics, we have following selection rule.
1 2 J = ± 1
E= I J’ > J”
2
J’ = J” + 1
and L = I, L 2E I
So, V = 2B(J” + 1)
From quantum mechanics the angular
For simplicity we put J’ = J and we have
momentum L of the system in the
substituting
quantum state J is given by
V = 2B(J + 1)
L = J J 1 J = 0, 1, 2
V = 2B, 4B, 6B, 8B
GATE 2011 (PHYSICS) 19
Thus the absorption spectrum of a rigid
rotator is expected to consist of a series 49. f z dz =0
of equidistant lines with constent
separation 2B, provided transitions start
from various energy levels J = 0, 1, 2, 3,
... as shown
According to question 1
2B = 20 cm–1 C
B = 10 cm–1 1
From the solution of we know that the
distence of first stoke lines from Rayleigh
line is 6B.
6 10 = 60 cm–1 50. E = E0 – B – 2 cos ka
44. By Bragg’s low 2d sin = dE
= 2a sin ka
2.1 dk
d= 2.1
2 sin 30 L
Energy density =
Volume of unit cell = (2.1)3 = 9.3(Å)3 dE
45. Applying kischhoff’s voltage law (KVL), dk
we get
L
5 = 100 l + 0.7 = 2a sin ka
4.3
l= 43 mA 2
100 51. Effective mass m* =
E
46. y = A.B.C.D A.B.C.D+A B C D d2
dk 2
A B C + 0 A B C D A B C D dE
Now, = 2a sin ka
= A BC ACD A C D dk
d2 E
A A 1 = 2 a2 cos ka
dk2
= A B C AD C C 2
m* =
2a 2 coska
= ABC AD
52. Here 1 = 0 – 21 + 32
47. The given circuit is an inverting amplifier 2 = 0 – 1 + 2
Rf 2 is orthogonal to 1
V0 = 1 Vin
R 1 Hence, 1 , 2 * d = 0
4
V0 = 1 Vin
2 2 2
1
d 2 d 3 d 0
0 1 2
1, 2 and 3 are orthogonal to
V0 = – 5Vin each other.
z log z
48. f(z) = has a pole of order z at Hence 0 1 d = d
1 2
z
z = = d 0
0 3
20 GATE 2011 (PHYSICS)
Now since 0, 1 and 2 are normalized. E0
Now, B0 =
2 2
Hence, d = d d 1 2 C
0 2
E0 = B0C
1 + 2 + 3 =0
Hence
1 k iˆ ˆj
E = CB 0 sin x y wt
53. For = –1 z z
2 = 0 – 1 – 2
Expectation vlaue in 2 state is FB
55. S =
(E) = (2* |E| ) 0
(E) = (0 E0 0 1 |E1 | 1 2 |E2 | 2 Hence average ( S ) is given by
(0 E0 0 1 |E1 | 1 2 |E2 | 2 CB20 iˆ ˆj
(S ) =
Using orthogonal property, 20 2
n 1
S is along kˆ
Now, En = h
2 lB20 iˆ ˆj
(S ) =
1 3 20 2
(E0) = h, E1 h
2 2 1 1
58. Log P log Q log R k
5 2 3
and (E2) = h
2 P bk ,Q b2 k , R b3 k
E = (E0) + (E1) + (E2) Now, Q2 = b4k = b3k bk = PR
1 3 5 62. Checking with all option in formulas
= h h h
2 2 2
100
9 4q i.e., v F
= h q
2
Option (a) gives the minimum cost.
54. Here B x, g, z, t 63. By observation of the table, we can say s.
x 4 k P Q R S
= B0 sin wt kˆ
z requirement 800 600 300 200
Here B is along positive z-axis i.e., k̂ potency 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.8
3 3
- i+j iˆ ˆj 10 1 9
k̂ is along i.e., 65. 10 = 10
z z z 10 10
729 729
E is perpendicular to k̂ 10
1000 100
iˆ ˆj
Hence, must be along 729
z = 1 7.29 L
100
GATE-2010
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Some useful physical constants 6. Consider X-ray diffraction from a crystal
Speed of light c = 3 10 ms 8 –1 with a face-centered-cubic (fcc) lattice.
The lattice plane for which there is NO
Plank’s constant h = 6.63 10–34 Js
diffraction peak is
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 JK–1
(a) (2, 1, 2)
Charge of electron e = 1.6 10–19C
(b) (1, 1, 1)
Q.(1 – 25) Carry one mark each.
(c) (2, 0, 0)
1. Consider an anti-symmetric tensor Pij with
(d) (3, 1, 1)
the indices i and j running from 1 to 5.
The number of independent components 7. The Hall coefficient, R H, of sodium
of the tensor is depends on
(a) 3 (b) 10 (a) the effective charge carrier mass and
carrier density
(c) 9 (d) 6
(b) the charge carrier density and
e z sin( z)
2. The value of the integral z2 dz, relaxation time
C
(c) the charge carrier density only
where the contour C is the unit circle:
z – 2 = 1, is (d) the effective charge carrier mass
(a) 2i (b) 4i 8. The Bloch theorem states that within a
(c) i (d) 0 crystal, the wavefunction, ( r ), of an
2 3 0 electron has the form
3. The eigen values of the matrix 3 2 0
(a) ( r ) = u( r) e i k.r where u( r ) is an
0 0 1
are arbitrary function and k is an
(a) 5, 2, – 2 (b) – 5, –1, 1 arbitrary vector
(c) 5, 1, –1 (d) – 5, 1, 1
(b) ( r ) = u( r) eiG.r where u( r ) is an
0 for x 3,
4. If f (x) then the Laplace arbitrary function and G is a
x 3 for x 3,
transform of f (x) is reciprocal lattice vector
(a) s–2 e3s (b) s2 e–3s (c) ( r ) = u( r) eiG.r where u( r ) = u( r +
(c) s–2 (d) s–2 e–3s
), is a lattice and G is a
5. The valence electrons do not directly
reciprocal lattice vector
determine the following property of a metal.
(a) Electrical conductivity (d) ( r ) = u( r) ei. k.r where u( r ) = u( r +
(b) Thermal conductivity
), is a lattice vector and k is an
(c) Shear modulus arbitrary vector
(d) Metallic lustre
2 GATE 2010 (PHYSICS)
9. In an experiment involving a ferromagnetic (c) The electrons in the normal state lose
medium, the following observations were their ability to transfer heat because
made. Which one of the plots does NOT of their coupling to the Cooper pairs
correctly represent the property of the (d) The heat capacity increases on
medium? (TC is the Curie temperature) transition to the superconducting state
(a) leading to a reduction in thermal
conductivity
Spontaneous
11. The basic process underlying the neutron
-decay is
(a) d u + e– + Ve (b) d u + e–
(c) s u + e– + Ve (d) u d + e– + Ve
1/Tc 1/T 12. In the nuclear shell model the spin parity
(b) of 15N is given by
Magnetic
1 1
(a) (b)
2 2
3 3
(c) (d)
2 2
Magnetic
13. Match the reactions on the left with the
Field
associated interactions on the right.
(c) (1) + + + (i) Strong
0
(2) + (ii) Electromagnetic
Magnetic
0 –
(3) n +p (iii) Weak
(a) (1, iii), (2, ii), (3, i)
(b) (1, i), (2, ii), (3, iii)
(c) (1, ii), (2, i), (3, iii)
Tc T (d) (1, iii), (2, i), (3, ii)
(d) 14. To detect trace amounts of a gaseous
Specific
species in a mixture of gases, the
preferred probing tools is
(a) Ionization spectroscopy withX-rays
(b) NMR spectroscopy
Tc T (c) ESR spectroscopy
10. The thermal conductivity of a given (d) Laser spectroscopy
material reduces when it undergoes a 15. A collection of N atoms is exposed to a
transition from its normal state to the strong resonant electromagnetic
superconducing state. The reason is: radiation with Ng atoms in the ground
state and Ne atoms in the excited state,
(a) The Cooper pairs cannot transfer
such that Ng + Ne = N. This collection of
energy to the lattice
two-level atoms will have the following
(b) Upon the formation of Cooper pairs, population distribution:
the lattice becomes less efficient in
(a) Ng << Ne (b) Ng >> Ne
heat transfer
(c) Ng Ne N 2 (d) Ng – Ne N 2
GATE 2010 (PHYSICS) 3
16. Two states of an atom have definite (b) 5.1V
parities. An electric dipole transition
between these states is
(a) Allowed if both the states have even
parity
(b) Allowed if both the states have odd (c)
parity
(c) Allowed if the two sates have opposite
parities
(d) Not allowed unless a static electric
field is applied
17. The spectrum of radiation emitted by a (d)
black body at a temperature 1000 K peaks
in the
(a) Visible range of frequencies
(b) Infrared range of frequencies
(c) Ultraviolet range of frequencies
21. A system of N non-interacting classical
(d) Microwave range of frequencies point particles is constrained to move on
18. An insulating sphere of radius a carries a the two-dimensional surface of a sphere.
charge density ( r ) = 0 (a2 – r2) cos; r < a. The internal energy of the system is
The leading order term for the electric 3 1
field at a distance d, for away from the (a) NkBT (b) NkBT
2 2
charge distribution, is proportional to
5
(a) d–1 (b) d–2 (c) NkBT (d) NkBT
2
(c) d–3 (d) d–4 22. Which of the following atoms cannot
19. The voltage resolution of a 12 – bit exhibit Bose-Einstein condensation, even
digital to analog converter (DAC), whose in principle?
output varies from – 10 V to + 10 V is, (a) 1H1 (b) 4He2
approximately 23 40
(c) Na11 (d) K19
(a) 1 mV
23. For the set of all Lorentz transformations
(b) 5 mV with velocities along the x-axis, consider
(c) 20 mV the two statements given below:
(d) 100 mV P : If L is a Lorentz transformation them,
20. In one of the following circuits, negative L–1, is also a Lorentz transformation.
feedback does not operate for a negative Q : If L1 and L2 are Lorentz transforma-
input. Which one is it? The opamps are tions then, L 1L 2 is necessarily a
running from ± 15V supplies. Lorentz transformation.
(a) Choose the correct option.
(a) P is true and Q is false
(b) Both P and Q are true
(c) Both P and Q are false
(d) P is false and Q is true
4 GATE 2010 (PHYSICS)
24. Which of the following is an allowed 28. Given the recurrence relation for the
wavefunction for a particle in a bound Legendre polynomials
state? N is a constant and , > 0. (2n + 1) x Pn (x) =(n + 1) Pn+1(x) + n Pn–1(x),
er which of the following integrals has a non-
(a) = N 3
r zero value?
(b) = N(1 – e–r) 1
2
(c) = Ne x
e ( x2 y2 z2 ) (a) x P ( x) P
1
n n 1 ( x) dx
non-zero constant if r R 1
(d) = 0
if r R (b) x P ( x) P
1
n n 2 ( x) dx
25. A particle is confined within a spherical 1
region of radius one femtometer (10–15m). 2
Its momentum can be expected to be
(c) x [ P ( x)]
1
n dx
about 1
2
(a) 20
keV (d) x
1
Pn ( x) Pn 2 ( x) dx
c
29. For a two-dimensional free electron gas,
keV the electronic density n, and the Fermi
(b) 200
c energy EF, are related by
MeV 3
(c) 200 (2mE F ) 2
mEF
c (a) n = (b) n =
3 2 3 2
GeV 3 1
(d) mE F 2 2 (mEF ) 2
c (c) n = (d) n =
2
Q.(26 – 55) Carry two marks each. 2
30. Far away from any of the resonance
e z e z
frequencies of a medium, the real part of
26. For the complex function, f(z) = ,
sin( z) the dielectric permittivity is
which of the following statements is (a) Always independent of frequency
correct?
(b) Monotonically decreasing with
(a) z = 0 is a branch point frequency
(b) z = 0 is a pole of order one (c) Monotonically increasing with
(c) z = 0 is a removable singularity frequency
(d) z = 0 is an essential singularity (d) A non-monotonic function of frequency
27. The solution of the differential equation 31. The ground state wavefunction of
d2 y deuteron is in a superposition of s and d
for y(t): – y = 2cosh(t), subject to the
dt 2 states. Which of the following is NOT true
dy as a consequence?
initial conditions y(0) = 0 and = 0,
dt t 0 (a) It has a non-zero quadruple moment
is (b) The neutron-proton potential is non-
1 central
(a) cosh(t) + t sinh(t)
2 (c) The orbital wavefunction is not
(b) – sinh(t) + t cosh(t) spherically symmetric
(c) t cosh (t) (d) The Hamiltonian does not conserve
(d) t sinh (t) that total angular momentum
GATE 2010 (PHYSICS) 5
32. The first three energy levels of 228Th90 are Let the wavefunction of the particle be
shown below given by
4+ 187 keV 1 2
(x) = 1,
0
2+ 57.5 keV 5 5
0+ 0 keV where 0 and 1 are the eigenfunctions of
The expected spin-parity and energy of the ground state and the first excited state
the next level are given by respectively. The expectation value of the
(a) (6+; 400 keV) (b) (6+; 300 keV) energy is
31
(c) (2+; 400 keV) (d) (4+; 300 keV) (a)
10 V(x)
33. The quark content of +, K–, – and p is
25
indicated: (b)
10
uus ; K = su ; ud ; p uud 13
(c)
su ; ud ; p uud 10
11
In the process, – + p K– + +, consid- (d) 0 x
10
ering strong interactions only, which of
36. Match the typical spectra of stable
the following statements is true?
molecules with the corresponding wave-
(a) The process is allowed because S = 0 number range
(b) The process is allowed because I3 = 0 1. Electronic spectra (i) 106 cm–1 and
(c) The process is not allowed because above
S 0 and I3 0
2. Rotational spectra (ii) 105 – 106 cm–1
(d) The process is not allowed because the
3. Molecular (iii) 100 – 102 cm–1
baryon number is violated
dissociation
34. The three principal moments of inertia
of a methanol (CH3OH) molecule have the (a) 1 – ii, 2 – i, 3 – iii, (b) 1 – ii, 2 – iii, 3 – i,
property I x = I y = I and I z I. The (c) 1 – iii, 2 – ii, 3 – i, (d) 1 – i, 2 – ii, 3 – iii,
rotational energy eigenvalues are
37. Consider the operations P : r – r
2 2 ml2 1 1 (parity) and T : t –t (time-reversal). For
(a) l(l 1)
2I 2 I z I the electric and magnetic fields E and
2 B , which of the following set of
(b) l (l 1) transformations is correct?
2I
2 ml2 1 1 P : E – E,B B;
(c) (a)
2 I z I T : E E, B – B
2 2 ml2 1 1 P : E E, B B;
(d) l(l 1) (b)
2I 2 I z I T : E E,B B
35. A particle of mass m is confined in the P : E E,B B;
potential (c)
T : E E,B B
1 2 2
m x for x < 0, P : E E, B B;
V(x) = 2 (d)
for x 0 T : E E,B B
6 GATE 2010 (PHYSICS)
38. Two magnetic dipoles of magnitude m each are placed in a plane as shown.
The energy of interaction is given by m
(a) Zero
45 2
0 m2
(b)
4 d3 d
2
3 0 m 45
(c)
2 d3 m
1
3 0 m 2
(d)
8 d3
39. Consider a conducting loop of radius a and total loop resistance R placed in a region with a
magnetic field B thereby enclosing a flux 0. The loop is connected to an electronic circuit
as shown, the capacitor being initially uncharged.
Vout
B
If the loop is pulled out of the region of the magnetic field at a constant speed u, the final
output voltage Vout is independent of
(a) 0 (b) u
(c) R (d) C
40. The figure shows a constant current source charging a
capacitor that is initially uncharged. Vout
If the switch is closed at t = 0, which of the following plots
depicts correctly the output voltage of the circuit as a
function of time?
(a) (b)
Vout
Vout
t
t
(c) (d)
Vout
Vout
t
t
GATE 2010 (PHYSICS) 7
41. For any set of inputs, A and B, the 45. A particle is placed in a region with the
following circuits give the same output, 1 2 3
potential V(x) = kx – x , where k,
Q, except one. Which one is it? 2 3
A l > 0. Then,
(a) Q
B k
(a) x = 0 and x = are points of stable
A equilibrium
(b) Q (b) x = 0 is a point of stable equilibrium
B
k
A and x = is a point of unstable
B Q
(c) equilibrium
k
(c) x = 0 and x = are points of unstable
(d) A equilibrium
Q
B (d) There are no points of stable or
42. CO2 molecule has the first few energy unstable equilibrium
levels uniformly separated by approxima- 46. A 0 meson at rest decays into two
tely 2.5 meV. At a temperature of 300K, photons, which move along the x-axis.
the ratio of the number of molecules in They are both detected simultaneously
the 4th excited state to the number in the after a time, t = 10 s. In an inertial frame
2nd excited state is about moving with a velocity V = 0.6c in the
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.6 direction of one of the photons, the time
(c) 0.8 (d) 0.9 interval between the two detections is
43. Which among the following sets of (a) 15s (b) 0s
Maxwell relations is correct? (U - internal (c) 10s (d) 20s
energy, H-enthalpy, A - Helmholtz free 47. A particle of mass m is confined in an
energy and G - Gibbs free energy) infinite potential well:
U U 0 if 0 < x < L,
(a) T = and P = V (x) =
V S S V otherwise.
H H It is subjected to a perturbing potential
(b) V = and T =
P S S P 2x
VP(x) = V0 sin
L
G G
(c) P = – and V = within the well. Let
V T P S
E(1) and E(2) be the V(x)
A A corrections to the
(d) P = – and S = –
S T P V ground state energy Vp(x)
44. For a spin-s particle, in the eigen basis of in the first and L
0
2 2 second order in V0,
S , Sz the expectation value sm S x sm (a) E(1) = 0; E(2) < 0
is
(b) E(1) > 0; E(2) = 0
{ s( s 1) m2 }
(a) (b) 2 {s (s + 1) –2m2} (c) E(1) = 0; E(2) depends on the sign of V0
2
(d) E(1) < 0; E(2) < 0
(c) 2 {s(s + 1) – m2} (d) 2 m2
8 GATE 2010 (PHYSICS)
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS (c)
Common Data for Questions 48 and 49:
CV
In the presence of a weak magnetic field,
atomic hydrogen undergoes the transition:
2
P1 1 S 1 , by emission of radiation.
2 2
T
48. The number of distinct spectral lines that
(d)
are observed in the resultant Zeeman
spectrum is
CV
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 6
49. The spectral line corresponding to the
transition T
51. The pressure of the photon gas is
2 1
1 1
S1 m j
P1 m j 2 V ( kB T)3 2 V ( kB T) 4
2
2 2
2 (a) (b)
is observed along the direction of the 15 3 c3 8 3 c3
3
applied magnetic field. The emitted 2 V ( kB T) 4 V ( kB T) 2
electromagnetic field is (c) (d)
45 c 3 3
45 3 c3
(a) Circularly polarized LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
(b) Linearly polarized Statement for Linked Answer Questions
(c) Unpolarized 52 and 53:
(d) Not emitted along the magnetic field Consider the propagation of electromagnetic
direction waves in a linear, homogeneous and isotropic
Common Data for Questions 50 and 51: material medium with electric permittivity
, and magnetic permeability .
The partition function for a gas of photons is
given by 52. For a plane wave of angular frequency
and propagation vector k propagating in
2 V ( kB T)3
In Z = the medium Maxwell’s equations reduce
45 3C3
to
50. The specific heat of the photon gas varies
with temperature as (a) k . E = 0; k . H = 0; k E = H ;
(a)
k H = – E
CV (b) k . E = 0; k . H = 0; k E = – H ;
k H = E
T (c) k . E = 0; k . H = 0; k E = – H ;
(b) k H = E
(d) k . E = 0, k . H = 0; k E = H ;
k H = – E
T
GATE 2010 (PHYSICS) 9
53. If and assume negative values in a 57. Which of the following options is the
certain frequency range, then the closest in meaning to the word below:
directions of the propagation vector k and Circuitous
(a) cyclic (b) indirect
the Poynting vector S in that frequency
range are related as (c) confusing (d) crooked
58. Choose the most appropriate word from
(a) k and S are parallel
the options given below to complete the
(b) k and S are anti-parallel following sentence:
(c) k and S are perpendicular to each If we manage to _______ our natural
other
resources, we would leave a better
(d) k and S make an angle that depends planet for our children.
on the magnitude of and (a) uphold (b) restrain
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (c) cherish (d) conserve
54 and 55:
59. 25 persons are in a room. 15 of them play
The Lagrangian for a simple pendulum is hockey, 17 of them play football and 10 of
given by: them play both hockey and football. Then
1 the number of persons playing neither
L = ml2 2 – mgl(1 – cos )
2 hockey nor football is:
54. Hamilton’s equations are then given by (a) 2 (b) 17
P (c) 13 (d) 3
(a) p = – mgl sin; = 2
ml 60. The question below consists of a pair of
P
(b) p = mgl sin; = related words followed by four pairs of
ml 2 words. Select the pair that best expresses
P the relation in the original pair.
(c) p = – m ; =
m Unemployed: Worker
g P (a) fallow : land (b) unaware : sleeper
(d) p = – ; =
l ml
(c) wit : jester (d) renovated : house
55. The Poisson bracket between and is Q. (61 – 65) carry two marks each.
1 61. If 137 + 276 = 435 how much is 731 + 672?
(a) {, } = 1 (b) {, } =
ml 2 (a) 534 (b) 1403
1 g
(c) {, } = (d) {, } = (c) 1623 (d) 1513
m l
62. Hari (H), Gita(G), Irfan (I) and Saira (S)
General Aptitude (GA) Questions are siblings (i.e. brothers and sisters). All
Q. (56 – 60) Carry one mark each. were born on 1 st January. The age
difference between any two successive
56. Choose the most appropriate word from
siblings (that is born one after another) is
the options given below to complete the
less than 3 years. Given the following facts:
following sentence:
(i) Hari’s age + Gita’s age > Irfan’s age +
His rather casual remarks on politics
Saira’s age.
______ his lack of seriousness about
the subject. (ii) The age difference between Gita and
Saira is 1 year. However, Gita is not
(a) masked (b) belied the oldest and Saira is not the youngest.
(c) betrayed (d) suppressed (iii)There are no twins.
10 GATE 2010 (PHYSICS)
In what order were they born (oldest first)? 64. 5 skilled workers can build a wall in
(a) HSIG (b) SGHI 20 days; 8 semi-skilled workers can build
a wall in25 days; 10 unskilled workers can
(c) IGSH (d) IHSG
build a wall in 30 days. If a team has 2
63. Modern warfare has changed from skilled, 6 semi-skilled and 5 unskilled
large scale clashes of armies to workers, how long will it take to build
suppression of civilian populations. the wall?
Chemical agents that do their work
(a) 20 days
silently appear to be suited to such
warfare; and regretfully, there exist (b) 18 days
people in military establishments (c) 16 days
who think that chemical agents are (d) 15 days
useful tools for their cause.
65. Given digits 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4 how
Which of the following statements best many distinct 4 digit numbers greater
sums up the meaning of the above passage: than 3000 can be formed?
(a) Modern warfare has resulted in civil strife. (a) 50
(b) Chemical agents are useful in modern (b) 51
warfare.
(c) 52
(c) Use of chemical agents in warfare
(d) 54
would be undesirable.
(d) People in military establishments like
to use chemical agents in war.
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (*) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (d) 65. (b)
GATE 2010 (PHYSICS) 11
EXPLANATIONS
1. The number of independent components sx
of the tensor = 00 e2
s 3
1 2 1
N N = 25 5 10 e35 2 35
2 2
= 0 s e
s2
2
2. z = 0 z=0 6. For No diffraction d should be minimum
It means f(z) has poles at z = 0 of the order a
of two, which lie outside the circle (z – 2) = 1 d=
h k2 l2
2
e z sin z
= dz = 2i(0)
and d is minimum for (3, 1, 1)
c z2
1
=0 7. RH = and sodium is a metal hence,
ne
RH only depends on charge carrier density
n only.
8. The Bloch theorem is
2
0 1 r = u r eikr
Where ur = u r A
9. For a ferromagenetic substance
3. The characterstics equation of the matrix
A is CV = 2 Ms Ms
|A – l| = 0 T
h Ms
2 3 0 Ms = N tan a 0
kBT
A = 3 2 0
N means CV rises maximum at TC and then
0 0 1
falls absolutely to zero as shown
2 3 0 CV
Hence, |A – l| = 3 2 0 0
0 0 1
2
or (2 – ) (z – 3 + ) – 3[3 – 3] + 0 = 0
or (4 – 6 + 22.2 + 32 – 3) – 9 + 9 = 0 K
T = TC
or 3 – 52 – + 5 = 0 19. Voltage resolution
After solving the above cubic equation, we 10 10 10
get = N1
121 11 20 mV
z 2 2
= 5, 1, –1
20. Since diode does not conduct in reverse
4. 4(f(x)) = e sx f x dx bias hence the circuit given in option (a)
0
does not operate for a negative feedback.
3
= e sx f x dx e sx f x dx
0 3
3 –
= e sx 0 dx e sx x 3 dx
0 3 +
e sx e sx
= 0 x 3 1 dx
5 0 0 5
12 GATE 2010 (PHYSICS)
21. Since particles is moving on two dimensional 1 h 4 3h
surface its degree of freedom = 2 (E) =
5 2 5 2
Hence for N–non interacting particle total 13h
degree of freedom = 2N =
10
1 1 1
The energy for degree of freedom = kB T
2 37. Since E 2 and B
r r
1
Hence total energy v = 2N kB T Hence, P, E E,B B
2
v = NkBT Also E and B are not time invariant
27. (D2 – 1)y = 2 cos ht = et + et
i.e., T : E E,B B
Auxillary equation of the above differential
38. The interaction energy of two magnetic
equation is
dipoles separated by a displacement r is
m2 – 1 = 0 given by
m =±1
0 1
Complementry factor = C1et + C2e–t v = m , m2 3 m, r m2 r
3 1
4 r
A cos ht + B sin t Here m1 = m2 = m and r = d
Particular integral of Since angle between m1 and m2 is 90
1 1 t t t 0 1 m m
et t e = e
et =
b2 1 20 2 U = 4 d3 0 3 2 2
Particular integral of 3m 20
U=
1 t 1 t 8d 3
et = b2 1 e t 2 e d
D
39. Vemf =
dt
t t
e At t = 0, = 0, 0 = constant
2
Hence output voltage is independent of 0
1 t 1 t Complete solution is
e–t = b2 1 e t 2 e
D z = CF + PI
t t e et e t
e = A cos ht + B sin ht
2 2
= A cos ht + B sin ht + t sin ht
35. Since given potential is for SHO
dy
1 = A sin ht B cos ht ... (i)
Hence En = n h dt
2 = + sin ht + cos ht ... (ii)
1 2 dy
(x) = 0 1 y(0) = 0, 0
5 5 dt t 5
Expectation values of energy is From equation (i) and (ii), we have
0 = A + B.0 + 0
(*|E|) = 1 0 E0 *0 4 5 1 E1 1*
A=0
5
0 = A.0 + B.1 D + 0 = 0
1 4 y = t sin h.t
= E0 E1
5 5
GATE 2010 (PHYSICS) 13
dQ 2 V 1
40. l= (Here l = constant) log z =
dt 45 h3 C3 3
Q = lt + C
2 V 3
At t = 0, Q = 0 U= log z
45 h3 C3 4
C=0
Q = lt 2 V 4
1
3 3 B
= k T
15 h C kBT
Potential across the capacitor
V 4 2 VkB4 3
Q2 l 2 t 2 CV = T
v= T V 15 h3 C3
2C 2C
CV T3
( l and C are constants)
3
v = kdt2, (where k = 2C) log z 2 V kB T
51. P= kB T
Hence graph between v and t is a parabolic, 45 h3 C3
when capacitor becomes complete charge, 4
V becomes constant. 2 V kB T
=
45 h3 C3
44. sm S2x sm 1
53. S = E B
S2 = S2x S2y S2z 0
Here µ 0 is negative and E B is the
sm S2 S2y S2z sm
direction of k̂ . Hence S and kˆ are
2 antiparallel to each other.
sm S
sm sm S2y sm sm S2z sm 1 2 2
54. L= ml mgl 1 cos
hs s 1 mh 2 2
0
2 2 L
P = ml2
2 h
h s t+1 m
2 P
47. We have = ml 2
2V0 x
L 2x L
(E1) = sin 2
sin dx = mgl sin
L 0 L L
On solving, we get
= L mgl sin
P0
(E1) = 0
E1 2 55. is a constant of motion
Now, (E2) = V0 V0 E1 0
E2 E1
[, ] = 1
3
k T
2
50. Here log z = V B3 3
45 hC
1
Putting KBT = , we get
GATE-2009
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Some Useful Symbols
Speed of light in free space : c
Boltzmann constant : kB
Electron charge : e
Planck’s constant : h
Rest mass of electron : m e
Rest mass of proton : m p
Rest mass of neutron : Mn
Permeability of free space : 0
Permittivity of free space : 0
All other symbols have their usual meanings unless otherwise specified.
Q. 1– Q. 20 carry one mark each.
1. The value of the contour integral, The quantity that is conserved is
z
C
r d , for a circle C of radius r with
centre at the origin is
(a)
L
r
(b)
L
L L
(c) (d) r
r2
(a) 2r (b)
2 4. A conducting loop L of surface area S is
(c) r 2 (d) r
moving with a velocity v in a magnetic
2. An electrostatic field E exists in a given
region R. Choose the WRONG statement. field B(r , t) = B0 t 2 , B 0 is a positive
constant of suitable dimensions. The emf
(a) Circulation of E is zero
induced, Vemf , in the loop is given by
z
(b) E can always be expressed as the
gradient of a scalar field B
(a) – . dS
(c) The potential difference between any t
ze
S
two arbitrary points in the region R is
zero (b) j
v B . dL
L
z z
(d) The work done in a closed path lying
entirely in R is zero B
(c) – . dS – (v B). dL
3. The Lagrangian of a free particle in t
S L
z z
spherical polar co-ordinates is given by
B
1 (d) – . dS+ ( v B). dL
L= m (r 2 r 2 2 r 2 2 sin 2 ) . t
S L
2
2 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
FG 0 iIJ 10. The Common Mode Rejection Ratio
5. The eigenvalues of the matrix A =
are
H i 0K (CMRR) of a differential amplifier using
an operational amplifier is 100 dB. The
(a) real and distinct output voltage for a differential input of
(b) complex and distinct 200 V is 2 V. The common mode gain is
(c) complex and coinciding (a) 10 (b) 0.1
(d) real and coinciding (c) 30 dB (d) 10 dB
6. i ( i = 1, 2, 3) represent the Pauli spin 11. In an insulating solid which one of the
matrices. Which one of the following is following physical phenomena is a
NOT true? consequence of Pauli’s exclusion principle?
(a) i j + ji = 2ij (a) Ionic conductivity
(b) Tr (i ) = 0 (b) Ferromagnetism
(c) The eigenvalues of i are 1 (c) Paramagnetism
(d) det (i ) = 1 (d) Ferroelectricity
7. Which one of the functions given below 12. Which one of the following curves gives
represents the bound state eigenfunction the solution of the differential equation
d2 dx
of the operator – 2 in the region, k1 + k2x = k3, where k1, k2 and k3 are
dt
dx positive constants with initial conditions
0 x < , with the eigenvalue –4?
x = 0 at t = 0 ?
(a) A0 e2x (b) A0 cosh 2x
–2x
(c) A0e (d) A0 sinh 2x
8. Pick the WRONG statement (a)
(a) The nuclear force is independent of
electric charge
(b) The Yukawa potential is proportional
FG mc rIJ , where r is the
to r –1 exp
H K (b)
separation between two nucleons
(c) The range of nuclear force is of the
order of 10–15 m – 10–14 m
(d) The nucleons interact among each
other by the exchange of mesons
9. If p and q are the position and momentum
(c)
variables, which one of the following is
NOT a canonical transformation?
1
(a) Q = q and P = p, for 0
(b) Q = q + p and P = q +p for
real and 2– =1
(c) Q = p and P = q (d)
(d) Q = p and P = – q
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 3
13. Identify which one is a first order phase h
transition? (a) zero (b) n
2e
(a) A liquid to gas transition at its critical nh ne 2
temperature. (c) (d)
4e hc
(b) A liquid to gas transition close to its 17. In a cubic crystal, atoms of mass M1 lie
triple point. on one set of planes and atoms of mass
(c) A paramagnetic to ferromagnetic M2 lie on planes interleaved between
transition in the absence of a magnetic those of the first set. If C is the force
field. constant between nearest neighbour
(d) A metal to superconductor transition planes, the frequency of lattice vibrations
in the absence of a magnetic field. for the optical phonon branch with
wavevector k = 0 is
14. Group I lists some physical phenomena
while Group II gives some physical 1 1
parameters. Match the phenomena with (a) 2C
M
1 M 2
the corresponding parameter.
Group I Group II 1 1
(b) C
P. Doppler 1. Moment of inertia 2M1 M 2
Broadening
1 1
Q. Natural 2. Refractive index C
(c) M 2M
Broadening 1 2
R. Rotational 3. Lifetime of the (d) 0
spectrum energy level
18. In the quark model which one of the
S. Total internal 4. Pressure following represents a proton?
reflection
(a) udd (b) uud
(a) P– 4, Q – 3, R–1, S – 2
(c) ub (d) cc
(b) P – 3, Q – 2, R – 1, S – 4
19.
(c) P –2, Q – 3, R – 4, S – 1
(d) P –1, Q – 4, R – 2, S – 3
15. The separation between the first Stokes
and corresponding anti-Stokes lines of the
rotational Raman spectrum in terms of
the rotational constant, B is
(a) 2B
(b) 4B
(c) 6B
(d) 12B The circuit shown above
16. A superconducting ring is cooled in the (a) is a common-emitter amplifier
presence of a magnetic field below its (b) uses a pnp transistor
critical temperature (T C). The total
(c) is an oscillator
magnetic flux that passes through the ring
is (d) has a voltage gain less than one
4 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
20. Consider a nucleus with N neutrons and 24. In a non-conducting medium characterized
Z protons. If mp, mn and BE represent by =0 , = 0 and conductivity = 0,
the mass of the proton, the mass of the the electric field (in Vm–1) is given by
neutron and the binding energy of the
E = 20 sin [108t – kz] j .
nucleus respectively and c is the velocity
of light in free space, the mass of the The magnetic field, H (in A m–1), is given
nucleus is given by by
(a) Nmn + Zmp (a) 20k cos [108t – kz] i
(b) Nmp + Zmn 20 k
(b) sin 10 8 t – kz j
BE 10 8 0
(c) Nmn+ Zmp+ 2
c
20k
BE (c) – sin 10 8 t – kz i
(d) Nmp+ Zmn+ 2 10 8 0
c
(d) –20k cos [108t – kz] j
Q. 21– Q. 60 carry two marks each.
25. A cylindrical rod of length L and radius
21. The magnetic field (in A m–1) inside a long
r, made of an inhomogeneous dielectric,
solid cylindrical conductor of radius
is placed with its axis along the z
a = 0.1 m is,
direction with one end at the origin as
10 4 1 LM r
sin(r) – cos(r ) ,
OP shown below.
H
r 2
N Q x
where . What is the total current
2a
(in A) in the conductor ? z
800
(a) (b)
2a y
L
400 300
(c) (d) If the rod carries a polarization,
e j
22. Which one of the following current P 5 z2 7 k , the volume bound
densities, J , can generate the magnetic charge inside the dielectric is
e j
vector potential A = y 2 i x 2 j ?
(a) Zero
(b) 10r2 L
e
2
(a) xi yj j 2
(b) – i j e j (c) –5r2 L
0 0 (d) –5r2 L2
0
e j
2
(c) – i – j
2
0
e
(d) xi – yj j 26. Let Tij ijk a k and k ijk Tij ,
z
k i, j
ez where ijk is the Levi-Civita density,,
23. The value of the integral dz,
z2 – 3z 2 defined to be zero if two of the indices
C
where the contour C is the circle coincide and +1 and –1 depending on
3 whether ijk is even or odd permutation
z = is of 1, 2, 3. Then 3 is equal to
2
(a) 2ie (b) ie (a) 2a3 (b) –2a3
(c) –2ie (d) –ie (c) a3 (d) – a3
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 5
27. The dependence of the magnetic 30. In a diatomic molecule, the internuclear
susceptibility () of a material with separation of the ground and first excited
temperature (T) can be represented by electronic state are the same as shown
1 in the figure. If the molecule is initially
, where is the Curie-Weiss in the lowest vibrational state of the
T –
temperature. The plot of magnetic ground state, then the absorption
susceptibility versus temperature is spectrum will appear as
sketched in the figure, as curves P, Q and
R with curve Q having = 0. Which one
of the following statements is correct?
Energy
r internuclear
distance
Intensity
(a) Curve R represents a paramagnet and (a)
Q a ferromagnet
cm–1
(b) Curve Q represents a ferromagnet
and P an antiferromagnet
Intensity
(b)
(c) Curve R represents an anti-
ferromagnet and Q a paramagnet cm–1
(d) Curve R represents an anti-
Intensity
ferromagnet and Q a ferromagnet (c) continum
28. The dielectric constant of a material at
optical frequencies is mainly due to cm–1
(a) ionic polarizability
Intensity
(b) electronic polarizability (d)
(c) dipolar polarizability cm–1
(d) ionic and dipolar polarizability 31. Five energy levels of a system including
29. An electron of wavevector k e , velocity ve the ground state are shown below. Their
and effective mass me is removed from a lifetimes and the allowed electric dipole
filled energy band. The resulting hole has transitions are also marked.
wavevector kh , velocity vh , and effective
mass mh . Which one of the following
statements is correct?
(a) k h – k e ; v h – v e ; mh = – me
(b) k h k e ; v h v e ; mh = me
(c) k h k e ; v h – v e ; mh = – me
(d) k h – k e ; v h v e ; mh = – me
6 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
Which one of the following transitions is a A and a c are constants of suitable
the most suitable for a continuous wave dimensions. For a fixed A, the expression
(CW) laser? of Z for the most stable nucleus is
(a) 1 0 (b) 2 0 A/2
(c) 4 2 (d) 4 3
(a) Z
FG IJ
ac
A 2/ 3
32. Assuming the mean life time of a muon
1
aAH K
(in its rest frame) to be 2 10–6 s, its life
time in the laboratory frame, when it is A/2
moving with a velocity 0.95c is
(b) Z
F a IJ A
1 G c 2 /3
(a) 6.4 10–6 s H 4a KA
(b) 0.62 10–6 s
(c) Z A/2
(c) 2.16 10–6 s
F a IJ A
1 G c 2 /3
(d) 0.19 10–6 s
33. Cesium has a nuclear spin of 7/2. The
H 4a KA
hyperfine spectrum of the D lines of the A
(d) Z
cesium atom will consist of 1 A 2/ 3
(a) 10 lines 36. The de Broglie wavelength of particles of
(b) 4 lines mass m with average momentum p at a
(c) 6 lines temperature T in three dimensions is
given by
(d) 14 lines
h h
34. The probability that an energy level at (a) (b)
a temperature T is unoccupied by a 2 mk B T 3 mk B T
fermion of chemical potential is given h h
by (c) (d)
2 kBT 2m
1
(a) b – g/k T 37.
e B
1
1
eb g
(b) – /k T
B
–1
1
eb g
(c) – /k B T
1
1
eb g
(d) – /k T
B
–1
35. Consider the following expression for the Assuming an ideal voltage source,
mass of a nucleus with Z protons and A Thevenin’s resistance and Thevenin’s
nucleons : voltage respectively for the above circuit
1 are
M(A, Z) = (f(A) + yZ + zZ2). Here f(A) is (a) 15 and 7.5 V
c2
function of A, (b) 20 and 5V
y = – 4aA, (c) 10 and 10 V
–1/3 –1
z = acA + 4aAA , (d) 30 and 15 V
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 7
38. Let nand pdenote the isospin state 41. The disintegration energy is defined to
1 1 1 1 be the difference in the rest energy
with I = , I3 = and I = , I3 = – of
2 2 2 2 between the initial and final states.
a nucleon respectively. Which one of the Consider the following process :
following two-nucleon states has I = 0,
240
I3 = 0 ? 94 Pu 236 4
92 U + 2 He.
The emitted particle has a kinetic
(a)
1
2
d nn – pp i (b)
1
2
d nn pp i energy 5.17 MeV. The value of the
disintegration energy is
(c)
1
2
d
np – pn i (d)
1
2
d
np pn i (a) 5.26 MeV (b) 5.17 MeV
(c) 5.08 MeV (d) 2.59 MeV
39. An amplifier of gain 1000 is made into a
42. A classical particle is moving in an
feedback amplifier by feeding 9.9% of its
external potential field V(x, y, z) which is
output voltage in series with the input
invariant under the following
opposing. If fL = 20 Hz and fH = 200 kHz
infinitesimal transformations
for the amplifier without feedback, then
x x’ = x + x,
due to the feedback
y y’ = y + y,
(a) the gain decreases by 10 times
(b) the output resistance increases by 10 FG xIJ FG xIJ R FG xIJ ,
times H yK H yK H yK z
(c) the fH increases by 100 times where RZ is the matrix corresponding to
(d) the input resistance decreases by 100 rotation about the z axis. The conserved
quantities are (the symbols have their
times
usual meaning)
40.
(a) px, pz, Lz
(b) px, py, Lz, E
(c) py, Lz, E
(d) py, pz, Lx, E
43. The spin function of a free particle, in the
basis in which S z is diagonal, can be
1 FG IJ
0 FG IJ
Pick the correct statement based on the
written as
0
and
HK1 HK
with eigenvalues
above circuit.
and – , respectively. In the given
(a) The maximum Zener current, IZ(max), 2 2
when RL = 10 kW is 15 mA basis, the normalized eigenfunction of Sy
(b) The maximum Zener current, IZ(min), with eigenvalue –
2
when RL = 10 k is 5 mA
1 FG1IJ 1 FG 0IJ
2 H iK 2 H iK
(c) With Vin = 20V, IL = IZ, when RL = 2 k (a) (b)
(d) The power dissipated across the Zener
1 F iI 1 F iI
when RL = 10 k and Vin = 20 V is
100 mW (c) GJ
2 H 0K
(d) GJ
2 H1K
8 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
44. A and B represent two physical 48. A particle is in the normalized state
characteristics of a quantum system. If which is a superposition of the energy
A is Hermitian , then for the product
eigenstates E0 10eV and E1 30eV .
to be Hermitian, it is sufficient that
AB The average value of energy of the
(a) B is Hermitian particle in the state is 20 eV..
(b) B is anti-Hermitian The state is given by
(c) B is Hermitian and A and B
1 3
commute (a) E 0 10 eV E 1 30eV
2 4
(d) B is Hermitian and A and B anti-
commute 1 2
(b) E 0 10 eV E1 30 eV
45. Consider the set of vectors in three- 3 3
dimensional real vector space
1 3
3, S = {(1, 1, 1), (1, – 1, 1), (1, 1, —1)}. (c) E 0 10eV – E1 30 eV
2 4
Which one of the following statements is
1 1
true? (d) E 0 10 eV – E1 30 eV
2 2
(a) S is not a linearly independent set.
49. The Lagrangian of a particle of mass m
(b) S is a basis for 3.
moving in one dimension is L = exp
(c) The vectors in S are orthogonal.
(d) An orthogonal set of vectors cannot
LM
mx 2 kx 2 OP
(t) 2 – 2 , where and k are
be generated from S. N Q
positive constants. The equation of
46. For a Fermi gas of N particles in three
motion of the particle is
dimensions at T = 0 K, the Fermi energy,
EF is proportional to k
(a) x x 0 (b) x
x0
(a) N 2/3
(b) N 3/2 m
k k
(c) x – x x 0 (d) x x x 0
3
(c) N (d) N2
m m
47. The Lagrangian of a diatomic molecule
50. Two monochromatic waves having
is given by L =
m 2
2
e j
k
x 1 x 22 – x1 x 2 , where
2
frequencies and + ( << ) and
corresponding wavelengths and –
m is the mass of each of the atoms and x1
( << ) of same polarization, traveling
and x2 are the displacements of atoms
along x-axis are superimposed on each
measured from the equilibrium position
other. The phase velocity and group
and k > 0. The normal frequencies are
velocity of the resultant wave are
FG k IJ1/2
respectively given by
(a) H mK 2
,
F kI
(b) G J
1/ 4 (a)
2 2
H mK 2
(b) ,
(c) G
F k IJ 1/ 4
H 2m K (c)
,
(d) GH
F k IJ 1/2 2 2
2m K
(d) ,
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 9
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS 54. The expectation value of the particle
Common data Q. 51 and 52 : energy is
Consider a two level quantum system with 2 1 2 2
(a) (b)
energies 1 = 0 and 2 = 2m 2 3/2 2m
51. The Helmholtz free energy of the system
2 4 2 1 2
is given by (c) (d)
2m 4 3/2 8m 3/2
(a) – k B T ln 1 e e
– / k B T
j Common data Q. 55 and 56 :
(b) k B T ln 1 e e
– / k B T
j Consider the Zeeman splitting of a single
electron system for the 3d3p electric dipole
3
(c) kB T transition.
2
55. The Zeeman spectrum is
(d) – kBT
(a) randomly polarized
52. The specific heat of the system is given
by (b) only polarized
(c) only polarized
e – / kB T
(a) (d) both and polarized
e
k B T 1 e – / k B T
j 2
56. The fine structure line having the longest
2
e – / k B T wavelength will split into
(b) 2
e
k B T 1 e – / kB T j (a) 17 components (b) 10 components
(c) 8 components (d) 4 components
2 e – / k B T
(c) – Linked Answer Questions
e1 e – / kB T 2
j Statement for Linked Answer Questions
2
e – / kB T 57 and 58 :
(d) 2
e
k B T 1 e – / k B T
j 2 The primitive translation vectors of the face
centered cubic (fcc) lattice are
Common data Q. 53 and 54
A free particle of mass m moves along the x
a1
2
e j
a a
e j a
j k ; a2 i k ; a 3 i j .
2 2
e j
direction. At t = 0, the normalized wave 57. The primitive translation vectors of the
function of the particle is given by fcc reciprocal lattice are
1 LM x2 OP 2
(a) bˆ1 (– iˆ ˆj kˆ);
(x, 0) =
a2f
a real constant.
1/ 4
exp –
N 4 2
ix , where is
Q a
53. The expectation value of the momentum, 2 2
bˆ2 (iˆ – ˆj kˆ); bˆ3 (iˆ ˆj – kˆ)
in this state is a a
(a)
ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ
(b) b1 (– i j k);
(b) a
(c)
bˆ2 (iˆ – ˆj kˆ); bˆ3 (iˆ ˆj – kˆ)
a a
(d)
10 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
Statement for Linked Answer Questions
(c) bˆ1 (– iˆ ˆj kˆ); 59 and 60 :
2a
The Karnaugh map of a logic circuit is shown
bˆ2 (iˆ – ˆj kˆ); bˆ3 (iˆ ˆj – kˆ) below :
2a 2a 59. The minimized logic expression for the
3 above map is
(d) bˆ1 (– iˆ ˆj kˆ);
a (a) Y PR + Q (b) Y Q PR
(c) Y Q + PR (d) Y Q PR
3 3
bˆ2 (iˆ – ˆj kˆ); bˆ3 (iˆ ˆj – kˆ)
a a 60. The corresponding logic implementation
using gates is given as :
58. The volume of the primitive cell of the
fcc reciprocal lattice is
(a)
F 2 I
(a) 4 GH JK
3
F I
(b) 4 GH JK
3
(b)
a
FI
(c) 4 GH JK
3
(c)
2a
F 3 I
(d) 4 GH JK
3
a (d)
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (d) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (a) 60. (b)
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 11
EXPLANATIONS
2 – i2 = 0
1. r d
= ±i
For a circle C, r is perpendicular to d
Hence, eigen values are complex and
r d sin 90 = r d 2r distinct.
7. 2x, cos h 2x and sin h 2x do not remain
C
1
L = m r r r sin
2 2 2 2 2 2 finite at . Hence there are not
2.
2 possible.
L
d2
A 0 e2 x = d d A 0 e2 x
2 2
= 2r sin 2
dx dx dx
L
and = 0 d
=2 A 0 e2 x
dx
Using Lagrang’s equation
d L L = 4 A 0 e2 x
=0
dt 9. PdQ – qdP is an exact differential for
d L Q =P P=q
=0
dt Ad
10. CMRR =
L Acm
= constant
where Ad = differential voltage gain
= large signal voltage gain
L
Hence, is conserved V0 cm
Acm =
Vcm
4. Since flux is changing by two types, one
due to varying magnetic field (B) (+) and output common mode voltage
=
other due to velocity of conductor let Vemf input common mode voltage
is the induced emf, then The CMRR is generally expressed in db
Vemf = V1 + V2 and denoted by
B Ad
V1 = s ds = z0 log10
t Acm
and V2 = L V B dL V0
Ad =
Vin1 Vin2
B
Vemf = s ds V B dL
dt L
Output voltage
=
0 i Differential input
5. Hence A= i 0 2
= 104
For eigen values, |A – l| = 0 200 106
i 104
Hence, = 20 log 10 100 dB
i = 0 Acm
12 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
104 2C(M2 + M1) = M1M2w2
log =5
Acm
w = 2C 1 1
M
10 4
1 M2
or = 105
Acm 21. Applying ampere’s law, we get
Acm = 0.1
dx
H dl = len C
11. k1 k2 x = k3 10 4 1 r
dt Here H = 2
sin r cos r ˆ
r
dx k2 k
x = 3 dl = rdˆ
dt k1 k1
and goes from 0 2
Differentiating w.r.t. to t, we get
1 r
104 2 sin r cos r d
2
d 2 x k2 dx
=0 r a 0
dx 2 k1 dt
= len C
dx
Putting, =m 1 a
dt 104 2 sin a cos a 2
k2 = len C
m2 m =0
k1
Now, =
k2 2a
m = 0,
k1 1 2 a2
104 2
sin cos 2 lenC
Hence, solution is given by 2 2
2a
x = C1 + C 2 e k2 / k1 t
4 a2
By given condition x = 0 when t = 0 2
2 104 lenC
0 = C1 + C2
800
C2 = –C1 lenC =
x = C1 1 e k2 / k1t 22. We konw that
The correct variation is given by iˆ ˆj kˆ
curve (b)
B A =
13. The determinate equation can be written x y z
as y2 x2 0
2 2 ˆ
2C M1w2 C 1 exp ika = x x dy y k
=0
C 1 exp ika
2C M2 w2
= 2 x 2 y kˆ
For k = 0 this becomes
Now B 0 J (Ampere’s law)
2C M1w2 2C
2C 2C M2 w2
=0 1
J = B
0
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 13
27. For parameter
iˆ ˆj kˆ
1 C
=
0 x y z T
0 0 2x 2 y Which is represent by curve Q
For anti ferromagnet
1 ˆ 2 ˆ ˆ
2i 2 ˆj = i j C
0 0 =
T + TC
8 ˆ
24. E = 20sin 10 t kz j At T =0
Comparing with standerd equation
C
0 =
E = E0 sin wt kz i TC
E0 = 20, w = 108 3
36. KE = K BT
kˆ E 2
Now B =
w P2 = 2m KE
P = 2m KE
B = 0 H
1 ˆ 3
H = kE = 2m K B T
0 w 2
20 = 3mK B T
H = 108 sin 10 t kz k j
8 ˆ ˆ
0
h
20 de Broglie wavelength =
= 8 sin 108 t kz iˆ P
10 0
h
=
25. P = 5z2 7 kˆ 3mK B T
b = P 10z 37. 10= R1
X 10= R
15V 10 = R 3 RL
z |dz|
RTh A
z
R2
ETh
Y
B
dv = r2 dz
dQ = b dv = –10r2 z dz R1 R 3
RTh = R L +
Let Q is the total bound charge R1 +R 3
L
Q= dQ 10 r 2 z dz 10 10
V 0 = 10
10 10
L2
10r 2 = –5 r2L2 = 15
2
14 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
ET h fhf = fh (1 + AmB) is upper half
I= R R power frequency,
Th L
fhf > fh
ETh = Voltage across R3(10)
fhf = fh(1 + AmB)
= current through R3 resistance
= 200(1 + 1000 .99)
V
= R R R3 = 200 100 Hz
1 2 43. In the given basis wave function of Sy
15 0 i
= 10 7.5 V can be written as and 0 hence
10 10 i
Am 1 i
39. Al = ... (i) normalized eigen function will be .
f 2 0
1 j l
f
ˆ and B
44. A ˆ represent two physical
Am
Ah = ... (ii) characteristics of a quantum system if Â
f
1 j ˆ Bˆ
fh is Hermitian then product A
Hermitian if B̂ is Hermitian than  and
Al
Al f = ... (iii) B̂ commute.
1 A l
45. The set of vectors are (1, 1, 1), (1, –1, 1)
Ah and (1, 1, –1)
Ahf = ... (iv)
1 A h The volume of the vector space is
Am = mid frequency, 1 1 1
fl = lower half power frequency, V = 1 1 1
Ah = frequency gain, 1 1 1
fh = upper half power frequency = 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Am V= 0+2+2=40
Alf =
f Hence, S is a linearly dependent set.
1 A m j l
f 46. The fermi energy is given by
Amf h2 2 2 / 3
= ... (v)
f f EF = 3 N
1 j l 2m
f
EF N2 3
Am
Amf = m 2
1 A m 47. L= x1 x 22 k x1 x2
2 2
Alf = fl(1 + Am) is lower half power L L k
= mx1 , x2
(1 + Am) > 1 so that flf < fl x1 x1 2
Amf L L k
Ahf = = mx 2 , x1
f x 2 x2 2
1 j
f hf
GATE 2009 (PHYSICS) 15
d L L d L mx 2
Now =0 =
mx t kx
dt x1 x1 dt x 2
k
mx 2
mx1 x2 = 0 ... (i) exp t kx
2 2
d L L
mx 2
and =0 mx exp t kx
dt x 2 x2 2
d L L
k Now, =0
mx2 x1 = 0 ... (ii) dt x x
2
Putting the above values, we get
Subtracting equation (i) from (ii)
k
k
x x x =0
m x2 x1 x1 x2 = 0 m
2
E K BT
Let x2 – x1 = z 51. F = kBT log e 1
e E2 KBT
x2
x1 = z E1 = 0, E2 = E
k F = kBT log 1 e E k T B
z = z
2m
F e E kB T E
k
52.
T
=
1 e E kB T
kB T 2 kB T
w=
2m
E e E kB T
48. <* |E| > = 2 eV =
T 1 e E kB T
<0* |E0| 0> = 10 eV
<1* |E1|1> = 30 eV E F
CV =
k B T T
Only option (d) satisfies this condition
as E2 e E kB T
= 2
1 1 kB T 1 e E kB T
0* E0 0 1* E1 1
2 2 a ˆ ˆ
57. Here aˆ1 j k ,
1 1 2
= 10 30
2 2
aˆ ˆ
aˆ 2 ik
= 20 eV 2
mx 2 a ˆ ˆ
i j
49. L = exp t kx 2 and aˆ 3
2 2
a a
L mx 2 0
= exp t kx 2 mx 2 2
x 2
a a
aˆ1 aˆ 2 aˆ 3 0
2 2
L mx 2
= exp t kx 2 kx a a
x 2 0
2 2
16 GATE 2009 (PHYSICS)
3 0 1 1 2
a = î j kˆ ,
1 0 1 a
2
1 1 0 2 ˆ ˆ ˆ
b̂3 = i j k
a
3
a a3 a3
1 1 = 2 58. Volume of primitive cells is
8 4
2
2 3
aˆ 2 aˆ 3 V=
biˆ = 2 aˆ1 aˆ 2 aˆ 3
aˆ 1 aˆ 2 aˆ 3
2 3
iˆ j k =
a3
2 a a
= 3 0 4
a 2 2
3
4 a a 2
0 = 4
2 2 a
8 ˆ a2 2 2
59. k-map is given as
ˆj a kˆ a
b̂1 = i
a3 4 4 4 y = Q PR
2 ˆ ˆ ˆ
=
a
i j k P R
aˆ 3 aˆ 1
b̂2 = 2 PQ 1 1
aˆ 1 aˆ 2 aˆ 3
iˆ j kˆ 1
PQ
2 a a
= 3 0
a 2 2
4 a a PQ
0
2 2
1 1
PQ
8 a2 ˆj a
2
ˆ a2
= 3 iˆ k
a 4 4 4
GATE-2008
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q. 1 – Q. 20 carry one mark each
1. For arbitrary matrices E, F, G and H, if 5. A cylinder of mass M and radius R is rolling
EF – FE = 0 then Trace (EFGH) is equal down without slipping on an inclined plane
to of angle of inclination . The number of
(a) Trace (HGFE) generalized coordinates required to
describe the motion of this system is
(b) Trace(E).Trace(F).Trace(G).Trace(H)
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) Trace (GFEH)
(c) 4 (d) 6
(d) Trace (EGHF)
6. A parallel plate capacitor is being
aei b discharged. What is the direction of the
2. An unitary matrix i is given,
ce d energy flow in terms of the Poynting
where a, b, c, d ad are real. The vector in the space between the plates?
inverse of the matrix is
^
z
aei cei aei cei
(a) b d
(b) b d
+
^
y
i i i –
ae b ae ce
(c) ce i d
(d) b d
^
x
r^
3. The curl of a vector field F is 2 xˆ . Identify (a) Along the wire in the positive z axis
the appropriate vector field F from the (b) Radially inward r̂
choices given below.
(c) Radially outward r̂
(a) F 2 zxˆ 3 zyˆ 5 yzˆ (d) Circumferential ()
(b) F 3 zyˆ 5 yzˆ 7. Unpolrized light falls from air to a planar
air-glass interface (refractive index of
(c) F 3 xyˆ 5 yzˆ glass is 1.5) and the reflected light is
(d) F 2 xˆ 5 yzˆ observed to be plane polrized. The
polarization vector and the angle of
4. A rigid body is rotating about its centre of incidence i are
mass, fixed at the origin, with an angular
(a) perpendicular to the plane of incidence
velocity and angular acceleration .
and i = 42.
If the torque acting
on it and its angular
momentum is L , the rate of change of (b) parallel to the plane of incidence and
its kinetic energy is i = 56.
1 1 (c) perpendicular to the plane of incidence
(a) . (b) L. and i = 56.
2 2
1 1 (d) parallel to the plane of incidence and
(c)
2
.. L.
(d) L.
2 i = 42.
2 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
8. A finite wave train, of an unspecified (a) the entropy of solid is zero in this
nature, propagates along the positive x temperature region.
axis with a constant speed v and without (b) the entropy increases when the
any change of shape. The differential system goes from liquid to solid phase
equation among the four listed below, in this temperature region.
whose solution it must be, is
(c) the entropy decreases when the
2 2
1 system transforms from liquid to solid
(a) 2 2 2 x, t 0 phase in this region of temperature.
x V t
(d) the change in entropy is zero in the
2 1 2
(b) 2 2 r , t 0 liquid-to-solid transition region.
V t
12. The radial wave function of the electrons
2 2 in the state of n = 1 and l = 0 in a
(c) i x, t 0
2 m x 2 t 2 r
hydrogen atom is R10 3/2 exp , a0
a0 a0
2
(d) a r , t 0 is the Bohr radius. The most probable
t
value r for and electron is
9. Let |0 denote the ground state of the
(a) a0 (b) 2a0
hydrogen atom. Choose the correct
statement from those given below (c) 4a0 (d) 8a0
(a) [LX, LY]|0 = 0 (b) J2|0 = 0 13. The last two terms of the electronic
configuration of manganese (Mn) atom is
(c) L.S| 0 0 (d) [Sx, Sy,] |0 = 0 3d54s2. The term factor of Mn4+ ion is
10. Thermodynamic variables of a system can (a) 4 D1/2 (b) 4 F3/2
be volume V, pressure P, temperature T, (c) 3
F9/ 2 (d) 3
D7/2
number of particles N, internal energy E
14. The coherence length of laser light is
and chemical potential µ, etc. For a
system to be specified by Microanonical (a) directly proportional to the length of
(MC), Canoncial (CE) and Grand the active lasting medium.
Canonical (GC) ensembles, the (b) directly proportional to the width of
parameters required for the respective the spectral line.
ensembles are (c) inversely proportionla to the width of
(a) MC: (N, V, T); CE: (E, V, N); GC: (V, T, µ) the spectral line.
(b) MC: (E, V, N); CE: (N, V, T); GC: (V, T, µ) (d) inverssely proportional to the length
(c) MC: (V, T, µ); CE: (N, V, T); GC: (E, V, N) of the active lasing medium.
(d) MC: (E, V, N); CE: (V, T, µ); GC: (N, V, T) 15. Metallic monvalent sodium crystallizes in
body centeredcubic structure. If the
11. The pressure versus temperature
length of the unit cell is 4 10–8 cm, the
diagram of a given system at certain low
concentration of conduction electrons in
temperature range is found to be parallel
metallic sodium is
to the temperature axis in the liquid-to-
solid transition region. The change in the (a) 6.022 1023 cm–3
specific volume remains constant in the (b) 3.125 1022 cm–3
region. The conclusion one can get from (c) 2.562 1021 cm–3
the above is (d) 1.250 1020 cm–3
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 3
16. The plot of inverse magnetic susceptibility 19. A common emitter transistor amplifier
1 circuit is operated under a fixed bias. In
versus temperature T of an antiferro- this circuit, the operating point
magnetic sample corresponds to (a) remains fixed with an increase in
(a) temperature.
1/ (b) moves towards cut-off region with an
increase in temperature.
(c) moves towards the saturation region
with a decrease in temperature.
0 TC T (d) moves towards the saturation region
(b) with an increase in temperature.
1/ 20. Under normal operating conditions, the
gate terminal of an n-channel juction field
effect transistor (JFET) and an n-channel
metal oxide semiconductor field effectg
transistor (MOSFET) are
TC 0 T
(a) both biased with positive potentials.
(c)
1/ (b) both biased with negative potentials.
(c) biased with positive and negative
potentials, respectively.
(d) biased with negative and positive
potentials, respectively.
0 TC T
Q. 21 – Q. 75 carry two mark each
21. The eigenvalues of the matrix
1/
(d) cos sin
are
sin cos
1
(a)
2
3 i when = 45
1
0 TC T (b)
2
3 i when = 30
17. According to the quark model, the
K+ meson is composed of the following (c) ±1 since the matrix is unitary
quarks: 1
(d) 1 i when = 30
(a) u u d (b) u c 2
22. If the Fourier transform F[(x – a)] = exp
(c) u s (d) su
(–i2v a), the F –1 (cos 2 av) w ill
18. An O16
nucleus is spherical and has a correspond to
4
charge radius R and a volume V R 3 . (a) (x – a) –(x + a)
3
According the empirical observations of (b) a constant
the charge radii, the volume of the 54 Xe128 1
(c) x a i x a
nucleus, assumed to be spherical is 2
(a) 8V (b) 2V 1
(d) x a x a
(c) 6.75V (d) 1.89V 2
4 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
23. If I 27. The Lagrangian of a system is given by
c dzLn z , where C is the unit 1 2 1 2
circle taken anticlockwise and Ln(z) is the L = q qq q . It describes the
2 2
principal branch of the Logarithm motion of
function, which one of the following is
(a) a harmonic oscillator.
correct?
(b) a damped harmonic oscillator
(a) I = 0 by residue theorem.
(c) an anharmonic oscillator.
(b) I is not defined since Ln(z) has a
branch cut. (d) a system with unbounded motion.
(c) I 0 28. The moment of inertia tensor of a rigid
8 0 4
dzLn z 2I
2
(d)
i body is given by I = 0 4 0 . The
24. The value of z 1 dz is 4 0 8
i magnitude of the moment of inertia about
(a) 0 (b) 2i 1 3
an axis n , ,0 is
(c) –2i (d) (–1 + 2i) 2 2
25. Consider the Bessel equation (v = 0), (a) 6 (b) 5
d 2 y 1 dy 8
y 0. Which one of the (c) 2 (d)
dz2 z dz 3
following statements is correct?
29. A hoop of radiius R is pivoted at a point
(a) Equation has regular singular points on the circumference. The period of small
at z = 0 and z =
oscillations in the plane of the hoop is
(b) Equation has 2 linearly independent
solutions that are entire. 2R R
(a) 2 (b) 2
(c) Equaton has an entire solution and a g 4g
second linearly independent solution
R 9R
singular at z = 0. (c) 2 (d) 2
g 7g
(d) Limit z , taken along x axis, exists
for botgh the linearly independent 30. A mass m is constrained to move on a
solutions. horizontal frictionless suurface. It is set
26. Under a certain rotation of coordinate in circular motion with radius r 0 and
axes, a rank-1 tensor va (a = 1, 2, 3) angular
speed 0 by an applied force
transforms according to the orthogonal F communicated through an inextensible
transformation defined by the relations thread that passes through a hole on the
surface as shown in the figure. This force
1 1
v1 v1 v2 ; v2 v1 v2 ; v3 v3 . is then suddenly doubled. The magnitude
2 2
of the radial velocity of the mass
Under the same rotation a rank- tensor
Ta, b would transform such that
(a) T1, 1 = T1, 1T1, 2
(b) T1, 1 = T1, 1
(c) T1, 1 = T1, 1 + T2, 2 – T2, 1
1
(d) T1, 1 = T T2,2 T1,2 T2,1
2 1,1
F
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 5
(a) increases till the mass falls into the y
hole. x
(b) decreases till the mass falls into the
hole. (c)
(c) remains costant.
y
(d) becomes zero at a radius r1 where
0 < r1 < r0. x
31. For a simple harmonic oscillator the (d)
Largrangian is given by L 1 q2 1 q2 .
2 2
p iq
If A(p, d) = and H(p, q) is the
2 34. A rod of length L with uniform charge
Hamiltoniam of the system, the Poisson
density per unit length is in the xy-
bracket {A(p, q), H(p, q)} is given by
plane and rotating about z-axis passing
(a) iA(p, q) (b) A*(p, q) through one of its edge with an angular
(c) –iA*(p, q) (d) –iA(p, q)
velocity as shown in the figure below..
32. A plane electromagnetic wave is given
rˆ, ˆ , zˆ refer to the unit vectors at Q, A
by E0 xˆ ei yˆ exp i kz t . At a given
is tghe vector potential at a distance d
location, the number of times E vanishes from the origin O along z-axis for d << L
in one second is and J is the current density due to the
motion of the rod. Which one of the
(a) An integer near when = n and
following statements is correct?
zero when n, n is integer
Z
(b) An integer near and is independent
of
P
(c) An integer near when = n and
2
zero when n, n is integer
d
(d) An integer near and is
2
independent of
O y
33. A dielectric sphere is placed in a uniform
electric field directed along the psitive y- L
axis. Which one of the following represents Q
the correct equipotential surfaces? x r
y 1
(a) J along rˆ; A along zˆ; A
x d
(a) 1
(b) J along ˆ ; A along ˆ ; A 2
d
1
y (c) J along rˆ; A along zˆ ; A 2
x d
(b) 1
(d) J along ˆ ; A along ˆ ; A
d
6 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
35. A circular disk of radius a one the xy plane (a) Every eigenstate of O 1 must
r cos necessarily be an eigenstate of O2.
has a surface idensity 0 . The
a (b) Every non-degenerate eigenstate of O1
electric dipole moment of the charge
must necessarily be an eigenstate of O2.
distribution is
(c) When observation of O1 is carried out
a 4 a3 on an arbitrary state |of the physical
(a) 0 xˆ (b) 0 xˆ
4 4 system, a subsequent observation of
0 a3 a4 O2 leads to an umabiguos result.
(c) xˆ (d) 0 xˆ
(d) Observation of O1 andO2, carried out
4 4
on an arbitrary state | of the
36. At time t = 0, a charge distribution r ,0
exists within an ideal homogeneous physical system, lead to the identical
results irrespective of the order in
conductor of permittivity and
which the observations are made.
conductivity . At a later time r , t is
given by 39. An exact measurement of the position of
a simple harmonic oscillator (SHO) is
t made with the result x = x0. [The SHO
(a) r , t r ,0 exp
has energy levels En(n = 0, 1, 2,.....) and
associated normalized wave-fuunctions
r ,0
(b) r , t 2
n]. subsequently, an exact measurement
1 t / of energy E is made using the general
2 notation Pr(E = E) dentoing the prbability
t
(c) r , t r ,0 exp that a result E is obtained for this
measurement, the follwoiing statements
are written. Which one of the following
t
(d) r , t r ,0 exp sin statements is correct?
t
(a) Pr(E = E0) = 0
37. An nonrelativistic charged particle moves
along the positive x-axis with a constant (b) Pr(E = En) = 1 for some value of n.
positive acceleration axˆ . The particle is (c) Pr(E = En)n (X)
at the origin at t = 0. Radiation is observed (d) Pr(E > E) > 0 for any E.
at t = 0 at a distant point (0, d, 0) on the 40. Consider the combined system of proton
y-axis. Which one of the following and electron in the hydrogen atom in its
statements is correct? (electronic) ground state. Let I denote the
(a) The radiation is unpolarized. quantum number associated with the
total angular momentum and let <9>
(b) The radiation is plane polarized with denote the magnitude of the expectation
polarization parallel to the x-axis. value of the net magnetic moment in the
(c) The radiation is plane polarized with state. Which of the following pairs
polarization parallel to xy plane along represents a possible state of the system
a line inclined to the x axis. (µB is Bohr magneton)?
(d) The radiation is elliptically polarized. (a) I = 0 <9> = 0
38. For a physcial system , two observables 1
(b) I = , <9> = 1µB
O1 and O2 are known to be compatible. 2
Choose the correct implication from (c) I = 1, <9> 1µB
amongst those given below: (d) I = 0, <9> = 2µB
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 7
41. A particle is placed in a one dimensional 43. A system containing N non-interacting
box of size L along the x-axis (0 < x < L). 1
localized particles of spine and
Which of the following is true? 2
magnetic moment µ each is kept in
(a) In the ground state, the probability of
constant external magnetic field B and
finding the particle in the interval
in normal equilibrium at temperature T.
L 3L
, is half. The magnetization of the system is,
4 4
(b) In the first excited state, the µB
probability of finding the particle in (a) Nµ cot h
kB T
L 3L
the interval , is half. This also µB
4 4
(b) Nµ tan h
holds for states with n = 4, 6, 8.... kB T
(c) For an arbitrary | the probability
µB
of finding the particle in the left half (c) Nµ sin h
of the well is half. kB T
(d) In the ground state, the particle has a µB
(d) Nµ cos h
definit momentum.
kB T
42. An inelastic ball of mass m has been thrown 44. Two identical particles have to be
vertically upwards from the ground at
distributed among three energy levels.
z = 0. The initial kinetic energy of the ball
Let rB, rF and rC represent the ratios of
is E. The phase trajectory of the ball after
probability of finding two particles to that
successive bouncing on the ground is
of finding one particle in a given energy
(a) Pz
state. The subscripts B, F and C
correspond to whether the particles are
bosons, fermions and classical particles,
O Z
respectively. The, rB : rF : rC is equal to
1 1
(a) :0 :1 (b) 1 : :1
(b) Pz 2 2
1 1 1
(c) 1 : : (d) 1 : 0 :
2 2 2
O Z
45. A photon gas is at thermal equilibrium at
temperature T. The mean number of
photons in an energy state = is
(c) Pz
(a) exp 1
kB T
O Z
(b) exp 1
kB T
Pz
(d) 1
(c) exp 1
kB T
O Z 1
(d) exp 1
kB T
8 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
46. Consider a system of N atoms of an 48. Three consecutive absorption lines at
ideal gas of type A at temperature T 64.275 cm–1, 77.130 cm–1 and 89.958 cm–1
and volume V. It is kept in diffusive have been observed in a microwave
contact with another system of N spectrum for a linear rigid diatomic
atoms of another ideal gas of type B at molecule. The moments of inertia IA and
the same temperature T and volume IB are (IA is with respect to the bond axis
V. Once the combined system reaches passing through the centre of mass and
equilibrium, IB is with respect to an axis passing
through the centre of mass and
(a) the total ntropy of the final system is
perpendicular to bond axis)
the same as the sum of the entropy of
the individual system always. 2
(a) both equal to gm cm2
(b) the entropy of mixing 2NkB ln2. 12.855hc
(c) the entropy of the final system iis less 2
(b) zero and gm cm2
than that of sum of the initial 12.855hc
entropies of the two gases.
(c) both equal to gm cm2
(d) the entropy of mixing is non-zero when 6.427hc
the atoms A and B are of the same
type. (d) zero and gm cm2
6.427hc
47. Consider a syystem of two non-interacting 49. A pure rotational Raman spectrum of a
classical particles which can occupy any linear diatomic molecule is recorded
of the three energy levels with energy using electromagnetic radiation of
value E = 0, and 2 having degeneracies frequency v e . The frequency of two
g(E) = 1, 2 and 4 respectively. The eman consecutive Stockes lines are
energy of the system is (a) ve – 10B, ve – 14B
2 (b) ve – 2B, ve – 4B
4 exp kB T 8 exp kB T
(a) (c) ve + 10B, ve + 14B
1 2 exp 4 exp 2
(d) ve + 2B, ve + 4B
kB T kB T
50. Which one of the following statement is
2 INCORRECT in vibrational spectroscopy
2exp kB T 8 exp kB T
(b) with anharmonicity?
1 2 exp 4 exp 2
(a) The selection rule for vibrational
kB T
kB T
spectroscopy is v = ±1, ±2,...
2
2 (b) Anharmonicity leads to multiple
2 exp kB T 4 exp kB T
(c) absorption lines.
1 2 exp 4 exp 2
(c) The intesities of hot band lines are
kB T
kB T
stronger than the fundamental
2 absorption.
exp kB T 2exp kB T (d) The frequency of hot band lines are
(d)
1 exp exp 2
smaller than the fundamental
kB T kB T
absorption.
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 9
51. The molecular spectra of two linear 54. The structure factor of a single cell of
molecules O-C-O and O-C-S are recorded identical atoms of form factor f is given
in the microwave region. Which one of
the following statement is correct?
by S hkl f exp i2 x j h y j k z j l
j
where (xj, yj, zj) is the coordinate of an
(a) Both the molecules would show
atom, and hkl are the Miller indices.
absorption lines.
Which one of the following statement is
(b) Both the molecules would not show correct ofor the diffraction peaks of body
absorption lines. centered cubuic (BCC) and face centered
(c) O-C-O would show absorption lines, cubic (FCC) lattices?
but not O-C-S. (a) BCC : (200); (110); (222)
(d) O-C-S would show absorption lines, FCC : (111); (311); (400)
but not O-C-O. (b) BCC : (210); (110); (222)
52. When the refractive indes µ of the active FCC : (111); (311); (400)
medium changes by µ in a laser
(c) BCC : (200); (110); (222)
resonator of length L, the change in the
spectral spacing between the longitudinal FCC : (111); (211); (400)
modes of the laser is (c is the speed of (d) BCC : (200); (210); (222)
light in free space) FCC : (111); (2 11); (400)
c 55. The lattice specific heat C of a crystalline
(a) 2 µ µ L . solid can be obtained using the Dulong
Petit model, Einstein model and Debye
c model. At low temperature >> kBT,
(b) .
2µL which one of the following statements is
c µ true (a and A are constants)
(c) 2L µ µ µ . a
(a) Dulong Petit : C exp ; Einstein :
T
(d) zero. 3
T
53. The primitive translation vectors of the C = .constant; Debye: C
A
body centered cubic lattice are (b) Dulong Petit : C = .constant; Einstein :
a a T
3
a
a xˆ yˆ zˆ , b xˆ yˆ zˆ and C ; Debye: C exp
2 2 A T
a (c) Dulong Petit : C = .constant; Einstein :
c xˆ yˆ zˆ . The primitive translation 3
2 e a/ T T
vectors A, B and C of the reciprocal lattice C 2 ; Debye: C
T A
are 3
2 2 (d) Dulong Petit : C T ; Einstein :
2 A
(a) A xˆ yˆ ; B yˆ zˆ ;C xˆ zˆ e a/ T
a a a C 2 ; Debye: C = .constant
2 2 2 T
(b) A xˆ yˆ ;B yˆ zˆ ;C xˆ zˆ 56. A linear diatomic lattice of lattice constant
a a a
a with masses M and m (M > m) are
2 2 2
(c) A xˆ yˆ ;B yˆ zˆ ;C xˆ zˆ coupled by a force constant C. The
a a a dispersion relation is given by
2 2 2 2 1/2
M m 2 M m 4C ka
2
(d) A xˆ yˆ ;B yˆ zˆ ;C xˆ zˆ 2
C C sin2
a a a
M m M m M m 2
10 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
Which one of the following statements is 59. Choose the correct statement from the
incorrect? following
(a) The reaction K+K– pp can proceed
(a) The atoms vibrating in transverse
irrespective of the kinetic energies of
mode correspond to the optical
K+ and K–.
branch. (b) The reaction K+K– pp is forbidden
(b) The maximum frequency of the by the baryon number conservation.
acoustic branch depends on the mass (c) The reaction K+K– 2 is forbidden
of the lighter atom m. by strangeness conservation.
(c) The dispersion of frequency in the (d) The decay K0 +– proceeds via
optical branch is smaller than that in weak interactions.
the acoustic branch. 60. The following gives a list of pairs containing
(d) No normal modes exist in the acoustic (i) a nucleus (ii) one of its properties. Find
branch for any frequency greater than the pair which is inappropriate.
(a) (i) 10 Ne20 nucleus; (ii) stable nucleus
the maximum frequency at k = .
a (b) (i) A spheroidal nucleus; (ii) an electric
57. The kinetic energy of a free elctron at a quadrupole moment
corner of the first Brillouin zone of a two 16 1
dimensional square lattice is larger than (c) (i) 8 O nucleus; (ii) nuclear spin J
2
that of an electron at the mid-point of a (d) (i) U238 nucleus; (ii) Binding energy
side of the zone by a factor b. The value = 1785 MeV (approximately)
of b is 61. The four possible configurations of
(a) b = 2 neurtorns in the ground state of 4 Be9
(b) b = 2 nucleus, according to the shell model, and
the associated nuclear spin are listed
(c) b = 4 below. Choose the correct one
(d) b = 8 2 3 3
(a) 1s1/ 2 1 p3 / 2 ; J
58. An intrinsic semiconductor with mass of 2
2 2 1 3
a hole mh and mass of an electron me is (b) 1s1 / 2 1 p1 / 2 1 p3 / 2 ; J
at a finite temperature T. If the top of 2
1 4 1
the valence band energy is Ev and the (c) 1s1 / 2 1 p3 / 2 ; J
2
bottome of the conduction band energy 2 2 1 1
is E c , the Fermi energy of the (d) 1s1 / 2 1 p3 / 2 1 p1 / 2 ; J
2
semiconductor is 62. The mass difference between the pair of
E Ec 3 mh mirror nuclei 6 C11 and 5 B11 is given to
(a) EF v kB T ln be MeV/c2. According to the semi-empirical
2 4 me
mass formula, the mass difference between
k T 3 m the pir of mirror nuclei 9 F17 and 8 O17 will
(b) EF B Ev Ec ln h approximately be (rest mass of proton
2 4 me
mp = 938.27 MeV / c2 and rest mass of
E Ec 3 mh neutron mn = 939.57 MeV / c2)
(c) EF v kB T ln
2 4 me (a) 1.39 MeV/c2
(b) (1.39 + 0.5) MeV/c2
k T 3 m
(d) EF B Ev Ec ln h (c) 0.86 MeV/c2
2 4 me
(d) (1.6 + 0.78) MeV/c2
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 11
63. A heavy nucleus is found to contain more 66. Let I1 and I2 represent mesh currents in
nuetrons than protons. This fact is the loop abcda and befcb respectively. The
related to which one of the following correct expression describing Kirchoff’s
statements. voltage loop law in one of the following
(a) The nuclear force between neutrons loops is,
10 20
is stronger than that between a b e
protons. I1 I2 +
(b) The nuclear force between protons is 2A 5 15 20V
of a shorter range than those between –
neutrons, so that a smaller number d c f
of protons are held together by the (a) 30I1 15I2 10
nuclear force. (b) 15I1 20I2 20
(c) Protons are unstable, so their number (c) 30I1 15I2 10
in a nucleus diminishes.
(d) 15I1 20I2 20
(d) It cots more energy to add a proton to
67. The simplest logic gate circuit corresponding
a (heavy) nucleus than a neutron
to the Boolean expression, Y = P + PQ is
because of the Coulomb repulsion
between protons. (a) Y
Q
64. A neutral pi meason (0) has a rest-mass P
of approximately 140 MeV / c 2 and a
lifetime of sec. A 0 produced in the
Y
laboratory is found to decay after 1.25 (b)
sec into two photons. Which of the Q
following sets represents a possible set P
of energies of the two photons as seen in (c) Q
Y
the laboratory?
P
(a) 70 MeV and 70 MeV
(b) 35 MeV and 100 MeV
(d) Y
(c) 75 MeV and 100 MeV
Q
(d) 25 MeV and 150 MeV
68. An analog voltage V is converted into 2-
65. An a.c. voltage of 200 Vrms is applied to bit binary number. The minimum number
the primary of a 10 : 1 step-down of comparators required and their
transformer. The secondary of the reference voltages are
transformer is centre tapped and V V 3V
connected to a full wave rectifier with a (a) 3, , ,
4 2 4
load resistance. The d.c. votlage appearing
V 2V
across the load is (b) 3, , ,V
3 3
22 31 V 2V 3V 4V
(a) (b) (c) 4, , , ,
5 5 5 5
62 44 V V 3V
(d) 4, , , ,V
(c) (d) 4 2 5
12 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
69. The following circuit (where RL >> R) COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
performs the operation of Common Data for Questions 71, 72, 73:
R
V1 V0
A beam of identical particles of mass m and
energy E is incident from left on a potential
R
V2 barrier of width L (between 0 < x < L) and
RL
height V0 as shown in the figure (E < V0).
V(1)
(a) OR gate for a negative logic system V(x)
(b) NAND gate for a negative logic system
(c) AND gate for a positive logic system
(d) AND gate for a negative logic system V0
70. In the T type master-slave JK flip flop is E
shown along with the clock and input x
0
waveforms. The Qn output of flip flop was L
zero initially. Identify the correct output For x > L, there is tunneling with a transmission
waveform. coefficient T > 0. Let A0, AR and AT denote the
amplitudes for the incident, reflected and the
transmitted waves, respectively.
Clk
71. Throughout 0 < x < L, the wave-function
(a) can be chosen to be real.
Input (b) is exponentially decaying.
(c) is generally complex.
Input (d) is zero.
J Q J Q
Clk 72. Let the probability current associated
with the incident wave be S0. Let R be
K Q K Q
the reflection coefficient. Then
(a) the probability current vanishes in the
classically forbidden region.
(a) (b) the probability current is TS0 for x > L.
(c) for, x < 0, the probability current is S0
(I + R)
(b) (d) for x > L, the probability current is
complex.
73. The ratio of the reflected to the incident
amplitude AR/A0 is
(c) (a) 1–AT / A0
(b) (1 T) in magnitude
(c) a real negative number
(d) 2
E
A
(d) 1 T
A0 V0 E
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 13
Common Data for Questions 74, 75: Linked Answer Questions: Q. 76 to Q. 85
Consider two concentric conducting spherical carry two marks each.
shells with inner and outer radii a, b and c, d Statement for Linked Answer Questions
as shown in the figure. Both the shells are 76 and 77:
given Q amount of positive charges.
Consider the –decay of a free neutron at rest
in the laboratory.
76. Which of the following configurations of
the decay products correspond to the
a b
Q Q largest energy of the anti-neutrino v ?
c
(rest mass of electron me 0.51MeV / c2 ,
d rest mass of proton mp 938.27MeV / c2
and rest mass of neutron
2
mn 939.57MeV / c )
74. The electric filed in different regions are (a) In the laboratory, proton is produced
Q
(a) E 0 for r a; E rˆ for a r b at rest.
40 r 2 (b) In the laboratory, momenta of proton,
E 0 for b r c; electron and the anti-neutrino all have
Q the same magnitude.
E rˆ for a r b
40 r 2 (c) In the laboratory, proton and electron
Q fly-off with (nearly) equal and opposite
(b) E rˆ for r a;E 0 for a r b
4 0 r 2 momenta.
Q (d) In the laboratory, electron is produced
E rˆ for b r c;
4 0 r 2 at rest.
Q 77. Using the result of the above problem,
E rˆ for r d
4 0 r 2 answer the following. Which of the
Q following represents approximately the
(c) E rˆ for r a; E 0 for a r b
4 0 r 2 maximum allowed energy of the anti-
2Q neutrino v ?
E 0 for b r c; E rˆ for r d
4 0 r 2 (a) 1.3 MeV (b) 0.8 MeV
(d) E 0 for r a; E 0 for a r b (c) 0.5 MeV (d) 2.0 MeV
Q
E rˆ for b r c; Statement for Linked Answer Questions
4 0 r 2
78 and 79:
2Q
E rˆ for r d Consider a two dimensional electron gas of
4 0 r 2
N electrons of mass m each in a system of size
75. In order to have equal surface charge
L L.
densities on the outer surface of both the
shells, the following conditions should be 78. The density of states between energy
satisfied and + d is
(a) d = 4b and c = 2a 4 L2 m 4 L2 m 1
(a) d (b) d
(b) d = 4b and c = 2a h2 h2
(c) d 2b and c a 4 L2 m 4 L2 m
(c) d (d) d
(d) d b and c 2a h2 h2
14 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
79. The ground state energy E0 of the system 82. The output voltage at the end of second
in terms of the Fermi energy EF and the operational amplifier V01 is
number of electrons N is given by (a) V01 3(Va Vb Vc )
1 1
(a) NEF (b) NEF 1
3 2 (b) V01 (Va Vb Vc )
3
2 3
(c) NEF (d) NEF 1
3 5
(c) V01 (Va Vb Vc )
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 3
80 and 81: 4
(d) V01 (Va Vb Vc )
The rate of a clock in a spaceship 3
3 83. The output V02 (at the end of third op amp)
“Suryashakti” is observed from earth to be of the above circuit is
5
of the rate of the clocks on earth. (a) V02 2(Va Vb Vc )
80. The speed of the spaceship “Suryashakti”
(b) V02 3(Va Vb Vc )
relative to earth is
4 3 1
(a) c (b) c (c) V02 (Va Vb Vc )
5 5 2
9 2 (d) Zero
(c) c (d) c
10 5 Statement for Linked Answer Questions
81. The rate of a clock in a spaceship 84 and 85:
“Aakashganga” is observed from earth to The set V of all polynomials of a real variable
5 x of degree two or less and with real
be of the rate of the clocks on earth.
13 coefficients, constitutes a real linear vector
If both Aakashganga and Suryashakti are
space V c0 c1 x c2 x 2 : c0 , c1 , c2 R.
moving in the same direction relative to
someone on earth, then the speed of 84. f ( x) a0 a1 x a2 x 2 V and
Aakashganga relative to Suryashakti is g ( x) b0 b1 x b2 x 2 V,
12 4 which one of the following constitutes an
(a) c (b) c
13 5 accpetable scalar product?
8 5
(c) c (d) c (a) ( f , g) a02 b0 a12 b1 a22 b2
17 6
(b) ( f , g) a02 b02 a12 b12 a22 b22
Statement for Linked Answer Questions
82 and 83: (c) ( f , g) a0 b0 a1 b1 a2 b2
The following circuit contains three a1 b1 a2 b2
(d) ( f , g) a0 b0
operational amplifiers and resistors. 2 3
R 85. Using the scalar product obtained in the
3R R
Va – R
Vb 3R –
above question, identify the subspace of
+ V01
Vc + V that is orthogonal to (1 + x):
3R 3R
R
–
(a) f ( x) : b(1 x) cx ; b, c R
2
R
Va +
Vb R
V02 (b) f ( x) b(1 2 x) cx ; b, c R
2
Vc
R
R
(c) f ( x) : b cx ; b, c R
2
(d) f ( x) : bx cx ; b, c R
2
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 15
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (d)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (a) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (d) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (a,d) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (b) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (a) 72. (b) 73. (a) 74. (b) 75. (c) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79. (d) 80. (a)
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (c) 84. (d) 85. (b)
EXPLANATIONS
1. EF – FE = 0 Wave is propogating along + x-axis
EF = FE without change in its shape
Trace EF = Trace FE 2 2
2 = 0
Also, Trace (EFGH) = Trace (FEGH) y z2
Trace i.e., sum of eigen values remains Thus,
invariant on transpose 2 2 2
2=
Hence, Trace (FEGH) = Trace (HGFE) x2 y2 z2
2. We know that
2 1 2
The unitary matrix is 2 2 r , t = 0
x V t 2
AA = l ... (i) 1
4. kE = lw2 mv2
When Å = conjugate transpose 2
aei b d
Given that = i kE = 1 l 2 w dw m 2 v dv
ce d dt 2 dt dt
From eq. (i) dk 1
–1
A (AA ) = l.A
–1
dt
=
2
, w, L,
A = A–1 ... (ii) 5. is fixed only R and are required to
ae i
b describe the motion, hence generalised
A = ce i coordinates are 2.
d
1 ae i ce i
A A
b d
3. The general equation for a wave
propogating in space is
2
6. E = E t kˆ
1
2 , t = 0 B = B t
V 2 t2
16 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
1 13. Last two terms mn = 3ds, 4s2
Hence C = 2 E B Mn4+ = 3d1 for d subshell
0
Et Bt ˆ ˆ 1
= k l = 2, s = ±
2
2 0
E t B H 1 5 3
rˆ j = 2 ,
= 2 2 2
20
3
7. i = tan–1 (n) 2j + 1 = 2 1 4
2
i = tan–1(1.5) = 56
3
1 r a0
3d1 electron lie in
angular momentum
9. (0) = e 2
a 03 15. For bCC structure number of atoms Per
unit cell = 2
Now (Lx, Ly) = ih, lz and L z ih
2 2 2
3 =
(Lx, Ly) (0) = ihL z
1
e r a0
L 4 108 64 10 29
3
a03 100
10 22 = 3.125 1022 cm3
1 32
= ih2 e r a0 0
a03 16. For anti-ferromagnetic substance
[(Lx, Ly) |0] = 0 1 T TC
=
C
2 r
12. Here R10 =
3/2
exp at T = –TC
a0 a0
P(r) dr = R10 R10* r2dr 1
=0
4 2r 2
P(r) dr = exp r dr
a03 a0
R10 R10* 1
x
r2
4 2r
P(r) = 3 exp
a0 a0 TC
17. kt meson has
For most probable value of r
(Q) change = +1
dP r
=0 (B) Baryon number = 0
dr
Strangeres number (s) = +1
4 2 2r 2 2 r
r exp a a 2r exp a 0 1
a03 0 0 0 l= J 0 party (–)
2
2r 2r 2r 2 4
4 / a03 exp
3
=0 18. N = R A
a0 a0 3
R A1/3
2r 2 R = r0 A1/3
2r =0
a0
4
R30
16
For 8 O V= ... (ii)
r = a0 3
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 17
(i) and (ii), we have i 2 i 2
=
i i
4 z
V0 = r03 A
3
1 1
13 = 2i
R0 = r0 16 ... (iii) z
1/3
Rxe = r0(128) = 1 2i
1/3
Rxe 128 1 2 1
= 2 27. L= q 4 q q 2
R0 16 2 2
Rxe = 2R0 L L
= q q, q q
4 q q
3
Vxe = 2R0
3 d L L
=0
4 dt q q
8 R 30 = 8V
3 q q q q = 0
cos sin q = 0 equation of SHM.
q
21. Let A=
sin cos 8 0 4
[A – l] = 0 28. I= 0 4 0
cos sin 4 0 8
=0 Y
sin cos Iyy = 4
cos2 2 cos 2 sin 2 = 0
3 ,0
2 2 cos 1 = 0 1 , 2
^n = 2
2 cos 4 cos2 4
=
2
60º
= cos i sin X
^
I xx = 8
3 i l xx l yy l zz
= 30 lav =
2 2 2
1 848
= 3 i 30 = 10
2 2
22. F [(x – a)] = exp(–i2va) 1
Along the line l 10 5
= cos 2va – i sin2va 2
F[(y + a)] = exp(i 2va) 29. A B
1R
= cos 2va + i sin 2va
lAB = MR2 + MR2 = 2MR2
F[(x – a)] + (x + a) = 2 cos 2va
Torque = MR2
1
F[cos(2 va)] = x a x a = l
2
1
i i =
24. z 1 dz = z 1 dz 2
i i
i R R 2R
z2 T = 2 2 = 2
= z g 1 g
2 i
g
2
18 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
30. Let T is the tension in string then
2 nx
F + T = mrw02 41. n = sin
L L
and F = mV 1/ 2
P= *n n x dx
if F becomes doubled then 0
2F + T = mr0w02 2 1/ 2 nx
P= sin 2 dx
2mV + mrw02 = mr0 w02 L 0 L
rw 02 r0 w 02 mx
V= 1 cos
2 2 L / 2
L dx
= 0
r r0 2 L 2
= w0
2 1 L/0
L/2
= x 1 sin 2 n x
V C; 0 < r1 < r0 2 2n L 0
1 2 1 2
31. L= q q 1 L L
sin n sin 0
2 2 =
L 2 2n
L L
Pq = q q , q q 1
= 0 sin n sin 0 0
2
1 2 1 2
H = Pq q L q q ` q
2
1
2 2 =
2
q2 1 2
= q , H iA P, q 43. The magnetization can be written as
2 2 V
34. * E = 20 eV 0 Ms
Ms = µN tan h
kB T
* E0 0 = 10 eV
But B = µ0 Ms
and 1* E 1 = 30 eV B
Ms = N tan h
Only option (d) satisfied this condition kB T
1 * 1
2
0 E0 0 1* E1 1
2
47. 0 * e0 / kB T 2e E / kB T
= 0 * 2e E / kB T 4 e2E / kB T
1 1
= 10 30 = 2 e E / kB T 2 e 2 E / k B T
2 2
= 20 eV Mean energy
40. µB = µe – µP e P E 2E
E exp 2exp k T
µB = 0 k
B T B
=
Now angular momentum and spin E 2E
momentum of electron and proton are 1 exp exp k T
kB T B
equal and opposite.
48.
l = [lP + sP + (le + se)] v = F F J
l = lP + s P + le + s e = B J J 1 BJ J 1
lP = – lP and sP = – se J > J
l= 0 v = 2B( + 1)
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 19
Substituting J = 0, 1, 2 xˆ yˆ zˆ
V = 2B, 4B, 6B, 8B 4 a a a
3
a 2 2 2
h
B= a a a
82 C
2 2 2
4
4 a2 a2 a2 a2 a2 a2
= xˆ yˆ zˆ
3 a3 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 xˆ yˆ zˆ
1
4 a a a
0 3
2D 4B 6B 8B a 2 2 2
v (cm )
–1 a a a
2 2 2
2B = (77.130 – 64.275) cm–1
a2 a2 a2 a2 a2 a2
= (89.985 – 77.130) cm–1 = xˆ yˆ zˆ
4 4 4 4 4 4
2h 4 a 2 2
a
12.855 cm–1 = zˆ
82 lB C = 3
a 2 2
2h 2
lB = g cm2 = x̂ zˆ
2
8 12.855 hC a
and IA = 0 c c
52. µ= ,v
v
V 57. O–C–O have no permanent dipole
moment. Hence, it does not show L L
t= , and frequency is
absorption lines but O–C–S has v c
permanent dipole moment. Hence it will 1 c
v=
show absorption lines. t L
When µ µ + µ, v1
2 b c c
A =
a, b c v1 =
xˆ yˆ zˆ L L
t1 =
2 9 a a v1 c
A = 3 c
a 2 2 2
v1 = L
2 a a a
2 2 2 c 1 1
v = v v
4 a2 a2 a2 a2 L
= xˆ yˆ c
a3 4 4 4 4 =
L
4 a2
= xˆ yˆ
a3 2 a
53. a = xˆ yˆ zˆ
2 2
A = a x y
ˆ ˆ a
b = xˆ yˆ zˆ
2
c,a a
B = 2 c = xˆ yˆ zˆ
a, b c 2
20 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
a a a 57. The kinetic energy for a free electron
2 2 2 h2 2
E= k
= a a a 2m
a b c
2 2 2
a a a kx =
a
2 2 2
1 1 1 ky =
a
3 a
= 1 1 1
2 2
1 1 1 kx + ky = (at constant)
a
2
a
3
h 2 2
= 1 1 1 1 Ecor =
2 2m a
2
a3 h2
= E centre =
2 2 a
Ecor = 4 Ecentre
54.
i
Shkl = f exp i 2 x j h y j k z j l E V E C 3k B T mR
58. EF = log
S = f exp ig , rj 2 4 me
62. E = mc2 for 11
C
a 6
rL = xˆ yˆ zˆ
2 E1 = [6 mP + 5 mn – 11] c2
SB = f 1 exp i h k l E2 = [5 mP + 6 mn – 11] c2 for 115 B
= f(1 + (–1)h+k + l) E1 – E2 = (mP – mn) MeV
2 Now, E0 = [8 mP + 9 mn – 17] c2
= hxˆ kˆ lzˆ
a EF = [9 mP + 9 mn – 17] c2
= 0 if h + k + l = 0 EF – E0 = [mP – mn] c2
= 2f = E0 + MeV
Sy = f 1 i if h k l an odd number EF – E0 = [938.27 – 939.57]
EF – E0 = –1.30
= 0 (if h + k + l = 2 × odd number)
EF = E0 – 1.30
= 2f (if h + k + l = 2 even number)
55. C 3R = constent 1.39 MeV
65. For step down transformer E2 < E1
hv hv d
CV = 3R exp k T E1 = – N1
k T
B B dt
2 d
E2 = N2
CV = 3R a exp q dt
T T
E2 N2 1
=
exp( q / T) E1 N1 10
CV
T2 E1 = 220 V(rms)
By D bye CV (T/A)3 E2 = 22 V(rms)
GATE 2008 (PHYSICS) 21
For full wave rectifier the DC current 68. The number of comparators is
1 2 2N – 1 = 22 – 1
IDC = Id wt
2 0 =4–1
1 Em =3
sin w wt
2 0
=
R The voltage are
1 2 E m V 2V 3V
sin wt d wt
2 0 R
+ and
2N 2N 2N
Em V 2V 3V
=2 , and 2
RL 22 22 2
Em = E 2 22 V rms V 2V 3V
, and
So output DC voltage 4 2 4
EDC = IDC RL 71. E < V0
2Em Applying Schrodinger equation from
=
0< X<L
44 d 2 2m
= 2 E V0 = 0
dx2 h
a 10 b 20 e
66. d 2 2m
I2 V0 E = 0
2A
5
I1 15 +
20 V
dx2 h2
–
= A ekx + B e–kx
d c f
2m
b e Where k= V0 E
20 20 h2
5 + Wave function 0 < X < L is real.
15 20V
–
10V I2 73. R+T=1
+ AR AT
b c =1
A0 A0
Applying KVL for the loop AR A
–5 l1 – 10 l1 – (l1 – l2) 15 + 10 = 0 = 1 T
A0 A0
– 30 l1 + 15 l2 + 10 = 0 t sin P
or 30 l1 – 15 l2 = 10 80. DE =
V2
1
67. y = P + PQ C2
= P(1 + Q) = P ( 1 + Q = 1) t sin P
=
The output of circuite (b) is V2
1
y = P PQ 1Q 1 C2
V12 25
P P 1 =
C 2
1
169
and (1 + Q = 1)
12
Hence logic gate for y = P + PQ is (b) V1 = C
13
22 GATE 2008 (PHYSICS)
12 4 R R R
C 83. Vout 2 = Vout 1 Va Vb VC
Relative speed = 13 5C R R R
48
1
13 5 1
= Va Vb Vc Va Vb Vc
8 3
= C
17 4
8
= Va Vb Vc
3
= C
17 84. f(x) = a0 + a1x + a2x2
R R R g(x) = b0 + b1x + b2x2
V0 = V V V
3R a 3R b 3R c (f(x) g(x)) = a0b0 + a1b1(x/x) + a2b2(x2/x2)
1
= Va Vb Vc a1 b1 a2 b2
3 = a0b0 +
2 3
–R 1
V01 = V0 Va Vb Vc
R 3
1
= Va Vb Vc
3
GATE-2007
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Some useful physcial constants, symbols and formulae
Speed of light in free space c = 3.0 108 m s–1
Atomic mass unit amu = 1.66 10–27 kg
Avogardo’s number N A = 6.02 1023 mole–1
Bohr magneton µ B = 9.27 10–24 A m2
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 1023 J K–1
Electron charge e = 1.60 10–19 C
Planck’s constant h = 6.63 10–34 J s
Rest mass of electron m e = 9.11 10–31 kg
Reduced Plank’s constant (h / 2) h = 1.05 10–34 J s
Permeability of free space µ0 = 1.26 10–6 N A–2
permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85 10–12 C2 N–1 m–2
operator in spherical coordinates:
1 2 1 1
rˆ 2
r r
r ˆ
r sin
sin ˆ
r sin
Q. 1 – Q. 20 carry one mark each
1. The eigenvalues of a matrxi are i, 2i At large distances the electrostatic
and 3i. The matrix is potential due to this charge distribution
(a) unitary (b) anti-unitary. will be dominated by the
(c) Hermitian. (d) anti-Hermitian. (a) monopole moment.
2. A space station moving in a circular orbit (b) dipole moment.
around the Earth goes into a new bound (c) quadrupole moment.
orbit by firing its engine radially
(d) octpole moment.
outwards. This orbit is
(a) a larger circle. (b) a smaller circle. 5. A charged capacitor (C) is connected
in series with an inductor (L). When the
(c) an ellipse. (d) a parabola.
displacement current reduces to zero, the
3. A power amplifier gives 150 W output for nergy of the LC circuit is
an input of 1.5W. The gain, in dB, is
(a) stored entirely in its magnetic
(a) 10 (b) 20 field.
(c) 40 (d) 100
(b) stored entirely in its electric field.
4. Four point charges are placed in a plane
(c) distribuuted equality among its
at the following positions:
electric and magnetic fields.
+ Q at (1, 0), – Q at (–1, 0) + Q at (0, 1)
and –Q at (0, –1) (d) radiated out of the circuit.
2 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
6. Match the following 11. A solid superconductor is placed in an
P : Franck-Hertz experiment external magnetic field and then cooled
below its critical temperature. The
Q : Hartree-Fock method
superconductor
R : Stern-Gerlach experiment
(a) retains its magnetic flux because the
S : Franck-Condon principle surface current supports it.
1. electronic excitation of molecules (b) expels out its magnetic flux because it
2. wave function of atoms behaves like a paramagnetic material.
3. spin angular momentum of atoms (c) expels out its magnetic flux because
4. energy levels in atoms it behaves like an anti-ferromagnetic
material.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
P-4 P-1 P-3 P-4 (d) expels out its magnetic flux because
the surface current induces a field in
Q-2 Q-4 Q-2 Q-1
the direction opposite to the applied
R-3 R-3 R-4 R-3
magnetic field.
S-1 S-2 S-1 S-2
12. A particle with energy E is in a time-
7. The wave function of a particle,moving
indepndent double well potential as
in a one-dimensional time-independent
shown in the figure. Which of the
potential V(x), is given by (x), is given
following statements about the particle
(X) = e –iax + b , where a and b are
is NOT correct?
constants. This means that the potential
V(x) is of the form
V
(a) V(x) x (b) V(x) x2
(c) V(x) = 0 (d) V(x) e–ax
X
8. The D1 and D2 lines of Na (32P1/2 32S1/2,
32P3/2 32S1/2) will split on the application
of a weak magnetic field into
(a) 4 and 6 lines respectively.
(a) Thge particle will always be in a bound
(b) 3 lines each. state.
(c) 6 and 4 lines respectively. (b) The probability of finding the particle
(d) 6 lines each. in one well will be time-dependent.
9. In a He-Ne laser, the laser transition (c) The particle will be confined to any
takes place in one of the wells.
(a) He only. (d) The particle can tunnel from one well
(b) Ne only. too the other, and back.
(c) Ne first, then in He. 13. It is necessary to apply quantum statistics
(d) He first, then in Ne. to a system of particles if
10. The partition function of a single gas (a) there is substantial overlap between
molecule is Za. The partition function of the wavefunctions of the particles.
N such non-interacting gas molecules is (b) the mean free path of the particles is
then given by comparable to the inter-particle
(a)
Za n (b) (Za)N
separation.
N! (c) the particles have identical mass and
Za n
charge.
(c) N(Za) (d) (d) the particles are interacting.
N
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 3
14. When liquid oxygen is poured down close to 19. The elctromagnetic field due to a point
a strong bar magnet, the oxygen steam is charge must be described by Lienard
(a) repelled towards the lower field Weichert potentials when
because it is diamagnetic. (a) the point charge is highly accelerated.
(b) attracted towards the higher field (b) the electric and magnetic fields are
because it is diamagnetic. not perpendicular.
(c) repelled towards the lower field (c) the point charge is moving with
because it is paramagnetic. velocity close to that of light.
(d) attracted towards the higher field (d) the calculation is done for the radiation
because it is paramagnetic. zone, i.e. far away from the charge.
15. Fission fragments are generally 20. The strangeness quantum number is
radioactive as conserved in
(a) they have excess of neutrons. (a) strong, weak and electromagnetic
(b) they have excess of protons. interactions.
(c) they are products of radioactive (b) weak and electromagnetic interactions
nuclides only.
(d) their total kinetic energy is of the (c) strong and weak interactions only.
order of 200 MeV. (d) strong and electromagnetic
16. In a typical npn transitor the doping interactions only.
concentrations in emitter, base and Q. 21 – Q. 75 carry one mark each
collector regions are C E, C B and C C
respectively. These satisfy the relation, 21. The eigenvalues and eignvectors of the
(a) CE > CC > CB (b) CE > CB > CC 5 4
matrix are
(c) CC > CB > CE (d) CE = CC > CB 1 2
17. The allowed states for He (2p 2 ) 4 1
configuration are (a) 6, 1 and ,
1 1
(a) 1 S0 ,3 S1 , 1 P1 ,3 P0,1,2 , 1 D2 and 3D1,2,3
(b) 1 S0 ,3 P0,1,2 and 1D2 4 1
(b) 2, 5 and ,
(c) 1
P1 and 3 P0,1,2 1 1
(d) 1 S0 and 1P1 1 1
(c) 6, 1, and ,
18. The energy levels of a particle of mass m 4 1
in a potential of the from
V(x) = , x0 1 1
(d) 2, 5 and ,
1 4 1
=m 2 x 2 , x>0
2 22. A vector field is efined everywhere
are given, in terms of quantum number y2
F= iˆ z kˆ . The net flux of F associated
n = 0, 1, 2, 3......, by L
with a cube of side L, with one vertex at the
1 1
(a) n (b) 2n origin and sides along the positive X, Y, and
2 2
Z axes, is
3 3
(c) 2n (d) n (a) L3 (b) 4L3
2 2
(c) 8L3 (d) 10L3
4 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
27. The points, where the series solution of
23. If r xiˆ yjˆ , then
the Legendre differential equation
(a) r 0 and r r d2 y dy 3 3
1 x2
dx2
2x 1 y 0 will
dx 2 2
(b) r 2 and r r
diverge, are located at
rˆ
(c) r 2 and r (a) 0 and 1 (b) 0 and –1
r 3 5
rˆ (c) –1 and 1 (d) and
(d) r 3 and r 2 2
r 28. Solution of the differential equation
24. Consider a vector p 2iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ in the x
dy
y x4 , with the boundary condition
coordinate system ( iˆ, ˆj, kˆ ). The axes are dx
that y = 1, at x = 1, is
rotation anit-clockwise about the Y axis
x4 4 x
by an angle of 60º. The vector p in the (a) y = 5x4 –4 (b) y =
5 5
rotate coordinate system ( iˆ, ˆj, kˆ ) is
4 x4 1 x4 4
(c) y = (d) y =
(a) 1 3 iˆ 3 ˆj 1 3 kˆ 5 5x 5 5x
29. Match the following
(b) 1 3 iˆ 3 ˆj 1 3 kˆ
P : rest mass 1. timelike vector
(c) 1 3 iˆ 3 3 jˆ 2kˆ Q : charge 2. Lorentz invariant
3 iˆ 3 3 jˆ 2kˆ R : four-momentum 3. temnsor of rank 2
(d) 1
S : electromagnetic 4. conserved and
dz
25. The contour integral z2 a2 is to be field Lorentz invariant
(a) (b) (c) (d)
evaluated on a circle of radius 2a centered
P-2 P-4 P-2 P-4
at the origin. It will have contributions
Q-4 Q-2 Q-4 Q-2
only from the points.
R-3 R-1 R-1 R-3
1 i 1i S-1 S-3 S-3 S-1
(a) a and a
2 2 30. The moment of inertia of a uniform sphere
(b) ia and –ia of radius r about an axis passing through
2 4 5
1 i 1i its centre is given by r . A rigid
(c) ia, –ia, a and a 5 3
2 2 sphere of uniform mass density and
1 i 1 i 1i 1i radius R has two smaller sphere of radius
(d) a, a, a and a R / 2 hollowed out of it, as shown in the
2 2 2 2
figure. The moment of intertia of the
s1 resuulting body about the Y axis is
26. Inverse Laplace transform of is
s2 4 Y
1
(a) cos 2 x sin 2 x
2
X
1
(b) cos x sin x
2
1 R 5 5R 5
(c) cosh x sinh x (a) (b)
2 4 12
1 7R 5 3R 5
(d) cosh 2 x sinh 2 x (c) (d)
2 12 4
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 5
31. The Lagrangian of a particle of mass m is 33. The Hamiltonion of a particle is
m dx
2 2 2 P2
dy dz V H= pq , where q is the generalized
L= x 2 y2 + W
2 dt dt dt 2 2m
coordinate and p is the corresponding
sin t, where V, W and are constants. cononical momentum. The Lagrangian is
The conserved quantitites are 2
m dq
(a) energy and z-component of leaner (a) q
2 dt
momentum only. 2
m dq
(b) energy and z-component of angular (b) q
2 dt
momentum only.
2
(c) z-components of both linear and m dq dq
(c) q q2
angular momenta only. 2 dt dt
(d) energy and z-components of both m dq
2
dq
2
linear and angular momenta. (d) 2 dt q dt q
32. Three particles of mass m each situated
at x1(t), x2(t), and x3(t) respectively are 34. A toroidal coil has N closely-wound turns.
connected by two springs of springs Assume the current through the coil to
constant k and un-stretched lenght l. The be I and the toroid is filled wwith a
system is free to oscillate only in one magnetic material fo relative permittivity
dimension along the straighnt line joining µr. The magnitude of magnitic induction
all the three particles. The lagragian of B inside the toroid, at a radial distance r
the system is from the axis, is given by
µ , µ NI
2
m dx1 dx2 dx3
2 2
(a) µr, µ0NIr (b) r 0
(a) L = r
2 dt dt dt µ r , µ 0 NI
(c) (d) 2µrµ0 NIr
2 r
k 2 k 2 35. An electromagnetic wave with
x1 x2 l x3 x2 l
2 2 E z, t E cos t kz iˆ is travelling in
0
2 2 2 free space and crosses a disc of radius 2
m dx1 dx2 dx3 m placed perpendicular to the z-axis. If
(b) L =
2 dt dt dt E0 = 60 V m–1, the average power, in Watt,
crossing the disc along the z-direction is
k k
x1 x3 l 2 x3 x2 l 2 (a) 30 (b) 60
2 2
(c) 120 (d) 270
2 2 2
m dx1 dx2 dx3 36. Can the following scalar and vector
(c) L =
2 dt dt dt potentials describe an electromagnetic
field.
k 2 k 2 x, t 3 xyz 4 t
x1 x2 l x3 x2 l
2 2 A x, t 2 x t iˆ y 2 z jˆ z 2eit kˆ
2 2 2 where is a constant.
m dx1 dx2 dx3
(d) L =
2 dt dt dt (a) Yes, in the Coulomb gauge.
(b) yes, in the Lorentz gauge.
k 2 k 2 (c) Yes, provided = 0.
x1 x2 l x3 x2 l
2 2 (d) No.
6 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
37. For a particle of mass m in a one- 41. Three operators X, Y and Z satisfy the
dimensional harmonic oscillatoor commutation relations
1 [X, Y] = i Z, [Y, Z] = i X and [Z, X] = i Y.
potential of the form V
x
m 2 x2 , the
2 The set of all possibel eigenvalues of the
first excited energy eigenstate is operator Z, in units of , is
2
x xe ax . The value of a is
(a) {0, ±1, ±2, ±3,.....}
(a) m / 4 (b) m / 3
1 3 5
(c) m / 2 (d) 2m / 3 (b) ,1, ,2, ,.....
2 2 2
38. If [x, p] = i, the value of [x3, p] is
(a) 2ix2 (b) –2ix2 1 3 5
(c) 0, , 1, , 2, ,.....
2 2 2
(c) 3ix2 (d) –3ix2
39. There are only three bound states for a 1 1
particle of mass m in a one-dimensional (d) ,
2 2
potential well of the form shown in the
42. A heat pump working on the Carnot cycle
figure. The depth V0 of the potential
maintains the inside temperature of a
statisfies
house at 22ºC by supplying 450 kJs–1. If
the outside temperature is 0º C, the heat
V
– a/2 + a/2 taken, in kJs–1, from the outside air is
X approximately
(a) 487 (b) 470
– V0 (c) 467 (d) 417
43. The vapour pressure p (in mm of Hg) of a
2
2 2
9 2 2 solid, at temperature T, is expressed by
(a) V0 ln p = 23 – 3863/T and that of its liquid
ma2 2ma2
phase by ln p = 19 – 3063/T. The triple
2 2 2 2 2 poing (in Kelving) of the material is
(b) V0
ma2 ma 2
(a) 185 (b) 190
2 2 2 8 2 2 (c) 195 (d) 200
(c) V0
ma2 ma2 44. The free energy for a photon gas is given
2 2 2 50 2 2 a
(d) V0 by F = – VT–4, where a is a constant.
ma2 ma2 2
40. An atomic state of hydrogen is The entropy S and the pressure P of the
represented by the following wave photon gas are
function:
3/ 2 4 a
1 1 r r / 2 a0 (a) S aVT 3 ,P T 4
r, , 1 2a e cos . 3 3
2 a0 0
1 4a 3
where a0 is a constant. The quantum (b) S aVT4 ,P T
number of the state are 3 3
(a) l = 0, m = 0, n = 1 4 a
(c) S aVT 4 ,P T 3
(b) l = 1, m = 1, n = 2 3 3
(c) l = 1, m = 0, n = 2 1 4a 4
(d) S aVT3 ,P T
(d) l = 2, m = 0, n = 3 3 3
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 7
45. A system has energy level E 0, 2E 0 , 50. The number of fundamental vibrational
3E0,....., where the excited states are modes of CO2 molecule is
triply degenerate. Four non-interacting (a) four : 2 are Raman active and 2 are
bosons are placed in this system. If the infrared active.
total energy of these bosons is 5 E0, the (b) four : 1 is Raman active and 3 are
number of microstates is infrared active.
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) three : 1 is Raman active and 2 are
(c) 4 (d) 5 infrared active.
46. In accordance with the selection rules of (d) three : 2 are Raman active and 1 is
electric dipole transitions, the 43P1 state infrared active.
of helium can decay by photon emission 51. A peice of paraffin is placed in a uniform
to the states magnetic field H0. The sample contains
(a) 2 1 S0 , 2 1 P1 and 2 1 D2 hydrogen nuclei of mass mp. wbhich interact
only with external magnetic filed. An
(b) 3 1 P1 ,3 1 D2 and 3 1 S0 additional oscillating magnetic field is
(c) 3 3 P2 ,3 3 D3 and 3 3 P0 appllied to observe resonance absorption.
If g1 is the g-factor of the hydrogen nucleus,
(d) 2 3 S1 ,3 3 D2 and 3 3 D1 the frequency, at which resonance
47. If an atom is in the 3 D3 state, the angle absorption takes place, is given by
between its orbital and spine 3 g1 eH 0 3 g1 eH0
angular (a) 2m (b) 4m
momentum vectors ( L and S ) is p p
g1 eH0 g1 eH0
1 1 1 2 (c) 2m (d) 4m
(a) cos (b) cos p p
3 3
52. The solid phase of an element follows van
1
1 3
(c) cos (d) cos 1 der Waals bonding with inter-atomic
2 2
P Q
48. The hyperfine structure of Na(32P3/2) with potential V(r) = 6 12 , where P and
r r
nuclear spin I = 3/2 has Q are constants. The bond length can be
(a) 1 state. (b) 2 states. expressed as
6 6
(c) 3 states. (d) 4 states. 2Q Q
(a) (b)
49. The allowed rotational energy levels of a P P
6 6
rigid hetero-nuclear diatomic molecule P P
(c) (d)
are expressed as J = BJ(J + 1), whhhere 2Q Q
B is the rotational constant and J is a
rotational quantum number. 53. Consider the atomic packing factor (APF)
of the following crystal structures:
In a system of such diatomic molecules
P. Simple Cubic
of reduced mass µ, some ofo the atoms of
one element are replaced by a heavier Q. Body Centred Cubic
isotope, such that the reduced mass is R. Face Centred Cubic
changed to 1.05µ. In the rotational S. Diamond
spectrum of the system, the shift in the T. Hexagonal Close Packed
spectral line, corresponding to a transition Which two of the above structures have
J = 4 J = 5, is equal APF?
(a) 0.475 B (b) 0.50 B (a) P and Q (b) S and T
(c) 0.95 B (d) 1.0 B (c) R and S (d) R and T
8 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
54. In a powder differation pattern recorded 57. A ferromagnetic mixture of iron and
from a face-centred cubic sample using copper having 75% atoms of Fe
x-rays, the first peak appears at 30. The exhibits a saturation magnetization of
second peak will appear at 1.3 106 A m–1. Assume that the total
(a) 32.8 (b) 33.7 number of atoms per unit volume is
8 1028 m–3. The magnetic moment of an
(c) 34.8 (d) 35.63
iron atom, in terms of the Bohr
55. Variation of electrical resistivity with Magneton, is
temperature T of three solids is sketched
(a) 1.7 (b) 2.3
(on different scales) in the figure as curves
P, Q and R. (c) 2.9 (d) 3.8
58. Half life of a radio-isotope is 4 108 years.
Q
P If there are 103 radioactive nuclei in a
Resistivity
sample today, the number of such nuclei
in the sample 4 109 year ago were
(a) 128 103 (b) 256 103
R
(c) 512 103 (d) 1024 103
0
Temperature 59. In the deuterium + tritium (d + t) fusion
Which one of the following statements more enrgy is relased as compared to
describes the variations most appropriately? deuterium + deuterium (d + d) fusion
(a) P is for a superconductor, and R for a because
semiconductor. (a) tritium is radioactive
(b) Q is for a superconductor, and P for a (b) more nucleons participate in fusion
conductor. (c) the Coulomb barrier is lower for the
(c) Q is for a superconductor, and R for a d + t system than d + d system.
conductor. (d) the reaction product 4He is more
(d) R is for a superconductor, and P for a tightly bound.
conductor. 60. According to the shell model the ground
56. An extrinsic semiconductor sample of state spin of the 17O nucleus is
cross-section A and length L is doped in 3 5
such a way thaht the doping concetration (a) (b)
2 2
x 3
5
varies as ND(x) = N0 exp , where (c) (d)
L 2 2
N 0 is a constant. Assume that the
61. A relativistic particle travels a length of 3
mobility µ of the majority carriers
remains constant. The resistance R of 10–3 m in air before decaying. The decay
the sample is given by process of the particle is dominated by
L (a) strong interactions.
(a) R exp 1.0 1
AµeN0 (b) electromagnetic interactions.
L (c) weak interactions.
(b) R exp 1.0 1
µeN0 (d) gravitational interactions.
L 62. The strange baryon + has the quark
(c) R exp 1.0 1
AµeN0 structure
1 (a) uds (b) uud
(d) R
AµeN0 (c) uus (d) us
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 9
63. A neutron scatters elastically from a
heavy nucleus. The initial and final states CLK SI 0101
of the neutron have the QD QC QB QA
(a) same energy.
(a) 1001 (b) 0100
(b) same energy and linear momentum.
(c) 0110 (d) 1010
(c) same energy and angular momentum.
68. For the circuit shown, the potential
(d) same linear and angular momenta.
difference (in Volts) across RL is
64. The circuit shown based on ideal 5 2
operational amplifiers. It acts as a
R 38 V R1 = 4 76V
R
R
V1 – R
+ –
+ (a) 48 (b) 52
V2 (c) 56 (d) 65
(a) subtractor. (b) buffer amplifier. 69. In the circuit shown, the voltage at test point
(c) adder. (d) divider. P is 12 V and the voltage between gate and
65. Identify the function F generated by the source is –2V. The value of R (in k) is
logic network shown VDD = 16 V P
4 k
Z
Y 2 k
X
R 42 k
(a) F = (X + Y)Z (b) F = Z + Y + Y X (a) 42 (b) 48
(c) F = ZY (Y + X) (d) F = XYX (c) 56 (d) 70
66. In the circuit shown, the port Q1 and Q2 70. When an input voltage Vi, of the form
are in state Q1 = 1, Q2 = 0. The circuit is shown, is applied to the circuit given
now subjected to two complete clock pulses. below, tghe output voltage V0 is the form
The state of these ports now becomes. + 12 V
Q1 Q2 R
Vi V0
– 12 V 3V
1 J Q 1 J Q Si diode
CLK CLK
(a) 12 V
1 K Q 1 K Q
0V
(a) Q2 = 1, Q1 = 0 (b) Q2 = 0, Q1 = 1 (b) 12 V
(c) Q2 = 1, Q1 = 1 (d) Q2 = 0, Q1 = 0 3V
67. The registers QD, QC, QB and QA shown 0V
in the figure are initially in the state 1010 (c) 12 V
respectivelyh. An input sequence 2.3 V
SI = 0101 is applied. After two clock 0V
pulses, the state of the shift registers (in (d) 0V
the same sequence QDQCQBQA) is
–12V
10 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS 74. The condition for the reflected ray to be
Common Data For Questions 71, 72, 73: completely polarized is
A partiicle of mass m is confined in the ground (a) µ cos i = cos r (b) cos i = µ cos r
state of a one-dimensional box, extending (c) µ cos i = – cos r (d) cos i = – µ cos r
from x = –2L to x = ±2L. The wavefunction of 75. For normal incident at an air-glass
x
the particle in the state is (x) = 0 cos interface with µ = 1.5 the fraction of
4L
where 0 is a constant. energy reflected is given by
71. The normalization factor 0 of this wave (a) 0.40 (b) 0.20
function is (c) 0.16 (d) 0.04
2 1 LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS: Q. 76 to
(a) (b) Q. 85 carry two marks each.
L 4L
Statement for Linked Answer Questions
1 1 76 & 77:
(c) (d)
2L L
In the laboratory frame, a particle P of rest
72. The energy eigenvalue corresponding to mass m0 is moving in the positive x direction
this state is
5c
with a speed of . It approaches an identical
h2 2 h2 2 19
(a) (b) particle Q, moving in the negative x direction
2mL2 4 mL2
2c
h2 2 h2 2 with a speed of .
(c) (d) 5
16 mL2 8L2 76. The speed of the particle P in the rest
73. The expection value frame of the particle Q is
2 1 7c 13 c
(a) (b) (a) (b)
L 4L 95 85
3c 63 c
1 1 (c) (d)
(c) (d) 5 95
2L L
77. The energy of the particle P in the rest
Common Data For Questions 74, 75: frame of the particle Q is
The Fresnel relations between the amplitudes
1 5
of incident and reflected electromagnetic (a) m c2 (b) m c2
waves at an interface between air and a 2 0 4 0
dielectric of refractive index µ, are
19 11
(c) m0 c2 (d) m0 c2
cos r µ cos i incident 13 9
Ereflected
E
cos r µ cos i Statement for Linked Answer Questions
and 78 & 79:
µ cos r cos i incident The atomic density of a solid is 5.85 1028 m–3.
E reflected
E
µ cos r cos i Its electrical resistivity is 1.6 10–8 m.
The subscripts and refer to polarization, Assume that electrical conduction is described
parallel and normal to the plane of incidence by the Drude model (classical theory), and
respectively. Here, i and r are the angles of that each atom contributes one conduction
incidence and refraction respectively. electron.
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 11
78. The drift mobility (in m2V–1s–1) of the 82. The partition function of a single oscillator
conduction electrons is 1
(a) 6.67 10–3 (b) 6.67 10–6 with energy levels n is given by
2
(c) 7.63 10–3 (d) 7.63 10–6
e / 2 e / 2
79. The relaxation time (mean free time), in (a) Z (b) Z
1 e 1 e
seconds, of the conduction electrons is
1 1
(a) 3.98 10–15 (b) 3.79 10–14 (c) Z (d) Z
1 e 1 e
(c) 2.84 10–12 (d) 2.64 10–11
83. The average number of energy quanta of
Statement for Linked Answer Questions
the oscillators is given
80 & 81:
A sphhere of radius R carriers a polarization 1 e
(a) n (b) n
p kr , were k is a constant and r is e 1 e 1
measured from the centre of the sphere. 1 e
80. The bound surface and volume charge (c) n (d) n
e 1 e 1
densities are given, respectively, by
Statement for Linked Answer Questions
(a) k r and 3k (b) k r and 3k 84 & 85:
(c) k r and 4 kR (d) k r and 4 kR A 16µA beam of alpha particles, having cross-
81. The electric field E at a point r outside sectional area 10–4 m2, is incident on a rhodium
the sphere is given by target of thickness 1 µm. This produces
neutrons through the reaction
(a) E = 0
+ 100 Rh 100Pd + 3n.
kR R 2 r 2 rˆ
(b) E = 84. The number of alpha particles hitting the
0 r3
target per second is
(c) E =
kR R 2 r 2 rˆ (a) 0.5 1014 (b) 1.0 1014
0 r5
(c) 2.0 1020 (d) 4.0 1020
3k r R
(d) E = rˆ 85. The neutrons are observed at the rate of
4 0 r 4 1.806 108 s–1. If the density of rhodium
Statement for Linked Answer Questions is approximated as 104 kg m–3 the cross-
82 & 83: section for the reaction (in barns) is
An ensemble of quantum harmonic oscillators (a) 0.1 (b) 0.2
is kept at a finite temperature T = 1/kB (c) 0.4 (d) 0.8
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (b)
41. (d) 42. (d) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (d) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (d) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (d) 66. (c) 67. (d) 68. (b) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (d) 76. (c) 77. (b) 78. (b) 79. (b) 80. (b)
81. (a) 82. (a) 83. (c) 84. (a) 85. (a)
12 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
EXPLANATIONS
1. The given eigen values are i1 – 2i and 3i. I = 0, hence capacitor is fully discharged.
Since all eigen values are imaginary. Thus total Energy appears across the
Hence matrix is anti-hermitian. inductor and entirely stored in Magnetic
2. The orbit will be an ellipse. field.
7. The given wave function is
Pout
3. Gain = 20 log10 (x) = e iax b eb e iax Be iax
Pin
This wave function is possible when
150
= 20 log10 20 2 V(x) = 0
1.5
= 40 dB 8. 3 P1/2 32 S1/2
2
4. The levels for P1/2 = 2(1/2) + 1 = 2
Y
The levels for S1/2 = 2(1/2 + 1) = 2
+ Q (0, 1) Hence this transition breaks up in
4-states.
P4
The transition 32 P1/2 32 S1/2
Q (1, 0) 3 1
X
1
X
is break up = 2 1 2 1
– Q (–1, 0) 2
2
P3
P1 =4+2
=6
– Q (0, 1)
gMj
Mj
3/2 2
1 Z 1/z 2/2
Y P3/2
–1/2 –2/2
from figure, it is clear that there are four –3/2 –2
dipoles. Hence, at large distances the
electrostatic potential is due to quadrupole
moment. Z
1/2 1/3
P1/2
5. The displacement current density,
– 1/2 – 1/3
E d1 d2
J = 0 0 . Let A is the plate area of
t
capacitor. Displacement current 1/2 1
Z
S1/2
A E
ID = JA = 0 0 – 1/2 –1
t
A E
Now, ID = 0 0 0 0
t d1
E
=0 dz
t
Applying the selection rules JMj = 0, ±1.
Q
But E = We obtain four Zeeman Components for
2 0 2 0 A the d1 line and six components for d2 line.
1 Q The components correspondings to
=0 Mj = 0 are polarised with electric vector
2 0 A t
perpendicular to the field (-components)
1 9. In He-Ne laser, the laser to transition
I = 0
2 0 A takes place in Ne-only.
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 13
Helium 2S
1 5S
H3 E6 339nm Ne on
4S
E5
3
2S E4
H2
54 laser transition
63 3
nm
11 2.
8
52 nm
e-impact excitation
nm
3P
E3
3S
1
E2
1S
2 2 6
1S 2SP
Ground State
Relevant energy level of the He-Ne laser.
11. In super conductor below Tc Magnetic flux great a neutron. Excess that it will
expels out since, surface current induces definitely be –-active.
a field opposite to the external field. 141
B a 141 L a
18min 3.7 h
12. Since the given potential is for the 141 141
Ce Pr (stable)
harmonic oscillator. 33 d
92
Hence, energy levels are described by K r
35
92 R b
805
92Sr
2.7 h
92 92
1
Y
3.5 h
Zr (stable)
En = n
2 16. In JFET, the gate source diode always
14. Since O2 is diamagnetic and diamagnetic reverse biased. Because of the reverse
substances. magnetized oppsite to bias, only a very small reverese current
external magnetic field in the presence can exist in the gate load. As an
of external magnetic field. approximation, the gate current is Zero.
In symbols.
15. We know that the neutron excess (N-Z)
increases with the mass number A. For IG = 0
heavist element uranium, two stable i.e. no input current. It means that the
isotopes 235U and 238U have (N-Z) values divice has an infinite input resistance.
51 and 54 respectively. On the other hand, 17. The spectrual terms for equivalent
the sum of the neutron excesses for the electrons like He (2p2) can be obtained by
heavist stable isotopes of Ba and Kr given briet scheme. In this scheme we write all
below is 40. Thus when a Uranium the possible values of ML which can be
nucleus undergo fisson both the fission formed by the combination of Ml1 and Ml2.
fragments generally contain many For this we write the values Ml1 and Ml2
neutron is excess of the numbers in a row and in a column respectively.
required for their stability which makes The sums ML are written below Ml1 and
them – active. Even, it one of the to the left of Ml2. These nine values of
fragments has the proper neutron excess ML from three sets divided by the L-shaped
to make it stable, the other must have so (dotted) lines.
14 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
18. Since, the given potential is for the
harmonic oscillator. Hence, energy levels
m1 1 0 –1
are described by
ML = 2 1 0 1 1
En = n
2
ML = 1 0 –1 0
19. The situation is shown in figure below:
ML = 0 –1 –2 –1 Direction of
A
current down word
S P d m2
B
Direction of C
(Two equivalent Electrons) Direction of
current upward current upward
l1 = 1; l2 =1
These sets are Here A, B, C are three infinite wires. The
2 1 0 –1 –2 (I set) current in A is 21 (downward) and in B
and C are l and l upward. Using Ampere’s
1 0 –1 (II set) law on the circumference of this circle
0 (III set) (ABC).
These sets of ML-values correspond to
L = 2, 1 and 0 respectively i.e. to one d, B dl = 0 Ienc.
one p and one s term. B 2a = 0 [– 2I + I + I]
The spin of two electrons can be combined B =0
to form either s = 0 (singlets) or S = 1 20. The strangeness quantum number is
(triplets). For S = 1 both electrons have conserved in strong and electro magnetic
the same spin quantum numbers Ms. and interactions.
hence they must differ in this values of 21. The characterstic equations is
Ml, therefore. We cannot combine any |A – I| = 0
table with S = 1 (because diagonal
corresponds to equal values of Ml1 and 5 4
=0
Ml2) thus with S =1 (triplet) we are limited 1 2
to the following ML values 10 – 5 – 2 + 2 – 4 = 0
1 0 –1 (II set) 2 – + 6 = 0
Which are the components of a term with = 1, 6
L = 1. This corresponds to a 3P term or a To find out the eigen vectors for the
3P0,1,2 multiplet. when S = 0, the electron corresponding eigen values, we will
differ in their spin quantum numbers and consider the matrix. equation.
there is no restriction on the value of ML
|A – I|X = 0
which may be combined with this value
at S. We have only the remaining I and 5 4 X 0
1 = ...(i)
III sets to combine with S = 0 these sets 2 Y 0
are components at terms with L = 2 (1) Eigen vector corresponding to the
and L = 0 respectively. Hence, they eigen value = 1. By putting = 1.
corresponds to d and S terms. the matrix eq. (i) will become.
Thus two equivalent p-electrons give 4 4 X 0
1 s 1 d terms or 1 s , 1 d and 3 p
1 1 0 2 0,1, 2 1 1 Y = 0
multiplets.
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 15
Hence
4X 4Y 0
X Y 0 ˆ ˆ
X = K, Y = – K
| r | = iˆ
x y
j k
Z
x2 y 2
K 1
Eigen vector X, is or K 1
= î
x
x2 y2 y
x2 y2 j
K
(2) Eigen vector corresponding to the 1 1
= iˆ 2 2
2x 2 yj
eigen value = 6. 2 x y 2
x y2
2
By putting = 6, the matrix Eqation(i)
xi yj r
will become. =
x2 y2 | r |
1 4 X 0
1 4 Y = 0
24. p = 2iˆ 3 jˆ 2kˆ
X 4Y 0 Since axes are roted about y-axis hence y
X 4Y 0 coordinate remains in variant.
Let X = 4K, Y = K p = xiˆ y ˆjZkˆ
4K 4 x = 2cos 60º 2sin 60º 1 3
eigen vector X2 is or K
K 1
Z = 2 cos 60º + 2 sin 60º = 1 3
y2 ˆ
22. F = i Z kˆ
L
Hence p = 1 3 iˆ 3 jˆ 1 3 kˆ
F = Fx Fy FZ 25. Z2 + a2 = 0
x y Z
Z = ± ia
y2
0 z = 1 1 s 1 1 s 1 s
X L y z 26. 2 = 2 2
s 4 s 4 s 4
Using Gauss’s divergence theorem
1
= cosh 2 x sinh 2 x.
F d a =
F dV
V
2
A
27. The given equation is
1 dV = L
3
Now, flux Q= d2 y dy 3 3
V (1 x2 ) 2
2x 1 0
dx dx 2 2
Hence, none option is correct.
will diverge if (1 – x2) = 0 x = ±1
23. r = xiˆ y ˆj
dy
28. x y = x4
ˆ ˆ ˆ dx
(1) = ˆ ˆ
x i y j Z k x i y j
dy y
= x3 ...(i)
dx x
= x y0 2
x y The Eq. (i) is a linear differential equation
1
IF = e x
dx
(2) |r | = x2 y2
16 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
Solution of Equation (i) is 2 2 2
m dx dy dz V 2
yx= 3
31. L =
2 dt dt dt 2
x y2 w
x x dx c
4
= x dx c m 2 V 2
= x y 2 Z 2 x y2 w
2 2
x5
yx= c ...(ii) Potential is independent of velocity, So
5
energy is conserved.
Given y = 1 at x = 1, then from Eq. (ii), we
have. L L
Now, = m Z and 0
1 1 4 Z Z
1 1 = c c = 1
5 5 5 d L L
= 0 m
Z0
x 5
4 dt Z Z
Hence y x =
5 5 Fz = 0
x4 4 dPz
y= 0 Pz constant
5 5x dt
30. Let I is the moment of inertia of bigger Hence, Z-component of linear momentum
sphere. is constant.
2 4 5 32. l l
hence I= R ...(i)
5 3 m m m
R x1 x2 x1– x 2
for small sphare of about its centre.
2
1
5
T =
2
m x12 x 22 x32
2 4 R
I1 =
5 3
2 k 2 2
V= x1 x2 l x3 x2 l
Moment of inertia for sphere about y-axis 2
5 2
L =T–V
2 4 R R
I1 = 2 2 2
m dx1 dx2 dx3
5 3 2 2 =
2 dt dt dt
5 5
4 2 R R
= k 2 2
3 5 5 2 x1 x2 l x3 x2 l
2
5
4 R 7 p2
= 33. H = pq
3 2 5 2m
5 Now q = p and H pq L
4 R 7 m
For second sphere, I = I =
3 2 5 p 2
p2
pq = L
4 R
5
14 2m m
Total It = 2I =
2
2
3 5 p2 m m dq
L= pq q 2 q2 qq q
2m 2 2 dt
4 2 7
Now, Ir = I1 – It = R5 34. For a tordial coil of N turns with relative
3 5 5 32
permittivity r, B inside is given by
5 R 5 NI ˆ
IR = B (r) = 0 r ()
12 2r
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 17
3
35. E (z, t) = E0 cos (t – kz) iˆ = Ex E = E1 = w and given potential is
2
H (z, t) = H0 cos (t – kz) ĵ = Hy mw 2 x 2
V=
4
Magnitude of poynting vector |S|
Applying Schrodinger equation
S = E0 H0 cos2 (t – kz)
d 2 2m
Average < s > = E0 H0 < cos2 (t – kz) > [E V] = 0
dx 2 2
E0 H 0 mw2 x2 ax2
<s>= ( E0 = B0C) 2 2m 3
2 4a x
2 3
6ax eax
2
w
2
xe 0
E0 = 0 H0C
3mw m 2 w2 3
E20 E02 4 a2 x 3 6 a x =0
<s>= 2
20C 2 4107 3 108
3 mw m 2 w 2 2
4 a 2 x 2 6a x =0
E20 2
<s>=
20 2 m2 w2 2 2mw
for E0 = 60 4a x 6a = 0
2
(60)2 3600 15 m 2 w2
<s>= x 0 4 a2 =0 ...(i)
2 0 2 0 2
15 3mw
Average power =< s > Area = (2)2 and 6a = 0 ...(ii)
mw
36. (x, t) = 3xy z – 4t =a
2
A( x, t) = (2 x wt ) iˆ ( y 2 z ) ˆj ( z 2e )kˆ
iwt
mw
and a= by Eq. (ii)
Div A = A = 2 + 1 + 1 = 4 2
mw
Hence, only a = Satisfies both
=–4 2
t Eq. (i) and (ii)
Now, Div A 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 38. It is given that [X, P] = i
t
we know that
Hence, it is not an electromagnetic field.
2
[xn, P] = i n xn–1
37. (x) = xe ax
[x3, P] = i 3 x3–1 = 3 i x2
d 2 2 39. For bound state in this case
= e a x 2a x2e a x
dx
n2 2 2
V0 – |E| =
d2 2 2 2 2ma2
2
= 2 axe ax 4 axe ax 4 a 2 x 3 e ax
dx
n2 2 2
V0 = |E|
d2 2ma2
2
= 4 a 2 x 3 6 ax e ax
dx2 There are only three bound states
The Eigen values for harmonic oscillation is Hence, n = 2 to n = 4
1 2 2 2 8 2 2
En = n w for first excited state < V0
2 ma2 ma2
18 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
40. The given function 9
44. F = VT 4
3/ 2 r 3
1 1 r 2 a0 cos
( r1, ) = 1 e F 9 4
2 a0 2 a0 P = T
V T 3
is the state function of H-atom is 2p2
state. F 4 3
S = aVT
Hence n = 2, l = 1 and m = 1 T V 3
41. [x, y] = i Z 46. Using the obtuse angled triangle formed
[y, z] = i x by L,S and J we have by cosine Law..
[z, x] = i y L(L 1) S(S 1) J(J 1)
cos L S =
2 L(L 1) S(S 1)
Hence x, y and z are sˆ x , sˆ y and sˆ z and in
1 1 Hence,
term of , Sz can take and eigen
2 2 2(2 1) 1(1 1) 3(3 1)
values.
cos L S = 2 2(2 1)1(1 1)
42. The efficiency of carnot heat engine may
be defined as 6 2 12 4 1
=
Q1 Q 2 T1 T2 2 12 22 3 3
=
Q1 T1 1
Where, Q1 is the heat taken from the
L S = cos 1
3
source by working substance and Q2 is
48. For Na (32 P3/2) with nuclear spin l = 3/2
the heat given by working substance to
sink respectively. T 1 and T 2 are the J = 3/2, l = 3/2
temperatures of source and sink F = 3, 2, 1, 0
respectively.
F
Hence, in question 3
2
Q1 = 450 KJ/S, Q2 = ? 3 P3/2 2
1
T1 = 22 + 273 = 295K 0
T2 = 273K
This term is splitted into four hyperfine
450 Q 2 295 273 structure components as shown in
Hence, =
450 295 adjacent figure.
273 450 49. Wave number of emitted/absorbed
Q2 = 416.44 KJ / S radiation is given as
295
417 KJ/S V = 2B(J + 1)
43. At triple point the vapour pressures of where J represent the rotational
solid and liquid phases are equal. Hence quantum number of lower level (in case
3863 3063 h
23 = 19 at absorption) and B = is known as
T T 82 lc
rotational constant
or 4T = 800 For the reduced mass and transition
T = 200 K J = 4 5, the wave number v is
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 19
Second peak by plane (001 or 100)
h 2
v = 2 2 2 (4 1) 10 B( l r ) d(001) = d (100) = a
8 r c
2d001 sin 2 = 2 (n = 2)
h 2 d111
v = 2 2 2
(4 1)
sin 2 = sin 1
8 1.05 r c d 00
10B a
= 9.524B. = 2 r sin 30º 1
1.05 3a 3
Hence, the shift in spectral line, 1
2 = sin 1 35.3º
corresponding to a transition due to 3
replacing of heavier isotopes is 55. For a super conductor = 0
V V = 10B – 9.524B At T = Tc (critical temperature)
= 0.476B. Hence, Q for super conductor and
51. The interaction energy is given by becomes constant at lower temperature
for a conducter, hence P for conductor.
eh
E = gB ( M j ) x
4 m 56. ND(x) = N0 exp
L
here B = H0 and m = mp and g = g1
ND(0) = N0 exp(0) = N0
eh ND(L) = N0 exp(–1)
E = g1 H0 1 Mj = 1
4 mp
L L
Hence, resonance frequency R=
A A
E eg1 H0 [NL N0 ]
v = Now, =
h 4 mp e N20
P2 Q L N0
52. V(r) = 12 R= (exp(1) 1)
r6 r A e N20
dv 6P 12Q
= 6 13 L
dr r r R= [exp(1) 1]
Ae N0
for bond length i.e. in equilibrium
57. Magnetization = 1.3 106 Am–1
dv 6P 12Q
dr = 0 7 13 0 Number of atoms per unit volume
r r0 r0 r0
= 8 1028 m–3
1/ 6 6
2 Q 2Q 75% atom of Fe has saturation
r0 =
P P magnetization. Hence the number of
53. The APF for fcc and hexagonal closed atoms of saturation magnetization.
packed (ncp) lattice are 74% or 0.74 both. = 75% 8 1028
54. By Bragg’s Law 3
= 8 1028 6 1028
2d sin = 4
1.3 106
First reflection by plane (1, 1, 1) Magnetic moment =
6 1028
Now d(1, 1, 1) = 9 =
13
10 22
3 6
2d111 sin 1 = 2.3 10–22
20 GATE 2007 (PHYSICS)
17 70. During the positive half cycle, the diode
60. For O is reverse biased and hence no current
8
flows across the diode therefore output
The number of protons = 8
voltage V0 is 3V. for negative half cycle,
The number of neutrons = 9 the diode is forward biased.
Proton configuration x
(1S1/2)2 (1P3/2)4 (1P1/2)2 (x) = 0 cos
4L
Hence, all sub shells for the proton are where x = – 2L + 0 x = + 2L
completely filled. is normalized, if
Neutron configuration 2L
(1S1/2)2 (1P3/2)4 (1P1/2)2 (1ds/2)1 * dx = 1
2L
Hence, last subshell for the neutron is
2L
partially filled. 2x
02 cos2 dx = 1
Therefore, the ground state spin of the 2L 4L
17
O nucleus is 5
8 0 = 1 2L
2
62. The quark structure of t is 44s. 1 x
64. Given circuit is a buffer amplifier. 72. = cos
2L 4L
65. F = Z y ( y x)
d 2 2mE
= Z 4 y Z yx 2 =0
dx2
F = xyZ
2
66. For J – k flip-flop 2mE
=0
4L 2
For Q1 when J = 1, K = 1, CLK = 1 Q1 = 1
For Q2 when J = 1, K = 1, CLK = Q1 = 2 2mE
Q2 = 1 =
16L 2
67. Here QD QC QB QA = 1010
22
SI = 0101 E=
32 m L2
After 1st pulse, output = 0010
2L
After 2nd pulse, output = 0110 1 x 2 1 x
73. < P2 > = cos P cos dx
68. Applying KVL, we get 2L 2L 4L 2L 4L
38 = 5I1 + 4(I1 + I2) 2L
2 x d2 x
76 = 2I2 + 4(I1 + I2) = 2 cos 2
cos dx
2L 0 4L dx 4L
9I1 + 4I2 = 38
2L
4I1 + 6I2 = 76 2 2 2 x
I1 = 38
=
L 16L2 cos
0 4L
dx
21
38 38 2
I1 + I2 = = 2 2L
21 6 16 L3
V = (I1 + I2)R
38 38 2 2
= 4 52V =
21 6 8L2
GATE 2007 (PHYSICS) 21
76. Speed of particle P in rest frame of Q is me
79. =
e
5c 2c
v1 v2
me = mass of electron
3
V= 19 5 c
v v 5c 2c 5 6.67 10 3 9.1 10 31
1 1 2 1 =
c 95c2 1.6 1019
= 3.79 10–14
m0 m0 c2 5
77. E = mc2 = m0 c2 80. Volume charge density
2
1 v / c 2
9 4
1 v = P = K( r )
25
v = – K 3 ( r 3 )
eJ e m 1 v = – 3K
78. = 2
m m ne P ne Surface charge density
4 3
=
1 (3K) 3 R
=
K R
5.85 10 28 1.6 10 19 1.6 10 8
4 R2
= 6.67 10–3
= |KR| = K | r |
GATE-2006
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Some useful Physical Constants and Symbols
Speed of light in free space c = 3.0 108 ms–1
Atomic mass unit amu = 1.66 10–27 kg
Avogadro’s number NA = 6.02 10–23 mole–1
Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 JK–1
Planck’s constant h = 6.63 10–34 Js
Reduced Planck’s constant (h /2 )
Permeability of free space µ0
Permittivity of free space 0
Universal gas constant R
Q. 1 - 20 carry one mark each 4. a particle is moving in an inverse square
force field. If the total energy of the
1. The trace of a 3 3 matrix is 2. Two of its
particle is positive, then trajectory of the
eigenvalues are 1 and 2. The third
particle is
eigenvalue is
(a) circular
(a) – 1 (b) 0
(b) elliptical
(c) 1 (d) 2
(c) parabolic
2. The value of c A.dl along asquare loop (d) hyperbolic
of side L in a uniform field A is 5. In an electromagnetic field, which one of
(a) 0 (b) 2LA the following remains invariant under
(c) 4LA (d) L2 A Lorentz transformation?
3. A particle of charge
q, mass m and linear (a) E B
momentum p enters an electromagnetic
(b) E2 c2 B2
field of vector potential A and scalar (c) B2
potential . The Hamiltonian of the
(d) E2
particle is
6. A sphere of radius R has uniform volume
p2 A2
(a) q charge density. The electric potential at
2m 2m a point r (r < R) is
1
q
2
(b) p A q (a) due to the charge inside a sphere of
2m c radius r only
1
q
2
(b) due to the entire charge of the sphere
(c) p A p.A
2m c (c) due to charge in the spherical sheli of
p2 inner and outer radii r and R, only
(d) q p.A
2m (d) independent of r
2 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
7. A free particle is moving in +x direction 12. The principal series o spectral lines of
with a linear momentum p. The lithium is obtained by transitions between
wavefunction of the particle normalised (a) nS and 2P, n > 2
in a length L is
(b) nD and 2P, n > 2
1 p 1 p (c) nP and 2S, n > 2
(a) sin x (b) cos x
L L
(d) nF and 3D, n > 3
p p
1 i x
1 i x
13. Which one of the following is NOT a
(c) e (d) e
L L correct statement about semiconductors?
8. Which one of the following relations in (a) The electrons and holes have different
true for Pauli matrices x, y and z? mobilities in a semiconductor
(a) x y y x (b) x y z (b) In an n-type semiconductor, the Fermi
(c) x y i z (d) x y y x level lies closer to the conduction
band edge
9. The free energy of a photon gas enclosed
(c) Silicon is a direct band gap semiconductor
1
in a volume V is given by F aVT 4 (d) Silicon has diamond structure
13
where a is a constant and T is the 14. Which one the following axes of rotational
temperature of the gas. The chemical symmetry is NOT permissible in single
potential of the photon gas is crystals?
4 (a) two–fold axis (b) three–fold axis
(a) 0 (b) aVT 3
3 (c) four–fold axis (d) five–fold axis
1
15. Weak nuclear forces at on
(c) aT 4 (d) aVT–4 (a) both hadrons and leptons
3
(b) hadrons only
10. The wavefunctions of two identical
particles in stated n stated n and s are (c) all particles
given by n, (r1) and (r2), respectively. The (d) all charged particle
particles obey Maxwell–Boltzmann 16. Which one of the following distintegration
statistics. The state of the combined two series of the heavy elements will give 209Bi
particle system is expressed as as a stable nucleus?
(a) n r1 s r2 (a) Thorium series (b) Neptunium series
1 (c) Uranium series (d) Actinium series
(b) n (r1 )s (r2 ) n (r2 )s (r1 ) 17. The order of magnitude of the binding
2
1 energy per nucleon in a nucleus is
(c) n (r1 ) s (r2 ) n (r2 ) (a) 10–5 MeV (b) 10–3 MeV
2
(d) n (r1 )s (r2 ) (c) 0.1 MeV (d) 10 MeV
11. The target of an X-ray tube is subjected 18. The interaction potential between two
to an excitation voltage V. The qarks, separated by a distance r inside a
wavelength of the emitted X-rays is nucleon, can be described by (a, b and
proportional to are positive constants)
1 a
(a) (b) V (a) ae–r (b) br
V r
1 a a
(c) (d) V (c) br (d)
V r r
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 3
19. The high input impendance of field effect 24. The kth Fourier component of f(x) = (x)
transistor (FET) amplifier is due to is
(a) the pinch-off voltage (a) 1 (b) 0
(b) its very low gate current (c) (2)–1/2 (d) (2)–3/2
(c) the source and drain being far apart 25. An atom with net magnetic moment µ and
(d) the geometry of the FET
net angular momentum L µ L is kept
20. The circuit shown in the figure function as .
in a uniform magnetic induction B B0 k
+ VCC The magnetic moment µ( µ x ) is
d2 µ x
A B (a) B0 µ x 0
dt 2
Y
d2 µ x dµ x
(b) B0 µx 0
dt2 dt
d2 µ x
(a) an OR gate (b) an AND gate (c) 2 B02 µ x 0
dt2
(c) a NOR gate (d) a NAND gate
d2 µ x
Q. 21 to Q. 75 carry two marks each. (d) 2B0 µ x 0
dt 2
21. A linear transformation T, defined as 26. A particle is moving in a spherically
symmetric potential V(r) = r2, where
x1
x1 x2 is a positive constant. In a stationary
T x2 , transforms a vector state, the expectation value of the kinetic
x x2 x3
energy <T> of the particle is
3
x for as three dimensional real space to (a) <T> = <V>
a two-dimensional real space. The (b) <T> = 2<V>
transformaiton matrix T is
(c) <T> = 3<V>
1 1 0 1 0 0
(a) 0 1 1 (b) 0 1 0 (d) <T> = 4<V>
27. A particle of mass 2 kg is moving such
1 1 1 1 0 0 that at time t, its position, in metre, is
(c) 1 1 1 (d) 0 0 1
given by r(t) 5i 2t2 j. The angular
r.dS momentum of the particle at t = 2 s about
22. The value of 3 , where r is the
S r the origin, in kg m2 s–1, is
position vector and S is a closed surface
(a) 40k (b) 80k
enclosing the origin, is
(a) 0 (b) (c) 80k (d) 40k
(c) 4 (d) 8 28. A system of four particles is in x-y plane.
Of these, two particles each of mass m
e2 z are located at (1, 1) and (–1, 1). The
23. The value of z 1
C
4
dz, where C is a
remaining two particles each of mass 2m
circle defined by |z| = 3, is are located at (1, 1) and (–1, – 1). The
8i 2 8i 1 xy-component of the moment of inertia
(a) e (b) e tensor of this system of particles is
3 3
8i 8i 2 (a) 10m (b) –10m
(c) e (d) e
3 3 (c) 2m (d) –2m
4 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
29. For the given transformations (i) Q = p, 34. At the interface between two linear
P = – q and (ii) Q = p, P = q, where p and dielectrics (with dielectric constants
q are canonically conjugate variables, 1 and 2), the electric field lines bend, as
which one of the following statement shown in the figures. Assume that there
is true? are no free charges at the interface. The
(a) Both (i) and (ii) are canonical ratio 1/2 is
(b) Only (i) is canonical
(c) Only (ii) is canonical
(d) Neither (i) nor (ii) is canonical
2m0
30. The mass m of a moving particale is ,
3 1
where m0 is its rest mass. The linear
1
momentum of the particle is
2
2m0
(a) 2m0c (b)
3 2
m0 c
(c) m0c (d)
3
31. Three point charges q, q and –2q
are located at (0, –a, a), (0, a, a) and
tan 1 cos 1
(0, 0, – a), respectively. The net dipole (a) (b)
moment of this charge distribution is tan 2 cos 2
(a) 4qak
(b) 2qak sin 1 cot 1
(c) (d)
sin 2 cot 2
(c) 4qai (d) 2qa j
35. Which one of the following sets of
32. A long cylindrical kept along z-axis carries
Maxwell’s equations for time-independent
a current density J J rk
, where J0 is a
0
charge density and current density J
constant and r is the radial distance form
the axis of the cylinder. Themagnetic is correct?
induction B̂ inside the conductor at a (a) .E / 0 (b) .E / 0
distance d from the axis of the
cylinder is .B 0 .B 0
µ J d B
(a) µ 0 J 0 (b) 0 0 E E 0
2 t
µ 0 J0 d 2 µ J d3 E
(c) (d) 0 0 B µ 0 0 B µ0 J
3 4 t
33. The vector potential in a region is given (c) .E 0 (d) .E / 0
as A x, y, z yi 2 x j. The associated
.B 0 .B µ 0 J
magnetic induction is B is
E 0 E 0
(a) i k
(b) 3k
E
(c) i 2 j (d) i j k
B µ0 J B µ 0 0
t
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 5
36. A classical charged particale moving with corresponding energies E0 and E1. The
frequency in a circular orbit of radius wavefunction of the particle at a time t is
a, centred at the origin in the x-y plane,
1 i(E0 E1 ) t 2 h
electromegnetic radiation. At points (a) e 2 0 ( x ) 1 ( x )
(b, 0, 0) and (0, 0, b), where b >> a, the 5
electromagnetic waves are 1 E0 t h
(b) e 2 0 ( x ) 1 ( x )
(a) circularly polarized and elliptically 5
polarized, respectively 1 iE1 t h
(b) plane polarized and elliptically (c) e 20 ( x) 1 ( x)
5
polarized, respectively
1 E0 t iE1 t 4
(c) plane polarized and circularly (d) 20 ( x)e h 1 ( x)e
polarized, respectively 15
(d) circularly polarized and plane 40. The commutator [Lx, y], where Lx is the
polarized, respectively x-component of the angular momentum
operator and y is the y–component of the
37. A particle of mass m is represented by
position operator, is equal to
the wavefunction (x) = Aeikx, where
k is the wavevector and A is a constant. (a) 0
The magnitude of the probability current (b) 0x
density of the particle is (c) iy
2 k 2 k (b) iz
(a) A (b) A
m 2m 41. In hydro genic states, the probability of
2 2 finding an eelctron at r = 0 is
2 k 2 k
(c) A (d) A (a) zero in state 1s (r)
m 2m
(b) non-zero in state 1s (r)
38. A one-dimensional harmonic oscillator is
in the state (c) zero in state 2s (r)
1 (d) zero in state 2p (r)
( x) 3 0 ( x) 21 ( x) 2 ( x) , 42. Each of the two isolated vessels, A and
14
B of fix ed v olu mes, c on tain s N
where 0(x), 1 (x) and 2 (x) are the
molecules of a perfect monatomic gas
ground, first excited and second excited
at a pressure P. The temperasture of A
states, respectively. The probability of
and B are T1 and T2, respectively. The
finding the oscillator in the ground state
two vessels are brought into termal
is
contact. At equilibrium, the change in
3 entropy is
(a) 0 (b)
14
3 T12 T22
9 (a) 2 NkB 1n 4T T
(c) (d) 1 1 2
14
39. The wavefunction of a particle in a one- T2
dimensinal potential at time t = 0 is (b) NkB In T
1
1
( x, t 0) 2 0 ( x ) 1 ( x ) , 3 T1 T2 2
15 N k 1n
(c) 2 B 4T T
1 2
where 0(x) and 1(x) are the ground and
the first excited states of the particle with (d) 2NkB
6 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
43. The internal energy of n moles of a gas is 46. A system of N localized, non-interacting
3 a 1
given E = E nRT , where V is the spin ions of magnetic moment µ each
2 V 2
volume of the gas at temperature T and is kept in an external magnetic field H. If
a is a positive constant. One mole of the the system is in equilibrium at
gas in state (T1, V1) is allowed to expand temperature T, then Helmholtz free
adiabatically into vacuum to a final state energy of the system is
(T2, V2). The temperature T2 is
µH
(a) NkB T 1n cosh
(a) T1 Ra 1 1 kB T
V2 V1 µH
(b) NkB T 1n 2cosh
2 1 1 kB T
(b) T1 Ra
3 V
2 V1
µH
(c) NkB T 2cosh
2 1 1 kB T
(c) T1 Ra
3 V2 V1 µH
(d) NkB T 1n 2sinh
1 1 1 kB T
(d) T1 Ra
3 V2 V1 47. The phase diagram of a free particle of
44. The mean internal of a one-dimensional mass m and kinetic energy E, moving in
classical harmonic oscillator in one-dimensional box with perfectly elastic
equilibrium with a heat bath of walls at x = 0 and x = L, is given by
temperature T is (a)
px
1 2mE
(a) kB T 0 x
2 L
(b) kB T – 2mE
3
(c) kBT (b) px
2
(d) 3 kB T 0 x
L
45. A monatomic crystalline solid comprises
of N atoms, out of which n atoms are in
interstitial positions. If the available p
(c) x
interstitial sites are N, then number of 2mE
possible microstates is
(N' n)! 0 x
L
(a)
n!N!
N! N!
(b) n ! N' n ! n ! N' n ! (d) px
2mE
N!
(c) n! N ' n !
x
–L 0 L
N! N!
(d) n ! N' n ! n ! N' n ! – 2mE
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 7
48. In the microwave specturm of identical 53. The NMR spectrum of ethanol (CH3 CH2
rigid diatomic molecules, the separation CH) comprises of three bunches of
between the spectral lines is recorded to spectral lines. The number of spectral
be 0.7143 cm–1. The moment of inertia of lines in the bunch corresponding to CH2
the molecule, in kg m2, is group is
(a) 2.3 10–36 (b) 2.3 10–40 (a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 7.8 10–42 (b) 7.8 10–46 (a) 3 (b) 4
49. Which one of the following electronic 54. The energy E( k) of electrons of
transitions in Neon is NOT responsible wavevector
k in a solid is given by
for LASER action in a helium-neon laser? E( k) Ak 2 Bk4 , where A and B are
(a) 6s 5p (b) 5s 4p constants. The effective mass of the
electron at k k0 is
(c) 5s 3p (b) 4s 3p
2
50. In the linear Stark effect, the application (a) Ak02 (b)
of an electric field 2A
2 2
(a) completely lifts the degeneracy of (c) (d)
n = 2 level on hydrogen atom and 2A + 12Bk02 Bk02
splits n = 2 level into four levels 55. Which one of the following statements is
(b) partially lifts the degeneracy of n = 2 NOT correct about the Brillouin zones
level on hydrogen atom and splits (BZ) of a square lattices with constant a?
n = 2 level into three levels (a) The first BZ is a square of sides 2/a
(c) partially lifts the degeneracy of n = 2 in kx – ky plane
level on hydrogen atom and splits (b) The areas of the first BZ and third
n = 2 level into two level BZ are the same
(d) does not affect the n = 2 levels (c) The k-points are equidistant in kx as
51. In hyperfine interaction, there is coupling well as in ky directions
between the electron angular momentum (d) The area of the second BZ is twice that
J and nuclear angular momentum I , of the first BZ
forming
resultant angular momentum 56. In a crystal of N primitive cells, each cell
F. The selectiion rules for the contains two monovalent atoms. The
corresponding quantum number F in highest occupied energy band of the
hyperfine transitions are crystal is
(a) F 2 only (b) F 1 only (a) one-fourth filled (b) one-third filled
(c) F 0, 1 (d) F 1, 2 (c) half filled (d) completely filled
52. A vibrational-electronic spectrum of 57. If the number density of a free electron gas
homonuclear binary molecules, involving changes from 1028 to 1026 electrons/m3, the
electronic ground state and excited , value of plasma frequency (in Hz) changes
exhibits a continuum at v cm–1. If the from 5.7 1015 to
total energy of the dissociated atoms in (a) 5.7 1013 (b) 5.7 1014
the exicted state exceeds the total energy (c) 5.7 1016 (d) 5.7 1017
of the dissociated atoms in the ground
58. Which one of the following statements
state by Eex cm–1, then dissociation energy
about superconductors in NOT true?
of the molecule in the ground state is
(a) A type I superconductor is completely
(a) v Eex / 2 (b) v Eex / 2 diamagnetic
(c) v – Eex (d) v 2
E 2ex
8 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
(b) A type II superconductor exhibits 61. By capturing an electron, 54
25 Mn29
Meissner effect upto the second critical transforms into 54 releasing
25 Cr30
magnetic field (HC2 )
(c) A type II superconductor exhibits zero (a) a neutrino (b) an antineutrino
resistance upto the second critical (c) an -particle (d) a positron
magnetic field 62. Which one of the following nuclear
(d) Both type I and type II superconductors processes is forbidden?
exhibit sharp fall in resistance at the (a) v p n e
superconducting transition temperature.
(b) e ve 0
59. Two dielectric materials A and B
exhibit both ionic and orientational (c) p n K K
polarizabilities. The variation of their (d) µ e ve vµ
susceptibilities (= r – 1) with 63. To explain the observed magnetic moment
temperature T is shown in the figure, of deuteron (0.8574 µN), its ground state
where r is the relative dielectric constant. wavefunction is taken to be an admixture
It can be inferred from the figure that of S and D states. The expectation values
fo the z-component of the magnetic
moment in pure S and pure D states are
(r – 1)
A
0.8797µN and 0.3101µN respectively. The
contribution of the D state to the mixed
ground state is approximately
B
(a) 40% (b) 4%
(c) 0.4% (d) 0.04%
64. A sinusoidal input voltage vin of frequency
is fed to the circuit shown in the figure,
1/T
(a) A is more polar and it has a smaller where C1 >> C2. If vm is the peak value of
value of ionic polarizability than that the input voltage, then output voltage
of B (vout) is
(b) A is more polar and it has a higher value
of ionic polarizability than that of B C1
(c) B is more polar and it has a higher value vin C2 vout
of ionic polarizability than that of A
(d) B is more polar and it has a smaller
value of ionic polarizability than that (a) 2vm (b) 2v0 sin t
of A. v
60. The experimentally measured spiun g (c) 2v m (d) m sin t
2
factors of proton and a neutron indicate 65. The low-pass active filter shown in the
that figure has a cut-off frequency of 2kHz and
(a) both proton and neutron are a pass band gain of 1.5. The values of the
elementary point particles resistors are
(b) both proton and neutron are not
elementary point particles R1 15 k
(c) while proton is an elementary point
particle, neutron is not vout
(d) while neutron is an elementary point + R2
vin 0.047 F
particle, proton is not –
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 9
(a) R1 10 k; R 2 1.3
D J C J B J A J
(b) R1 30 k; R 2 1.3
CL K CL K CL K CL K
(c) R1 10 k; R 2 1.7
(d) R1 30 k;R 2 1.7 X1
X2
66. In order to obtain a solution of the
d2v dv (a) A and C (b) A and D
differential equation 2 v1 0,
dt2 dt (c) B and D (d) C and D
involving voltages v(t) and v 1 , an
operational amplifier (Op-Amp) circuit 70. The tank circuit of a Hartley oscillator is
would require at least shown in the figure. If M is the mutual
inductance between the inductors, the
(a) two Op-Amp integrators and one
oscillation frequency is
Op-Amp adder
L1 L2
(b) two Op-Amp differentiators and one
Op-Amp adder
(c) one Op-Amp integrator and one
Op-Amp adder
(d) one Op-Amp integrator, one Op-Amp C
differentiator and one Op-Amp adder 1
(a) 2 (L L 2M)C
67. In the given digital logic circuit, A and B 1 2
form the input. The output Y is 1
(b) 2 (L L 2M)C
1 2
A
B 1
(c) 2 (L L M)C
Y 1 2
1
(d) 2 (L L M)C
1 2
(a) Y A COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
(b) Y AB Common Data for Questions 71, 72, 73:
(c) Y A B An unperturbed two-level system has energy
(d) Y B 1
eigenvalues E1 and E2, and eigen functions 0
68. The largest analog output voltage from a
6-bit digital to analog converter (DAC) 0
and 1 . When perturbed, its Hamiltonian is
which produces 1.0 V output for a digital
input of 010100, is E1 A
represented by
(a) 1.6 V (b) 2.9 V A* E 2
71. The first-order correction to E1 is
(c) 3.15 V (d) 5.0 V
(a) 4 A (b) 2 A
69. A ripple counter designed with JK flip-
flops provided with CLEAR (CL) input is (c) A (d) 0
shown in the figure. In order that this 72. The second-order correction to E1 is
circuit functions as a MOD-12 counter, (a) 0 (b) A
the NAND gate input (X1 and X2) should 2
A A2
be (c) (d)
E 2 E1 E1 E 2
10 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
73. The first-order correction to the (b) 4.45 103
1 (c) 5.79 103
eigenfunction 0 is
(d) 8.89 103
0 0 Statement for Linked Answer Questions
(a) A * /(E E ) (b) 1 78 and 79:
1 2
A particle of mass m is constrained to move
A * /(E1 E2 ) 1 in a vertical plane along a trajectory given by
(c) (d)
0 1 x = A cos , y = A sin , where A is a constant.
Common Data for Questions 74, 75: 78. The Lagrangian of the particle is
One of the eigenvalues of the matrix 1
(a) mA 2 2 mg A cos
2
2 3 0
1 2 2
(b) mA mg A sin
3 2 0 is 5. 2
0 0 1
1
(c) mA 2 2
74. The other two eigenvalues are 2
1 2 2
(a) 0 and 0 (b) 1 and 1 (d) mA mgA cos
2
(c) 1 and –1 (d) –1 and –1
79. The equation of motion of the particle is
75. The normalized eigenvector corresponding
g g
to the eigenvalue 5 is (a)
cos 0(b)
sin 0
A A
0 1 g
1 1 (c)
0 (d)
sin 0
(a) 1 (b) 1 A
2 2
1 0 Statement for Linked Answer Questions
80 and 81:
1 1 A dielectricsphere of radius R carries
1 1
(c) 0 (d) 1 polarization P kr 2 r , where r is the distance
2 2
1 0 from the centre and k is a constant. In the
spherical polar coordinate system, r , and
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS: Q. 76 to are the unit vectors.
Q. 85 carry two marks each.
80. The bound volume charge density inside
Statement for Linked Answer Questions the sphere at a distance r from the centre
76 and 77: is
The powder diffraction pattern of a body (a) – 4kR (b) – 4kr
centred cubic crystal is recorded by using
(c) – 4kr2 (d) – 4 kr3
Cu Ka X-rays of wavelength 1.54 A
81. The electric field inside the sphere at a
76. If the (002) planes diffract at 60º, then
distance d from the centre is
lattice parameter is
kd 2 kR 2
(a) 2.67 Å (b) 3.08 Å (a) r (b) r
0 0
(c) 3.56 Å (d) 5.34 Å
kd 2 kR 2
77. Assuming the atomic mass of the (c) (d)
0 0
constituent atoms to be 50.94 amu, then
density of the crystal in units of kg m–3 is
(a) 3.75 103
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 11
Statement for Linked Answer Questions Statement for Linked Answer Questions
82 and 83: 84 and 85:
Consider Fermi theory of -decay. Consider a radiation cavity of volume V at
82. The number of final states of electrons temperature T.
corresponding to momenta between p and 84. The density of states at energy E of the
p + dp is quantized radiation (photons) is
(a) independent of p 8V 2 8V 3 / 2
(b) proportional to pdp (a) E (b) E
h3 c3 h3 c3
(c) proportional to p2 dp
(d) proportinal to p3dp 8V 8V 1/2
(c) E (d) E
h3 c3 h3 c3
83. The number of emitted electrons with
momenmtum p and energy E, in the allowed 85. The average number of photons in
approximation, is proportional to (E0 is the equilibrium inside the cavity is
total energy given up by the nucleus) proportinal to
(a) (E0 – E) (b) p (E0 – E) (a) T (b) T2
(c) p2 (E0 – E)2 (d) p (E0 – E)2 (c) T3 (d) T4
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (b) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (c) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (c) 69. (d) 70. (a)
71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (c) 74. (c) 75. (d) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (b)
81. (a) 82. (c) 83. (b) 84. (d) 85. (c)
EXPLANATIONS
1. Trace = Sum of diagonal elements 1
3. K.E. of the particle, EK = mv2
= Sum of eigen values 2
P.E. of the particle = Electric field
= 1 2 3
contribution + Magnetic field contribution
or 2 = 1 2 3 1 2 3 q
= q v . A
c
or 3 = – 1 Lagrangian
1 q
2. I= A . dl A .ds
c s
L = m v . v q v . A
2 c
Generalised momenutm,
= 0.ds 0
s
L qA
As A is uniform, A 0
p = v mv c
12 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
q 11. For X-ray tube. eV =
hc
mv = p c A
hc 1
Hamiltonian Thus, =
eV V
H = p. v L 12. The principle series of lines in the atomic
qA 1 lithum is for nP 2S, n > 2 transitions
= mv c . v 2 m v. v 13. Silicon is an indirect-Band gap seniconductor.
q 14. Five-fold rotational symmetry is not
q v. A
c
possible for crystall in 3-dimensions.
1 15. All matter is acted upon by weak nuclear
= m(v.v.) q force.
2
2
1 qA Strong nuclear force act on hadrons (not
H= p q on Lep tons)
2m c
Pb208 (A 4 n 1)
16. (i) Th-series
4. Eccentricity of a trajectory,
1/2
(ii) Actinium-serires Pb207
2
2 El (iii) Neptunium- series Bi209 (A = 4n +2)
= 1
mk2 EB
17. 10 MeV for average nucleon.
where, E = energy A
e = angular moment per unit mass, a
18. V = – br
and r
k
k = force constant. Fcentral 2 short range Long range
r attraction term repulsion term
As E > 0, > 1 and trajectory is
19. Its very low gate current.
hyperbola.
20. a NOR gate
5. E2 – c2B2 remain invariant under L.T.
n1
6. Due to the change inside a sphere of 1 1 0 n1 n2
radius r only.
21. n2 = n n ;
0 1 1 2 3
7. For force particler moving in +ve x– n3
direction 1 1 0
T=
1
ipn
0 1 1
(n) e
L r .ds r r
8. For Pauli matrices, x, y, z
22. I = r 3
s
s 3 .ds
r
r
v 3
dV (by
i, j = – j . i divergence theorem)
1 0 0 1 0 1 r 3
n
0 1 1 0 = 1 0 Now, . 3 = x r
3
r 1
0 1 1 0
= 3
1 0 0 –1 1 3n n r n
= r
1
3
4
. ; as
r r
n r
9. Chemical potential,
1 3 3
µ= (1nz) (F) 0 = 0
N N r3 r 3
as F is not an explicit function of N. I =0
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 13
e2 z 1 kB T
23. I = ( z 1)4 dz. for C,| z| 3 T =
2
mv2 , T
2
C
Integrant has a pole of degree 4 at z = – 1 T = V
I = 2i Res (I)|z=–1 27. Angular momentum
4 8 i 2
= 2i. e2 e L = m r p m(r r )
3 3
e2 z 5i 2t 2 j m 2 kg.
I = , Re s (I) z1 r (t )
( z 1)4 r (t) 4 t j
1 3 2z
(e ) L = – 80 k
=
3i z3 z 1 28. IXY = m n y
I
i i i
1
24. f(k) = e ikn ( x)dx = 2m. 1.1 + m. (–1). 1
2
+ 2m. (–1). (–1) + m. (1). (–1)
1
= 4m – 2m
2
= 2m
25. Torque on a moment µ in magnetic field B,
(–1, 1) y (1, 1)
dL m 2m
= µB
dt
(= rate of change of angular momentum) x
Now, µ = L
dL 1 dµ 2m (– 1, – 1) m (1, – 1)
dt
= dt µ B
29. For (i) transformation,
dµ
= µB , µ µ x i Q = p, P = – q
dt Poisson bracket [Q, P]q,p
= µ B j n 0
B B0 k
Q P Q P
2 =
d µ dµ q p p q
dt2
=
dt
B 2 µ B B
= –1. (–1) = 1
= µ B j B k
2
x 0 0 (ii) transformation
Q = p, P = q,
= 2 µ x B20 i
poisson bracket [Q, P]q,p = –1
d2 µ Thus only (i) transformation is canonical.
= 2 µ x B 20
dt2
30. Relativistic mass correction,
d2 µ x
+ 2 B02 µ x 0 m0 2m0
dt 2 m=
1 2
3
26. T = V
kB T 3
V(r) = r2, V 1 2
2 2
14 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
3 From Ampere’s Law,
1 2
4
B.dl
c
µ0 I
2 1 c Here loop c is a circle of radius r, B is the
, v
4 2 magnetic field at r.
Linear momentum
1
2m0 c m0 c ^k
= mv = .
3 2 3
31. µ1 = 5 aq n1 (along 1 )
µ2 = 2 (along )
5 aq n
2
^
z (k)
q q
a
a d3
2r. B = µ 0 2J 0
3
y
2 1 µ 0 J0 d 2
Br=d =
3
–2q –a
33. A x, y, z = – yi 2 x j
Net d.p. along k
Magnetic field,
µ = µ1 cos 1 + µ2 cos 2
i j
k
a 1
Here, tan 1 = tan 2 = B A = x y z 3k
2a 2
y 2x 0
2
cos 1 = cos 2 = 34. From boundary conditions,
5
2 2 D1n = D2n (normal component of disp. vector)
µ= 5aq. 5aq. E1t = E2t (tangential component of electric
5 5
field)
= 4aq
D1 cos 1 D 2 cos 2
µ = 4q ak D E
E1 sin 1 E2 sin 2
µ 0 J0 d 2
32. B =
3
Current density,
J = J rk 1
0
1 E1
Current within a distance d,
2 E2
d 2
2
I = J . ds
r 0 0
d 2
= (J
0 0
0 r . r d dr) k . k.
1 cot 1 = e2 cot 2,
1 cot 1
1
[ ds k rd dr ] 2 cot 2
d3 1 tan 1
= 2J0
3 2 tan 2
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 15
35. For time independent charge density 3/2
z zr
B D 41. 1 s( r ) = 10 (r ) 2 e
= 0, 0. a0 a0
t t
3/ 2 zr
Thus Maxwell’s equations are 1 z zr 2 a0
2 s
(r)
= 20 (r ) 1 e
2 2 a0 a0
.E =
0 42. If Tf be the final temperature, T1 > Tf > T2
.B = 0 At equilibrium, mc (T1 Tf ) mc (Tf T2 )
E = 0 c = specific heat, m = mass.
B = µ0 J T1 T2
Tf =
36. Plane polarised and circularly polarized, 2
respectively Entropy change
37. = Aeikx
3 Tf
Probability current density S = NkB ln
2 Ti
i * *
J = 2m Tf
3 Tf
= NkB ln ln
i ikx 2 T1 T2
= A Aike ikx Ae ikx (Aikeikx )
2m
k 3 Tf2
= |A|2 = NkB ln
m 2 T1 T2
1
38. ( x) = 3 0 ( x ) 2 1 ( x ) 2 ( x ) 3 (T T2 )2
14 = NkB ln 1
The ground state wave function is 0. 2 4T1 T2
The probability of finding the oscillator 43. Adiabatic expansion, V2 > V1
in ground state in
1 1
2 2
Pg.s = | 0 V V1
2
3 9 1 1
=
0
14 14 V
2 V 1
In adiabatic expansion,
1
39. (n, t = 0) = 2 0 1 T2 < T1 as the internal energy decreases
5
for doing work (by the gas)
1 T2 – T1 < 0
(n, t = t) = 2 0 e iE0 t / 1 e iE1 t /
5 For answers, (a), (b) and (d) are correct
T2 > T1
40. LX = r p x ypz zpy
2 1 1
[LX, y] = ypz , y zpy , y only, Ra ve.
3 V
2 V1
= 0 py y z So, T2 – T1 < 0
= – (–i)z = iz or T2 < T1
16 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
1 1 2 2
44. H = mv2 m2 x2 E = ( 1) ( 1)
2 2 2I I
1 1 E = hc v ,
H = kB T kB T kB T
2 2 Here, v = 0.7143. cm–1 = 71.43 wave
45. Number of ways for choosing n atoms. number drift.
N N! 2
Out of N atoms, is = Cn I 7.8 10 46
n !(N n)! hcv
Number of ways for putting n atoms in 49. 6s 5p transition has nothing to do with.
N'
N’ sits, is = N' Cn He-Ne LASER action.
n !(N n)!
Total number of microstate, 50. Linear stark effect,
N! N'!
n = 2, l = 0, ± 1
Level is splitted into 3 levels
n !(N n)! n !(N' n)!
1 nth level is splitted into (2n – 1) levels in
46. Magnetic moment for spin system Linear Stark effect.
2
1 51. F= J+I
µ = I s ms µ B 2. µ B µ B
2 I – nuclearspin angular momentum
Partition function, J – electronic spin angular momentum
i
Z= ei
µ . µ B B Dipole selection rules,
J =0, ± 1; I = ± 1; F = 0, ± 1
µB B
52. v E ex
Z = e µB B / kT e kT
1
2
2 d E
µ B 54. Effective mass, m* = h 2
thus Z = 2 cos h B dR R0
kT Since, E(k) =Ak2 + Bk4
N h2
µB B m* =
For N spins, ZN = 2cos h 2A 12Bk02
kT
55. Brillouin zones are so constructed so that
Helmhotz free energy,
all of them have equal areas.
F = – kBT ln Z
56. Number of wave vectors k = Number of
µBB primitive cells N
= – N kBT ln 2cos h
kT Since each R level can accomodate
47. For free particle momentum px is doubly 2 monovalent atoms highest occupied
degenerate, for each energy E, energy band is completely filled.
57. Plasma frequency,
p2x ne2
E px 2mE 2p
2m 0 m
which is independent of X. n1
1
but X can only be +ve within 0 to L. =
2 n2
So picture (a) is correct.
58. Meissner effect as well as normal metallic
48. Rotational energy, behaviour exists (mixed state Meissner
2 effect or vortex state) is present in type
E= ( 1)
2I II superconductors, below HC2.
GATE 2006 (PHYSICS) 17
61. 0
e 54
Mn29 54
Cr30 e 2nd order energy correction :
1 25 24
To conserve Lepton number, a neutrino E1(2) = 1(0) H p 1(1)
is emitted
Lepton Number L for electron = 1 (1)
A*
1 = E E ;
For neutrino L = 1 1 2
62. Second reaction does not conserve Lepton
E A A * /(E1 E2 )
number. E1(2) (10) 1*
63. Observed value is 4%. A E2 0
64. Current, i1 = Vin jC1 Vi = sin t.
E A * / (E1 E2 ) A*
1 1 E1(2) = (1 0) 1* *
65. R2 = 1.69 k A A / (E1 E2 ) E1 E2
C 2 fC
2nd order correction to energy
15
AV = R1 = 10 k
R1 1Hn A2
66. Since it is a 2nd order linear differential
E1 = E
n 1 En
E1 E 2
1
equation, two integrators are required and
73. 1st order correction to
an OP-AMP adder to sum the components.
67. Y B A* / E1 E2
1 is
68. 010100 24 1 + 22 1 = 20 0
543210 74. det A = – 5, Tr A = 5.
26 1 63 1 = 5; 2 = 1; 3 = – 1
V0 = 3.15 V.
20 20
70. Effective inductance Leq = L1 + L2 + 2M 2 5 3 0 x1
When two inductor L1 and L2 are in 75. 3 25 0 x2 0
0 0 1 5
series; M > 0 for coupling in same sense. x3
0 1 0 0 E1 A
3 x1 3 x2 0
71. 1 = ; 2 H p *
0 1 A E2 x1 = x2
3 x1 3 x2 0
1st order, correction :
3x1 – 3x2 = 0
E1 A 1 E1
E1(i) 1 H p 1 (10) * (10) * E1 –4x3 = 0, x3 = 0
A E2 0 A
E1(i) = E1 1
1
1st order correction = 0 X1 = 1
2
72. 1st order correction to eigenfunction. 1 0
(1) H p n (0) 0 76. 2dhkl sin = n; d0 = dkhl h2 k2 l2
n = n E0n E0
; 1
(1)
H p 1
1
E A 1
(01) 1* (002) (001) plane = h2 k 2 l 2
(1) 2 H p 1 A E2 0 2sin
1 = 2 2
E10 E20 E1 E2
1.54
=
A*
2
A * 0 A * / (E1 E2 )
d0 = 0 2 0 2 12
E1 E2 E1 E2 1 0 2sin 60º
18 GATE 2006 (PHYSICS)
r
78. L= m x 2 y 2 80. .P = kr2rˆ krr k
3r r 4kr
2 r
1 2 2 2 2
= m A sin A cos = P 4 kr.
2
1 84. Density of states,
= mA
2 2
2 3/2
1 4 2m 3 1/ 2
L L g(E).dE = E dE
79. = 0 3
3 2
t 2
L
=0 1 2m 2m E
= dE
d L d 1 2 4 2 2
= 0; m A 2 0
dt dt 2 g(E) ~ E1/2
2
or mA = 0 85. T3.
or
=0
GATE-2005
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
SOME USEFUL PHYSICAL CONTANTS
1. Speed of light in free space c = 3.00 108 ms–1
2. Planck’s constant h = 6.63 10–34 Js
3. Boltzmann constant k = 1.38 10–23 JK–1
or k = 8.62 10–5 eVK–1
4. Avogadro’s number NA = 6.02 1023 mole–1
5. Charge of electron e = 1.60 10–19 C
6. Rest mass of electron m = 9.11 10–31 kg
7. Atomic mass unit (amu) u = 1.66 10–27 kg
Q.1 – Q. 30 carry one mark each
1. The average value of the function 5. For a particle moving in a central field
f(x) = 4x3 in the interval 1 to 3 is (a) the kinetic energy is a constant of
(a) 15 (b) 20 motion
(c) 40 (d) 80 (b) the potential energy is velocity
2. The unit normal to the curve x3 y2 + xy = 17 dependent
at the point (2, 0) is (c) the motion is confined in a plane
d
(a) i j i 2 (d) the total energy is not conserved
6. A bead of mass m slides along a straight
(b) – i frictionless rigid wire rotating in a
(c) – j horizontal plane with a constant angular
speed . The axis of rotation is
(d) j perpendicular to the wire and passes
dz through one end of the wire. If r is the
3. The value of the integral
z
3
where
c distance of the mass from the axis of
C is a circle (anticlockwise) with z = 4, rotation and v is its speed then the
is magnitude of the Coriolis force is
(a) 0 (b) i
mv2
(c) 2 i (d) 4 i (a)
r
4. The determinant of a 3 3 real symmetric
matrix is 36. If two of its eigen values are 2 mv2
(b)
2 and 3 then the third eigenvalue is r
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) mv
(c) 8 (d) 9 (d) 2mv
2 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
7. If for a system of N particles of different 11. The electric field E r , t for a circularly
masses m1, m2, ...., mN with position polarized electromagnetic wave
vectors r1 , r2 ,....., rN and corresponding propagating along the positive z direction
velocities v1 , v2 , ......, vN , respectively,, is
such that vi = 0, then
a f a
(a) E0 x y exp i kz – t f
(b) E a x i y f exp i a kz – tf
i
0
(a) the total momentum MUST be zero
(c) E a x i y f exp i a kz tf
0
(b) the total angular momentum MUST be
independent of the choice of the origin (d) E a x y f exp i a kz tf
0
(c) the total force on the system MUST 12. The electric (E) and magnetic (B) field
be zero amplitudes associated with an
(d) the total torque on the system MUST electromagnetic radiation from a point
be zero source behave at a distance r from the
source as
8. Although mass-energy equivalence of
special relativity allows conversion of a (a) E = constant, B = constant
photon to an electron-positron pair, such a 1 1
(b) E , B
process cannot occur in free space because r r
(a) the mass is not conserved 1 1
(c) E 2 , B 2
(b) the energy is not conserved r r
1 1
(c) the momentum is not conserved (d) E 3 , B 3
r r
(d) the charge is not conserved
13. The parities of the wave functions
9. Three infinitely long wires are placed (i) cos (kx), and(ii) tan h(kx) are
equally apart on the circumference of a
(a) (i) odd, (ii) odd (b) (i) even, (ii) even
circle of radius a, perpendicular to its
(c) (i) odd, (ii) even (d) (i) even, (ii) odd
plane. Two of the wires carry current I
each, in the same direction, while the third 14. The commutator, [Lz, Ylm(, )] where L2
carries current 2I along the direction is the z component of the orbital angular
opposite to the other two. The momentum and Ylm(, ) is a spherical
magnitude
of the magnetic induction B at a distance harmonic, is
r from the centre of the circle, for r > a, is – –
(a) l (l + 1) h (b) – m h
2 0 I –
(c) m h –
(d) + l h
(a) 0 (b)
r 15. A system in a normalized state
2 0 I 2 0 Ia
(c) – (d) = c1 1 c2 2 , with 1 and 2
r r2
10. A solid sphere of radius R carries a representing two different eigenstates of
uniform volume charge density . The the system, requires that the constants
magnitude of electric field inside the c1 and c2 must satisfy the condition
sphere at a distance r from the centre is (a) c1 . c2 = 1
r R
(a) 3 (b) 3 (b) c1 c2 = 1
ac f
0 0
2
R2 R3 (c) 1 c2 =1
(c) (d) 2 2 2
r 0 r 0 (d) c1 c2 =1
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 3
16. A one dimensional harmonic oscillator 20. The total number of accessible states of
carrying a charge – q is placed in a N noniteracting particles of spin 1/2 is
uniform electric field E along the positive (a) 2N (b) N2
x-axis. The corresponding Hamiltonian (c) 2N/2 (d) N
operator is
21. The pressure for a non-interacting Fermi
2 d2 1 gas with internal energy U at
(a) kx 2 qEx
2m dx2 2 temperature T is
2 d2 1 3 U
(b) kx 2 – qEx (a) p =
2m dx 2
2 2 V
2 U
2 d2 1 (b) p =
(c) – 2
kx 2 qEx 3 V
2m dx 2
3 U
(c) p =
2 d2 1 5 V
(d) – kx 2 – qEx
2m dx2 2 1 U
(d) p =
17. The L line of X-rays emitted from an 2 V
atom with principal quantum numbers 22. A system of non-interacting Fermi
n = 1, 2, 3, ..., arises from the transition particles with Fermi energy EF has the
(a) n = 4 n = 2 density of states proportional to
(b) n = 3 n = 2 E, where E is the energy of a particle.
The average energy per particle at
(c) n = 5 n = 2
temperature T = 0 is
(d) n = 3 n = 1
1
18. For an electron in hydrogen atom, the (a) EF
6
states are characterized by the usual
1
quantum numbers n, l, ml. The electric (b) EF
5
dipole transition between any two states
2
requires that (c) EF
5
(a) l = 0, ml = 0, 1
3
(b) l = 1, ml = 1, 2 (d) EF
5
(c) l = 1, ml = 0, 1 23. In crystallographic notations the vector
(d) l = 1, ml = 0, 2 OP in the cubic cell shown in the figure is
19. If the equation of state for a gas with
1
internal energy U is pV = U, then the
3
equation for an adiabatic process is
1
(a) pV 3 = constant
2
(b) pV 3 = constant
4
(c) pV 3 = constant
(a) [221] (b) [122]
3
(d) pV 5 = constant (c) [121] (d) [112]
4 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
24. Match the following and choose the 27. Which of the following decay is forbidden ?
correct combination (a) – e – v vc
Group 1 Group 2
(b) v
Characteristics Element
P. Atomic configuration 1. Na (c) e ve
1s22s22p63s23p6 (d) – e e – e –
Q. Strongly electropositive 2. Si 28. With reference to nuclear forces which of
R. Strongly electronegative 3. Ar the following statements is NOT true ?
S. Covalent bonding 4. Cl The nuclear forces are
(a) P-1, Q-2, R-3, S-4 (a) short range
(b) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1 (b) charge independent
(c) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 (c) velocity dependent
(d) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2 (d) spin independent
25. The evidence for the nonconservation of 29. A junction field effect transistor behaves
parity in decay has been obtained from as a
the observation that the intensity
(a) voltage controlled current source
(a) antiparallel to the nuclear spin
directions is same as that along the (b) voltage controlled voltage source
nuclear spin direction (c) current controlled voltage source
(b) antiparallel to the nuclear spin (d) current controlled current source
direction is not the same as that along 30. The circuit shown can be used as
the nuclear spin direction
(c) shows a continuous distribution as a
function of momentum
(d) is independent of the nuclear spin
direction
26. Which of the following expressions for
total binding energy B of a nucleus is (a) NOR gate (b) OR gate
correct (a1, a2, a3, a4 > 0) ?
(c) NAND gate (d) AND gate
(a) B = a1A – a2 A2/3
– a3
b
Z Z –1 g – a bA – 2Zg
4
2
Q.31 to Q.80 carry two marks each
A1 3 A 31. If a vector field F = x iˆ 2 y ˆj 3 z kˆ, then
(b) B = a1A + a2A2/3
F is
– a3
b
Z Z –1 g–a b
4
A 2Z g 2
(a) 0 (b) i
13 A
A
(c) B = a1A + a2A1/3 (c) 2 j (d) 3 k
– a3
b
Z Z –1 g – a bA 2Zg
4
2
32. All solutions of the equation ez = – 3 are
A1 3 A (a) z = i n ln 3, n = 1,2,.......
(d) B = a1A – a2A1/3 (b) z = ln 3 + i (2n + 1) , n = 0, 1,2,.......
– a3
b
Z Z –1 g – a bA 2Zg
4
2
(c) z = ln 3 + i 2n, n = 0,12,.......
(d) z = i 3n, n = 12,.......
A1 3 A
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 5
33. If f s is the Laplace transform of f(t) 38. A circular hoop of mass M and radius a rolls
the Laplace transform of f(at), where a without slipping with constant angular
is a constant, is speed along the horizontal x-axis in the
x-y plane. When the centre of the hoop is
(a)
1
a
f sbg at a distance d = 2a from the origin, the
magnitude of the total angular moment
(b)
1
a
a f
f sa 4 m of the hoop about the origin is
(a) Ma2 (b) 2 Ma2
(c) f a sf (c) 2Ma2 (d) 3Ma2
(d) f a s af 39. Two solid spheres of radius R and mass
M each are connected by a thin rigid rod
34. Given the four vectors of negligible mass. The distance between
1 3 2 3 the centres is 4R. The moment of inertia
about an axis passing through the centre
u1 = 2 , u2 = – 5 , u3 = 4 , u4 = 6 ,
1 –8 – 12 of symmetry and perpendicular to the
1
line joining the spheres is
the inearly dependent pair is 11 22
(a) MR 2 (b) MR 2
(a) u1, u2 (b) u1, u3 5 5
44 88
(c) u1, u4 (d) u3, u4 (c) MR 2 (d) MR 2
5 5
35. Which of the following functions of the
40. A car is moving with constant linear
complex variable z is NOT analytic acceleration a along horizontal x-axis. A
everywhere ? solid sphere of mass M and radius R is
(a) ez (b) sin z/z found rolling without slipping on the
(c) z3 (d) |z|3 horizontal floor of the car in the same
36. Eigen values of the matrix direction as seen from an inertial frame
outside the car. The acceleration of the
0 1 0 0 sphere in the inertial frame is
a 2a
1 0 0 0
(a) (b)
0 0 0– 2i 7 7
3a 5a
0 0 2i 0 (c) (d)
7 7
are 41. A rod of length l0 makes an angle 0 with
(a) –2, –1, 1, 2 (b) –1, 1, 0, 2 the y-axis in its rest frame, while the rest
(c) 1, 0, 2, 3 (d) –1, 1, 0, 3 frame moves to the right along the x-axis
with relativistic speed v with respect to
37. If a particle moves outward in a plane
the lab frame. If = (1 – v2/c2)–1/2, the
along a curved trajectory described by
angle in the lab frame is
r = a, 0 = t, where a and are constants,
then its (a) = tan–1( tan 0)
(b) = tan–1( cot 0)
(a) kinetic energy is conserved
1FG IJ
(b) angular momentum is conserved (c) = tan–1
Htan 0
K
(c) total momentum is conserved FG 1 cot IJ
(d) radial momentum is conserved
(d) = tan–1
H 0
K
6 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
42. A particle of mass m moves in a potential Ei = E exp [i(k z – t)],
1 2 2 1 2
V(x) = m x m v where x is the Er = Eor exp [i(krz – t)],
2 2
position coordinate, v is the speed, and Et = E0texp[i(ktz – t)].
and are constants. The canonical If E = 2 V/m and n = 1.5 then the
(conjugate) momentum of the particle is application of appropriate boundary
(a) p = m(1 + ) v (b) p = mv conditions leads to
(c) p = mv (d) p = m(1 – ) v 3 7
(a) E0r = – V m, E0t = V m,
43. Consider the following three independent 5 5
cases : 1 8
(b) E0r = – V m, E0t = V m,
(i) Particle A of charge +q moves in free 5 5
space with a constant velocity v (v << 2 8
(c) E0r = – V m, E0t = V m,
speed of light) 5 5
(ii) Particle B of charge +q moves in free 4 6
(d) E0r = V m, E0t = V m,
space in a circle of radius R with same 5 5
speed v as in case (i) 47. For a vector potential A , the divergence
(iii)Particle C having charge – q moves 0 Q
as in case (ii) of A is . A = – , where Q is a
4 r 2
If the powers radiated by A, B and C are constant of appropriate dimension. The
PA, PB, and PC, respectively, then corresponding scalar potential r , t
(a) PA = 0, PB > PC (b) PA = 0, PB = PC that makes A and Lorentz gauge
invariant is
(c) PA > PB > PC (d) PA = PB = PC
1 Q 1 Qt
44. If the electrostatic potential were given (a) (b)
4 0 r 4 0 r
by = 0 (x 2 + y 2 + z 2), where 0 is
constant, then the charge density giving 1 Q 1 Qt
(c) 4 2 (d) 4 2
rise to the above potential would be 0 r 0 r
(a) 0 (b) – 6 0 0 48. An infinitely long wire carrying a current
6 0 I(t) = I0 cos (t) is placed at a distance a
(c) – 2 0 0 (d) – from a square loop of side a as shown in
0
the figure. If the resistance of the loop is
45. The work done in bringing a charge +q R, then the amplitude of the induced
from infinity in free space, to a position current in the loop is
at a distance d in front of a semi-infinite
grounded metal surface is
q2 q2
(a) –
af
4 0 d
(b) –
a f
4 0 2 d
q2 q2
(c) –
a f
4 0 4 d
(d) –
a f
4 0 6 d
46. A plane electromagnetic wave travelling
in vaccum is incident normally on a non-
magnetic, non-absorbing medium of 0 aI0 0 aI0
(a) ln 2 (b) ln 2
refractive index n. The incident (E i), 2 R R
reflected (Er) and transmitted (Et) electric 2 0 aI0 0 aI0
fields are given as, (c) ln 2 (d)
R 2 R
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 7
49. The de Broglie wavelength for an 54. An atom emits a photon of wavelength
electron of energy 150 eV is = 600 nm by transition from an excited
(a) 10–8 m state of lifetime 8 10–9 s. If v represents
the minimum uncertainty in the
(b) 10–10 m
frequency of the photon, the fractional
(c) 10–12m v
width of the spectral line is of the
(d) 10–14m v
order of
50. A particle is incident with a constant
energy E on a one-dimensional potential (a) 10–4 (b) 10–6
barrier as shown in the figure. The (c) 10–8 (d) 10–10
wavefunctions in regions I and II are 55. The sodium doublet lines are due to
respectively 2 2
transitions from P3 2 and P1 2 levels to
2
S1 2 level. On application of a weak
magnetic field, the total number of
allowed transitions becomes
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 8 (d) 10
56. A three level system of atoms has N1
(a) decaying, oscillatory atoms in level E1, N2 in level E2, and N3
in level E3 (N2 > N1 > N3, and E1 < E2
(b) oscillatory, oscillatory
< E3). Laser emission is possible between
(c) oscillatory, decaying the levels
(d) decaying, decaying (a) E3 E1 (b) E2 E1
51. The expectation value of the z coordinate, (c) E3 E2 (d) E2 E3
(z), in the ground state of the hydrogen
57. In a Raman scattering experiment, light
atom (wavefunction : 100 (r) = A e – r a0 , of frequency v from a laser is scattered
where A is the normalization constant by diatomic molecules having the
and a0 is the Bohr radius), is moment of inertia I. the typical Raman
a shifted frequency depends on
(a) a0 (b) 0
2 (a) v and I
a0
(c) (d) 0 (b) only v
4
(c) only I
52. The degeneracy of the n = 2 level for a
three dimensional isotropic oscillator is (d) neither v nor I
58. For a diatomic molecule with the
(a) 4 (b) 6
vibrational quantum number n and
(c) 8 (d) 10 rotational quantum number J, the
53. For a spin 1/2 particle, the expectation vibrational level spacing En = En – En – 1
value of sxsysz, where sx, sy and sz are spin and the rotational level spacing EJ = EJ
operators, is – EJ – 1 are approximately
i 3 i3 (a) En = constant, EJ = constant
(a) (b) –
8 8 (b) En = constant, EJ J
i 3 i3 (c) En n, EJ J
(c) (d) –
16 16 (d) En n, EJ J2
8 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
59. The typical wavelengths emitted by 63. The partition function of two Bose
diatomic molecules in purely vibrational particles each of which can occupy any of
and purely rotational transitions are the two energy levels 0 and is
respectively in the region of – 2 –
(a) 1 e kT 2e kT
(a) infrared and visible
– 2 –
(b) visible and infrared (b) 1 e kT e kT
(c) infrared and microwave – 2 –
(d) microwave and infrared (c) 2 e kT e kT
– 2 –
60. In a two electron atomic system having (d) e kT e kT
orbital and spin angular momenta l1, l2
64. A one dimensional random walker takes
and s 1, s2 respectively, the coupling
steps to left or right with equal probability.
strengths are defined as l1l2 , s1 s2 ,
The probability that the random walker
l1s1 , l2 s2 , l1s2 and l2 s1 . For the jj
starting from origin is back to origin after
coupling scheme to be applicable, the N even number of steps is
coupling strengths MUST satisfy the
condition N!F 1I N
(a)
F I ! F I! H 2K
N N
(a) l1l2 , s1s2 l1s1 , l2s2 H 2K H 2K
(b) l1s1 , l2s2 l1l2 s1s2 N!
(c) l1s2 , l2 s1 l1l2 s1s2
(b)
F IF I
N N
H KH K
2
!
2
!
(d) l1s2 , l2 s1 l1s1 l2 s2
F 1I 2N
61. If the probability that x lies between x
and x + dx is p(x) dx = ae–ax dx, where
(c) 2 N!
H 2K
0 < x < , a > 0, then the probability that F 1I N
x lies between x1 and x2 (x2 > x1) is
(d) N!
H 2K
d
– ax – ax
(a) e 1 – e 2 i 65. The number of states for a system of N
identical free particles in a three
d
– ax – ax
(b) a e 1 – e 2 i dimensional space having total energy
between E and E + E (E << E), is
– ax
d
– ax – ax
(c) e 2 e 1 – e 2 i proportional to
de i FE 3N
I E N
GH JK
– ax – ax1
(d) e 1 – e – ax2 (a) 2
–1
(b) E 2 E
62. If the partition function of a harmonic
1
oscillator with frequency at a N
kT (c) NE 2 E (d) E E
temperature T is , then the free 66. The energy of a ferromagnet as a function
h
energy of N such independent oscillators of magnetization M is given by
is F(M) = F0 + 2(T – Tc) M2 + M4, F0 > 0.
3 The number of minima in the function
(a) NkT (b) kT ln
2 kT F(M) for T > Tc is
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) NkT ln (d) NkT ln
kT 2 kT (c) 3 (d) 4
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 9
67. For a closed packed BCC structure of hard 72. A nucleus having mass number 240 decays
spheres, the lattice constant a is related by emission to the ground state of its
to the sphere radius R as daughter nucleus. The Q value of the
(a) a = 4R process is 5.26 MeV. The energy (in MeV)
3
of the particle is
(b) a = 4R 3 (a) 5.26
(c) a = 4R 2 (b) 5.17
(d) a = 2R 2 (c) 5.13
68. An n-type semiconductor has an electron (d) 5.09
concentration of 3 1020 m–3. If the 73. The threshold temperature above which
electron drift velocity is 100 ms–1 in an the thermonuclear reaction
electric field of 200 Vm–1, the conductivity 3 1
He 32 He 24 He 2 1H 12.86 MeV
(in –1m–1) of this material is 2
(a) 24 (b) 36 can occur is (use e2/40 = 1.44 10–15
MeVm)
(c) 48 (d) 96
(a) 1.28 1010 K
69. Density of states of free electrons in a
solid moving with an energy 0.1 eV is (b) 1.28 109 K
given by 2.15 1021 eV–1 cm–3. The density (c) 1.28 108 K
of states (in eV–1 cm–3) for electrons (d) 1.28 107 K
moving with an energy of 0.4 eV will be 74. According to the shell model, the ground
(a) 1.07 1021 state of 15
O nucleus is
8
(b) 1.52 1021
3 1
(c) 3.04 1021 (a) (b)
2 2
(d) 4.30 1021 3 –
1–
70. The effecitve density of states at the (c) (d)
2 2
conduction band edge of Ge is 1.04 1019 75. The plot of log A vs. time t, where A is
cm–3 at room temperature (300 K). Ge has activity, as shown in the figure,
an optical bandgap of 0.66 eV. The corresponds to decay
intrinsic carrier concentration (in cm–3)
in Ge at room temperature (300 K) is
approximately
Log A
(a) 3 1010 (b) 3 1013
(c) 3 1016 (d) 6 1016
71. For a conventional superconductor, which
of the following statements is NOT
t
true ?
(a) from only one kind of radioactive
(a) Specific heat is discontinuous at nuclei having same half life
transition temperature Tc
(b) from only neutron activated nuclei
(b) The resistivity falls sharply at Tc
(c) from a mixture of radioactive nuclei
(c) It is diamagnetic below Tc having different half lives
(d) It is paramagnetic below Tc (d) which is unphysical
10 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
76. For the rectifier circuit shown in the 79. The circuit shown in the figure can be
figure, the sinusoidal voltage (V1 or V2) used as a
at the output of the transformer has a
maximum value of 10 V. The load
resistance RL is 1 k. If Iav is the average
current through the resistor R L the
circuit corresponds to a
(a) high pass filter or a differentiator
(b) high pass filter or an integrator
(c) low pass filter or a differentiator
(d) low pass filter or an integrator
80. In the circuit shown in the figure the
(a) full wave rectifier with Iav = 20/ mA Thevenin voltage V Th and Thevenin
(b) half wave rectifier with Iav = 20/ mA resistance R Th as seen by the load
(c) half wave rectifier with Iav = 10/ mA resistance RL (= 1 k) are respectively
(d) full wave rectifier with Iav = 10/ mA
77. The Boolean expression :
B (A + B) + A. (B A) can be realized
using minimum number of
(a) 1 AND gate
(b) 2 AND gates (a) 15 V, 1 k (b) 30 V, 4 k
(c) 1 OR gate (c) 20 V, 2 k (d) 10 V, 5 k
(d) 2 OR gates LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS:
78. The output V0 of the ideal opamp circuit Q.81a to Q.85b carry two marks each
shown in the figure is Statement for Linked Answer Questions
81a & 81b :
For the differential equation
d2 y dy
2
y =0
–2
dx dx
81a. One of the solutions is
(a) ex (b) ln x
2 2
(c) e – x (d) e x
81b. The second linearly independent solution
is
(a) –7 V (b) – 5 V (a) e–x (b) xe x
(c) 5 V (d) 7 V (c) x2e x (d) x2e–x
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 11
Statement for Linked Answer Questions Statement for Linked Answer Questions
82a & 82b : 84a & 84b :
The Lagrangian of two coupled oscillators of A particle is scattered by a spherically
mass m each is symmetric potential. In the centre of mass
1 1 (CM) frame the wavefunction of the incoming
L=
2
m x12 x22 – m20 x12 x22
2
particle is = A eikz where k is the wavevector
and A is a constant.
m 02 x1 x2
84a. If f () is an angular function then in the
82a. the equations of motion are asymptotic region the scattered
(a) x1 20 x1 20 x1 , x2 20 x2 20 x2 wavefunction has the form
1 20 x1 20 x2 , x2 20 x2 20 x1
(b) x
(a)
bg
A f eikr
r
(c) x1 20 x1 20 x1, x2 20 x2 – 20 x2
(d)
x1 20 x1 20 x1 ,
x2 20 x2 20 x1 (b)
bg
A f e – ikr
r
82b. The normal modes of the system are
(a) 0 2 2 (c)
bg
A f eikr
– 1, 0 1
r2
(b) 0 1 – 2 , 0 1 2
(d)
bg
A f e – ikr
(c) 0 – 1, 0 1 r2
84b. The differential scattering cross section
(d) 0 1 – , 0 1 () in CM frame is
f a f
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 2
83a & 83b : bg
(a) = A
2
r 2
(b) bg = A f a f
An infinitely long hollow cylinder of radius R 2 2
carrying a surface charge density is rotated
about its cylinderical axis with a constant (c) bg = f af 2
(d) bg = A f af
angular speed
83a. The magnitude of the surface current is
(a) R2 (b) 2 R Statement for Linked Answer Questions
(c) R (d) 2 R 85a & 85 b :
83b. The magnitude of vector potential inside Lead has atomic weight of 207.2 amu and
the cylinder at a distance from its density of 11.35 gm cm–3
axis is 85a. Number of atoms per cm3 for lead is
(a) 1.1 1025 (b) 3.3 1022
(a) 2 0 R r
(c) 1.1 1022 (d) 3.3 1025
(b) 0 R r 85b. If the energy of vacancy formation in lead
1 is 0.55 eV/atom, the number of vacancies/
(c) 0 R r cm3 at 500K is
2
1 (a) 3.2 1016 (b) 3.2 1019
(d) 0 R r (c) 9.5 1019 (d) 9.5 1016
4
12 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (d)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (c) 40. (d)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (c) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (d) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (b) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (c) 66. (b) 67. (a) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (d) 72. (b) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (a) 77. (c) 78. (a) 79. (d) 80. (a)
81a. (a) 81b. (b) 82a. (b) 82b. (b) 83a. (a) 83b. (c) 84a. (a) 84b. (c) 85a. (b) 85b. (a)
EXPLANATIONS
1. f(x) = 4x3
N 2 j
= j
z
3 Unit normal = =
2
f ( x)dx N
z z
Average value = 1
z
2
3 dz 1
3. = irei d
dx z3 re i
c 0
1
z z
2
3
3 = i d = 2i
4 x dx
0
= 1
2 4. D = 36
1 4 3 Now for real symmetric 3 × 3 matrix,
= x
2 1 D = 1 2 3
80 where 1, 2, 3 are eigen values
=
2 Given: 1 = 2, 2 = 3
= 40 36 = 2 × 3 × 3
3 2
2. f(x) = x y + xy = 17 3 = 6
5. Orbit always lie in a plane which is
Let N be normal to the curve perpendicular to the fixed direction of
FG IJ
(x3y2 + xy)
angular motion.
N = f = i
H x
i
y K
6. Coriolis force = 2m v = 2.mv.sin
= (3x y + y) i + (2x y + x) j
2 2 3
Here, = 90°
N (2,0) = 0 i + 2 j = 2 j F = 2mv
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 13
8. For conservation, 14. = Ylm () =
2
hv = 2ymc
But here hv < 2ym 2 L z = – i
So, energy is not conserved. (1)
= – i
9. From ampere circuital law
B.dl = µoi
where, i = Net current passing = – i
through the loop Now = Aeim
Now i = I + I – 2I = 0
d
B . 2r = 0 = mAieim= im
d
B =0
L z = –i (im)
1 qr
10. E= = m Ylm = m
4 0 R 3
q r
L z = m
=
4 3 0 16. Here, H = qj pj – L
R 3
3 Now, L =T–V
r 1
= where, T = mx 2
3 0 2
1
r and V= kx2 – qE x
= 2
3 0
1 1
charge L = mx 2 – kx2 + qEx
where, = charge density = 2 2
volume L
13. Parities of wave function f(x) is pj = = mx
q j
even if f(x) = f(–x)
pj
and, odd if f(x) = –f(–x) x =
m
f(x) = cos kx
f(–x) = cos (–kx) or pj = mx
= cos kx 1
or x = – i
= f(x) m 2x
H = x pj – L
cos kx – Even parity
FG 1 mx 2 1 2 IJ
tan h (kx) =
e 2x
e 2 x = mx 2 – H2
2
kx qEx
K
2x
e e 2 x 1 1
= mx 2 + kx2 – qEx
2 2
e 2 x e 2 x
tan h (–kx) = 1 FG
i IJ 2
1 2
e 2 x e2 x =
2
m
H
m x K +
2
kx – qEx
= – tan h(kx) 2
2 d 1
f(x) = –f(–x), hence odd parity =– + kx2 – qEx
2m dx 2 2
14 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
18. Transition rule allows that for dipole 32. Here, z = (ln3 + i (2n +1)
transition to take place, the parity of final Now, ez = e(ln3 + i (2n + 1)
state eigen function must be different
= 3. ei (2n + 1)
from initial state eigen function, i.e.
parity must change = 3 [cos (2n + 1) + i sin(2n + 1) ]
l = 1, and ml = 0, 1 =–3
1 3 3
LM 2 OP LM 3 OP
19. We know, pV =
3
U 34. U – U4 =
2 3 2 MM 4 PP – MM 6 PP
or, U = 3 pV = 3 RT N–8Q N–12Q
U
LM 3 OP LM 3 OP
CV = =3R
MM PP – MM–12
= 6 6 P =0
N–12Q N PQ
T
and CP = CV + R = 4 R
CP Hence, u3, u4 linearly dependent.
4
Now, V= C = 35. Because derivative f (z) does not exist at
V 3
all points z of a region r. Also it does not
Hence, equation for adiabetic processis, satisfy Cauchy-Riemann equation.
pV4/3 = constant.
36. Solving for eigen values, we get
1
20. Since the particle of spin are fermious 4 52 4 0
2
& obey Pauli exclusion principle so, not (2 1)(2 4) 0
more that 1 particle can be placed in any
1, 2
one state. Hence, number of accessible
states = N
U0 38.
22. We know Eo =
N
LM 8ma2 OP 3/2 5/2
where, U0 =
5 MN n2 PQ [E ] F
LM 8 m OP V E
3/2
and N =
3 N n2 Q F
L = Lcm M r0 V0
= I + Mr0 V0 sin 45°
3 1
Eo = EF = Ma2 + M 2 a a
5 2
LM 1 OP = 2 Ma 2
23. OP N
= 1, 1, 2
Q 39. I = I1 + I2
= [2, 2, 1] 2 2 2
= MR M (2R)
5
31. Hence, F = x i + 2y j + 32 k
2
MR 2 M (2R)2
e j
× F = (. F) – (. ) F 5
44
=0 = MR 2
5
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 15
41. We know, lx = l0 cos, 1
=– divA
and ly = l0 sin t 0
1 0
= .
v2 0 4 r 2
l x = lx 1
c2 Q
=
4 0 r 2
v2
= l0 cos 1 Qt
c2
4 0 r 2
and ly = ly = l0 sin
h
49. Use =
l y l0 sin 0 2mE
tan = =
l x l0 cos 0 54. E .t ~ h
hc
E=
= tan0 hc
E =
= tan–1 ( tan0)
hc
43. Since charge moving with constant . t ~ h
velocity radiates zero power.
Now, c =
44. E = – = – o 2 xi yi zx + = 0
= 0.E = –
= – 2 0 0 .( xi yi zx )
=–
ch
= – 6 0 0 t ~ h
V1 h
46. n = = 1.5 ~ ~
V2 t hc tc
600 10 9
F V V2 IJ
= G 1
=
8 10 9 3 10 8
Eoi
H V2 V1 K Eoi
~ 10–6
2 55.
= V/m
5 MJ
3/2
FG 2V2 IJ 8 2P3/2
1/2
– 1/2
Eot =
H V1 V2 K E=
5
V/m. – 3/2
1/2
2P1/2
– 1/2
0 D1 D2
47. We know, .A = div A =
4 r 2 1/2
2S1/2
Field equation in Lorentz gauge is
– 1/2
div A + =0 D1 D2 Tot al l ines = 10
t
Select ion Rule DM J = 0, 1
16 GATE 2005 (PHYSICS)
56. Laser emission involves population = 24
inversion.
69. Density of states E
58. En = ho = constant
h mx
Ej = (J + 1) or, Ej J 72. We know, Q = Ey 1
2I m y
z
x2
61. P (x1, x2) = p ( x ) dx Here, mx = 4 amu
x1 and my = 240 – 4 = 236 amu
z
x2
Q 5.26
= ae ax dx Ey = =
4 1
x1 1 1
x2
236 59
a e ax
x1 59
= = 5.26 = 5.17
a 60
= e ax1 – e ax2 75. A = A0e– t
62. F = – k T ln z Taking log, log A = log A0 – t (2.303)
xT
= k T ln Hence,graph of log A vs t is straight line
h with negative slope.
hw
= k T ln 77. B . (A + B) + A . ( B + A)
kT
= B.A+B.B+A. B +A.A
63. Partition function, z = i i
e kT = A+B.B+A.A
where, i = Energy of ith quantam
= A + BB = A + B
electron occupied by n i
particles 78. We know,
0
2
2
0
FR R IF R IV R4
z= e kT
2
e
kT e kT e kT
Vo = GH R 3
3
4
JK GH R R JK
1
2
2
1 V
R3 2
=2+ e kT k
e T where, R1 = 1k, R2 = 1k, R3 = 1k,
N! e jN
1
2
R4 = 1k; V1 = 1V, V2 = 2V
64. Since, P =
1 (N m)! 1 ( N m)! FG 1 5 IJ FG 1 IJ 1 FG 5 2IJ
Here, m =0
2 2 = H 1 K H 1 1K H 1 K
N! FG IJ N
1 = 3 – 10 = – 7V
P =
FG IJ FG IJ H K
N N
.
2 80. Resistances are in parallel giving
H KH K
2
!
2
!
22
67. Since, 4R = Rth = = 1 k
3a 22
a =
4
R
81a. y = ex
3 dy d2 y
e x and 2 e x
ne e Vd dx dx
68. =
d2 y 2dy
3 10 20 1.6 10 19 100 2
y ex
= dx dx
200
ex – 2 ex + ex = 0
GATE 2005 (PHYSICS) 17
81b. y = x ex
A=
0
4
R
rz
2rdr
z
dy
e x xex 0
dx = R dr
2
d2 y x
and 2e xex 0
dx2 = Rr
2
82a. Equation of motion :
d LM L OP – L = 0 85a. We know, V=
M
dx1 N x Q x
1 1
where M is mass and is density.
and
d LM L OP – L = 0 207.2
dx2 N x Q x
2 2
V=
11.35
83a. z B.dt = 0I
dA
Number of atoms/cm3
N
= o (Avagadro number)
V
B × 2 R = 0
dt 6.023 1023
LM I
d d(A ) dA OP =
207.2
11.35
N dt
dt
dt Q = 3.3 × 1022
Surface current, F E I
B dA
85b. We know, n = N exp GH K TJK
B
V
Js = M = =
0 2R dt when, N = Total number of atoms/ cm3
in crystal.
Now, A = R 2
n = Number of vacancies
dA dR
2R = 2R2 Ev = Energy of vacancy formation
dt dt
T = Temprature (in Kelvin)
Js M = 2 R 2 R 2 KB = Boltzmann constant
2R
FG IJ
z
0.55
83b. We know,
A= 0
4
J 0 .dA
r
n = 3.3 × 1022 exp H
8.02 10 5 500 K
= 3.3 × 1022 exp (– 13.7)
where, A = r 2 ,
–6
10 × 3.3 × 1022
dA = 2 rdr 16
3.3 × 10
GATE-2004
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q. 1-30 Carry One Mark Each 5. A charge + q is kept at a distance of 2R
from the center of a grounded conducting
1. For the function = x2 y + xy, the value
sphere of radius R. The image charge and
of at = x = y = 1 is its distance from the centre are,
respectively
(a) 5 (b) 5 q R q R
(a) – and (b) – and
(c) 13 (d) 13 2 2 2 4
2. The average of the function f(x) = sin x in R q R
the interval (0, ) is (c) – q and (d) + and
2 2 2
1 2 6. The state of polarization of light with the
(a) (b) electric field vector
2
(d)
1
(d)
4 E = i E0 cos (kz – t) – j E0 cos (kz – t)
is
3. Identify the points of unstable equilibrium (a) linearly polarized along z-direction
for the potential shown in the figure. (b) linearly polarized at – 45° to x-axis
V(x) (c) circularly polarized
(d) elliptically polarized with the major
r
u axis along x-axis
7. The resonance widths of , and
q t x
particle resonances satisfy the relation
s
> > Their life-times satisfy
the relation
p
(a) > > (b) < <
(a) p and s (b) q and t
(c) < < (d) > tw <
(c) r and u (d) r and s
8. The time-independent Schrodinger
4. Which one of the following remains equation of a system represents the
invariant under Lorentz transformations ? conservation of the
1 (a) total binding energy of the system
(a) 2
x y z c t (b) total potential energy of the system
2 2 2 1 2 (c) total kinetic energy of the system
(b) (d) total energy of the system
x2 y2 z2 c 2 t2
9. In a hydrogen atom, the accidental or
2 2 2 1 2 Coulomb degeneracy for the n = 4 state
(c) –
x 2 y 2 z 2 c 2 t 2 is
2 2 2 (a) 4 (b) 16
(d) 2 2
x 2
y z (c) 18 (d) 32
2 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
10. The Hamiltonian of a particle is given by 18. Which one of the following is a first order
p2 phase transition ?
H = V(r) ( r) L . S where
2m (a) Vaporization of a liquid at its boiling point
S is the spin, V(r ) and ( r ) are (b) Ferromagnetic to paramagnetic
(c) Normal liquid He to superfluid He
potential functions and L (= r p ) is the
(d) Superconducting to normal state
angular momentum. The Hamiltonian
does NOT commute with 19. The c/a ratio for an ideal hexagonal closed
packed structure is
2 2
(a) L S (b) S
(a) (b) 8
3
(c) L z (d) L2
8
11. The spectral terms for a certain electronic (c) 5 (d)
3
configuration are given by 3D, 1D, 3P, 1P,
5 , 3 20. The number of independent elastic
S S. The term with the lowest energy is
constants in an isotropic cubic solid is
(a) 5S (b) 3P
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3D (d) 3S
(c) 3 (d) 4
12. The degeneracy of the spectral term 3F is
21. The effective mass of an electron in a
(a) 7 (b) 9 semiconductor
(c) 15 (d) 21 (a) can never be positive
13. The Lande g factor for the level 3D3 is (b) can never be negative
2 3 (c) can be positive or negative
(a) (b)
3 2 (d) depends on its spin
3 4 22. The critical magnetic field for a solid in
(c) (d)
4 3 superconducting state
14. All vibrations producing a change in the (a) does not depend upon temperature
electric dipole moment of a molecule yield
(b) increases if the temperature increases
(a) Raman spectra (b) Infrared spectra
(c) increases if the temperature decreases
(c) Ultra-violet spectra (d) X-ray spectra
(d) does not depend on the transition
15. For any process, the second law of temperature
thermodynamics requires that the change
23. The volume of a nucleus in an atom is
of entropy of the universe be
proportional to the
(a) positive only (b) positive or zero
(a) mass number (b) proton number
(c) zero only (d) negative or zero (c) neutron number (d) electron number
16. The dimension of phase space of ten rigid
24. As one moves along the line of stability
diatomic molecules is from 56Fe to 235U nucleus, the nuclear
(a) 5 (b) 10 binding energy per particle decreases
(c) 50 (d) 100 from about 8.8 MeV to 7.6 MeV. This trend
17. The specific heat of an ideal Fermi gas in is mainly due to the
3-dimension at very low temperatures (T) (a) short range nature of the nuclear forces
varies as (b) long range nature of the Coulomb forces
(a) T (b) T3/2 (c) tensor nature of the nuclear forces
(c) T2 (d) T3 (d) spin dependence of the nuclear forces
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 3
25. A thermal neutron having speed v FG 1 i IJ
impinges on a 235 U nucleus. The reaction
cross-section is proportional to
32. The eigenvalues of the matrix
H i 1K
are
(a) v–1 (b) v
1/2
(a) + 1 and + 1 (b) zero and + 1
(c) v (d) v–1/2
(c) zero and + 2 (d) – 1 and + 1
26. Choose the particle with zero Baryon
number from the list given below. 3 4i
33. The inverse of the complex number
(a) pion (b) neutron 3 4i
is
(c) proton (d) +
27. A bipolar junction transistor with one 7 24 7 24
(a) i (b) – i
junction forward biased and either the 25 25 25 25
collector or emitter open, operates in the 7 24 7 25
(a) cut-off region (b) saturation region (c) i (d) – i
25 25 25 25
(c) pinch-off region (d) active region
28. A field effect transistor is a
(a) unipolar device
34. The value of z
C
dz
( z a2 )
2
, where C is a
unit circle (anti clockwise) centered at the
(b) special type of bipolar junction origin in the complex z-plane is
transistor
1
(c) unijunction device (a) for a = 2 (b) zero for a =
2
(d) device with low input impedance
29. The inverting input terminal of an 1
(c) 4 for a = 2 for a = (d)
operational amplifier (op-amp) is shorted 2 2
with the output terminal apart from being 35. The Laplace transform of f(t) = sin t is
grounded. A voltage signal vi is applied to
the non-inverting input terminal of the F(s) = , s > 0. Therefore, the
op-amp. Under this configuration, the op- ( s 2 ) 2
Laplace transform of tsint is
amp functions as
(a) an open loop inverter 2
(a) (b)
(b) a voltage to current converter s2 ( s2 2 ) s2 (s2 2 )2
(c) a voltage follower 2s 2
(c) 2 2 2 (d)
(d) an oscillator (s ) (s 2 )2
2
30. A half-adder is a digital circuit with 36. A periodic function f(x) = x for – < x < +
(a) three inputs and one output has the Fourier series representation
(b) three inputs and two outputs
f(x) =
F 2I
GH n JK ( 1) n
sin nx . Using this,
(c) two inputs and one output
n 1
(d) two inputs and two outputs
2
Q. 31-90 Carry Two Marks Each one finds the sum n
n 1
to be
31. A real traceless 4 × 4 unitary matrix has
two eigenvalues – 1 and + 1. The other 2
(a) 2 ln 2 (b)
eigenvalues are 3
(a) zero and +2 (b) – 1 and + 1 2
(c) zero and + 1 (d) + 1 and + 1 (c) (d) ln 2
6
4 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
z
37. The Fourier transform F(k) of a function 41. The Hamiltonian corresponding to the
f(x) is defined as F(k) = dx f ( x) Langrangian L = ax 2 by 2 kxy is
exp(ikx). Then F(k) for f(x) = exp(– x2) is px 2 p2 y
(a) kxy
z
2a 2b
[Given : exp(– x 2 ) dx ] p2 x p2 y
(b) kxy
k2 4a 4b
(a) exp(– k) (b) exp ( ) p2 x p2 y
4 (c) kxy
k2 4a 4b
(c) exp ( ) (d) 2 exp (– k2) p2 x p2 y
2 2 (d) kxy
38. The Lagrangian of a particle moving in a 4 ab
plane under the influence of a central 42. The value of the Poisson bracket
. [ a . r , b . p] , where a and b are
1 2
potential is given by L = m(r2 r2 ) V (r). constant vectors, is
2
The generalized momenta corresponding to
(a) a b (b) a b
r and are given by
(c) a b (d) a . b
(a) mr and mr2 (b) mr and mr
43. A mass m is connected on either side with
(c) mr and mr 2 (d) mr and mr2 2
2 2
a spring each of spring constants k1 and
39. A particle of mass m is attached to a thin k2. The free ends of springs are tied to
uniform rod of length a and mass 4 m. rigid supports. The displacement of the
The distance of the particle from the mass is x from equilibrium position.
center of mass of the rod is a/4. The Which one of the following is TRUE ?
moment of inertia of the combination
about an axis passing through O normal
to the rod is m
(a) The force acting on the mass is –(k1 k2)1/2 x.
a/2
(b) The angular momentum of the mass is
zero about the equilibrium point and its
a/4
1 1
Lagrangian is mx 2 – (k + k2) x2.
2 2 1
64 91 1
(a) ma2 (b) ma2 (c) The total energy of the system is mx 2
48 48 2
27 51 (d) The angular momentum of the mass is
(c) ma2 (d) ma2
48 48 mxx and the Lagrangian of the system
40. A rigid frictionless rod rotates m 2 1
is x (k1 k2 ) x 2 .
anticlockwise in a vertical plane with 2 2
44. An electron gains energy so that its mass
angular velocity . A bead of mass m
becomes 2m0. Its speed is
moves outward along the rod with
constant velocity u0 . The bead will 3 3
(a) c (b) c
experience a coriolis force 2 4
(a) 2mu
0
(b) – 2mu 0 3 3
(c) c (d) c
(c) 4mu0 (d) – mu0 2 2
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 5
45. A conducting sphere of radius R has and transmittance (T) from the
charge + Q on its surface. If the charge interface are
on the sphere is doubled and its radius is
(a) R = G
F n 1IJ , T 4n
2
halved, the energy associated with the
electric field will H n 1K (n 1) 2
(a) increase four times (b) R = – G
F n 1IJ , T 2
(b) increase eight times H n 1K (n 1) 2
(c) remain the same
(c) R G
F n 1IJ , T 4n
3 3
(d) decrease four times H n 1K (n 1) 3
46. A conducting sphere of radius R is placed F n 1) I , T 4n
2 2
(d) R = G
H n 1 JK (n 1)
2
in a uniform electric field E0 directed
along + z axis. The electric potential for 49. The electric field of a plane e.m. wave is
outside points is given as
cos a yk
sin a t)] .
F1 R I3
E E0 exp[i( xk
Vout = – E0 GH r JK 3 r cos, where r is If x , y and z are cartesian
unit vectors,
the wave vectors k of the e.m. wave is
the distance from the center and is the
(a) z k
polar angle. The charge density on the
surface of the sphere is (b) xk sin yk
cos
(a) 20E0 cos cos yk
(c) xk cos
(b) 0E0 cos (d) z k
(c) 30E0 cos 50. The dispersion relation for a low density
plasma is 2 = 02 + c2k2, where w0 is the
0
(d) E0 cos plasma frequency and c is the speed of
3
light in free space. The relationship
47. A circular arc QTS is kept in an external between the group velocity (vg) and phase
magnetic field B0 as shown in figure. The velocity (vp) is
arc carries a current I. The magnetic field (a) Vp = Vg (b) Vp = Vg1/2
is directed normal and into the page. The (c) Vp Vg = c2 (d) Vg = Vp1/2
force acting on the arc is 51. A Michelson interferometer is illuminated
B0 X X X T X X X with monochromatic light. When one of
X X X X I X X the mirrors is moved through a distance
X X X X X X X X of 25.3 m, 92 fringes pass through the
X X X Q X X X S X X cross-wire. The wavelegth of the
60° monochromatic light is
R R
(a) 500 nm (b) 550 nm
X
(c) 600 nm (d) 650 nm
(a) 2IB0R k (b) IB0R k
52. A beam of mono-energetic particles
(c) – 2IB0 R k (d) – IB0R k having speed v is described by the wave
48. A plane electromagnetic wave of function (x) = u(x) exp(ikx), where u(x)
frequency is incident normally on an is a real function. This corresponds to a
air-dielectric interface. he dielectric is current density
linear, isotropic, non-magnetic and its (a) u2(x)v (b) v
refractive index is n. The reflectance (R) (c) zero (d) u2(x)
6 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
53. The wave function of a spin-less particle 58. Assuming that the L-S coupling scheme
of mass m in a one-dimensional is valid, the number of permited
potential V(x) is (x) = A exp(– 2x2) transitions from 2P3/2 to 2S1/2 due to a
corresponding to an eigenvalue E0 = 2 weak magnetic field is
2/m. The potential V(x) is (a) 2 (b) 4
(a) 2E0(1 – 2x2) (b) 2E0(1 + 2x2) (c) 6 (d) 10
(c) 2E02x2 (d) 2E0(1 + 22x2) 59. Consider the pure rotational spectrum of
54. Two spin-1/2 fermions having spins S1 a diatomic rigid rotor. The separation
and S2 interact via a potential between two consecutive lines ( V ) in
the spectrum
V(r) = S1 . S2 V0(r). The contributions of
(a) is directly proportional to the moment
this potential in the singlet and triplet of inerital of the rotor
states, respectively, are
(b) in inversely proportional to the
3 1 moment of inertia of the rotor
(a) – V0 (r) and V0 (r)
2 2 (c) dependns on the angular momentum
1 3
(b) V0 (r) and – V0 (r) (d) is directly proportional to the square
2 2 of the interatomic separation
1 3
(c) V0 (r) and – V0 (r) 60. Light of wavelegth 1.5 m incident on a
4 4 material with a characteristic Raman
3 1 frequency of 20 × 1012 Hz results in a
(d) – V0 (r) and V0 (r)
4 4 Stokes-shifted line of wavelength
55. The wave function of a one-dimensional [Given : c = 3 × 108 m.s–1]
harmonic oscillator is 0 = A exp(– 2x2/2) (a) 1.47 m (b) 1.57 m
for the ground state E0 = /2 , where
(c) 1.67 m (d) 1.77 m
2 = w/ . In the presence of a perturbing
potential of E0(x/10)4, the first order 61. Consider black body radiation in a cavity
maintained at 2000 K. If the volume of
z
change in the ground state energy is
the cavity is reversibly and adiabatically
[Given : (x + 1) = t x exp( t ) dt ] increased from 10 cm3 to 640 cm3, the
0
temperature of the cavity changes to
1
(a) ( E0 ) 10–4 (b) (3E0) 10–4 (a) 800 K
2
3 (b) 700 K
(c) ( E0) 10–4 (d) (E0) 10–4 (c) 600 K
4
56. The L, S and J quantum numbers (d) 500 K
corresponding to the ground state electronic 62. The equation of state of a dilute gas at
configuration of Boron (Z = 5) are very high temperatures is described by
(a) L = 1, S = 1/2, J = 3/2
pv B( T )
(b) L = 1, S = 1/2, J = 1/2 1 , where v is the volume
kB T v
(c) L = 1, S = 3/2, J = 1/2 per particle and B(T) is a negative
(d) L = 0, S = 3/2, J = 3/2 quantity. One can conclude that this is a
property of
57. The degeneracies of the J-states arising
from the 3P term with spin-orbit (a) a van der Waals gas
interaction are (b) an ideal Fermi gas
(a) 1, 3, 5 (b) 1, 2, 3 (c) an ideal Bose gas
(c) 3, 5, 7 (d) 2, 6, 10 (d) an ideal inert gas
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 7
63. In the region of co-existence of a liquid 66. If the static dielectric constant of NaCl
and vapor phases of a material crystal is 5.6 and its optical refractive
(a) CP and CV are both infinite index is 1.5, the ratio of its electric
LM FG IJ OP
1 V
polarizability to its total polarizability is
N H K Q are both finite
(b) CV and V T (a) 0.5 (b) 0.7
P
(c) 0.8 (d) 0.9
L 1 F V I O
(c) C and K M V GH P JK P are both finite
67. Which one of the following statements is
V
N Q T TRUE ?
(d) CP, and K are all infinite (a) Magnetic tapes are made of Iron
64. A doped Germanium crystal of length 2 cm, (b) Permanent magnets are made from
breadth 1 cm and width 1 cm, carries a ferrites
current of 1 mA along its length parallel to (c) Ultrasonic transducers are made from
+x axis. A magnetic field of 0.5 T is applied quartz crystals
along +z axis. Hall voltage of 6 mV is (d) Optoelectronic devices are made from
measured with negative polarity at soft ferrites
y = 0 plane. The sign and concentration of
68. Which one of the following statements is
the majority charge carrier are, respectively.
NOT TRUE ?
[Given : e = 1.6 × 10–19C]
(a) Entropy decreases markedly on
Y cooling a superconductor below the
critical temperature, TC
O (b) The electronic contribution to the heat
X
capacity in the superconducting state
Z has an exponential form with an
(a) positive and 5.2 × 1019 m–3 argument proportional to T –1 ,
(b) negative and 5.2 × 1019 m–3 suggestive of an energy gap
(c) positive and 10.4 × 1019 m–3 (c) A type I superconductor is a perfect
19 –3 diamagnet
(d) negative and 10.4 × 10 m
(d) Critical temperature of superconductors
65. The temperature dependence of the
does not vary with the isotopic mass
z
electrical conductivity of two intrinsic
semiconductors A and B is shown in the 69. The form factor F( q ) = exp(i q . r /)( r ) d3r
figure. If EA and EB are the band gaps of A of Rutherford scattering is obtained by
and B respectively, which one of the choosing a delta function for the charge
following is TRUE ? density ( r ). The value of the form factor is
(a) unity (b) infinity
(c) zero (d) undefined
ln A B
70. Deuteron in its ground state has a total
angular momentum J = 1 and a positive
–1 parity. The corresponding orbital angular
T
momentum L and spin S combinations are
(a) EA > EB
(a) L = 0, S = 1 and L = 2, S = 0
(b) EA < EB (b) L = 0, S = 1 and L = 1, S = 1
(c) EA = EB (c) L = 0, S = 1 and L = 2, S = 1
(d) EA and EB both depend on temperature (d) L = 1, S = 1 and L = 2, S = 1
8 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
71. Which one of the following reaction is 74. Calculate the collector voltage (vc) of the
allowed ? transistor circuit shown in the figure.
(a) p n + e+
(b) p e+ + ve
(c) p + +
(d) p + n – + 0
72. What should be the values of the
components R and R 2 such that the
frequency of the Wien Bride oscillator is
300 Hz ?
[Given : C = 0.01 F and R1 12 k]
[Given : = 0.96, ICB0 = 20 A, VBE = 0.3V,
RB = 100 k, VCC = + 10V and RC = 2.2 k]
(a) 3.78 V (b) 3.82 V
(c) 4.72 V (d) 9.7 V
75. Figure shows a practical integrator with
RS = 30 M, RF = 20 M and CF = 0.1 F.
If a step (dc) voltage of + 3V is applied as
input for 0 t 4(t is in seconds), the
output voltage is
(a) R = 48 k and R2 = 12 k
(b) R = 26 k and R2 = 24 k
(c) R = 530 and R2 = 1 M
(d) R = 53 k and R2 = 24 k
73. Figure shows a common emitter amplifier
with = 100. What is the maximum peak
to peak input signal (vs ) for which is
distortion-free output may be obtained ?
[Assume VBE = 0 and re = 20 ]
(a) a ramp function of – 6 V
v0 (b) a step function of – 12 V
(c) a ramp function of – 15 V
(d) a ramp function of – 4 V
76. The Boolean expression
Y = A B CD A BCD ABCD ABCD
reduces to
(a) AB (b) D
(a) 40 mV (b) 60 mV
(c) 80 mV (d) 100 mV (c) A (d) A D
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 9
Data for Q. 77-78 81. Which one of the following statements is
Consider the differential equation TRUE ?
y + p(x)y + q(x) y(x) = 0. (a) The magnitude of the electric field is
2 attenuated as the wave propagates
77. If xp(x) and x q(x) have the Taylor series
expansions (b) The energy of the e.m. wave flows
along the x-direction
xp(x) = 4 + x + x2 + .........
(c) The magnitude of the electric field of
x2q(x) = 2 + 3x + 5x2 + ..........
the wave is a constant
then the roots of the indicial equation are
(d) The speed of the wave is the same as
(a) –1, 0 (b) – 1, – 2 c (speed of light in free space)
(c) – 1, 1 (d) – 1, 2 ~
78. If p(x) = 0 with the Wronskian at x = 0 as 82. The magnetic field B of the wave is
W(x = 0) = 1 and one of the solutions is x, k
then the other linearly indpendent (a) y E exp(–zk sin ) exp[i(zk cos – t)]
0
solution which vanishes at x = 1/2 is
k
(a) 1 (b) 1 – 4x2 (b) y E exp(– zk sin ) exp(i(zk cos – t + )]
0
(c) x (d) – 1 + 2x k
Data for Q. 79-80 (c) y E exp[i(zk cos – t + )]
0
Consider a comet of mass m moving in a k
parabolic orbit around the Sun. The closest (d) y E exp(– zk cos ) exp[i(zk sin – t)]
0
distance between the comet and the Sun is b,
Data for Q. 83-84
the mass of the Sun is M and the universal
gravitation constant is G. A particle is confined to the region 0 < x < L
in one dimension.
79. The angular momentum of the comet is
83. If the particle is in the first excited state,
(a) M Gmb (b) b GmM then the probability of finding the
(c) G mMb (d) m 2GMb particle is maximum at
80. Which one of the following is TRUE for L L
the above system ? (a) x = (b) x =
6 2
(a) The acceleration of the comet is
L L 3L
maximum when it is closest to the Sun (c) x = (d) x = and
3 4 4
(b) The linear momentum of the comet
84. If the particle is in the lowest energy
is a constant
state, then the probability of finding the
(c) The comet will return to the solar particle in the region 0 < x < L/4 is
system after a specified period
(d) The kinetic energy of the comet is a 1 1 1
(a) (b)
constant 4 (2) 4
Data for Q. 81-82 1 1 1
(c) + (d)
xˆ E exp i k .r – t) , where
Let E 4 (2 ) 2
0
Data for Q. 85-86
k z (k cos ik sin ) , k = 1 |k| and x , y
The one-electron states for non-interacting
and z are cartesian unit vectors, represent
an electric field of a plane electro magnetic electrons confined in a cubic box of side a are
wave of frequency . 0 < 1 < 2 < 3 < 4 etc.
10 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
85. The energy of the lowest state is 88. The free energy of the system at high
temperatures (i.e., x 0 << 1) is
2 2 approximately
(a) Zero (b)
2ma2 (a) – NKB Tx2
2 2 3 2 2 (b) – NKBT[ln 2 + x2/2]
(c) 2 (d)
ma 2ma2 (c) – NKBT [ln 3 + x2/3]
86. The degeneracy (including spin) of the (d) – NkBT ln 3
level 3 is Data for Q. 89-90
(a) 2 (b) 4 The nucleus 41Ca can be described by the single
(c) 6 (d) 8 particle shell model.
Data for Q. 87-88 89. The single particle states occupied by the
An ensemble of N three-level systems with last proton and the last neutron, respec-
energies = – 0 , 0, + 0 is in thermal tively, are given by
equilibrium at temperature T. Let = (kBT)–1. (a) d5/2 and f7/2 (b) d3/2 and f5/2
87. If 0 = 2, the probability of finding the (c) d5/2 and f5/2 (d) d3/2 and f7/2
system in the level = 0 is 90. The ground state angular momentum and
(a) (cosh 2)/2 parity of 41Ca are
(b) (cosh 2)–1 7 3
(a) (b)
(c) (2 cosh2)–1 2– 2
(d) (1 + 2 cosh2)–1 5 5
(c) (d) –
2 2
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (d)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (b) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (c) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (d) 62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (a) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (c)
71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (c) 74. (c) 75. (d) 76. (d) 77. (b) 78. (d) 79. (d) 80. (a)
81. (a) 82. (b) 83. (d) 84. (a) 85. (d) 86. (c) 87. (d) 88. (d) 89. (d) 90. (a)
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 11
EXPLANATIONS
= i
FG
j
k
IJ q
=
q
1.
H
x y z
K
4 0 r 4 0 r
q q
= 3i 2 j =
r r
|| = 32 2 2 = 94= R2 (2R)2 4R2 cos
13 . = 2
R R12 2R1R cos
2. f(x) = sin x,
So condition
average value f(x) =
1
z
0
sin x dx
R2 = 2RR1
R1 =
R
1 2 2
f(x) = cos x = .
0 R/2 1 q
and q = – q =–q =– .
2R 4 2
3. Here q and t are equilibrium point where
V(x) = 0. 6. Here, E = i E 0 cos (kz – t) – j E0 cos (kz – t)
v
For stable point = – ve so that p and s The magnitude of amplitude and phase
r v both are same but direction of amplitude
are stable but for point s and u, = + ve,
r is different, so electric field vectors E is
so r and u are unstable points.
linearly polarized at – 45° to x-axis.
4. Since = i j k x 4
x1 x2 x3 x4
F 2
2 2 2 I
= GH x 2
1
x22
x32
x 42
JK
= Lorentz invariant
But x1 = x, x2 = y, x3 = z and x4 = ict 7. Here =
F 2
2 2 1 2 I 1
2 = GH x 2
y 2
z 2
c 2
t 2 JK Since, (radioactivity) =
(life time)
1
= invariant under Lorentz trans- = or
formation.
If p > > then p < < .
5. The potential inside and on it is zeero
q q 1 FG IJ 8. The time-independent Schrodinger equation
By Poisson’s equation, =
q
r r 4 H K H = E (i)
Here – is potential due to image H = T + V = E (energy)
4 0 r (T + V) = E
charge
or T = (E – V)
2 d 2
or – = (E – V)
2m dx 2
d2 2m
or (E – V) = 0
2
dx 2
So total energy of system is conserved.
12 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
9. Coulomb degeneracy is n2 18. In vaporization of liquid at its boiling point
n = 4, so degeneracy is 16. in which only phase is changed. It is first
10. Because [H, L] 0 order phase transition but in other three
So, [H, Lz] is not commute also. choices, the structure of material is
11. 5S because the term which have largest S changed, these are second order phase
value is lowest energy term transition.
In 5S (2J + 1) = 5 J = 2
FG c IJ1/2
8
and 3S
so that
(2J + 1) = 3 J = 1
5S(E) < 3S(E).
19.
H aK =
3
12. 3F multiplicity (2S + 1) = 3 S = 1 FG c IJ
8
For F, the value L = 3
H aK3
. =
and J = |L – S |, ...(L + S) 20. Cubic solid symmetry xx, yy, zz.
J = 2, 3, 4 2
21. m* =
d 2E
3F2, 3F3 and 3F4
Each J level is still (2J + 1) fold degener- dk2
ate
so m* can be positive or negative by the
J = 2, (2J + 1) = 5
curve.
J = 3, (2J + 1) = 7
J = 4, (2J + 1) = 9.
Total degeneracy of 3F term=21
13. Since 3D3 = MDJ
Here, (2S + 1) = 3, S = 1 and J = 3
For D term, L = 2
J(J 1) S(S 1) L(L 1)
g=1 +
2J(J 1)
3(3 1) 1(1 1) 2(2 1) 4 22. So the critical magnetic field for a solid in
=1 + = . superconducting state increase if the tem-
2 3(3 1) 3
perature decreases.
14. Infrared spectra.
15. In reversible process, change in entropy
is zero but in irreversible process, change
in entropy is positive. So that for any pro-
cess, the change of entropy of the universe
will be positive and zero.
16. One diatomic molecule have 10 phase
4
space. So 10 diatomic have = 10 × 10 = 100 23. V= R 3
phase space. 3
where, R = r . A1/3
17. CV = AT + BT3
Here BT3 term due to the thermal vibra- 4 3
V= r . A
tion in the lattice of the solid which take 3
place at high temperature but at low tem- V A, mass number.
perature the magnitude of AT is more than 24. The nuclear binding energy per particle
BT3 term. So the AT term is more domi- decrease from 8.8 to 7.6 MeV because as
nant at low temperature. increase 56Fe to 235U, number, the coulomb
CV T at low temperature. forces increase at large range.
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 13
25. By Breit-Wignes formula x=0 and (x – 2) = 0
1 x = 0, + 2.
1 .
(n,r)
v 33. Since Z Z–1 = 1
26. Pion has meson which do not have B no. 1
but n, p and + are Baryon. Z–1 =
Z
27. Pinch off region FG 3 + 4i IJ
Since Z=
H 3 – 4i K
1 FG 3 4iIJ
28. FET have only electron carrier, so FET is
Z–1 =
FG IJ H 3 4iK
3 4i
=
the unipolar device. H K 3 4i
29. F 3 4iIJ FG 3 4iIJ
=G
H 3 4 i K H 3 4i K
(3 4i) 2 9 16 24i
= 2 =
(9 16i ) (9 16)
( 7 24i) 7 24
= = i .
30. 25 25 25
So two input and two output.
34. z 2
dz
2
C (z a )
[ f(z) =
1
( z a2 )
2
]
31. 4 × 4 unitary matrix is trace less poles (z2 + a2) = 0
Trace (diagonal element adding) = 0 (z – ia) (z + ia) = 0
Here suppose eigen values are 1, 2, 3 z = ± ia
z
and 4
Trace (A) = 0 = 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 f ( z) dz = 2i R+
If 1 = – 1 and 2 = + 1, then R+ = R1 + R2
– 1 + 1 + 3 + 4 = 0 The residue of f(z) at z = ia is
3 = – 4 1 1
So only possibility is, 3 = 1, 4 = – 1. R1 = Lt ( z ia) =
zia ( z ia)( z ia) 2ia
FG 1 iIJ The residue of f(z) at z = – ia is
32. A=
H i 1K R2 = Lt ( z ia)
1
( z ia)( z ia)
=–
1
2ia
z ia
Since | A – Ix| = 0
1 i i
FG1 x iIJ = 0 So the pole at a =
2
is z =
2
,–
2
H i 1 xK inside the unit circle.
(1 – x)2 + i2 = 0 1 1 1 1
(1 – x)2 – 1 = 0
R+ =
1 FG IJ
–
1 iFG IJ
= – =0
i
1 – 2x + x2 – 1 = 0
2i
2 H K2i
2 H K
x2 – 2x = 0
x(x – 2) = 0
z 2
dz
C (z a )
2 = 2i × 0 = 0 at a = .
1
2
14 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
35. F(s) = z
0
e st F( t) dt
38. L=
1
m(r 2 r2 2 ) (r)
z
2
e st sin t dt =
F L I
0 (s 2 )
2 Since, Generalized momenta, p = GH q JK
Since F(s) = z
0
e st t sin t dt
2s
p=
FG L IJ
H r K and
FG L IJ
H K
i
= .
(s 2 )2
2
p = mr and mr2 .
2
1 F 3aI
39. Moment of inertia = m G J
2
a2
36. n
n 1
=
n1 n2 H4K m1
3
FG 1 1 1 IJ
= 1 H 2 2
3 2
4 2
...
K
2
= .
6
37. F(k) = z
dx f ( x) exp (i kx)
f(x) = exp(– x2)
F(k) = z
exp ( x 2 ) exp(ikx) dx
For the center of rod
= z
exp ( x ikx) dx 2
Fm a
GH 12
1
2
m1 a2 I = m1a2
JK 3
LM OP
z
4
i2 k 2 i2 k 2
exp x 2 ikx dx
= MN 4 4 PQ m1 = 4m
F i k I expF R|x ikx i k U|I dx FG 3aIJ
z
2
2 2 2 2 4ma 2
GH 4 JK GH S|T VJ
=
exp
4 |WK
2
Total I = m
H4K
3
R| F ikI U| 9 ma2 4 ma2
= exp
Fi k I
2 2
GH 4 JK z
exp S G x J V dx
T| H 4 K W|
2 =
16
+
(27 64)
3
91
= ma2 = ma 2 .
48 48
ik
Let x – = z dx = dz
4
40. Coriolis force F = – 2m( v )
F k I
F(k) = exp G 4 J z
F = – 2m u
2
exp( z2 ) dz
H K
[ v = u.]
Since, here given z
exp( x ) dx = 2
41.
Since H =
L = a x 2 by 2 kxy
pi q i L = (px x + py y ) – L
F k2 I i
F(k) = exp GH 4
. JK px =
L
= 2a x x =
px
x 2a
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 15
L py r
= 2b y 45. q1 Q, q2 = 2Q, r1 r and r2
and py =
y
y = 2
2b
Fp p I 2 2 E2 Q r2
= 2 . 12
H = GG 2a 2b JJ – a x 2 by 2 kxy
x y
E1 Q1
H K r2
F 2Q r I
F p2 py I – p – p kxy
2 2 2
GH Q r /4 JK = 8E .
2
=G x
GH 2a 2b JJK 4a 4b
x y E2 = E1 2 1
F R I r cos
= – E G1
3
p2 p2
= x x kxy
4a 4b
46. V0
H r JK
0 3
FG
u v u v IJ Since E=
, therefore surface
42. H
[u, v] = q . p p q K 0
charge density, = 0 E
Here use u = a . r and v = b . q Since E = – V
LM O F r p r pI V
a . r , b . pP = G a
Q H r . b p a p b r JK
= – 0
N r rR
= ( a 1 . b 1 a 0. b 0) F 2R 3 I
= (ab – 0)
GH
= – 0 E0 cos
r3
JK
E0 cos
rR
= ab. = 0(E0 cos + 2E0 cos )
43. = 30 E0 cos .
L = T–V
47. F=
z60
120
dF sin
We know, F = I( l × B )
1
where, T= m x 2
2 or dF = IB dl sin
V=
1 1 1
k x2 + k2x2 = (k1 + k2)x2
2 1 2 2
where, dl = Rd
F= z60
120
IB sin dl
L=
1
2
1
m x 2 – (k1 + k2)x2.
2
F= z60
120
IBR sin d
44. Total energy, mc = 2 m0 c2
2 120
= IBR cos 60
m0 c 2
= 2 m0 c2
1
=2 1 LM FG IJ FG IJ OP
1
1
v 2
1
v 2
N H K H KQ
= IBR 2 2
c 2
c2 = IBR
2
v2 = 1 1–
v
=
1 Hence force acting on the arc is IBR k .
1 2
c2 2 c 4 48. R+T = 1
v2 1 3 F n 1IJ
By option (a) R = G
2
c 2 = 1– 4 = 4 H n 1K
3 4n
v= c. and T=
2 (n 1) 2
16 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
FG n 1IJ 2
4n 52. Since ( x) u( x) exp(ikx)
R+T =
H n 1K
(n 1)2 *(x) = u(x) exp (– ikx)
n 2 2n 1 4n i
= J= [ * * ]
2m
(n 1) 2
i
(n 2 2n 1) (n 1) 2 =– [ iku2 iku2 ]
= = 2m
(n 1) 2 (n 1) 2
i2 ku2 k
= 1. =– (2) = u2(x)
2m m
49. E = E° exp[i(xk cos + yk sin – t)]
J = u2(x) V.
k = xk cos + yk cos 53. H = E
wave vectors of the electromagnetic wave
LM
2
2
OP
v = E
r . k = (x x + y y ) . (xk cos + yk cos )
MN 2m PQ
= x k cos yk sin .
= A exp (– 2 x2)
50. = + c k2
2 2 2
and = – 22 Ax exp (– 2 x2)
vp = x
k
2 F
= G
2
c 2 k2 I 2
v2p =
k 2
H
0
k 2 JK x 2
= – 22A[1 – 2 2x2] exp(– 2x2)
2
20 c 2 k2 – [(– 2) 2A(1 – 2 2x2)
vp = 2m
k exp (– 2 x2] + V = E0
d d
vg = = ( 20 c 2 k2 ) 2 2
dk dk (1 – 2 2 x2) + V = E0
1 m
= 2c 2 k
2 20 c 2 k2 22
(1 2 2 x 2 ) V = E0
m
c2 k
= 2 2
20 c k 2 2 [ E0 = ]
m
c 2 E0(1 – 22 x2) + V = E0
vg =
vp V = E0 – E0(1 – 2 2 x2) = 2E02x2.
vpvg = c2. F 2 x2 I
51. 2d = n ...(i)
55. 0 = A exp GH 2
JK
z
If shift by x, then n change to (n + N)
2(d + x) = (n + N) ...(ii) Since * dx = 1
Substracting equation (i) from equation (ii),
we get
2x = N
A2 z
exp ( 2 x 2 ) dx = 1
1
2x 2 25.3 m A2 =
= = exp( 2 x2 ) dx
N 92
= 0.55 m. = 550 nm. Put x = y, dx = dy
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 17
1 56. B(Z = 5) = 1s2 2s2 2p1
z
A2 = Term 2P (ground) and 2P3/2
1
exp( y 2 ) dy 1/2
So one e– in the 2P1/2 state means
But z
e y dy =
2
( 2S + 1) = 2
S=
1
, for P orbit, L = 1
FI
G
2
1
J
H K
A2 = 1
1 J=.
2
57. 3P term multiplicity (2S + 1) = 3, S = 1
FG x IJ 4
For P orbit L = 1, J = |L – S|, ......(L + S)
H = H0 + E0
H 10 K = H0 + H
J = 0, 1, 2, so 3P , 3P , 3P
0 1 2
First order ground state energy Degeneracy (2J + 1) for J 0 1 U|
E = < * |H|> J1 3 V|
W
= z
* H dx
58.
J2 5
=2 z
0
* H dx
FI
2E0 2
GH JK z
4
= x exp ( 2 x 2 ) dx
4 0
10
t Selection rule.
Let 2 x2 = t, x =
MJ = 0, ± 1
dt Total 6 transitions.
22x dx = dt, dx = 2
2 x
59. v = 2Ic [ I = mR2]
E=
2 E0
10 4
4
0
z t 2
4
exp( t)
2 2
dt
F tI
GH JK
1
v 2 .
I R
1
60. The wave number corresponding to inci-
z
dent line
E0 3/2
= t exp( t) dt 1
4 0
10 = = 666666.66 metre–1
1.5 m
Now by using formula ( x 1) = z
0
t x e t dt finding Raman shift
c
=
E0 5
E=
4
10 2 3 10 8
=
E0 3 1 20 1012
=
104 2 2 = 1.5 × 10–5 = 15 m
so, the wave number of Raman shift
F3 I
= GH E JK 10 0 –4 1
4 v = = 66666.66 metre–1
15 m
18 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
Stoke linem 64. l = 2 cm, d = 1 cm = 1 × 10–2 m
vstoke = v v Ix = 1 × 10–3 A, VH = – 6 × 10–3 V, B2 = 0.5 T
3 2
= (666666.66 – 66666.66) m–1 VH d 6 10 1 10
RH = = =–0.12
= 600000 m–1 Ix Bz 1 10 3 0.5
1 1 So the negative sign of the RH value show
st = =
st 600000 the majority carrier are electrons.
stoke = 1.666 × 10–6 = 1.67 m. 1
RH = –
61. TVr–1 = constant ne
1
4 – 0.12 = –
For r= = 1.66, n 1.6 10 19
3
n = 5.2 × 1019 m–3, negative.
TV1/3 = constant
65. For intrinsic semiconductors
T1V11/3 = T2 V21/3
FV I F E I
GH 2k T JK
1/3 g
=T G J 1 ni = const exp
T2 1
HV K
2
= ni e(n + p)
B
F 10 IJ
= 2000 × G
1/3
F E I
H 640 K e(n + p) exp GH 2k T JK
B
g
F1I
= 2000 × G J
1/3
Eg
H 64 K ln = log k –
2kBT
1 1
= 2000 × = 500 K. Plot ln vs . The slope of line of this
4 T
62. A Van der Waal’s gas equation is Eg
FG P a IJ plot = –
2kB
will provide the band gap E2.
H VK 2 (V – b) = RT Here slope of A curve is large compared to
RTa curve B
P=– +
V2 V–b EA EB
term > term
If multiply by volume in both sides, we get 2K B 2K B
a EA > EB.
PV = RT –
V
F I N
[ R = NkB; N = 1]
a
66. By CM relation, GH s
s
1
2
JK = 3 0
PV = kBT –
V where, total polarizability
PV
= 1–
a
N FG
5.6 1 IJ = 0.60 = 5.6]
kBT
PV
kBTV
B(T)
3 0
=
H
5.6 2 K s
1 ... (i)
kBT V
Given, Optical refractive index, n = 1.5,
a
[ – = B(T)] We know, n2 = r
kBT
63. At the region of co-existance of a liquid n= r
and vapour phase Cv is finite but CP, B and
r = (1.5)2 = 2.25
K are all infinite.
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 19
FG r 1 IJ
N
71. (a) p n + e+ . is not conserved
H r K
2 = 3 0 (b) p e+ + ve is not conserved
(c) p = + + ,
N e FG
2.25 1 IJ = 0.29 is not conserved
3 0
=
2.25 2H K ... (ii) (d) p + n – 0 , change, , T3, S all
are conserved, so this reaction is al-
N e lowed.
3 0 0.29 72. For zero phase shift in Wien Bridge
By equations (i) and (ii), =
N 0.60 1 1
3 0 R= =
C RC
e 1
= 0.483 0.5. Since = 2f f =
2RC
68. We know, TCM–1/2 = constant 1
R=
1 2Cf
TC
M 1/2 1
=
TC M1/2 . 0.01 10 6 300
2 314
F i q. r I = 53 k
z
exp G
GH JJK ( r )d r
3
69. F(q) = ... (i) R2
Now =2
R1
Since, delta function R2 = 2R1 = 2 × 12 k = 24 k
z f ( r) ( r r0 ) d 3 r = f(r0)
R2 = 24 k,
FG 10 IJ
R = 53 k.
If r0 = 0, then
z f (r) (r 0) d3 r = f(0) 73. Ib =
H 500 kK =
Ic
Ib
so that in equation (i), r0 = 0 FG 10 IJ = 2 mA
Fiq . r I
Ic= Ib = 100 ×
H 500 K K
then here f(r) = exp G
GH JJK re = 20 and Vs = re = Ic . 20 × 2 = 40 mV
But for maximum peak to peak input
F rI signal is
z
exp G i. q. J ( r ) d r = f(0)
3
GH h JK Vs = 2 × 40 = 80 mV.
FG IJ = FG 0.96 IJ = 24
F i q. 0 I
= exp GH JK = e = 1 (unity) 0
74. Since =
H 1 K H 0.04 K
70. J = 1 and positive parity
Mean Parity= (– 1)L = + ve
If L = 0 and L = 2
so J = (L + S) ... |L – S)|
If L = 0, J = 1 then S = 1 by J = L + S
and L = 2, J = 1 then by J = L – S
S = L – J = (2 – 1) = 1
L = 0, S = 1 and L = 2, S = 1.
20 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
IC I k2 + 3k + 2 = 0
Now, = , IB = C (k + 2) (k + 1) = 0
IB
VCC = IB RB + VBE k = – 1, – 2.
IC y1 y2
= R B VBE 78. Wronskian W = 0 for linearly
y1 y 2
independent
(VCC VBE )
IC =
FG R IJ
B
x y
HK 1
dy = W
dx
But the value of VBE << VCC, so VBE is
neglible compared to VCC [ W 0 Condition W( x 0) 1 U|
1 V|
IC
VCC
10 24
= 2.4 mA
y 0 at x
2 W
RB 100 103 dy
x yW
VC = VCC – IC RC dx
= 10 – 2.4 × 10–3 × 2.2 × 103 1
at x = ,y=0
= 10 – 5.28 = 4.72 volts. 2
75. V0 = –
1
CF z0
t Vs ( t)
Rs
dt or
1 dy
2 dx
=W
dy
dx
= 2W or y = 2Wx + C
1
V .t If x = , then 0 = W + C, C = – W
V0 = – s 2
R s CF
y = 2Wx – W = (2x – 1) W
3 4 so second solution in term of W multiple
=
30 106 0.1 10 6 is, y = (2x – 1).
= – 4 volt
R|1 2EJ2 U|
the output voltage is – 4 volt. 79. = S| mk2 V|
76. Y = A B CD A BCD A B CD A BCD T W
The closest distance between the comet
= A BD(C C) A BD(C C) and sun is b
[ C C = 1]
J2
rmin = b =
= A BD + ABD mk(1 )
= AD(B + B) [ B B 1 ] For parabola path, = 1
Y = AD J2
b=
77. y + p(x) y + q(x) y(x) = 0 2mk
Frobenier series power by using J2 = 2bmk J= 2bmk
y = Cm x k m GmM
But F(r) = + [ K = GmM]
m=0
r2
Indicial equation, k2 + (p0 – 1) k + q0 = 0
J= 2bm(GmM)
By taylor series expansion p0 = 4, q0 = 2
k2 + (4 – 1) k + 2 = 0 =m 2GMb .
GATE 2004 (PHYSICS) 21
80. Fmax where rmin, so than mamax when rmin 2 2x FG IJ
and acceleration is max when rmin. Since n = 2, 2 =
L
sin L H K
81. Magnitude of the electric field is attenu- So by figure, probability of finding the
ated as the wave propagates. particle is maximum by wave function at
B L 3L
82. E =– x= and .
t 4 4
84. In lowest energy state, n = 1
[ E = x E0 exp [i( k . r t)]
Since k z (k cos ik sin ) 2 FG x IJ
E x E0 exp[iz(k cos ik sin ) it]
=
L
sin H LK
×E=
x
y
z P= z
x1
x2
||2 dx
z
x y z
E0 exp[iz(k cos ik sin ) it] 0 0 L/ 4
= * dx
= y LM
l qOPQ 0
N exp [iz (k cos ik sin ) it]
z
0
z
2 L/4
sin 2
FG x IJ dx
= y [iE0(k cos + ik sin )
{exp [iz(k cos + ik sin ) – it]}]
=
L 0 H LK
FG1 cos 2x IJ dx
= y [iE0(k cos + ik sin )
{exp [izk cos – zk sin – it]}]
=
2
L z 0
L/4 1
2 H L K
B=– z ( E) dt 1
z L/4 FG1 cos 2x IJ dx
H L K
z
=
L 0
=– y [iE0 k(cos i sin )
exp (iz (izk cos z k sin ) 1 RS L FG L sin 2x IJ UV L/4
exp i t dt
=
L T 4 H 2 L K W 0
1 Rsin sin 0U
= y
E0
k (cos + i sin ) =
1
4
–
2 T
S 2 VW
exp(izk cos – zk sin – it)
1 F 1I
E0 = – G J.
4 H 2 K
= y k {expi exp(izk cos – it)}
exp(–zk sin )
85. For cubic box,
k
B = y E exp(– zk sin )
0 h2
exp{i(zk cos – t + )}. 0 = (n12 n2 2 n32 )
8 ma 2
2 nx FG IJ
83. n =
L
sin
L H K
At lowest state, n1 = n2 = n3 = 1
22 GATE 2004 (PHYSICS)
F hI
= GH 2 JK
From formula,
Since Fe 2
e 2 I
cosh 2 = GH 2
JK
3h2
0 = . 1
2ma2 or p(0) =
(1 2 cosh 2)
2 = (1 + 2 cosh 2)–1.
86. E= (n12 n22 n32 )
2ma2 88. F = – NkBT ln z
–
11 2 2 Since z = ei = 1 + e 0 e 0
E3 = ,
2ma2 Put 0 = x
n = 3, so combination are
b3 1 1g, b1 3 1g, b1 1 3g Since z = 1 + e–x + ex
3 orbitals Put high temperature (0 << 1) x << 1
and 3 including spin total degeneracy e–x (1 – x) and ex (1 + x)
= 3 + 3 = 6.
z = 1 + (1 – x) + (1 + x) = 3
– i
e F = – NkBT ln 3.
87. p(i) = i 41Ca,
e 89. Nucleus Z = 20, N = 21
i so, Proton Z = 20 1d3/2 complete
But = 0, – 0, + 0 Neutron N = 21 1 f7/2 uncomplete
e so last proton in d3/2 and last neutron in f7/2.
p(0) =
( e 0 e 0 e 0 ) 90. Ground state 1 f7/2
1 for f shell l value is 3
p(0) =
( e 0 1 e0 ) Parity = (– 1)l = (– 1)3 = – 1 odd
Put 0 = 2 7
spin =
2
1
so p(0) = Ground state angular momentum and
(1 e e 2 )
2
7
parity of 41Ca are .
2
GATE-2003
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Some useful physical constants :
1. Speed of light in free space c = 3.00 108 m/s
2. Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85 10–12 F/m
–34
3. Plank's constant /(2) = 1.05 10 Js
4. Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 J/K
5. Avogadro's number N = 6.02 1023 mol–1
6. Charge of electron e = 1.602 10–19 C
7. Mass of electron me = 9.109 10–31 kg
8. Atomic mass unit 1 a.m.u. = 1.66 10–27 kg
Vectors are shown in bold; i, j and k denote unit vectors along x, y and z directions respectively.
Q. 1–30 carry one mark each
1. The two vectors P = i, q = (i + j)/ 2 are (a) be an ellipse
(a) related by a rotation (b) be a cycloid
(b) related by a reflection through the xy- (c) be a helix with constant pitch
plane (d) not be confined to any plane
(c) related by an inversion 5. An object of mass m rests on a surface
(d) not linearly independent with coefficient of static friction µ. Which
2. A 3 3 matrix has eigenvalues 0, 2 + i of the following is NOT correct ?
and 2 – i. Which one of the following (a) The force of friction is exactly µ m g
statements is correct ?
(b) The maximum force of friction is µ m g
(a) The matrix is Hermitian
(c) The force of friction is along the surface
(b) The matrix is unitary
(d) The force of friction opposes any effort
(c) The inverse of the matrix exists to move the object
(d) The determinant of the matrix is zero 6. The Lagrangian of a particle of mass m
3. The value of the integral dz/z2 , where moving in a plane is given by
C
z is a complex variable and C is the unit L = (½) m[vx2 + vy2] + a(x vy – y vx ), where
circle with the origin as its centre, is vx and vy are velocity components and a
is a constant. The canonical momenta of
(a) 0 (b) 2 i
the particle are given by
(c) 4 i (d) –4 i
(a) px = m vx and py = m vy
4. A particle with an initial velocity v0 i
enters a region with an electric field E0 j (b) px = m vx + a y and py = m vy + a x
and a magnetic field B0 j. The trajectory (c) px = m vx – a y and py = m vy + a x
of the particle will (d) px = m vx – a y and py = m vy + a x
2 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
7. Two events are separated by a distance 12. Given a wave with the dispersion relation
of 6 105 km and the first event occurs = ck + m for k > 0 and m > 0, which one
1's before the second event. The interval of the following is true ?
between the two events
(a) The group velocity is greater than the
(a) is time-like phase velocity
(b) is light-like (null) (b) The group velocity is less than the
(c) is space-like phase velocity
(d) cannot be determined from the (c) The group velocity and the phase
information given velocity are equal
8. An electric charge, +Q is placed on the
(d) There is no definite relation between
surface of a soild, conduction sphere of
the group velocity and the phase
radius a. The distance measured from the
velocity
centre of the sphere is denoted as r. Then
13. Which of the following is a valid
(a) the charge gets distributed uniformly
through the volume of the sphere normalized wave function for a particle
in a one dimensional infinite potential
(b) the electrostatic potential has the
well of width L centered at x = 0 ?
same value for r < a
(c) an equal and opposite charge gets (a) (2/L) [cos (2 x/L) + sin(2 x/L)
induced in the bottom half of the sphere (b) (2/L)1/2 sin[n x/L] for odd n
(d) the electric field is given by 1/(4 0 r2) (c) (2/L)1/2 cos[n x/L] for odd n
for r < a (d) (2/L) cos(x/L)
9. An electric field applied along the length 14. The commutator [x, P2], where x and P
of a long cylinder produces a polarization
are position and momentum operators
P. The depolarization field produced in
respectively, is
this configuration is
(a) 4P/3 (b) –4P/3 (a) 2i P
(c) 2P (d) 0 (b) –i P
10. Which one of the following Maxwell's (c) 2i xP
equations implies the absence of
magnetic monopoles ? (d) –2i xP
(a) E 15. A spin half particle is in the state Sz = /2.
(b) B0 The expectation values of Sx , S2x , Sy , Sy2
(c) E–Bt are given by
(d) B(1/c2) Bt + µ0J (a) 0, 0, 2/4, 2/4
11. An electromagnetic wave is propagating (b) 0, 2/4, 2/4, 0
in free space in the z-direction. If the
electric field is given by E = cos ( t – k z) (c) 0, 2/4, 0, 2/4
i, where t = c k, then the magnetic field (d) 2/4, 2/4, 0, 0
is given by
16. The spectral term for the atom with 70%
(a) B = (1/c) cos ( t – kz) j
filled subshell and only S = 3/2 is
(b) B = (1/c) sin ( t – kz) j
(a) 3P0 (b) 4F9/2
(c) B = (1/c) cos ( t – kz) i
(c) 3F1/2 (d) 4P1/2
(d) B = (1/c) sin ( t – kz) i
GATE 2003 (PHYSICS) 3
17. The hyperfine splitting of the spectral lines 20. Consider the Fermi-Dirac distribution
of an atom is due to function f(E) at room temperature
(a) the coupling between the spins of two (300 K) where E refers to energy. If EF is
or more electrons the Fermi energy, which of the following
is true?
(b) the coupling between the spins and
the orbital angular momenta of the (a) f (E) is a step function
electrons (b) f (EF) has a value of 1/2
(c) the coupling between the electron (c) States with E < EF are filled completely
spins and the nuclear spin (d) f (E) is large and tends to infinity as E
(d) the effect of external electromagnetic decreases much below EF
fields 21. If the ionic radii of Mn and S are 0.80 and
18. A piston containing an ideal gas is 0.184 nm respectively, the structure of
originally in the state X (see figure). The MnS will be
gas is taken through a thermal cycle (a) cubic closed packed
X Y X as shown (b) body centered cubic
(c) NaCl type
(d) primitive cubic cell
22. A cubic cell consists of two atoms of masses
m1 and m2 (m1 > m2) with m1 and m2 atoms
situated on alternate planes. Assuming
only nearest neighbor interactions, the
center of mass of the two atoms
(a) moves with the atoms in the optical
The work done by the gas is positive if mode and remains fixed in the acoustic
mode
the direction of the thermal cycle is
(b) remains fixed in the optical mode and
(a) clockwise
moves with the atoms in the acoustic
(b) counter-clockwise mode
(c) neither clockwise nor counter- (c) remains fixed in both optical and
clockwise acoustic modes
(d) clockwise from X Y and counter- (d) moves with the atoms in both optical
clockwise from Y X and acoustic modes
19. A second order phase transition is one in 23. In simple metals the phonon contribution
which to the electrical resistivity at
(a) the plot of entropy as a function of temperature T is
temperature shows a discontinuity (a) directly proportional to T above Debye
(b) the plot of specific heat as a function temperature and to T3 below it
of temperature shows a discontinuity (b) inversely proportional to T for all
(c) the plot of volume as a function of temperatures
pressure shows a discontinuity (c) independent of T for all temperatures
(d) the plot of comprehensibility as a (d) directly proportional to T above Debye
function of temperature is continuous temperature and to T5 below it
4 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
24. The effective mass of an electron in a (a) The total charge in the junction is not
semiconductor can be conserved
(a) negative near the bottom of the (b) The p side of the juction is positively
band charged
(b) a scalar quantity with a small (c) The p side of the junction is negatively
magnitude charged
(c) zero at the center of the band (d) No charge develops anywhere in the
(d) negative near the top of the band junction
25. The dielectric constant of water is 80. 30. Which one of the set of values given below
However its refractive index is 1.75 does NOT satisfy the Boolean relation
invalidating the expression n = 1/2. This R = PQ' (where Q' denotes NOT Q) ?
is because (a) P = 1, Q = 1, R = 0
(a) the water molecule has a permanent (b) P = 1, Q = 1, R = 1
dipole moment
(c) P = 0, Q = 0, R = 0
(b) the boiling point of water is 100 C
(d) P = 0, Q = 1, R = 1
(c) the two quantities are measured in
different experiments Q. 31–90 carry two marks each
(d) water is transparent to visible light 31. The curl of the vector A = z i + x j + y k is
26. The nucleus of the atom 9Bc 4 consists given by
of (a) i + j + k
(a) 13 up quarks and 13 down quarks (b) i – j + k
(b) 13 up quarks and 14 down quarks (c) i + j – k
(c) 14 up quarks and 13 down quarks (d) –i – j – k
(d) 14 up quarks and 14 down quarks 32. Consider the differential equation
27. Which one of the following nuclear d2x/dt2 + 2 dx/dt + x = 0. At time t = 0, it
reactions is possible ? is given that x = 1 and dx/dt = 0. At t = 1,
(a) 14
N7 13C6 + + + c the value of x is given by
(b) 13
N7 13C6 + + + c (a) 1/e
13
(c) N7 13C6 + + (b) 2/e
13
(d) N7 13C7 + + + c (c) 1
28. Suppose that a neutron at rest in free (d) 3/e
space decays into a proton and an 33. Sij and Aij represent a symmetric and an
electron. This process would violate antisymmetric real-valued tensor
(a) conservation of charge respectively in three dimensions. The
(b) conservation of energy number of independent components of Sij
and Aij are
(c) conservation of linear momentum
(a) 3 and 6 respectively
(d) conservation of angular momentum
(b) 6 and 3 respectively
29. Which one of the following is true for a
semiconductor p –n junction with no (c) 6 and 6 respectively
external bias ? (d) 9 and 6 respectively
GATE 2003 (PHYSICS) 5
34. Consider the four statements given below 38. Electromagnetic waves are propagating
about the function f(x) = x4 – x2 in the along a hollow, metallic waveguide whose
range – < x < + Which one of the cross-section is a square of side W.
following statements is correct ? The minimum frequency of the
P the plot of f(x) versus x has two maxima electromagnetic waves is
and two minima (a) c/W
Q the plot of f(x) versus x cuts the x axis (b) 2c/W
at four points (c) c/W
R the plot of f(x) versus x has three (d) 2 c/W
extrema 39. Consider the given statements about
S no part of the plot f(x) versus x lies in E(r, t) and B(r, t), the electric and
the fourth quadrant magnetic vectors respectively in a region
Pick the right combination of correct of free space
choices from those given below P Both E and B are conservative vector
(a) P and R fields
(b) R only Q Both E and B are central force fields
(c) R and S R E and B are mutually perpendicular
in the region
(d) P and Q
S Work done by B on a moving charge
35. The Fourier transform of the function f(x)
in the region is zero
is F(k) = ei k x f(x) dx. The Fourier Choose the right combination of correct
transform of df(x)/dx is statements from the following
(a) dF(k)/dk (a) P and R (b) R and S
(b) z F(k)/dk
(c) –ikF(k)
(c) S only (d) P and Q
40. An infinite conducting sheet in the x-y
plane carries a surface current density K
(d) ikF(k) along the y-axis. The magnetic field B for
36. A particle of mass m is moving in a z > 0 is
potential of the form V(x, y, z) = (1/2) m2 (a) B = 0
(3x2 + 3y2 + 2z2 + 2xy). The oscillation
(b) B = µ0 K k/z
frequencies of the three normal modes
of the particle are given by (c) B = µ0 K i/2
(a) , 3 and 3 (d) B = µ0 K j/(x2 + z2)0.5
(b) 2 , 3 and 3 41. A parallel beam of infrared radiation of
wavelength of 1.01 10–6 m is incident
(c) 2 , 2 and 2
normally on a screen with two slits
(d) 2 , 2 and 2 5 10 –6 m apart and the resulting
37. The speed of a particle whose kinetic interference pattern is observed on a
energy is equal to its rest mass energy is distant screen. What is the largest
given by (c is the speed of light in vacuum) number of maxima that can be observed
(a) c/3 (b) 2 c/3 on the screen ?
(a) 4 (b) 9
3
(c) c/2 (d) c (c) 13 (d) infinitely many
2
6 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
42. A parallel beam of electrons of a given 46. The vibrational spectrum of a molecule
momentum pass through a screen S 1 exhibits a strong line with P and R
containing a slit and then produces a branches at a frequency 1 and a weaker
diffraction pattern on a screen S2 placed line at a frequency 2. The frequency 3 is
behind it. The width of the central not shown up. Its vibrational Raman
maximum observed on the screen S2 can spectrum shows a strongly polarized line
be increased by at frequency 3 and no feature at 1 and 2
(a) decreasing the distance between the (a) the molecule could be linear
screens S1 and S2 (b) the molecule lacks a center of
(b) increasing the width of the slit in inversion
screen S1
(c) 1 arises from a symmetric stretching
(c) decreasing the momentum of the mode
electrons
(d) 3 arises from a bending mode
(d) increasing the momentum of the
47. Three values of rotational energies of
electrons
molecules are given below in different
43. An electron in a time independent potential units
is in a state which is the superposition of
P 10 cm–1
the ground state (E0 = 11 eV) and the first
excited state (E1 = 1 eV). The wave function Q 10–23 J
of the electron will repeat itself with a R 104 MHz
period of Choose the correct arrangement in the
(a) 3.1 10–18 s increasing order of energy
(b) 2.1 10–15 s (a) P, Q, R
–12
(c) 1.2 10 s (b) R, Q, P
–9
(d) 1.0 10 s (c) R, P, Q
44. A particle has the wave function (d) Q, R, P
(x, t) = A (exp (i t) cos (kx). Which one 48. The short wavelength cut off of the
of the following is correct ? continuous X-ray spectrum from a nickel
(a) This is an eigenstate of both energy target is 0.0825 nm. The voltage required
and momentum to be applied to an X-ray tube is
(b) This is an eigenstate of momentum (a) 0.15 KV
and not energy
(b) 1.5 KV
(c) This is an eigenstate of energy and
(c) 15 KV
not momentum
(d) 150 KV
(d) This is not an eigenstate of energy or
momentum 49. The spin-orbit coupling constant for the
upper state of sodium atom which emits
45. A free particle with energy E whose wave-
D lines of wave numbers 16956.2 and
function is a plane wave with wavelength
16973.4 cm–1 is
enters a region of constant potential
V > 0 where the wavelength of the particle (a) 15 cm–1
is 2. The ratio (V/E) is (b) 11.4 cm–1
(a) 1/2 (b) 2/3 (c) 12.5 cm–1
(c) 3/4 (d) 4/5 (d) 15.1 cm–1
GATE 2003 (PHYSICS) 7
50. Consider the following statements about 53. Hydrogen molecules (mass m) are in thermal
molecular spectra equilibrium at a temperature T. Assuming
P CH4 does not give pure rotational classical distribution of velocity, the most
Raman lines probable speed at room temperature is
Q SF6 could be studied by rotational (a) (kBT) / m (b) 2kBT / m
Raman spectroscopy (c) (2kBT/m) (d) m/(2kBT)
R N 2 shows infrared absorption 54. Consider the energy E in the first
spectrum Brillouin zone as a function of the
magnitude of the wave vector k for a
S CH3CH3 shows vibrational Raman and
crystal of lattice constant a. Then
infrared absorption lines
(a) the slope of E versus k is proportional
T H2O2 shows pure rotational spectrum
to the group velocity
Choose the right combination of correct
(b) the slope of E versus k has its
statements maximum value at |k| = /a
(a) P and Q (c) the plot of E versus k will be parabolic
(b) P, R and T in the interval (–/a) < k < (/a)
(c) P, S and T (d) the slope of E versus k is non-zero for
(d) Q and R all k the interval (–/a) < k< (/a)
51. The temperature of a cavity of fixed 55. An external magnetic field of magnitude
volume is doubled. Which of the following H is applied to a Type–I superconductor
is true for the black-body radiation inside at a temperature below the transition
the cavity ? point. Then which one of the following
statements is NOT true for H less than
(a) its energy and the number of photons
the critical field HC ?
both increase 8 times
(a) the sample is diamagnetic
(b) its energy increases 8 times and the
(b) it magnetization varies linearly with H
number of photons increases 16 times
(c) the lines of magnetic induction are
(c) its energy increases 16 times and the
pushed out from the sample
number of photons increases 8 times
(d) the sample exhibits mixed states of
(d) its energy and the number of photons
magnetization near HC
both increase 16 times
56. A ferromagnetic material has a Curie
52. A sample of ideal gas with initial pressure temperature 100 K. Then
P and volume V is taken through an
(a) its susceptibility is doubled when it is
isothermal expansion proceed during
cooled from 300 K to 200 K
which the change in entropy is found to
be S. The Universal gas constant is R. (b) all the atomic magnets in it get
Then the work done by the gas is given oriented in the same direction above
by 100 K
(a) (PVS) / (nR) (c) the plot of inverse susceptibility versus
temperature is linear with a slope TC
(b) nRS
(d) the plot of its susceptibility versus
(c) PV temperature is linear with an
(d) (PS) / (nRV) intercept TC
8 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
57. The point group symmetrics of the three (a) The wavelength of the scattered
molecules shown in Figs. 1–3 are photon is greater than or equal to the
respectively wavelength of the incident photon
(b) The electron can acquire a kinetic
energy equal to the energy of the
incident photon
(c) The energy of the incident photon
equals to the kinetic energy of the
electron plus the energy of the
Fig.1 scattered photon
(d) The kinetic energy acquired by the
electron is the largest when the
incident and scattered photons move
in opposite directions
60. If the photon were to have a finite mass,
then the Coulomb potential between two
Fig.2 stationary charges separated by a distance
r would
(a) be strictly zero beyond some distance
(b) fall off exponentially for large values
of r
(c) fall off as 1/r3 for large values of r
(d) fall off as 1/r for large values of r
Fig.3
61. A stationary particle in free space is
[notation : C 2 = 2 mm; C 2h = 2/m;
observed to spontaneously decay into two
D2h = mmm]
photons. This implies that
(a) C2h , C2 , C2h
(a) the particle carries electric charge
(b) C2 , C2h , C2h
(b) the spin of the particle must be greater
(c) D2h , C2 , C2h than or equal to 2
(d) C2 , D2h , C2h (c) the particle is a boson
58. The energy density of states of an electron (d) the mass of the particle must be
in a one dimensional potential well of greater than or equal to the mass of
infinitely high walls is (the symbols have the hydrogen atom
their usual meaning) 62. The masses of a hydrogen atom, neutron
(a) Lm / [ (2E)] and 238U92 are given by 1.0078, 1.0087 and
238.0508 respectively. The binding energy
(b) Lm / ( E)
of 238U92 is therefore approximately equal
(c) Lm / [ (2E)] to (taking 1 a.m.u. = 931.64 MeV)
(d) Lm / (2 E) (a) 120 MeV
59. Which one of the following statements (b) 1500 MeV
concerning the Compton effect is NOT (c) 1600 MeV
correct ? (d) 1800 MeV
GATE 2003 (PHYSICS) 9
63. A bistable multivibrator with a saturation 67. Which one of the following is NOT correct ?
voltage 5 V is shown in the diagram. (a) Value of the line integral of this vector
The positive and negative threshold at the around any closed curve is zero
inverting terminal for which the (b) This vector can be written as the
multivibrator will switch to the other state gradient of some scalar function
are
(c) The line integral of this vector from
point P to point Q is independent of
the path taken
(d) This vector can represent the
magnetic field of some current
distribution
Data for Q. 68 – 69 :
Consider the motion of a particle in the
potential V(x) shown in the figure
(a) 5/11 V (b) 10/11 V
(c) 5 V (d) 11 V
64. An avalanche effect is observed in a diode
when
(a) the forward voltage is less than the
breakdown voltage
(b) the forward voltage exceeds the
breakdown voltage
68. Suppose the particle has a total energy
(c) the reverse voltage exceeds the E = V1 in the figure. Then the speed of
breakdown voltage the particle is zero when it is at
(d) the diode is heavily doped and forward (a) point P
biased
(b) point Q
65. Which of the given relations between the
(c) point S
Boolean variables P and Q is NOT
correct ? (In the notation used here, P' (d) point T
denotes NOT P and Q' denotes NOT Q) 69. Which one of the following statements is
(a) PQ' + PQ = P (b) (PQ)' = P' + Q' NOT correct about the particle ?
(c) PQ' = (P' + Q)' (d) PQ' + Q = P (a) It experiences no force when its
position corresponds to the point Q on
Data for Q. 66 – 67 : the curve
Consider the vector V = r/r3 (b) It experiences no force when its
66. The surface integral of this vector over position corresponds to the point R on
the surface of a cube of size a and centered the curve
at the origin (c) Its speed is the largest when it is at S
(a) 0 (b) 2 (d) It will be in a closed orbit between P
(c) 2a3 (d) 4 and R if E < V1
10 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
Data for Q. 70 – 71 : Data for Q. 74 – 75 :
A particle of mass m moving with speed A particle is located in a three diamensional
collides with a stationary particle of equal cubic well of width L with impenetrable
mass. After the collision, both the particles walls
move. Let be the angle between the two 74. The sum of the energies of the third and
velocity vectors the fourth levels is
70. If the collision is elastic, then (a) 10 2 2 /mL2 (b) 10 2 2 /3 mL2
(a) is always less than 90 (c) 11 2 2 /2mL2 (d) 15 2 2 /2 mL2
(b) is always equal to 90 75. The degeneracy of the fourth level is given
(c) is always greater than 90 by
(d) cannot be deduced from the given (a) 1 (b) 2
data (c) 3 (d) 4
71. If the collision is inelastic, then Data for Q. 76 – 77 :
(a) is always less than 90 The normalized wave functions 1 and 2
(b) is always equal to 90 correspond to the ground state and the first
excited state of a particle in a potential. You
(c) is always greater than 90
are given the information that the operator
(d) could assume any value in the range
 acts on the wave functions as  1 = 2
0to 180
and  2 = 1
Data for Q. 72 – 73 :
76. The expectation value of A for the state
Consider two conducting plates of infinite = (31 + 42) /5 is
extent, one plate at z = 0 and the other at (a) –0.32 (b) 0.0
z = L, both parallel to the xy plane. The vector
(c) 0.75 (d) 0.96
and scalar potential in the region between the
77. Which of the following are eigen functions
plates is given by
of  2 ?
A(r, t) = A0 i cos (kz + ) cos (kct);
(a) 1 and 2 (b) 2 and not 1
(r, t) = 0
(c) 1 and not 2 (d) neither 1 nor 2
72. For this to represent a standing wave in
the empty region between the plates Data for Q. 78 – 79 :
(a) k = /L and = 0 In the presence of an inhomogeneous weak
magnetic field, spectral lines due to transitions
(b) k = 2/L and = /2
between two sets of states were observed
(c) k = /(2L) and = /2
(1) 5l5 5H4 and (2) 2D5/2 2P3/2
(d) k = /2L and = 0
78. The types of Zeeman effect observed in
73. The energy density at z = 0 and t = 0 is (1) and (2) respectively are
(a) 0 (a) normal, normal
2 2
(b) 0 c k A02 (b) anomalous, anomalous
(c) (1/2) µ0 A02 k2
(c) anomalous, normal
(d) (1/2) µ0 A02 2 2 2
k + (1/2)0 c k A02 (d) normal, anomalous
GATE 2003 (PHYSICS) 11
79. The number of levels into which each of 84. The internal energy of the gas is given by
the above four terms split into (a) U = (1/2) kBT
respectively is (b) U = NkBT
(a) 6, 4, 10, 8
(c) U = (3/2) NkBT
(b) 4, 6, 10, 12 (d) U = 2N kBT
(c) 11, 9, 6, 4
Data for Q. 85 – 86 :
(d) 9, 5, 12, 10
A crystal belongs to a face centered cubic
Data for Q. 80 – 82 : lattice with four atoms in the unit cell. The
A system consists of three spin-half particles, size of the crystal is 1 cm and its unit cell
the z components of whose spins Sz(1), Sz(2) dimension is 1 nm. f is the scattering factor
and Sz(3) can take value +1/2 and – 1/2. of the atom
The total spin of the system is 85. The number of atoms in the crystal is
Sz = Sz(1) + Sz(2) + Sz(3) (a) 2 1021
80. The total number of possible micro-states (b) 4 1021
of this system is
(c) 2 1023
(a) 3 (b) 6
(d) 4 1024
(c) 7 (d) 8
86. The structure factors for (0 1 0) and
81. The total number of micro-states with (2 0 0) reflections respectively are
Sz = 1/2 is (a) 2 f and zero
(a) 3 (b) 5 (b) zero and 4 f
(c) 6 (d) 7 (c) 2 f and 2 f
82. Consider an ensemble of systems where (d) zero and zero
each microstate has equal probability. The
ensemble average of Sz is Data for Q. 87 – 88 :
(a) –1/2 (b) 0 An atomic bomb consisting of 235U explodes
and releases an energy of 1014 J. It is known
(c) 1/2 (d) 3/2
that each 235U which undergoes fission
Data for Q. 83 – 84 : releases 3 neutrons and about 200 MeV of
A gas of N particles is enclosed in a volume V energy. Further, only 20% of the 235U atoms
at a temperature T. The logarithm of the in the bomb undergo fission
partition function is given by lnZ = N ln 87. The total number of neutrons released is
{(V – bN) (kBT)3/2] where b is a constant with about
appropriate dimensions (a) 4.7 1024
83. If P is the pressure of the gas, the (b) 9.7 1024
equation of state is given by (c) 1.9 1025
(a) P (V – bN) = NkB T (d) 3.7 1025
(b) P (V – bN) = kB T 88. The mass of 235
U in the bomb is about
(c) P (V – b) = NkB T (a) 1.5 kg (b) 3.0 kg
(d) P (V – b) = NkB T (c) 6.1 kg (d) 12 kg
12 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
Data for Q. 89 – 90 : 90. Which of the following is NOT correct
The circuit below represents a non-inverting
integrator
(a) V0 = (1/RC) z V1 dt
C (b) The voltages at the inverting and non-
inverting terminals of the op-amp are
nearly equal
R
– (c) The voltage at the non-inverting
+ V0 terminal of the op-amp and the
V1
R current in the resistor attached to it
C are /2 out of phase
(d) The current in the two resistors are
89. For high frequencies () the input in phase
impedance is
(a) 0 (b) R
(c) R/(1 + RC) (d)
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (d) 29. (c) 30. (d)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (d) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (c) 55. (d) 56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (d) 63. (*) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (b)
71. (a) 72. (b) 73. (c) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (d) 77. (a) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (d)
81. (a) 82. (b) 83. (a) 84. (c) 85. (b) 86. (a) 87. (b) 88. (c) 89. (a) 90. (c)
EXPLANATIONS
5. N = mg 12. = ck + m
m
Flimit Vphase = =c+
= k k
N d
Flimit = mg (> N = mg) Vgroup = =c
dk
Fmax = mg 2m
13. = A sin kz + B cos kz ...k2 = E
8. Charge (+Q) gets distributed uniformly 2
2 FG nx IJ
over the surface of the sphere. We know
that electrostatic potential inside a solid,
=
L
sin HLK for even n
conducting sphere is constant.
=
2 F nx I
cos GH L JK for odd n
L
GATE 2003 (PHYSICS) 13
14. [x, P2] = [x. Px] Px– Px [Px, x] 3 2
v2 = c
= [x. Px] Px + Px [x, Px] 4
= i Px + Px i v =
3
c
2
2
i, p
x = 2i Px
43. T = 2.1 10–15 s
E
16. For 4F9/2,
p2
3 9 45. E =
S = , L = 3, J = 2m
2 2
3 h2
Multiplicy = 2+1 =
2 2 .2m
= 4 (L > S)
25. Water shows infrared absorption. h2
E – V 2 2.
2 2m
2
26. up quark e V/E = 3/4
3
1 47. EnergyR < EnergyQ < EnergyP
down quark – e
3 hc
30. For P = 0, Q = 1, R = 1 48. V= = 15 kV
e
PQ = 0 1 = R 51. E T4
31. i j k 52. PV = nRT
/ x / y / z i j k
z x y Q
S =
32. x = (A + Bt) e–t T
dx PVS
For t = 0, =0 =
dt nR
x = 0 55. There is no mixed state in Type 1
superconductor.
x = (1 + t) e–t
C
x/
2 56.
t=1 = T – TC
e
37. K.E. = rest mass energy where, TC = Curie T
mc2 = Total energy n 2 h2
58. En =
= KE + rest mass energy 8ml2
mc2 = 2 m0c2 1/2
8ml2 En
m0 n = 2
= 2m0 h
v2
1– dn
c2 g(E) =
dE
v2 1 59. (1 – cos )
2 = 1– 4 61. Photons are bosons (integral spin)
c
14 GATE 2003 (PHYSICS)
62. BE = [92 1.0078 + (238 – 92) 1.0087 79. J = 5, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0
–238.0508) 931.64 Number of levels = 11
65. PQ + Q = P 4, 3, 2, 1, 0
J = 4,
For P = 0, Q = 1, not correct Number of levels = 9
67. It is a conservative field.
J = 5/2, 5/2, 3/2, 1/2
69. Speed is largest at T.
Number of levels = 6
72. A = 0 at Z = 0 and Z = L
J = 3/2, 3/2, 1/2
2
k= , = Number of levels = 4
L 2
83. P (V– b) = RT
73. B = curl A = A0 cos(kz)
z
= NkBT
3 4 4 3
76. * Ad 0.96 3
25 84. U = N T
2 B
77. A2 1 = A 2 = 1 F 1 cm IJ
Number of atoms = 4 G
3
A 2 2 = A 1 = 2
85.
H 1 nm K = 4 1021
F 10 J I 3 = 9.4 10
14
78. For S 0, effect is anomalous 87. GH 200 MeV JK 24
GATE-2002
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Some useful physical constants 1.3. If a function f (z) = u (x, y) + iv (x, y) of the
1. Speed of light in free space c = 3.00 108 m/s complex variable z = x + iy, where x, y, u
and v are real, is analytic in a domain D
2. Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85 10–12 F/m
of z, then which of the following is true ?
3. Planck’s constant/2 = 1.05 10–34 Js
u v
4. Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 J/K (a) =
x x
5. Avogadro’s number N = 6.02 1023 mol–1
6. Charge of electron e = 1.602 10–19 C u v u v
(b) = and =–
x y y x
7. Electron mass me = 9.109 10–31 kg
8. Atomic mass unit 1a.m.u. =1.610–27kg u v u v
(c) = and =
x x y y
SECTION A (75 Marks)
1. This question consists of twenty five 2 u 2v
sub-questions (1.1 – 1.25) of one mark each. (d) =
xy xy
For each of these sub-questions, four possible
1.4. The homogeneity of time leads to the law
answers (a, b, c and d) are given, out of
of conservation of
which only one is correct. Answer each
sub-question by darkening the appropriate (a) linear momentum
bubble on the objective resonse sheet (ors) (b) angular momentum
using a soft hb pencil. Do not use the ors (c) energy
for any rough work. You may like to use (d) parity
the Answer Book for any rough work, if
needed. (25 1 = 25) 1.5. Hamilton canonical equations of motion
for a conservative system are
1.1. If two matrices A and B can be
diagonalized simultaneously, which of the dqi H dp H
(a) – = and – i =
following is true ? dt pi dt qi
(a) A2B = B2A (b) A2B2 = B2A
dpi H dp H
(c) AB = BA (d) AB2 AB = BABA2 (b) = and i =
dt pi dt qi
1.2. Which one of the following matrices is
FG 1 1IJ ? (c) –
dqi
=
H dp
and i =
H
the inverse of the matrix
H0 1 K dt pi dt qi
F 1 1IJ
(a) G
FG1 0IJ (d)
dqi H
=
dt pi
and –
dpi
=
H
qi
H 1 1K (b)
H1 1K dt
where q i , p i and H are generalized
F 1 1IJ
(c) G
FG 1 1 IJ coordinate, generalized momentum and
H 0 1K (d)
H 0 1K Hamiltonian respectively.
2 GATE 2002 (PHYSICS)
1.6. If R1 is the value of the Rydberg constant 1.9. If the wave function of a particle trapped
assuming mass of the nucleus to be in space between x = 0 and x = L is given by
infinitely large compared to that of an FG IJ
2x
electron, and if R2 is the Rydberg constant (x) = A sin
H K
L
, where A is a constant,
taking nuclear mass to be 7500 times the for which value(s) of x will the probability
mass of the electron, then the ratio R2/R1 is of finding the particle be the maximum ?
(a) a little less than unity
L L
(b) a little more than unity (a) (b)
4 2
(c) infinitely small
L L L 3L
(d) infinitely large (c) and (d) and
6 3 4 4
1.7. Consider an infinitely long straight 1.10.In a Stern-Gerlach experiment, the
cylindrical conductor of radius R with its magentic field is in +z direction. A particle
axis along the z-direction, which carries
a current of 1 A uniformly distributed over comes out of this experiment in +z A
its cross section. Which of the following state. Which of the following statements
statements is correct ? is true ?
(a) The particle has a definite value of the
(a) B = 0 everywhere,
y-component of the spin angular
0
(b) B = z everwhere, momentum.
R 2
(b) The particle has a definite value of the
(c) B = 0 for r > R, square of the spin angular momentum.
0 (c) The particle has a definite value of the
(d) B = z for r > R
R 2 x-component of spin angular
where r is the radial distance from the momentum.
axis of the cylinder. (d) The particle has definite values of x-
1.8. Consider a set of two stationary point and y-components of spin angular
charges q1 and q2 as shown in the figure. momentum.
Which of the following statements is 1.11. If is the total cross-section and f (),
correct ? being the angle of scattering, is the
scattering amplitude for a quantum
mechanical elastic scattering by a
q2 q1 spherically symmetric potential, then
Surface Sz which of the following is true ? Note that
Contour C
P k is the magnitude of the wave vector
(a) The electric field at P is independent along the z direction.
of q2. (a) = | f ()|2
(b) The electric flux crossing the closed
surface S is independent of q2. (b) =
4
k
b
f 0 g 2
(c) The line integral of the electric field E 4
over the closed contour C depends on (c) = Imaginary part of [ f ( = 0)]
k
q1 and q2.
4
(d) = | f ()|2
k
(d) E = 0 everywhere
GATE 2002 (PHYSICS) 3
1.12.In a classical micro-canonical ensemble 1.15.Four charges are placed at the four
for a system of N non-interacting corners of a square of side a as shown in
particles, the fundamental volume in the figure. The electric dipole moment of
phase space which is regarded as this configuration is
“equivalent to one micro-state” is
(a) p = qa i + qa j
(a) h3N (b) h2N y
(c) hN (d) h
– 2q
(b) p = – qa i + qa j
where h is the Planck’s constant. q
1.13.Which of the following conditions should
(c) p = – qa i – qa j
be satisfied by the temperature T of a O a q x
system of N non-interacting particles
(d) p = qa i – qa j
occupying a volume V, for Bose-Einstein
condensation to take place ? 1.16.Which of the following statements is
R| U| 3/ 2
true ?
h2 |S N |V (a) In a micro-canonical ensemble the
|| VFGH 23 IJK ||
(a) T <
2 m kB total number of particles N and the
T W energy E are constants while in a
R| U 3/ 2 canonical ensemble N and
h2 |S V ||V temperature T are constants.
|| NFGH 23 IJK ||
(b) T < (b) In a micro-canonical ensemble the
2 m kB
total number of particles N is a
T W constant but the energy E is variable
R| U|
1/ 2
while in a canonical ensemble N and
h2 |S N |V T are constants.
|| VFGH 23IJK ||
(c) T <
2 m kB (c) In a micro-canonical ensemble N and
T W E are constants while in a canonical
R| U
1/ 2 ensemble N and T both vary.
h2 |S V ||V (d) In a micro-canonical ensemble N and
|| NFGH 23IJK ||
(d) T < E are constants while in a canonical
2 m kB
T W ensemble N is a constant but T varies.
1.17.In a one-dimensional Kronig Penny
where m is the mass of each particle of
model, the total number of possible wave
the system, kB is the Boltzmann constant,
functions is equal to
h is the Planck’s constant and is the
well known Zeta function. (a) twice the number of unit cells
1.14.A large circular coil of N turns and radius (b) number of unit cells
R carries a time varying current i = i0 sin (c) half the number of unit cells
(t). A small circular coil of n turns and (d) independent of the number of unit cells
radius r (r << R) is placed at the center of 1.18.The potential in a divalent solid at a
the large coil such that the coils are
particular temperature is represented by
concentric and coplanar. The induced emf
a one-dimensional periodic model. The
in the small coil
solid should behave electrically as
(a) leads the current in the large coil by /2
(a) a semiconductor
(b) lags the current in the large coil by .
(b) a conductor
(c) is in phase with the current inthe large
coil. (c) an insulator
(d) lags the current in the large coil by /2. (d) a superconductor
4 GATE 2002 (PHYSICS)
1.19.In a cubic system with cell edge a, two 1.24.The asymmetry terms in the Weizsacker
semi-empirical mass formula is because of
phonons with wave vectors q1 and q 2
collide and produce a third phonon with a (a) non-spherical shape of the nucleus
wave vector q3 such that q1 + q 2 = q3 + R , (b) non-zero spin of nucleus
where R is a lattice vector. Such a collision (c) unequal number of protons and
process will lead to neutrons inside the nucleus
(a) finite thermal resistance (d) odd number of protons inside the nucleus
(b) zero thermal resistance 1.25.Which of the following options is true for
a two input XOR gate ?
(c) an infinite thermal resistance
Input Output
(d) a finite thermal resistance for certain
A B
R only (a) 0 1 1
(b) 1 0 0
1.20.The baryon number of proton, the lepton
number of proton, the baryon number of (c) 0 0 1
electron and the lepton number of (d) 1 1 1
electron are respectively 2. This question consists of twenty five sub-
(a) zero, zero, one and zero questions (2.1—2.25) of two mark each. For
(b) one, one, zero and one each of these sub-questions, four possible
answers (a, b, c and d) are given, out of which
(c) one, zero, zero and one
only one is correct. Answer each sub-
(d) zero, one, one and zero question by darkening the appropriate
1.21.Typical energies released in a nuclear bubble on the objective response sheet (ors)
fission and a nuclear fusion reaction are using a soft HB pencil. Do not use the ors
respectively for any rough work. You may like to use
(a) 50 MeV and 1000 MeV the Answer Book for any rough work, if
(b) 200 MeV and 1000 MeV needed. (25 2 = 50)
2.1. Which of the following vectors is
(c) 1000 MeV and 50 MeV
(d) 200 MeV and 10 MeV
d
orthogonal to the vector ai b j , where i
a and b (a b) are constants, and i and j
1.22.Nuclear forces are are unit orthogonal vectors ?
(a) spin dependent and have no non- (a) – b i + a j (b) – a i + b j
central part
(c) – a i – b j (d) – b i – a j
(b) spin dependent and have a non-central
part 2.2. Fourier transform of which of the
following functions does not exist ?
(c) spin independent and have no non- 2
central part (a) e–|x| (b) xe –x
2 2
(d) spin independent and have a non- (c) e x (d) e
–x
central part
2.3. The unit vector normal to the surface
1.23.The nuclear spins of 6C14 and 12Mg 25 3x2 + 4y = z at the point (1, 1, 7) is
nuclei are respectively
(a) zero and half-integer
e j
(a) 6 i 4 j k / 53
(b) half-integer and zero (b) e4 i 6 j kj / 53
(c) an integer and half-integer (c) e6 i 4 j kj / 53
(d) both half-integers
(d) e4 i 6 j kj / 53
GATE 2002 (PHYSICS) 5
2.4. The solution of the differential equation 2.10.A laser beam of wavelength 600 nm with
2
d y ( x) dy ( x ) a circular cross section having a radius
(1 + x) +x – y (x) = 0 is of 10 mm falls normally on a lens of radius
dx 2 dx
20 mm and focal length 10 cm. The radius
(a) Ax2 + B (b) Ax + Be–x
of the focussed spot is approximately
(c) Ax + B ex (d) Ax + Bx2
(a) 0.3 µm (b) 0.6 µm
where A and B are constants.
(c) 3.0 µm (d) 6.0 µm
2.5. A particle of mass M moving in a straight
line with speed v collides with a stationary 2.11. A left circularly polarized light beam of
particle of the same mass. In the center wavelenfth 600 nm is incident on a crystal
of mass coordinate system, the first of thickness d and propagates
particle is deflected by 90º. The speed of perpendicular to its optic axis. The
the second particle, after collision, in the ordinary and extraordinary refractive
laboratory system will be indices of the crystal are no = 1.54 and
(a) v/ 2 (b) 2 v ne = 1.55 respectively. The emergent light
(c) v (d) v/2 will be right circularly polarized if d is
2.6. The scalar potential corresponding to the (a) 120 µm (b) 60 µm
force field F = i (y + z) (c) 30 µm (d) 15 µm
(a) is y2/2 (b) is 1 2.12.In a two beam interference pattern, the
(c) is zero (d) does not exist maximum and minimum intensity values
2.7. Two particles of equal mass are connected are found to be 25 I0 and 9 I0 respectively,
by an inextensible string of length L. One where I0 is a constant. The intensities of
of the masses is constrained to move on the two interfering beams are
the surface of a horizontal table. The
string passes through a small hole in the (a) 16 I0 and I0 (b) 5 I0 and 3 I0
table and the other mass is hanging below (c) 17 I0 and 8 I0 (d) 8 I0 and 2 I0
the table. The only constraint is that the 2.13.An electron propagating along the x-axis
first mass moves on the surface of the
passes through a slit of width y = 1 nm.
table. The number of degrees of freedom
of the masses-string system is The uncertainty in the y-component of
its velocity after passing through the slit
(a) five (b) four
is
(c) two (d) one
2.8. An electron is accelerated from rest by (a) 7.322 105 m/s (b) 1.166 105 m/s
10.2 million volts. The percent increase (c) 3.436 105 m/s (d) 2.326 104 m/s
in its mass is
2.14. A and B
are two quantum mechanical
(a) 20,000 (b) 2,000
B
operators. If A, stands for the commu-
(c) 200 (d) 20
2.9. An infinitely long closely wound solenoid tator of A and B , then B
A, , B,
A is
carries a sinusoidally varying current.
The induced electric field is equal to
BABA
(a) ABAB
(a) zero everywhere
(b) non-zero inside and zero outside the
solenoid
e
(b) A AB
BA
B
j e
BA
AB
j
(c) non-zero inside as well as outside the (c) zero
e j
2
solenoid B
(d) A,
(d) zero inside and non-zero outside the
solenoid
6 GATE 2002 (PHYSICS)
2.15.An electron is in a state with spin wave 2.21.A metal has free-electron density
function F 3/2 I n = 1029 m–3. Which of the following wave-
s = GH
1/ 2
JK lengths will excite plasma oscillations ?
(a) 0.033 µm (b) 0.330 µm
in the S z representation. What is the
(c) 3.300 µm (d) 33.000 µm
probability of finding the z-component of
its spin along the – z direction ? 2.22.For an NaCl crystal, the cell-edge
a = 0.563 nm. The smallest angle at which
(a) 0.75 (b) 0.50 Bragg reflection can occur corresponds to
(c) 0.35 (d) 0.25 a set of planes whose indices are
2.16.If the wavelength of the first line of the (a) 100 (b) 110
Balmer series in the hydrogen spectrum
(c) 111 (d) 200
is , then the wavelength of the first line
of the Lyman series is 2.23.Silicon has diamond structure with unit-
(a) (27/5) (b) (5/27) cell-edge a = 0.542 nm. The interatomic
separation is
(c) (32/27) (d) (27/32)
(a) 0.122 nm (b) 0.234 nm
2.17.A vector A = (5x + 2y) i + (3y – z) j
(c) 0.383 nm (d) 0.542 nm
+ (2x – az) k is solenoidal if the constant 2.24.The spin and parity of 4Be9 nucleus, as
a has a value predicted by the shell model, are
(a) 4 (b) – 4 respectively
(c) 8 (d) – 8 (a) 3/2 and odd (b) 1/2 and odd
2.18.The mean free path of the particles of a (c) 3/2 and even (d) 1/2 and even
gas at a temperature T0 and pressure p0
has a value 0. If the pressure is increased 2.25.The feedback ratio of an amplifier, which
to 1.5 p0 and the temperature is reduced on application of a negative feedback,
to 0.75 T0, the mean free path changes the voltage gain from –250 to
– 100 is
(a) remains unchanged
(b) is reduced to half (a) – 0.250 (b) – 0.025
(c) is doubled (c) – 0.060 (d) – 0.006
(d) is equal to 1.125 0 SECTION B (75 Marks)
2.19.Which of the following relations between This section consists of twenty questions of
the particle number density n and five marks each. any fifteen out of these
temperature T must hold good for a gas questions have to be answered on the
consisting of non-interacting particles to Answer Book provided.
be described by quantum statistics ? 3. Given the differential equation
(b) n / T1/2 <<1
d 2 y ( x) dy ( x )
(b) n/T3/2 <<1 2 +2 + 5 y (x) = 0
dx dx
(c) n/T3/2 >> 1
find its solution that satisfies the initial
(d) n/T1/2 and n/T3/2 can have any value
conditions
2.20.For a prefect free-electron gas in a metal,
dy
the magnitudes of phase velocity (vp) and y = 0 at x = 0 and = 1 at x = 0.
group velocity (vg) are such that dx
1 4. Find the matrix that diagonalizes the
(a) vp = vg (b) vp = vg
2 FG 0 1IJ .
(c) vp = 2 vg (d) vp = 2 vg
matrix
H 1 0K
GATE 2002 (PHYSICS) 7
5. Using the residue theorem, compute the 10. The potential of a spherically symmetric
charge distribution is given by
z (1 dxx)
integral I = 4 . F 4 r I ; for r R
2
0
V(r) =
a
3
GH R JK 3
6. A particle of mass M is attached to two
identical springs of unstretched length L0 aR
and spring constant k. The entire system = ; for r > R,
r
is placed on a horizontal frictionless table a and R being constants. Find the
as shown in the figure. The mass is corresponding charge distribution.
slightly pulled along the surface of the
11. Consider a plane electromagnetic wave
table and perpendicular to the lengths of
propagating in free space and having an
the springs and then let go. Using the
electric field distribution given by
Lagrangian equation(s) of motion, show
whether the mass will execute simple F 3 j 1 iI
GH 2 2 JK
harmonic motion. If so, find the time E = E0
period.
LF
exp Mi G t
3 1 I OP ,
NM H 2
x y
2 JK PQ
where E 0 , and a are constants.
Calculate the corresponding magnetic
7. A uniform thin circular disc of mass M field B .
and radius R lies in the X-Y plane with 12. A particle in the ground state of an
its centre at the origin. Find the moments infinitely deep one dimensional potential
of inertia tensor. What are the values of well of width a is subject to a perturbation
the principal moments of inertia? Find of the form
the principal axes. FG x IJ .
8. Two events, 10–7s apart in time, take
V = V0 cos2
HaK
place at two points 50 m apart on the where V0 is a constant. Find the shift in
X-axis. Find the speed of an observer energy of the particle in the lowest order
moving along the X-axis who observes the perturbation theory.
two events simultaneously. What will be 13. A quantum particle is in a state which is
the spatial separation between these two the superposition of the eigenstates of the
events as seen by this observer ?
momentum operator px = –i . If the
9. Consider a parallel plate air filled x
probability of finding the momentum k
capacitor with a plate area of 10 cm2
of the particle is 90%, compute its wave
separated by a distance of 2 mm. The
function.
potential difference across the plates
varies as 14. The wave function of a free particle is
given by
V = 360 sin (2 106 t) volts,
e x y z j
2 2 2
( r ) = Ce ,
where t is measured in seconds.
Neglecting fringe effects, calculate the where C is a constant. Compute the
displacement current flowing through the momentum space probability density,
capacitor. normalize it to 1 and hence find the value
of C.
8 GATE 2002 (PHYSICS)
15. Carbon monoxide has a bond length of 20. In spherical coordinates, the wave
0.1132 nm. What will be the frequency of function describing a state of a system is
rotation of the molecule for its lowest F 1I 3/ 2
excited state ? (r, , )=
8
1
G J
Ha K
0
r 4 / 2a
a0
e 0 sin e–i
16. 1 kg of water at a temperature of 353 K is
where a0 is a constant. Find the parity of
mixed adiabatically with an equal mass
the system in this state.
of water at 293 K. Find the change in
entropy of the universe assuming the 21. Calculate the minimum kinetic energy
specific heat of water to be constant equal that the neutron should have in order to
to 238 J.kg–1. K–1. induce the reaction
17. A conductor having a free electron gas is O16 (n1, He4) C13
maintained at a very low temperature in which C13 is left in an excited state of
(T 0 K). Find the average energy per energy 1.79 MeV. Given :
electron in terms of the electron density Mass of O16 = 16.000000 amu
and the electron mass.
Mass of n1 = 1.008986 amu
18. A small concentration of minority carriers
Mass of He4 = 4.003874 amu
is injected into a homogeneous
semiconductor held at 300 K. An electric Mass of C13 = 13.007490 amu
field of 30 V/cm is applied across the width 22. Calculate the dc collector voltage (Vc ) with
of the crystal. As a result, the minority respect to ground in the amplifier circuit
carriers move a distance of 1.5 cm in a shown in the figure. The current gain
time of 300 µs. What is the diffusion for the transistor is 200.
coefficient of the minority carriers in the
semiconductor ?
19. A phonon with wave vector q gets
absorbed on collision with an electron of
wave vector k . The electron is
considered free and its energy is much
larger than that of the phonon. If the
electron is scattered at an angle , show
that = 2 sin–1 (q/2k).
Fig.
ANSWERS
1.1 (c) 1.2 (c) 1.3 (b) 1.4 (c) 1.5 (d) 1.6 (a) 1.7 (c) 1.8 (b) 1.9 (d) 1.10 (b)
1.11 (c) 1.12 (a) 1.13 (a) 1.14 (d) 1.15 (c) 1.16 (a) 1.17 (b) 1.18 (b) 1.19 (a) 1.20 (c)
1.21 (d) 1.22 (b) 1.23 (a) 1.24 (d) 1.25 (a) 2.1 (a) 2.2 (b) 2.3 (c) 2.4 (b) 2.5 (a)
2.7 (c) 2.8 (b) 2.9 (b) 2.10 (c) 2.11 (c) 2.12 (a) 2.13 (b) 2.14 (c) 2.15 (d) 2.16 (b)
2.17 (c) 2.18 (b) 2.19 (b) 2.20 (a) 2.21 (a) 2.23 (c) 2.24 (a)
GATE 2002 (PHYSICS) 9
EXPLANATIONS
1 Velocity of second particle after collision
1.2 A–1 = Adj A
|A| V
= along perpendicular direction to
1 1 2
Adj A = and |A| = 1 the velocity of COM
0 1
Velocity of second particle in laboratory
1.6 R (Reduced mass) frame
1.7 Current density, = 0 for r > R
V2 V 2
= V
1.9 ||2
4 4 2
||2 is maximum when 2.8 Mass of electron after being accelerated
2 x n by 10.2 M volt is equivalent to
= ; n = 1, 3, 5,...
L 2 = 10.2 MeV + rest mass energy
1.12 Volume = hf
= 10.2 MeV + 0.5 MeV
where f = degree of freedom
Percent increase in mass
System of N non-particles can be 10.2
considered as a particle with 3N degree = 100 = 2000
0.5
of freedom in phase space.
1.18 Example of even conductors are Alkaline
2.10
earth metal. D
1.23 6C14 has even number of proton and R=d
neutron.
600 10 9 10 10 2
12Mg
25
has even no. of proton but odd =
20 10 3
number of neutron.
= 3 10–6m
2.2 Dirichlet’s conditions are not satisfied.
= 3 m
2.3 Let f = 3x2 + 4y – z
2.11 The emergent light will be right circularly
Unit normal vector to the surface
polarised if the path difference of be
f 2
f = 0 is introduced.
| f |
Now f = 6 x iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ Then (ne – n0) d =
2
f at (1, 1, 7) = 6 iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ 600 109
d= = 30 m
Required unit vector 2 0.01
1 2.12 If the amplitues of interferring beam be
= (6 iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ)
53 a1 and a2.
MV V Then Imax = (a1 + a2)2 = 25 I0
2.5 Velocity oif centre of mass =
MM 2 and Imin = (a1 – a2)2 = 9 I0
In centre of mass frame, total momentum a1 + a2 = 5 I0
before and after collision must be zero.
Therefore second particle must move in a1 + a2 = 3 I0
just opposite direction to the first particle
a1 = 4 I0 and a2 = I0
with same mangitude of momentum after
collison, in COM frame. I1 = 16 I0 and I2 = I0
10 GATE 2002 (PHYSICS)
2.13 By Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle 2.17 A vector A is called solenoidal if
py A = 0 ...(i)
y
Now A = 5 + 3 – a
vy =
m y Putting value of A in equation (i), we
6.6 1034 get
= a=8
9.1 10 31 10 9 2
= 1.16 10–5 m/s 2.18 Mean free path is given by
kT
ˆB
2.14 [(A ˆ –B
ˆ A),(B
ˆ ˆA ˆ –A
ˆ B)]
ˆ =
2 d2 p
ˆ B,
= [A ˆ (B
ˆAˆ –A
ˆ B)]
ˆ [B
ˆ A,(B
ˆ ˆA ˆ –A
ˆ B)]
ˆ
2.21 If (h, k, l) be the miller indicaes then
= [Aˆ B,
ˆ Bˆ A]
ˆ [B
ˆ A,
ˆ Aˆ B]
ˆ distance between atomic planes,
a
ˆ B,
= [A ˆ Bˆ A]–[A
ˆ ˆ B,
ˆ Bˆ A]
ˆ d= for cubic crystal.
h k2 l2
2
=0
For Bragg refelection,
3
2d sin = n
2.15 s = 2
n
1 sin =
2d
2
For minimum , n = 1 and d must be
3 1 maximum.
=
[S z ] [S z ]
2 2
For maximum h2 k2 l2 must be
Required probability
minimum. Choice (A) gives minimum
2
1 1
= 0.25 h2 k2 l2
2 4 2.23 Diamond has fcc structure
2.16 For first line of Balmer series Interatomic separation
1 1 1
= R a 2 a 0.542
4 9 r= nm
2 2 1.4
36 = 0.383 nm
R=
5
2.24 Numbeer of proton in 4Be9 = 4 (even)
Wavelenth of the first line, L of the
Spin due to proton = 0
Lyman series is given by
Number of neutron in 4Be9 = 5
1 1 36 3 27
= R 1 = Shell mode term are 2
S1/ P3/2 2
L 4 5 4 5 2
5 3
L = spoin of 4Be9 =
27 2
Parity = (– l)l = (– 1)l = – 1
4Be9 has odd parity
GATE-2001
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Some useful physical constants 1
1.4. Consider the set of vectors (1, 1, 0),
1. Speed of light in vacuum c = 3.00 108 m/s 2
1 1
2. Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85 10–12 F/m (0, 1, 1) and (1, 0, 1).
2 2
3. Planck’s constant/2 = 1.05 10–34 Js
(a) The three vectors are orthonormal.
4. Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 J/K (b) Three vectors are linearly independent.
5. Avogadro’s number N = 6.02 1023 mol–1 (c) The three vectors cannot form a basis
6. Charge of the electron e = 1.602 10–19 C in a three-dimensional real vector space.
7. Electron mass me = 9.109 10–31 kg 1
(d) (1, 1, 0) can be written as a linear
2
SECTION A (75 Marks) 1 1
combination of (0, 1, 1) and
1. This question consists of twenty five sub- 2 2
questions (1.1 – 1.25) of one mark each. For (1, 0, 1).
each of these sub-questions, four possible 1.5. The Lagrangian for the Kepler problem
answers (a, b, c and d) are given, out of which is given by
only one is correct. Answer each sub-question 1 F r r I
•2 •2
by darkening the appropriate bubble on the L=
2 GH 2
JK +
r
, (µ > 0),
objective response sheet (ors) using a soft hb
pencil. Do not use the ors for any rough work. where (r, )denote the polar coordinates
You may like to use the Answer Book for any and the mass of the particle is unity. Then
rough work, if needed. (25 1 = 25) (a) p = 2r2
1.1. If S is the closed surface enclosing a volume (b) pr = 2 r
V and n is the unit normal vector to the (c) the angular momentum of the particle
surface and r is the positive vector, then about the centre of attraction is a constant
the value of the following integral ndzz
S is
s
(d) the total energy of the particle is time
dependent
(a) V (b) 2V
1.6. Which of the following equations is
(c) 0 (d) 3V relativistically invariant ? (, , and
1.2. For any operator A, i(A* – A) is are constants of suitable dimensions).
(a) Hermitian (b) anti-Hermitian ( x , t ) 2 ( x, t )
(a) =
(c) unitary (d) orthogonal t x 2
2
2 ( x, t )
C
z
1.3. The value of the integral z10 dz , (b)
( x, t )
t 2
=
x 2
where C is the unit circle with the origin 2
( x, t ) ( x , t )
as the center is (c) =
t 2 x
(a) 0 (b) z11/11 ( x , t ) 3
( x, t )
(d) =
(c) 2 iz11/11 (d) 1/11 t x 3
2 GATE 2001 (PHYSICS)
1.7. The Lagrangian for a three particle
1.11. Consider an electric field E existing in the
system is given by :
interface between a conductor and free
L = 1 12 22 32
space. Then the electric field E is
2
(a) external to the conductor and normal
e
– a2 12 22 23 1 3 , j to the conductor’s surface
where a is real. Then one of the normal (b) internal to the conductor and normal
coordinates has a frequency given by to the conductor’s surface
(a) 2 = a2 (b) 2 = a2/2 (c) external to the conductor and
tangential to the conductor’s surface
(c) 2 = 2a2 (d) 2 = 2 a2
(d) both external and internal to the
1.8. Two point charges Q1 = 1 nC and Q2 = 2
conductor and normal to the
nC are kept in free space such that the
conductor’s surface
distance between them is 0.1 m.
1.12.A spinless particle moves in a central
(a) The force on Q2 is along the direction potential V(r).
from Q2 to Q1.
(a) The kinetic energy and the potential
(b) The force on Q 2 is the same in
energy of the particle cannot
magnitude as that on Q1.
simultaneously have sharp values.
(c) The force on Q1 is attractive.
(b) The total energy and the potential
(d) A point charge Q3 = – 3 nC, placed at energy of the particle can simultane-
the midpoint between Q 1 and Q 2, ously have sharp values.
experiences no net force.
(c) The total energy and the square of the
1.9. A current I flows in the anticlockwise orbital angular momentum about the
direction through a square loop of side a origin cannot simultaneously have
lying in the xoy plane with its center at sharp values.
the origin. The magnetic induction at the
(d) The total energy of the particle can
center of the square loop is
have only discrete eigenvalues.
2 2 0I 2 2 0I 1.13.Which of the following functions
(a) ex (b) ez
a a represents acceptable wave function of a
2 2 0I 2 2 0I particle in the range – x .
(c) ez (d) ex
a 2 a 2 (a) (x)= A tan x, A > 0
1.10.A thin conducting wire is bent into a (b) (x) = B cos x, B real
circular loop of radius r and placed in a (c) (x)= C exp (–D/x2), C > 0, D < 0
time dependent magnetic field of magnetic (d) (x)= E x exp (–Fx2), E, F > 0
induction. B (t)= B0 e–t e
z , (B0 > 0 & > 0), 1.14.A quantum harmonic oscillator is in the
such that, the plane of the loop is energy eigenstate |n. A time independent
perpendicular to B (t). Then the induced perturbation l (ata)2 acts on the particle,
emf in the loop is where is a constan t of suitable
(a) r2 B0 e– t dimensions and a and at are lowering and
(b) r2 B0 e– t raising operators respectively. Then the
first order energy shift is given by
(c) –r2 B0 e– t
(a) n (b) 2n
(d) –r2 B0 e– t
(c) n2 (d) (n)2
GATE 2001 (PHYSICS) 3
1.15.Two particles are said to be distinguishable 1.21.Infrared absorption can be observed in
when which of the following molecules ?
(a) the average distance between them is (a) N2 (b) O2
large compared to their de Broglie (c) HCl (d) C2
wavelengths.
1.22.The cross-sections of the reactions
(b) the average distance between them is
p + – – + K+ and p– + + + K–
small compared to their de Broglie
wavelengths. at a given energy are the same due to
(a) baryon number conservation
(c) they have overlapping wavepackets.
(b) time-reversal invariance
(d) their total wave function is symmetric
under particle exchange. (c) charge conjugation
1.16.For an energy state E of a photon gas, (d) parity conservation
the density of states is proportional to 1.23.RAM and ROM are
(a) E (b) E (a) charge coupled devices used in
computers
(c) E3/2 (d) E2
(b) computer memories
1.17.X-rays were produced using Cobalt
(c) logic gates
(Z = 27)as target. It was observed that the
X-ray spectrum contained a strong K line (d) binary counters used in computers
of wavelength 0.1785 nm and a weak K 1.24.In an a-p-n transistor, the leakage current
line of wavelength 0.1930 nm. Then, the consists of
weak K line is due to an impurity whose (a) electrons moving from the base to the
atomic number is emitter
(a) 25 (b) 26 (b) electrons moving from the collector to
(c) 28 (d) 30 the base
1.18.A sample of Silicon of thickness 200 µm (c) electrons moving from the collector to
is doped with 1023 Phosphorous atoms per the emitter
m3. If the sample is kept in a magnetic (d) electrons moving from the base to the
field of 0.2 Wb/m2 and a current of 1 mA collector
is passed through the sample, the Hall 1.25.A piece of semiconducting material is
voltage produced is introduced into a circuit. If the
(a) 62.5 µV (b) –6.25 µV temperature of the material is raised, the
circuit current will
(c) +6.25 µV (d) – 62.5 µV
(a) increase (b) remain the same
1.19.The probability that a state which is
0.2 eV above the Fermi energy in a metal (c) decrease (d) cease to flow
atom at 700 K is 2.This question consists of twenty five
sub-questions (2.1 – 2.25) of two marks each.
(a) 96.2% (b) 62.3%
For each of these sub-questions, four possible
(c) 3.5% (d) 37.7% answers (a, b, c and d) are given, out of which
1.20.The distance between the adjacent atomic only one is correct. Answer each sub-
planes in CaCO3 is 0.3 nm. The smallest questions by darkening the appropriate
angle of Bragg scattering for 0.03 nm bubble on the objective response sheet
X-ray is (ors) using a soft HB pencil. Do not use the
ors for any rough work. You may like to use
(a) 2.9 (b) 1.5
the Answer Book for any rough work, if
(c) 0.29 (d) 5.8 needed. (25 2 = 50)
4 GATE 2001 (PHYSICS)
2.7. A quantum particle of mass m is confined
2.1. If A = x ex + y e y + z ez , then 2 A equals to a square region in xoy-plane whose
(a) 1 (b) 3 vertices are given by (0, 0), (L, 0), (L, L)
(c) 0 (d) – 3 and (0, L). Which of the following
represents an admissible wave function
sin z
2.2. The value of the residue of is of the particle (for l, m, n positive
z6 integers) ?
(a) –
1
(b)
1 2 FG nx IJ cos FG my IJ
5! 5! (a)
L
sin
HLK H LK
(c)
2 i
(d) –
2 i
(b) cos G
2 F lx IJ cos FG ny IJ
5! 5!
L H LK H L K
1
z f ( x) e
2.3. If F[f(x)] = ikx
dx , then 2
sin G
F mx IJ sin FG ny IJ
2
F 2 [f (x)] is equal to
(c)
L H LK HLK
(a) f (x) (b) – f (x)
(d) cos G
2 F nx IJ sin FG ly IJ
(c) f (–x) (d) [f(x) + f (–x)]/2 L H L K H LK
2.4. A particle of mass m is constrained to move
on the plane curve xy = C (C > 0) under 2.8. Let L = (Lx, Ly, Lz) denote the orbital
gravity (y axis vertical). The Lagrangian angular momentum operators of a
of the particle is given by particle and let L + = L x + i L y and
L– = Lx – i L y. The particle is in an
1 •F I
2
C2 mgC eigenstate of L 2 and L z eigenvalues
(a)
2 GH JK
mx 1 4 +
x x 2 (l + 1) and l respectively. The
1 •2F C I – mgC
mx G1
2
expectation value of L+L– in this state is
(b)
2 H x JK x4
(a) l 2
(c) 0
(b) 2l 2
(d) l
1 •2
F C I mgC
mx G1 J + 2.9. A normalized state of a particle moving
(c)
2 H xK x 2
in a potential V(x) is given by
•2
F C I mgC
(d) mx G1 J –
1
C ( x)e – Ent /
2 H xK x 2
(x, t)=
n 0
n n
2.5. If [q, f (p)] = f (p), where is a scalar and where n (x)’s are the normalized
[ , ] denotes the eigenfunctions of the particle corres-
ponding to the energies En’s. Then
(a) ep (b) e–p
2
(c) e–p (d) e–p (a) C n 1
n0
2.6. x and p are two operators which satisfy
[x, p] = i. The operators X and P are (b) The average energy of the particle in
defined as
the state (x, t)is C n E n
X = x cos + p sin and n
Y = –x sin + p cos (c) (x, t)is an eigenfunction of the
for real. Then [X, Y] equals Hamiltonian of the particle.
(a) 1 (b) – 1 (d) (x, t)is an eigenfunction of the
momentum operator.
(c) i (d) – i
GATE 2001 (PHYSICS) 5
2.10.A coaxial cable of uniform cross-section 2.14.A copper wire of uniform cross-sectional
contains an insulating material of area 1.0 10–6 m2 carries a current of
dielectric constant 3.5. The radius of the 1 A. Assuming that each copper atom
central wire is 0.01 m and that of the contributes one electron to the electron
sheath is 0.02 m. The capacitance per gas, the drift velocity of the free electrons
kilometer of a cable is (density of copper is 8.94 103 kg/m3 and
(a) 280.5 nF (b) 28.05 nF its atomic mass is 1.05 10–25 kg) is
(c) 56.10 nF (d) 2.805 nF (a) 7.4 10–4 m/s (b) 74 10–4 m/s
2.11. The xoy plane carries a uniform surface (c) 74 10–3 m/s (d) 7.4 10–5 m/s
current of density K = 50 ez A/m. The 2.15.The number of hyperfine components obser-
magnetic field at the point z = – 0.5 m is ved in the electronic transition 2p1/2 2S1/2
(a) 10 10–6 Wb (b) 1 10–6 Wb
1
of an atom with nuclear spin is
2
(c) 10–6 Wb (d) 10 10–6 Wb
(a) 3 (b) 4
2.12.Four point charges are placed at the
corners of a square whose center is at the (c) 6 (d) 5
origin of a Cartesian coordinate system. A 2.16.Which of the following functions describes
point dipole p is placed at the center of the nature of interaction potential V(r)
the square as shown in the figure. Then, between two quarks inside a nucleon ?
b– b– (r is the distance between the quarks and
a and b positive constants of suitable
x –p o dimensions).
b b
a a
(a) V(r) = + br (b) V(r) = – + br
z r r
(a) there is no force acting on the dipole a a
(c) V(r) = – br (d) V(r) = – – br
(b) there is no torque about the center at r r
O on the dipole 2.17.Which of the following reactions violates
(c) the dipole has minimum energy if it is lepton number conservation ?
in ex direction (a) e+ + e– + (b) e– + p + n
(d) the force on the dipole is increased if (c) e+ + n p + (d) µ– e– + +
the medium is replaced by another 2.18.The Lande g-factor for the 3P1 level of an
medium with larger dielectric constant atom is
2.13.The electric field E(r, t) at a point r at (a) 1/2 (b) 3/2
time t in a metal due to the passage of
(c) 5/2 (d) 7/2
electrons can be described by the equation
FG IJ 2 LM b g
O 2.19.The pure rotational levels of a molecule
2
H K
E r ,t = 2
1 E r ,t
MN 2E r , t b gPP in the far-infrared region follows the
c t 2
Q formula F(J) = BJ (J + 1), where F(J) is
the energy of the rotational level with
where ' is a characteristic associated
with the metal and c is the speed of light qu an tu m n umber J and B is the
in vacuum. The dispersion relation rotational constan t. The lowest
corresponding to the plane wave solutions rotational energy gap in rotational
e j
of the form exp i k r t is given by
Raman spectrum is
(a) 2B (b) 4B
(a) 2 = c2k2 – 2 (b) 2 = c2k2 + 2 (c) 6B (d) 8B
(c) = ck – (d) = ck +
6 GATE 2001 (PHYSICS)
2.20.The total number of Zeeman components SECTION B (75 Marks)
observed in an electronic transition This section consists of twenty questions of
2D 2
5/2 P3/2 of an atom in a weak field is five marks each. any fifteen out of these
(a) 4 (b) 6 questions have to be answered on the
(c) 12 (d) 10 Answer Book provided.
2.21.A resistance of 600 is parallel to an 3. Given A = y2 ex + 2y x e y + (xyez – sin x) ez ,
zz FGH A IJK n ds over
inductance of reactance applied voltage,
then the total impedance of the circuit is calculate the value of
s
(a) 628 (b) 268 the part of the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 = 1
(c) 682 (d) 300 above the xoy plane.
2.22.An n-channel silicon (dielectric 4. Find the matrix of the linear transforma-
constant = 12) FET with a channel width tion T on V3(R) (i.e., three dimensional real
a = 2 10 –6 m is doped with 10 21 F aI F a bI
electrons/m3. The pinch-off voltage is vector space)defined as T G b J = G b cJ ,
(a) 0.86 V (b) 0.68 V
GH c JK GH c a JK
(c) 8.6 V (d) 6.8 V l
with respect to the basis B = e1 , e2 , e3 , q
2.23.The solution of the system of differential FI
1 FI
0 F 0I
equations GG JJ GG JJ
where e1 = 0 , e2 = 1 and e3 = 0 . Also GG JJ
dy
= y – z and
dz
= –4y + z H 0K H 0K H 1K
dx dx calculate the matrix representation of T–1.
is given by (for A and B are arbitrary
5. Find the general solution of
constants)
d2y dy
(a) y(x) = Ae3x + Be–x; z (x) = –2Ae3x + 2Be–x 4x 2 +2 + y = 0, using the
dx dx
(b) y(x) = Ae3x + Be–x; z(x) = 2Ae3x + 2Be–x Frobenius power series method.
(c) y(x) = Ae3x + Be–x; z(x) = 2Ae3x – 2Be–x FG IJ
• 2
(d) y(x) = Ae3x + Be–x; z(x) = –2Ae3x – 2Be–x
6. Consider the Lagrangian L =
q ln q
HK
2.24.If u (x, y, z, t) = f(x + iy – vt) + g (x – iy 2
–q + q f (q), where f(q) is an arbitrary
– vt), where f and g are arbitrary and twice
function and > 0.
differentiable functions, is a solution of
2 (a) Write down the Euler-Lagrange
2u 2u 1 u equation of motion.
the wave equation + =
x 2 y 2 c 2 t 2 (b) Does the Lagrangian transform
then is
FG IJ
v
1/ 2
FG1 v IJ covariantly under the transformation
q q for a real constant ?
H K
(a) 1
c
(b) H cK (c) Calculate the Hamiltonian of the system.
F vI 2
1/ 2
F1 v I 2
(c) G1 J
H cK 2 (d) GH c JK 2
(d) Is total energy a constant of motion ?
7. A square lamina OABC of side l and
negligible thickness is lying in the XOY
2.25.The rotational partition function for a
plane of a Cartesian coordinate system
diatomic molecule of moment of inertia I
such that O is at the origin and the sides
at a temperature T is given by
OA and OC are along the positive X and
Ik BT 2Ik BT Y directions respectively. Calculate the
(a) 2 (b)
2 moment of inertia tensor and the
3Ik BT Ik BT directions of the three principal moments.
(c) (d)
2 2 2 The mass of the lamina is m.
GATE 2001 (PHYSICS) 7
8. A particle of mass m is subjected to a 12. Write down the partition function of a
potential V(x)= Kx, K > 0. particle of mass m whose potential energy
(a) If H is the Hamiltonian of the particle, is given by V(x, y, z) = ax2 + b (y2 + z2)1/2,
where a and b are positive constants of
calculate [H, V(x)].
suitable dimensions. Also calculate the
(b) Use the uncertainty principle in the average energy of the particle.
form x p ~
to estimate the ground LMStandard Integral : z dx e
x 2 / 2 2 OP
2
state energy of the particle. N
2
Q
13. Given that the molecular weight of KCl
9. A particle of mass m in the one- is 74.6 and its density is 1.99 103 kg/m3,
dimensional energy well calculate the following :
RS 0 0 x L (a) the distance between the atomic planes
V(x) =
T elsewhere, (b) the lattice constant.
is in a state whose coordinate wave 14. The reaction 3H (p, n)2 He has a Q value
function is given by (x) = Cx (L – x), of –0.764 MeV. Calculate the threshold
where c is the normalization constant. energy of incident protons for which
(a) Determine the expectation value of the neutrons are emitted in the forward
direction.
energy in the state (x).
15. A circular conducting loop C1 of radius 2
(b) Calculate the probability that on
m is located in the XOY plane such that
measurement of energy, the particle
its center is at (0, 0, 0). Another circular
will be found in its ground state.
conducting loop C2 of radius 2 m is located
L
at (0, 0, 4) such that the plane of C2 is
Standard Integrals : dx x sin x / L parallel to the XOY plane. A current of
0
L
5A is flowing in each of these loops such
L3 4L3
L2 / ; dx x 2 sin x / L 3 that the positive Z-axis lies to the left of
0 the directions of the currents. Find the
10. Consider the harmonic oscillator in the magnetic induction B produced at (0, 0, 0),
form H = (p2 + x2)/2 (we have set m = 1,
neglecting the mutual induction of the loops.
= 1 and = 1). The harmonic oscillator
16. Draw the electrical circuits for each of
is in its nth energy eigenstate and
the following by using source (battery), a
subjected to a time-independent
detector (lamp), and switch(es).
perturbation (xp + px), for real.
Calculate the first-order energy shift and (a) AND (b) OR
first-order correction to the wave (c) NOT (d) NAND
function. (e) NOR.
11. An ideal electron gas is confined to an 17. The pinch-down voltage of a p-channel
area A in a two-dimensional plane at junction FET is VP = 5V and the drain-to-
temperature T. Calculate source saturation current IDSS = –40 mA.
(a) the density of states The value of drain-source voltage VDS is
(b) N, the number of electrons such that the transistor is operating in
the saturated region. The drain current
(c) EF, the Fermi energy as a function is given as ID = – 15 mA. Find the gate-
of N. source voltage VGS.
8 GATE 2001 (PHYSICS)
18. A narrow beam of electrons, accelerated 20. The series limit of the Balmer series for
under a potential difference, incident hydrogen atom is given as 360 nm.
on a crystal whose grating space is Calculate the atomic number of the
0.3 nm. If the first diffraction ring is element that gives the lowest x-ray
produced at an angle 5.8 from the wavelength at 0.1 nm of the K-series.
incident beam, find the momentum of the 21. The first few electronic energy states for
electrons and the potential difference neutral copper atom (Z = 29) are given as
applied. E1 < E2 < E3, where E1 being the ground
19. The region z > 0 of a Cartesian coordinate electronic state. The states E2 and E3 are
system contains a linear isotropic doubly degenerate due to spin splitting.
Write the electron configurations of the
dielectric of dielectric constant 2.0.
states and arrange the spectral terms of
The region z < 0 is the free space.
the split levels following Hund’s rules.
A free space charge density of 5 nC/m2
Explain why E2 < E3.
is at the interface z = 0. If the
displacement vector in the dielectric is 22. The rotational lines of the CN band system
at 3883.4 Å is represented by a formula
D 2 = 3 ex + 4 e y + 6 ez nC/m2, find the v = (25798 + 3.850 m + 0.068 m2) cm–1,
corresponding displacement vector D 1 in where m is a running number. Calculate
the free space. the values of the rotational constants Bv'
and Bv", the location of the band head and
the degradation of the band.
ANSWERS
1.1 (d) 1.2 (a) 1.3 (a) 1.4 (b) 1.5 (c) 1.6 (b) 1.7 (c) 1.8 (b) 1.9 (b) 1.10 (a)
1.11 (a) 1.12 (a) 1.13 (d) 1.14 (c) 1.15 (a) 1.16 (a) 1.17 (b) 1.18 (d) 1.19 (c) 1.20 (a)
1.21 (c) 1.22 (c) 1.23 (b) 1.24 (d) 1.25 (a) 2.1 (c) 2.2 (a) 2.3 (a) 2.4 (b) 2.6 (c)
2.7 (c) 2.8 (a) 2.9 (a) 2.10 (b) 2.11 (b) 2.12 (a) 2.13 (a) 2.14 (d) 2.15 (b) 2.16 (b)
2.17 (c) 2.18 (b) 2.19 (b) 2.20 (c) 2.23 (a) 2.24 (c) 2.25 (b)
EXPLANATIONS
1.1 By Gauss’s divergence theorem L
r . nds
= . r dV = 3 dV 3V
t 2 = 0
S V V
d2
1.2 An operator X is said to b Hermition if 2 a2 2 = 0
dt
X* = X 2 = 2a2
Now [i (A+ – A)]* = – i [(A+)* – A*] 1.9 Field due to one side of loop at O
= i (A*– A)
µ0 I
1.3 f(z) = z10 is analytic inside. = 2sin 45º
a
1.7 Lagrangian equation of motion 4
2
corresponding to coordinate 2 is
GATE 2001 (PHYSICS) 9
I a
1
f (E) = 1 exp (E E ) / kT
F
45º 45º
1
I I 0.2 1.6 1019
= 1 exp 23
O 1.38 10 700
= 3.5%
1.20 2 a sin =
I
0.03 10 9
Field at O due to all four sides is along sin=
2a 2 0.3 109
unit vector e z
= 29
µ0I
Total field = 4. (2sin 45º ) 1.21 HCI molecule has permanent dipole
a
4 moment.
2
1.22 Both the nuclear reaction is out cone of
2 2µ 0 I
= strong interaction. Because K mesons are
a
one of the products.
d dB
1.10 E = = – r2 = r2 B0 e– t sin z
dt dt 2.2 Let f(z) = 6
z
1.12 K.E. is function of momentum and P.E. is f (z) has a pole of order 6 at z = 0
function of position in this case.
Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle Let (z) = sin z
momentum and position can’t be 5 (0) 1
Residue =
determined accurately simultaneously. 5 5
1.14 We have at n = n 1 n 1 2.4 L =T – U
1 1
n n 1 T = mx 2 + my 2
and an = 2 2
Now, xy = c
(a+ a a+ a)| n = n a a a n 1
c
y=
= n n a a n
x
–c
= n n n 1 y = 2 x
x
2
= n n – c 2
y 2 = 4 x
x
(a a)2 n = n2 n mgc
1 U = mgy =
Z 1
2 x
1.17 For K line, L =T – U
1 2 x 2 mgc
1.18 Hall Voltage, = mx 1
BJd 2 x4 x
V= 2.6 [X, Y] = [x cos + p sin ),
ne
I (– x sin + p cos )]
B d
V = A BI = dt)
( A = [x cos , – x sin ]
ne tne + [x cos , p cos ] + [p sin ,
1.19 Probability of occupancy of a given state – x sin ] + [p sin , p cos ]
with energy E is given by th Fermi Dirac = cos [x, p] + sin2 [x, p]
2
distribution formula, which is =i
10 GATE 2001 (PHYSICS)
2.7 Wave function must vanish at boundaries 1 0
as particle is confined within given
boundaries.
2.8 L + L = L2x L2y
= L 2 – L2 1 0
Expectation value of L+ L– Similarly for 2s1 / 2 F = 1, 0
2 2
< |L+ L–| > = Y L L z Selection Rule
= l(l 1) l
2 2 2 F = 0, +, 1
= 2 l So number of hyperfine component = 4
(see the adjacent higher)
20 r
2.10 C= b 2.17 For e+, L=–1
ln
a For n and p, L = 0
20 3.5 2 8.85 10 12
3.5 For v, L=1
= In 2 = In 2 J(J 1) S(S 1) L(L 1)
2.18 g =1
= 28.05 nF 2J(J 1)
3
For p1 J = 1, S = 1, L = 1
2.12 Force on positive and negative charges
of dipole balance each other. 2 3
g = 1
4 2
2.13 Putting E (r, t) = E0 exp i k . r t 2.19 In case of Raman spectra selection rule
into the given expression, we get is
c2 k2 = 2 + /2
J = 0, ± 2
2 = c2 k2 – /2 2.24 Put value of u in the given equation.
2.14 Drift Velocity,
1
J I 2.25 Energy per degree of freedom = kT
2
Vd = n e A ne
Rotation energy of a diametic molecule
8.94 103 1
n= 25
cu = 2 kT
1.05 10 A cu 2
Also rational energy of the molecule in a
1.05 10 25
Vd = 2
8.94 103 106 1.6 1019 given state J J(J 1)
2I
= 7.4 10–5 m/s
1
1 1 2 kT = J(J 1)
2.15 Clearly, T = 2 and I 2 2 2I
2kTI
For 2 p1/ 2 The allowed value of hyper fine J (J + 1) =
2
structure quantum number are which is the required partition function.
F = (J + 1), |J + I – 1|,..., |J – I|
= 1, 0
GATE-2000
PH : PHYSICS
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Some useful physical constants 1.4. The space between the plates of a parallel
1. Speed of light in vacuum c = 3.00 108 m/s plate capacitor is filled with two dielectric
slabs of dielectric constants 1 and 2 as
2. Permittivity of free space 0 = 8.85 10–12 F/m
shown in the figure. If the capacitor is
3. Planck’s constant/(2) = 1.05 10–34 Js charged to a potential V, then at the
4. Boltzmann constant kB = 1.38 10–23 J/K interface between the two dielectrics,
5. Avogadro’s number N = 6.02 1023 mol–1
K1
SECTION – A (75 Marks) V K2
1. This question consists of 15 (Flfteen)
multiple choice questions, each carrying one
(a) E is discontinuous and D is continuous.
mark. The answer to the multiple choice
questions MUST be written only in the boxes (b) E is discontinuous and D is discon-
corresponding to the questions in the first tinuous.
page of the answer book. In this question, (c) E is continuous and D is continuous.
only one of the given multiple choices is
(d) E is continuous and D is discontinuous.
correct and you must write only the correct
choice. (15 1 = 15) 1.5. Two large parallel plates move with a
constant speed v in the positive y-direction
1.1. A square matrix a is unitary if
as shown in the figure. If both the plates
(a) A+ = A (b) A+ = A–1 have a surface charge desnity > 0, the
(c) Tr (A) = 1 (d) dct (A) = 1 magnetic field at the point P just above
1.2. A planet moves around the Sun in an the top plate will have
elliptical orbit with semi-major axis a and P
v
time period T.T is proportional to
z
(a) a2 (b) a1/2
(c) a3/2 (d) a3 y
1.3. A particle moves in central force field x
f kr n r , where k is a constant, r,, the (a) larger magnitude than the field at the
mid-point between the plates and point
distance of the particle from the origin
towards – x .
and r is the unit vector in the direction (b) smaller magnitude than the field at
the mid-point between the plates and
of position vector r. Closed stable orbits
are possible for point towards + x .
(a) n = 1 and n = 2 (c) larger magnitude than the field at the
mid-point between the plates and point
(b) n = 1 and n = – 1
towards + x .
(c) n = 2 and n = – 2 (d) smaller magnitude than the field at
(d) n = 1 and n = – 2 the mid-point between the plates and
point towards – x .
2 GATE 2000 (PHYSICS)
1.6. Which of the following is an example of a 1.10.Let E1, E2, E3 be the respective ground
first order phase transition? state energies of the following potentials:
(a) A liquid - gas phase transition at the Which one of the following is correct?
critical point.
(b) A paramagnet - ferromagnet phase 1 3
2
transition.
V = V0 V=0 V=0
(c) A normal metal - superconductor phase V=0
transition. V = V0
(d) A liquid - gas phase transition away (a) E1 < E2 < E3 (b) E3 < E1 < E2
from the critical point. (c) E2 < E3 < E1 (d) E2 < E1 < E3
1.7. A tungsten wire of uniform cross section 1.11. The mean momentum of a nucleon in a
and high resistance is supported by two nucleus with mass number A varies as
copper suports of low resistance in (a) A (b) A2
vacuum. The length of the wire is l. A
(c) A–2/3 (d) A–1/3
constant current I is sent through the
wire. The temperature profile (T vs. x) of 1.12.A particle is scattered by a central
the wire will look like potential. If the dominant contribution to
W wire the scattering is from the p-wave, the
differential cross section is
(a) isotropic
(b) proportional to cos2
(c) proportional to cos cos2
Cu
(d) proportional to sin2 sin2
Support
(a) T (b) T 1.13.Magnons in ferromagnets
(a) decrease the magnetization
0
(b) increase the magnetization
l 0 l
(c) stabilize the magnetization
(c) T (d)
(d) cause critical magnetic fluctuations
1.14.The Fermi energy of a free electron gas
0 l 0 l depends on the electron density as,
1.8. The energy E of K X-rays emitted from
(a) 1/3 (b) 2/3
targets of different atomic number Z
varies as (c) –1/3 (d) –2/3
(a) Z2 (b) Z2/3 1.15.If the output of the logic circuit shown in
the figure is 1, the input could be
(c) Z (d) Z1/2
A
1.9. In a Stem-Gerlach experiment the atomic B
beam whose angular momentum state is
C OUT
to be determined, must travel through
D
(a) homogeneous radio frequency
(a) A = 1, B = 1, C = 1, D = 0
magnetic field
(b) homogeneous static magnetic field (b) A = 1, B = 1, C = 0, D = 0
(c) inhomogeneous static magnetic field (c) A = 1, B = 0, C = 1, D = 1
(d) inhomogeneous radio frequency (d) A = 0, B = 1, C = 1, D = 1
magnetic field.
GATE 2000 (PHYSICS) 3
2. This question consists of 30 (Thirty) multiple (a) execute simple harmonic motion
choice questions, each carrying two marks. (b) move along + x direction
The answers to multiple choice questions
(c) move along – x direction
MUST be written only in the boxes corresp-
onding to the question in the first page of (d) remain at rest
the answer book. In this question only one 2.6. Consider two particles with position
of the given choices is correct and you must vectors r1 and r2 . The force exerted by
write only the correct choice. (30 2 = 60) particle 2 on particle 1 is, f r1 , r2 ,
2.1. If Z1 and Z2 are complex numbers, which
= r2 r1 r2 r1 . The force is
of the following is always true?
(a) Z1* Z2* Z*2 Z1* 2Z*Z 2 (a) central and consesrvative
* *
(b) Z Z2 Z Z1 2Z1Z 2
1 2
(b) non-central and conservative
* *
(c) Z Z2 Z Z1 2 Z1 Z2
1 2
(c) central and non-conservative
* *
(d) Z Z2 Z Z1 2 Z1 Z2
1 2
(d) non-central and non-conservative
1 1 2.7. A closed tall jar containing air and a fly is
2.2. The eigenvalues of the matrix are placed on a sensitive weighting machine.
1 1
When the flyh is stationary, the reading
(a) 1, 0 (b) 1, 1
of the weighing machine is W. IF the fly
(c) 1, 2 (d) 0, 2 starts flying with some upwards
2.3. The Dirac delta function (x) can be acceleration, the reading of the machine
represented by, will be
1 sin(Nx) (a) W
(a) lim
N0 x
(b) > W
1
(b) lim (c) < W
0 x2 2
1 1 (d) directly proportional to the acceleration
(c) lim exp( x 2 / )
x
3 2.8. A solenoid with an iron core is connected
1 in series with a battery of emf V and it is
(d)
2
4
exp i x x u du found that a constant current I0 passes
through the solenoid. If at t = 0, the iron
2.4. If A (t) is a vector of constant magnitude, core is pulled out from the solenoid
which of the following is true? quickly in a time t, which one of the
dA d2 A following could be a correct description
(a) 0 (b) 0
dt dt2 of the current passing through the
dA dA solenoid?
(c) .A0 (d) A 0
dt dt I I
2.5. A particle constrained to move along the I0 I0
x-axis in a potential V = kx2, is subjected (a) (b)
to an external time-dependent force f (t). 0 t 0 t
Here k is a constant, x the distance from I I
the origin, and t the time. At some time (c) I0 (d) I0
T, when the particle has zero velocity at
x = 0, the external force is removed. The 0 t 0 t
particle will then,
4 GATE 2000 (PHYSICS)
2.9. A point charge q is kept at the mid-point 2.13.Let a particle move ina potential field
between two large parallel grounded given by
conducting plates. Assume to gravity. The 1
charge is displaced a little towards the m2 x2 for x 0
V( x) 2
right plate. The charge will now,
for x 0
The allowed energies of this particle are
(a) (n + 1/2) (b) (2n + 3/2)
q C
(c) (2n + 1/2) (d) (n + 5/2)
2.14.A spin ½ particle with g > 0, is subjected
to a magnetic field H H0 xˆ. If the
(a) stay where it is quantization axis is along + zˆ, then the
(b) move towards the right plate minimum energy eigenstate is given by,
(c) move towards the left plate 1
(a) (b)
2
(d) oscillate between the plates
1
2.10.A very long solenoid with n turns per unit (c) (d)
2
length carries a current I. The magnetic
field at a point, which is on its axis and 2.15.Bound state eigenfunctions of an
its end face, is attractive finite range smooth potential
behave for larger r as:
(a) µ0 nI (b) (2/3) µ0 nI
(a) exp (–r/r 0) where r 0 is a positive
(c) (1/3) µ0 nI (d) (1/2) µ0 nI
constant
2.11. Three plane waves are given as
(b) (I/rn) where n > 0
y1 A1 yˆ cos(kx t 1 ),
(c) constant
y2 A 2 z cos kx t 2 (d) exp (ikr)/r
and y3 A, yˆ cos(kx t 3 ), 2.16.The order of magnitude of the number of
air molecules in a room of volume 50 m3
where 1, 2, 3, and A 1 , A 2 , A 3 are
at STP is
constants. If these waves are superposed
pairwise, which superposition will lead to (a) 1027
interference? (b) 1024
(a) y1 and y2 (c) 1030
(d) 1020
(b) y2 and y3
2.17.An amount of heat Q is transferred from
(c) y1 and y3 a heat reservoir at temperature TA to
(d) No interference in any pair another heat reservoir at temperature
2.12.If a spin I particle is in the state | m 0 TB. What is the change in the entropy
with respect to a quantization axis nˆ , S of the combined system?
which of the following is correct? 1 1 1 1
(a) Q T T (b) Q T T
(a) S 0 (b) S nˆ B A A B
Q TB 1 1
(c) 1n (d) Q T T
(c) S 2 nˆ (d) S nˆ TB TA TA A B
GATE 2000 (PHYSICS) 5
2.18.In a canonical ensemble 2.24.The Bohr model gives the value for the
(a) the energy and the temperature are ionisation potential of Li2+ ion as
constants (a) 13.6 eV (b) 27.2 eV
(b) the entropy and the energy are (c) 40.8 eV (d) 122.4 eV
constants 2.25.An admissible potential between the
(c) the temperature and the density are proton and the neutron in a deutron is
constants (a) Coulomb
(d) the density and the entropy are (b) Harmonic oscillator
constants
(c) Finite square well
2.19.What is the second nearest-neighbour
(d) Infinite square well
distance in a face centred cubic lattice
whose conventional unit cell parameter 2.26.The deutron is known to be in a state
is a? with S = 1, J = 1, I = 0 where S, J, I refer
to spin, total angular momentum and
(a) a / 2 (b) a/2 isospin quantum numbers respectively.
(c) a (d)
2/a The allowed values of the orbital angular
momentum quantum number L are
2.20.Magnetic long range order is typically
exhibited by (a) 0 (b) 0, 1, 2
(a) noble metals (b) alkali metals (c) 1 (d) 0, 2
(c) inert gas solids (d) transition metals 2.27.Identify the reaction which has the same
transition probability as + + p + + p
2.21.X-rays with a wave vector K are scattered
(a) n n (b) – p 0 n
from a simple cubic lattice with lattice
spacing a = 2. The scattered X-rays have (c) n n (d) 0 p n
wave vector K . The possible values of 2.28.In the circuit on the right, RB = 1 kQ and
'
K 1 K x K for which there are peaks RC = 100. If the transistor (hFE) is 100,
x
the current through RC will be
in the scattered intensity are
+ 5V
(a) 0 < K1 < /4
(b) Kx = integer RB RC
(c) Kx = interger multiple of 2
(d) Kx = integer/2x
2.22.Under the LS coupling scheme, the
possible spectral terms 2s+1Lf for the
(a) 0.43 A
electronic configuration 2s1 3s1 are
(b) 50 mA
(a) 2S1/2, 2P3/2, 2P1/2 (b) 1S0, 3S1
(c) zero
(c) 1S0, 1S1, 3S0, 3S1, (d) 3S0, 3S1
(d) oscillating between 0 and 50 mA
2.23.Which of the following is the spectroscopic
2 z 1 2.29.The output of the circuit on the right will be
ground state L for Mn3+ ions of
f (a) 1 V 1k
+ 7
electronic configuration 1s22s22p3s23p63 (b) 11 V Out
d4 predicted by Hund’s rules? –
(c) –10 V 1.0V
(a) 5D0 (b) 5D4
(d) 0V 100
(c) 5D3 (d) 5D2
6 GATE 2000 (PHYSICS)
2.30.The circuit in the figure on the right shows 6. A particle of mass m and velocity u collides
a constant current source charging a elasticity with another particle of the
capacitor. The initial voltage across the same mass at rest in laboratory frame.
capacitor is V0. The switch is closed at The scattering angle in the centre of mass
time t = 0. The voltage across the frame is found to be 90º. Find the
capacitor is best described by velocities of the scattered particles in the
centre of mass frame and the laboratory
ImA
frame.
7. A pion (rest mass m0 = 135 MeV/c2) is
moving with a velocity v 0.8czˆ. If it
+
Vout decays by emitting two photons both of
1000F which move in z-direction, find their
energies and frequencies in units of MeV
(a) V (b) V and MeV/h respectively.
V0 V0
8. Let 0 and 2 denote respectively the
0 1 t (sec) 0 1 t (sec) ground state and second excited state
(c) V A
(d) V energy eigenfunctions of a particle
V0 V0 moving in harmonic oscillator potential
0 1 t (sec) 0 1 t (sec)
with frequency . If at time t = 0 the
particle has the wavefunction,
SECTION B (75 marks)
3. Evaluate the following integral by using 1 2
( x) ( x) 2 ( x).
the method of residues: 3 3
xe ix (a) Find (x, t)for t 0.
x 2 a2 dx.
(b) Determine the expectatio value of the
energy as a function of time.
4. The height of a hill at a point (x, y) in
(c) Determine momentum and position
metres is given by
expectation values as function of time.
h (x, y) = exp [2xy – x2 – 2y2 – 4x + 8y +1]
9. Let H0 = p2/2m + (1/2) m2 x2 be the
where x and y are in km with respect to a unperturbed Hamilonian and
certain origin.
x for x 0
(a) Where is the top of the hill located? V'
0 for x 0
(c) What is the unit vector in the direction
be a small perturbation. Determine the
of steepest ascent at the origin?
first order correction to the ground state
5. A particle of mass m is constrained to move energy. What is the condition on for
on the surface of a sphere of radius R. first order perturbation theory to be
The sphere is resting on ground. valid? The ground state wave function is
(a) Set up the Lagrangian for the particle given as:
by clearly identifying the kinetic 1 x2
energy and potential energy. gs exp 2 ,
x0 2 x0
(b) What are the constants of motion for
the particle? where x0 / m
GATE 2000 (PHYSICS) 7
10. A helium-neon laser beam ( = 632 nm) 14. Consider a system with ground state
of intensity 1.0 W/cm2 is travelling along energy E0 and an excited state with energy
x-axis in vacuum. Find E1. Determine the partition function and
(a) Amplitudes of E and B fields associated internal energy of the system at a
with the laser beam. temperature T. Also find the specific heat
of the system in the limit T 0.
(b) Expression for E (x, t) and B (x, t) if 15. Consider the two branches of a phonon
the E-field is polarized along ŷ spectrum of a cubic lattive:
direction.
1 k A sin( k) and 2 k B 2 cos( k) .
11. Two wires of the same cross sectional In theDebye approximation give the
phonon dispersion relations and the
area and electrical conductivity 1 and 2 density of phonon levels for each branch.
are connected as shown in the figure. If a
16. The band structure of an electron in a
constant current I is made to pass through
one dimensional periodic potential is
the wires, find the induced charge density
given by E1 (k)= A (1 – cos (k)) and
at the junction between the two wires.
E2 (k) = B. Find the elective mass of the
electron for each band (for k » 0). Mention
I
1 2
I which branch could contribute to
2r
electrical conduction.
17. The first two energies and spin partities
Interface
for Er166 is shown in the figure. Using
12. The ends of a circular coil of radius
the rotational model, determine the spin,
r (= 2 cm) and N (= 100) turns are
parity and energy of the next two levels.
connected to a 100W resistor. The coil is
Also determine the moment of inertia of
placed such that a uniform magnetic field
the nucleus in the units (h2/keV).
of strength 1.0 Tesla is perpendicular to
the plane of the coil. If the coil si rotated ? ?’
by 180º, find the charge that will flow
through the resistor. ? ?’
R = 100
80.85 kcV 2’
× × 0.00 keV 0’
× 18. For the processes given below identify
those that are allowed and those
× ×
× × B disallowed. State the interaction
r
× (1.0T) responsible for the former and the
symmetry that forbids the latter.
× × × (1) p n e ve
13. Consider the stellar atmosphere consisting
of hydrogen atoms, which is in thermal (2) n p e ve
equilibrium. Let the average kinetic
(3) p p –
energy of hydrogen atoms be 1.0 eV. Find,
(a) the temperature of the atmosphere. (4) µ + e –
(b) the ratio of the number of atoms in (5) µ µ – e e
the second excited state to those in the
ground state.
8 GATE 2000 (PHYSICS)
19. Draw the circuit diagram of an inverting 21. The moment of inerita of HRr molecule
amplifier of gain – 10 and input is 3.30 10–47 kg m2. Find the wave
impedance 10k. The circuit should work number (in cm–1)of absorption lines
for dc as well as ac signals. You are involving transitions between the
allowed to use only one opamp and two rotational ground state and the first two
resistors. If the circuit should amplify excited states of the molecule under
signals in the range – 1.6V to + 1.6 V, electric dipole approximation.
what should be the opamp supply
22. Consider Zeeman effect in alkali metal
voltages?
spectra;
20. The circuit on the right is given a 3V
amplitude triangle wave input. The switch (a) Sketch the Zeeman split components
is open to begin with. What are the of the terms 2P3/2 and 2S1/2 and find the
maximum and minimum output energy differnece in units of µ BB
voltages? Sketch the output voltage vs. between each Zeeman component and
time, for two cycles, marking the voltage the unperturbed position of the term.
axis clearly. Also sketch the output voltage The Lade g factor for 2P3/2 and 2S1/2 is
when the switch is closed. 4/3 and 2 respectively. Here µB and B
1k are Bohr magneton and magnetic field
in out respectively.
(b) How many separate lines occur in the
multiple arising from 2P3/2 2S1/2
transition in the presence of weak
1.2V
magnetic field?
ANSWERS
1.1. (b) 1.2. (c) 1.3. (d) 1.4. (a) 1.5. (c) 1.6. (d) 1.7. (b) 1.8. (a) 1.9. (c) 1.10. (c)
1.11. (d) 1.12. (b) 1.13. (d) 1.14. (b) 1.15. (a) 2.1. (c) 2.2. (d) 2.3 (d) 2.4 (c) 2.5 (d)
2.6 (d) 2.7 (a) 2.8 (a) 2.9 (b) 2.10 (d) 2.11 (c) 2.12 (c) 2.13 (a) 2.14 (d) 2.15 (a)
2.16 (a) 2.17 (a) 2.18 (c) 2.19 (c) 2.20 (d) 2.21 (b) 2.22 (b) 2.23 (a) 2.24 (d) 2.25 (d)
2.26 (b) 2.27 (b) 2.28 (a) 2.29 (a) 2.30 (a)
GATE 2000 (PHYSICS) 9
EXPLANATIONS
1.4. At an dielectric interface normal 2.5 The potential cure is shown below
component of D vector is continuous and
tangential component of E vector is
continous
1.5. At mid points the field due to plates are
oppositely directed.
1.11. Size of nucleus, r = r0 A1/3
By Heisenberg uncertainity principle
x=0
x. p
p A–1/3 Velocity at x = 0, is zero.
1.12. () = |f ()|2 Therefore K.E. at x = 0 is also zero. From
1 2 the potential curve it is evident that
=
k2
2l 1e
l 0
il
sin t pl (cos particle must have some energy to move
from x = 0.
|pl (cos )|2
2.8 Due to decrease in L flux enclosed
cos2 by coil decreases. By Lenz’s law,
1.15. 1A current must increase. Since the
1B source is D.C., steady state current must
1 be I 0.
1
2.9 Using method of images, we get following
Out
1 equivalent system of charges
1C
0D
–q + q – q
2.2. Characteristics equation for the given 2.11 Waves must have same plane of vibration.
1 1 2.12 = Ci ;
S
matrix A = is
1 1 where Ci = 1, 0, – 1
|A – I| = 0 <S> = 12 12 02 2
1 1 1 1 0 =
2
= (1 – )2 – 1 = 0
1 1 2.16 At N.T.P., 22.4 litre contains 6.023 1023
1+ 2 – 2 – 1 = ( – 2) = 0 molecules
= 0 or = 2 i.e.i 22.4 litre = 6.023 1023
2
2.4. We have, A.A = A 22.4 m3 = 6.023 1026
6.023
dA 50 m3 = 50 1026
2A. = 0 22.4
dt
2.18 In a connonical ensemble particles can
dA exchange energy but have constant N,V
.A = 0
dt and T.
10 GATE 2000 (PHYSICS)
1 – measons are scattered more strongly
2.22 r1 = in forward direction than in the backward
2
direction. In the scattering process
1
r2 = – p º n
2
S = 0, 1 – converts itself into º and gets
l1 = 0, l2 = 0 scattered more stronlgy in the
backward direction than in the forward
L =0
direction.
For S = 0, L = 0; J = 1 and therefore term
2.28 VBE = 0.7 V
in 3S1
Potential across, RB = 4.3 V
2.24 For hydrogen ionisation potential is
13.6 eV IB RB = 4.3 V
Since En Z2 4.3
IB = 4.3 mA
I.P. for Li++ = (3)2 13.6 103
= 122.4 eV
IC
2.26 For S = 1, possible values of L = J – 1, Now = I
J, J + 1 B
Possible values of L = 0, 1, 2 IC = 100 4.3 mF
2.27 In the scattering process p p = 0.43 A
+ measons are scattered more strongly
in the backward direction than in the
forward direction. In the scattering
process – n – n
You might also like
- GATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GKNo ratings yetGATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GK214 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Cleanup GuidelineNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Cleanup Guideline3 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE)No ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE)2 pages
- Chairman's Message: Dear GATE 2017 CandidatesNo ratings yetChairman's Message: Dear GATE 2017 Candidates1 page
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Applying To Various InstitutesNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Applying To Various Institutes2 pages
- Cracking GATE: A Comprehensive Guide to SuccessNo ratings yetCracking GATE: A Comprehensive Guide to Success262 pages
- Understanding the GATE Exam and Why Your Preparation MattersNo ratings yetUnderstanding the GATE Exam and Why Your Preparation Matters3 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- Information Brochure: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetInformation Brochure: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering13 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering EntranceNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering Entrance12 pages
- R R Institute of Technology: GATE: To A Rewarding Career''No ratings yetR R Institute of Technology: GATE: To A Rewarding Career''28 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (Gate)100% (2)Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (Gate)33 pages
- GATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GKNo ratings yetGATE Chemistry Solution 2000 - 2014 by GK214 pages
- Technical and Vocational Education and Training in the Philippines in the Age of Industry 4.0From EverandTechnical and Vocational Education and Training in the Philippines in the Age of Industry 4.0No ratings yet
- Technical and Vocational Education and Training in Tajikistan and Other Countries in Central Asia: Key Findings and Policy OptionsFrom EverandTechnical and Vocational Education and Training in Tajikistan and Other Countries in Central Asia: Key Findings and Policy OptionsNo ratings yet
- Innovate Indonesia: Unlocking Growth Through Technological TransformationFrom EverandInnovate Indonesia: Unlocking Growth Through Technological TransformationNo ratings yet
- Cookbook for Mobile Robotic Platform Control: With Internet of Things And Ti Launch PadFrom EverandCookbook for Mobile Robotic Platform Control: With Internet of Things And Ti Launch PadNo ratings yet
- Training Facility Norms and Standard Equipment Lists: Volume 2---Mechatronics TechnologyFrom EverandTraining Facility Norms and Standard Equipment Lists: Volume 2---Mechatronics TechnologyNo ratings yet
- Transforming Bangladesh’s Participation in Trade and Global Value ChainFrom EverandTransforming Bangladesh’s Participation in Trade and Global Value ChainNo ratings yet
- Passing Selection Tests For State Institutions: The Complete Guide: Practical Exercises and Strategies in Numerical and Verbal Reasoning, Situational Judgement, Mailboxes, File Processing & Oral InterviewsFrom EverandPassing Selection Tests For State Institutions: The Complete Guide: Practical Exercises and Strategies in Numerical and Verbal Reasoning, Situational Judgement, Mailboxes, File Processing & Oral InterviewsNo ratings yet
- Reimagine Tech-Inclusive Education: Evidence, Practices, and Road MapFrom EverandReimagine Tech-Inclusive Education: Evidence, Practices, and Road MapNo ratings yet
- Estimating the Job Creation Impact of Development AssistanceFrom EverandEstimating the Job Creation Impact of Development AssistanceNo ratings yet
- Viet Nam Technical and Vocational Education and Training Sector AssessmentFrom EverandViet Nam Technical and Vocational Education and Training Sector AssessmentNo ratings yet
- Harnessing the Fourth Industrial Revolution through Skills Development in High-Growth Industries in Central and West Asia—PakistanFrom EverandHarnessing the Fourth Industrial Revolution through Skills Development in High-Growth Industries in Central and West Asia—PakistanNo ratings yet
- A Mathematical Scheme For Calculation of Lift of Planing Crafts With Large Mean Wetted Length and A Comparative Study of Effective ParametersNo ratings yetA Mathematical Scheme For Calculation of Lift of Planing Crafts With Large Mean Wetted Length and A Comparative Study of Effective Parameters20 pages
- Chapter 4 - Stage and Continuous Gas-Liquid Separation ProcessesNo ratings yetChapter 4 - Stage and Continuous Gas-Liquid Separation Processes48 pages
- Is-3961 - 5 Recommended Current Ratings For Cable100% (2)Is-3961 - 5 Recommended Current Ratings For Cable15 pages
- CL141 Engineering Mechanics Laboratory Manual: First Year B.Tech. (CL/ME/EE)No ratings yetCL141 Engineering Mechanics Laboratory Manual: First Year B.Tech. (CL/ME/EE)64 pages
- The Smith Chart and Basic Impedance-Matching ConceptsNo ratings yetThe Smith Chart and Basic Impedance-Matching Concepts24 pages
- Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering (B.S. Me)No ratings yetBachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering (B.S. Me)6 pages
- Thermal Stability and Performance Data For Sm-Co 2 17 High-TemperatureNo ratings yetThermal Stability and Performance Data For Sm-Co 2 17 High-Temperature4 pages
- Sundance Bilson Thompson - Braided Topology and The Emergence of MatterNo ratings yetSundance Bilson Thompson - Braided Topology and The Emergence of Matter31 pages
- Shear Force & Bending Moment: Unit Test-IINo ratings yetShear Force & Bending Moment: Unit Test-II1 page
- The Thickness Uniformity of Films Deposited by Magnetron SputteringNo ratings yetThe Thickness Uniformity of Films Deposited by Magnetron Sputtering4 pages
